Archival - CARR McLEAN

Archival 

Preservation and Conservation Supplies 

Museums Conservation Archives 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 Order Online! www.carrmclean.ca

Proudly Canadian owned and operated, Carr McLean has 

been supplying archival, museum and conservation products 

to customers across Canada for more than 30 years. 

Welcome to the 2011 Archival Catalogue 

We thank our patrons for over 30 years of loyalty. 

The Carr McLean Team values the opportunity to continue 

to earn your business. Your questions or suggestions are 

always welcome.. 

To Place Your Order 1-800-268-2123 

Toronto Area 416-252-3371 

En Français 1-800-268-2138 

Fax 1-800-871-2397 

Order Online! www.carrmclean.ca 

Email sales@carrmclean.ca 

Paul Barclay 

David Hatherley 

(Vice President) 

(Vice President) 

Ext: 233 Ext: 235 

We’re Here To Help! 

Our friendly and knowledgeable staff 

are eager to answer any questions 

you may have. Please contact them 

at archivalinfo@carrmclean.ca. 

Carr McLean Gives 

You More! 

The AIR MILES ® Reward Program offers 

travel and more… it’s the frequent BUYER 

program where all you have to do is shop! 

AIR MILES ® EASY ACCUMULATION… 

We’ll give you one AIR MILES reward 

mile for every $10 † you spend! (excluding 

taxes and shipping costs) whenever you 

purchase from the Carr McLean Catalogue. 

Quality Shipping 

Our reliable shipping staff take 

pride in having your order arrive 

both quickly and safely. 

We are pleased to announce that our 

AIR MILES ® reward program has been 

expanded to include our valued clients 

who enjoy supply tender pricing. 

† 

A fifty dollar minimum order value 

is required to qualify for reward 

miles. Library Planning projects do 

not qualify for reward miles. 

Free Enrollment… Call the AIR MILES 

Service Centre at 1 –800–563–4108. 

In Toronto call 416–226–5171 

Canadian Conservation Institutes’ Notes 

CCI Notes offer practical advice about the care, handling, display, storage 

and transportation of heritage objects and collections. The CCI Notes series 

is now available in online and in the e-Service section of the CCI Web Site 

(www.cci-icc.gc.ca) 

• Available in html and .pdf versions 

• Accessible in both English and French 

• New and revised Notes added as they are released 

® 

Our own brand ensures quality 

at competitive pricing.

Guide de produits 2011 

Entreposage de document 

Boîtes pour documents format lettre/légal..................... 2-5 

Chemises et enveloppes d’entreposage .......................... 6-7 

Entreposage de grands documents et rouleaux ............. 8-11 

Entreposage de journaux, magazines et brochures ..... 12-13 

Entreposage photographique 

Boîtes à rabat frontal ...................................................... 14-17 

Étuis Solander et boîtes pour négatifs .......................... 18-19 

Enveloppes et pochettes protectrices ......................... 20-25 

Visionnement et entreposage de diapositives ............ 26-27 

Pochettes Perma-Saf et Print File Preservers ............ 28-31 

Nettoyeurs et provisions photographiques ................ 32-33 

Albums d’archives et de coupures et provisions ......... 34-38 

Entreposage spécialisé 

Cartes et plans d’architecturaux .................................... 8-11 

Visionnement et entreposage de diapositives ........... 26-27 

Collections numismatiques et cartes postales ........... 42-43 

Entreposage multimédias ............................................ 44-48 

Entreposage films, microfiches et microfilms .............48-51 

Entreposage d’artefact et fournitures .......................... 52-55 

Entreposage de textiles et fournitures ........................ 56-59 

Outils et fournitures de conservation 

Stylos et étiquettes d’archives .................................... 39-41 

Disque compact Archival Gold .......................................... 44 

Sacs d’entreposage qualité archive ............................ 59-60 

Trousse de préservation ..................................................... 61 

Fournitures d’encapsulation ......................................... 62-63 

Réparation et préservation de documents ................. 64-70 

Désacidification ................................................................... 71 

Outils pour couper ......................................................... 80-82 

Fourniture pour le montage à sec ................................ 92-93 

Fers à coller .......................................................................... 93 

Pinceaux et brosses de conservation .......................... 94-95 

Adhésifs ......................................................................... 96-97 

Cires, produits à polir et nettoyeurs de conservation 98-99 

Outils et fournitures de conservation ...................... 100-101 

Gants de coton et tabliers ........................................ 102-103 

Loupes, pinces et spatules ....................................... 104-105 

Contrôle des insectes ........................................................ 106 

Livres de conservation et publications de l’ICC ...... 144-147 

Papiers et cartons d’archives 

Papier bond feuilles intercalaire .................................. 72-73 

Papiers japonnais et fait à la main .................................... 75 

Papier tissu .......................................................................... 74 

Carton d’archives .......................................................... 76-79 

Emballage et doublure ................................................... 82-85 

Entretien de livre 

Bandes de sécurité, pochettes et cartes .......................... 64 

Couvertures et boites pour livres rares ............................ 65 

Réparation et fournitures ............................................. 66-68 

Produits pour nettoyer ......................................................... 69 

Reliure .................................................................................. 70 

Framing 

Couteau à passe-partout .................................................... 80 

Cadres de musée et passe-partout précoupés ................ 79 

Système de suspension de cadres .............................. 89-91 

Rubans d’encadrement et montage ............................ 86-88 

Essentiels de bureau 

Aspirateurs ......................................................................... 107 

Chariot audiovisuel, lutrins et armoires .................. 136-137 

Étagères pour entreposage ...................................... 140-143 

Échelles, tabourets et tables pliantes ............................. 139 

Contrôle du public ............................................................. 134 

Miroirs de sécurité et compteurs de personnes ............ 135 

Paniers et contenants d’entreposage ............................. 138 

Contrôle et surveillance de 

l’environnement 

Contrôle de l’humidité................................................ 108-109 

Hygrothermographes ........................................................ 114 

Moniteurs d’environnement ....................................... 116-117 

Thermohygrometres .......................................................... 115 

Enregistreurs Onset Hobo .......................................... 110-113 

Luxmètres et filtration des rayons UV ..................... 118-119 

Exposition 

Chevalets et supports en acrylique ......................... 120-121 

Supports pour livres et fourniture d’exposition ..... 122-123 

Vitrine d’exposition ................................................... 124-127 

Système Museum Rails et fournitures d’exposition 128-129 

Système d’exposition ................................................ 130-131 

Panneaux de signalisation ......................................... 132-133 

Cartons d’archive Hollinger et feuilles Intercept 

Le choix dans le carton des boîtes d’archive 

TM 

MA– Carton archives gris blanc c’est le carton archive dont Hollinger utilise pour fabriquer les boîtes pour le United 

States National Archives and Records Administration selon leurs spécifications. Ce carton ne contient aucun soufre avec 

une réserve alcaline de calcium de carbonate de 3% à travers la feuille. L’extérieur gris et l’intérieur blanc sont les deux 

sans lignine et se conforme à la norme ANSI IT9.2. Les tests de vieillissement accéléré TAPPI démontrent que ce carton 

empêchera la migration d’acide pour au moins 2 siècles. Il est d’une épaisseur de 60 points, Ce carton archive a comme 

base un poids de 200 lb par mille pieds carrés et une résistance à l’éclatement au mullen de 240 lb par pouce carré. 

MH– Hollinger gris blanc or MT– carton brun clair Ce carton blanchi ne contient ni lignine ni soufre et se conforme à la norme ANSI IT9.2. 

Ce matériel à un pH minimum de 8,5 et une réserve alcaline de calcium de carbonate à 3%. Ces cartons mesurent 60 points d’épaisseur et ont 

l’extérieur gris et l’intérieur blanc est brun clair des deux côtés. Le carton Hollinger a comme base un poids de 225 lb par mille pieds carrés et une 

résistance à l’éclatement au mullen de 275 lb par pouce carré. 

MB– Carton Intercept a été élaboré par Bell Labs et a démontré qu’il n’endommage ni contamine ce dont il protège, mais plutôt a la capacité de 

réagir avec et neutralisé de façon permanente les gaz corrosifs et réactifs et les polluants atmosphériques dans les espaces de rangement. Intercept 

peut réagir avec des quantités infimes de gaz réactif, offrant la meilleure protection pour les collections sensibles. Non seulement Intercept garde 

le soufre, le chlore, l’ozone, les gaz nitreux, le formaldéhyde, des gaz d’acide acétique éloignés des objets protégés, mais il purifie l’air dans leur 

espace d’entreposage. Notre carton Intercept ne contient aucun produit chimique volatil et est intégré au carton Hollinger gris blanc pour une 

protection maximale. 

Une protection accrue avec les feuilles d’archive Intercept 

MI– Intercept est un produit breveté innovateur qui utilise la technologie de semi-conduction pour transformer le plastique commun en lisière 

protectrice contre les gaz oxydants tels que l’ozone, le sulfure de carbonyle, le dioxyde de soufre, le chlorure d’hydrogène, le dioxyde d’azote et le 

sulfure d’hydrogène. Ces gaz sont présents dans tous les environnements. Ils se retrouvent même dans les salles blanches d’AT&T qui ont des 

systèmes de filtration sophistiqués qui enlèvent des poussières microscopiques de l’air. Il ne suffit pas de simplement absorber ces gaz dangereux, 

car ils peuvent toujours être relâchés en concentration plus élevée. Seul Intercept réagit avec les gaz oxydants pour les neutraliser en permanence. 

Intercept est aussi un fongicide et bactéricide passif très efficace. La protection du papier ou des produits de papier s’avère une fonction parfaite 

pour la technologie Intercept. Les produits de papier se font attaquer et endommager par les gaz oxydants et des agents biologiques. Carr McLean 

offre les feuilles d’archive Intercept faites de polyéthylène de haute densité de 6 mil. Ces feuilles peuvent être insérées dans les boîtes d’archives, 

les chemises, les enveloppes, les pochettes pour protéger le contenu contre la dégradation atmosphérique. Les résultats des tests effectués par 

DuPont et AT&T Bell Labs indiquent que les feuilles d’archive Intercept protégeront le contenu d’une boîte d’archives ou autre contenant durant au 

moins plusieurs décennies.

Document Boxes 

The Hollinger Box 

...as it is referred to throughout the archival world. Super strong, these 

are made from our heavy .060 archival boards, with heavy – duty, 

deeply pronged, metal edge stay, and strong black nylon pull string. 

Boxes have one piece construction with a hinged lid and a double thick 

bottom. These easy to handle cases provide a full 5” of storage depth. 

Archival Intercept sheets are available to insert into standard legal and 

letter size Hollinger boxes. These sheets will eliminate oxidizing gases 

by chemical bonding. 

Cat. # Description 1+ 10+ 50+ 

Letter Size: 10-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 5”D 

MA-10370 Archives Grey/White ... $10.25 ...... $9.75 ea ..... $9.25 ea. 

MH-10370 Hollinger Grey/White .... 14.45 ...... 13.75 ea ..... 13.00 ea. 

MT-10370 Hollinger Tan ................. 14.45 ...... 13.75 ea ..... 13.00 ea. 

MI-10370 Intercept Bottom Sheet .. 0.95 ........ 0.90 ea ....... 0.80 ea. 

MI-10370-V Intercept Vertical Sheet .. 1.85 ........ 1.75 ea ....... 1.65 ea. 

Legal Size: 10-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 5”D 

MA-10360 Archives Grey/White ... $10.65 .... $10.10 ea ..... $9.60 ea. 

MH-10360 Hollinger Grey/White .... 14.90 ...... 14.15 ea ......13.45 ea. 



MI-10360-V Intercept Vertical Sheet ... 2.25 ........ 2.15 ea ....... 2.05 ea. 

Oversize Legal: 12-1/2”H x 15-1/2”W x 5”D 

MA-10400 Archives Grey/White ... $13.65 .... $12.95 ea ... $12.30 ea. 




Extra Large Size: 12”H x 17”W x 5”D 

MA-10394 Archives Grey/White ... $16.20 .... $15.40 ea ... $14.65 ea. 



MI-10394 Intercept Bottom Sheet .. 1.30 ........ 1.20 ea ........1.10 ea. 

Hollinger Slim Style Document Boxes 

When you don’t need 5” of storage space, use this slim style (2-1/2”D) 

for letter and legal size documents. 


Letter Size: 10-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 2-1/2”D 

MA-10390 Archives Grey/White ....... $9.55 ..... $9.05 ea ....$8.60 ea. 

MH-10390 Hollinger Grey/White ...... 13.10 ..... 12.45 ea ....11.80 ea. 

MI-10390 Intercept Bottom Sheet .... 0.75 ....... 0.70 ea ......0.65 ea. 

MI-10370-V Intercept Vertical Sheet .... 1.85 ....... 1.75 ea ......1.65 ea. 

Legal Size: 10-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 2-1/2”D 

MA-10380 Archives Grey/White ....... $9.75 ..... $9.25 ea ... $8.80 ea. 

MH-10380 Hollinger Grey/White ...... 13.80 ..... 13.10 ea ... 12.45 ea. 

MI-10380 Intercept Bottom Sheet .... 0.85 ....... 0.80 ea ..... 0.70 ea. 

MI-10360-V Intercept Vertical Sheet .... 2.25 ....... 2.15 ea ..... 2.05 ea. 

Hollinger Intercept 


New 

The newest, most innovative, 

effective technology in the preservation/ 

conservation/ archival 

community is now available from 

Carr Mclean. The Hollinger Intercept 

Document Boxes have integrated 

intercept with our high quality 

archival board, resulting in an archival 

board that provides better protection. 

Cat. # 1+ 10+ 50+ 

Letter Size: 10-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 5”D 

MB-10370 .................................... $17.75 .......... $16.85 ......... $16.00 

Legal Size: 10-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 5”D 

MB-10360 ...................................... 18.75 ............ 17.80 ........... 16.95 

Hollinger Document Boxes 

With Separate Lids 

Access to files is improved through the ability to completely remove 

the lid. These separate lid document cases provide that convenience. 

This style is available in letter and legal sizes in the standard 5” depth 

and the slim 2.5” depth. 


Standard Letter Size: 10-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 5”D 

M10-361 Archives Grey/White ..... $10.85 ... $10.30 ea .... $9.80 ea. 

M10-362 Hollinger Grey/White ....... 14.10 ..... 13.40 ea .... 12.75 ea. 

Slim Style Letter Size: 10-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 2-1/2”D 

M10-363 Archives Grey/White .... $10.40 ..... $9.90 ea .... $9.40 ea. 

M10-364 Hollinger Grey/White ...... 13.75 ..... 13.05 ea .... 12.40 ea. 

Standard Legal Size: 10-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 5”D 

M10-365 Archives Grey/White .... $11.35 ... $10.75 ea .. $10.20 ea. 


Slim Style Legal Size: 10-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 2-1/2”D 

M10-367 Archives Grey/White .... $10.90 ... $10.40 ea .... $9.85 ea. 


2 

Order Online! www.carrmclean.ca


Coroplast ® Document Storage Boxes 

Manufactured from Coroplast ® Corrugated Plastic, a rigid, heat resistant, chemically stable 

copolymer of 90% polypropylene and 10% polyethylene ideally suited for archival storage. 

Coroplast ® boxes are washable, heat and corrosion resistant. Will not absorb 

grease, oil or acids. 

Tests show that Coroplast ® has high burst, puncture, edge and flat crush properties. 

Coroplast ® will not burst on the Mullen Tester. 

Boxes ship flat, will fold together quickly and hold securely. All four document cases have 

a special snap-lock lid which helps the box remain securely fastened. Made with 2.5 mm 

Coroplast ® . Please specify colour: White (-W) or Translucent (-T). Minimum Order: 5. 

Cat. # Description Dimensions 5+ 25+ 100+ 

M41-721 Legal Slim ............ 10-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 2-1/2”D ........................... $9.35 ea. ................................ $8.90 ea. ............................. $8.45 ea. 

M41-722 Legal Standard ..... 10-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 5”D ................................. 11.55 ea. ................................ 11.00 ea. ............................. 10.50 ea. 

M41-723 Letter Slim ........... 10-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 2-1/2”D ............................. 8.70 ea. .................................. 8.30 ea. ............................... 7.90 ea. 

M41-724 Letter Standard .... 10-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 5”D ................................. 11.00 ea. ................................ 10.50 ea. ............................. 10.00 ea. 

® 

Black 

Document 

Boxes 

Our quality black 

document boxes 

are an ideal 

choice for a more 

New 

elegant, yet affordable alternative 

to the standard blue/grey boxes. All boxes are acid and ligninfree, 

with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer. These scuff resistant boxes 

include metal edging, for strength and durability. They are constructed 

of 60 point archival barrier board and pass the PAT test. pH 8.0-9.0. 

Cat. # Description H x W x D 1+ 10+ 

Standard Size 

M11-811 Letter ....... 10-1/4”x 12-1/4”x 5” ........$14.75 ......$14.00 ea. 

M11-813 Legal ........ 10-1/4”x 15-1/4”x 5” ..........16.75 ........15.90 ea. 

Slim Size 

M11-810 Letter .... 10-1/4”x 12-1/4”x 2-1/2” .....$14.25 ......$13.50 ea. 

M11-812 Legal ..... 10-1/4”x 15-1/4”x 2-1/2” .......16.25 ........15.40 ea. 

Polyester Label Holders 

Manufactured from archival polyester, these 2”x 

3” label holders are sealed on the two long sides 

and adhere to the case using a pressure sensitive 

acrylic adhesive. Each holder comes complete 

with an acid-free insert and is made reusable by 

simply changing the insert. 12 per package. 

M61-033 .............................................. $14.90 pkg. 

Acrylic Coated Document Boxes 

Document Spacers 

New 

Features a chemically inert coating 

that repels water, minimizing 

the chance of it penetrating 

the exterior of the box and 

damaging the contents. The 

special acrylic coating also 

resists dirt, dust, and fingerprints. 

Very easy to clean with 

a damp cloth. The ideal choice 

for boxes that receive heavy use 

and where moisture is a potential 

problem. Acid and lignin-free, 3% 

calcium carbonate buffer, pH 8.0-9.0. Passes 

PAT. Colour: Blue/ Grey. 


Standard Size 

M15-577 Letter .........10-1/4” x 12-1/4” x 5” ......$11.95 ......$11.35 ea. 

M15-578 Legal .........10-1/4”H x 15-1/4” x 5” .......13.55 ........12.85 ea. 

Slim Style 

M15-579 Letter .....10-1/4” x 12-1/4” x 2-1/2” ...$11.35 ......$10.90 ea. 

M15-580 Legal .......10-1/4” x 15-1/4” x 2-1/2” .....12.95 ........12.30 ea. 

Use these high quality pre-scored spacers to prevent materials from 

slipping or warping in partially filled Archival Document Cases. The 

inserts are utilized to adjust the width of the containers to 1”, 2”, 3” 

or 4”. The insert corrugated material meets ANSI IT9.2 specifications. 

Cat. # Description 1+ 10+ 

Hollinger Grey/White Board 

MH-10372 Letter size .............................. $2.75 .................... $2.60 ea. 

MH-10362 Legal size ................................. 3.25 ...................... 3.10 ea. 

Work-in-Progress File Boxes 

Convenient box designed to hold active file folders in an acid-free environment. Holds letter and 

legal size folders. Manufactured from sturdy tan, acid-free corrugated board; ships flat, yet easily 

assembled. Available in Letter size (9-3/4”H x 5-1/2”W x 11-7/8”L) and Legal size (9-3/4”H x 

5-1/2”W x 15”L). 

Cat. # Description Price 

M15-511 Letter Size ........................................................................................................... $12.40 

M15-512 Legal Size .............................................................................................................. 12.75 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

3

Record Storage Boxes 

Hollinger Heavy Duty Record Storage Boxes 

Hollinger Record Storage Boxes are available in two corrugated board types: 250#C white, acid 

free, unbuffered corrugated with 7.0 minimum pH, and 200#C light tan, lignin free, 3% buffered, 

8.5 minimum pH corrugated which meets ANSI Standard IT9.2. 

M82-023 

Standard letter size/legal size record storage box. Our standard 10”H x 12-1/2”W x 15”L 

record storage boxes have double bottoms and double ends. 


250#C Unbuffered corrugated, white, 7.0 pH. 

M82-023 Separate Lid, 10”H x 12-1/2”W x 15”L .............. $10.70 ea ................. $10.20 ea. 

MH-10761 Attached Lid, 10”H x 12-1/2”W x 15”L ............... 10.70 ea ................... 10.20 ea. 

200#C Buffered corrugated, light tan, 8.5 pH. 

MH-10765 Separate Lid, 10”H x 12-1/2”W x 15”L .............. $15.95 ea ................. $15.20 ea. 

MH-10766 Attached Lid, 10”H x 12-1/2”W x 15”L ............... 15.95 ea ................... 15.20 ea. 

MH-10755 

Half size record storage boxes. Our half size record boxes measure 10”H x 6”W x 15”L. These 

boxes are available in our unbuffered and buffered corrugated boards. The half size boxes have 

double ends, double bottoms and a separate lid. 



MH-10755 Separate Lid, 10”H x 6”W x 15”L ........................ $8.50 ea ................... $8.10 ea. 


MH-10763 Separate Lid, 10”H x 6”W x 15”L ...................... $10.05 ea ................... $9.55 ea. 

MH-10762 

Letter size record storage boxes for vertical storage of magazines & documents. These 

boxes are 11-1/4”H x 8-3/4”W x 12”L for upright storage of periodicals and documents. 

The cartons are available in our unbuffered and buffered corrugated boards. Vertical letter size 

boxes have double bottoms, double ends and a separate lid. 



MH-10762 Separate Lid, 11-1/4”H x 8-3/4”W x 12”L ........... $9.85 ea .................... $9.35 ea. 


MH-10768 Separate Lid, 11-1/4”H x 8-3/4”W x 12”L .......... $15.80 ea .................. $15.00 ea. 

M10-818 

M10-817 

® 

Acrylic Coated Record Storage Boxes 

New 

Our heavy-duty B-flute acrylic Coated Record Storage Boxes are ideal when collections receive 

heavy use or where moisture could be a potential problem. The boxes repel moisture, have 

double-wall construction and are scuff and fingerprint resistant. Boxes ship flat, fold together 

quickly and hold securely. Acid and lignin free with an 8.0 – 9.0 pH. 3% calcium carbonate 

buffer. Colour: Archival Grey. 

Cat. # Description Dimensions 1+ +10 

M10-816 Full-Size .........................10”H x 15”W x 12”D .............. $17.25 ............ $16.35 ea. 

M10-817 Half Size – Letter ...........10”H x 12-1/4”W x 6-1/2”D ...... 12.00 .............. 11.40 ea. 

M10-818 Half Size – Legal ............10”H x 15-1/4”W x 6-1/4”D ...... 13.95 .............. 13.25 ea. 

M10-816 

® 

Record Storage Box Folder Supports 

Keep file folders upright in partially filled boxes 

New 

The supports prevent file folders from sliding in the boxes and damaging fragile documents. The 

strong B-flute corrugated design sustains the weight of heavy folders. These reusable supports 

adjust, to support 1/3 or 2/3 partial cartons. They are acid-free and unbuffered, with a pH of 7.0 - 

7.5. Colour: White. 5 per package. 


M10-814 File Supports – Letter Size ...................................................................... $10.95 pkg. 

M10-815 File Supports – Legal Size ......................................................................... 12.25 pkg. 

4 


Record Storage Boxes 

Coroplast ® Record Storage Boxes 

Manufactured from Coroplast Corrugated Plastic, a rigid, heat resistant, chemically stable 

copolymer of 90% polypropylene and 10% polyethylene ideally suited for archival storage. 

Corofile boxes are washable, heat and corrosion resistant and will not absorb grease, oil or acids. 

Tests show that Coroplast has high burst, puncture and edge and flat crush properties. Coroplast 

will not burst on the Mullen Tester. Boxes ship flat, fold together quickly and hold securely. 

Storage Boxes: The Storage Box has recessed dust proof carrying handles and a title card 

holder at one end. A full hinged lid with secure lock tabs keeps dust out. These boxes are made 

with 4mm Coroplast for extra strength. Please specify colour: Black (-BLK), Blue (-BLU), Grey 

(-GRY) or White (-WH). 


M53-430 10”H x 15”W x 12”D ............................ $18.25 .......... $17.35 ea. ........ $16.50 ea. 

M53-430 

Separate Lid Box This two-piece letter/legal size Record Storage Box manufactured from 3mm 

Coroplast features a lift-off lid for easy access and recessed handles or pull tabs. Lift-Off Lid Box 

will fit on our Record Storage Shelving. Please specify colour: Black (-BLK), Blue (-BLU), Grey 

(-GRY) or White (-WH). 


M53-432 10”H x 15”W x 12”D ............................ $21.50 .......... $20.45 ea. ........ $19.40 ea. 

Half-Size Hinge Lid Box Great for use on high shelves. Half-size design holds manageable 

weights. Slender for storage in limited spaces. 3mm. Colour: White. 


M53-435 Legal size. 10”H x 15”W x 7”D ............ $11.60 .......... $11.00 ea. ........ $10.50 ea. 

M53-432 

M53-435 

Neutracor Record Storage and Document Boxes 

These boxes are constructed from Neutracor, a Canadian made acid-free corrugated cardboard. 

Neutracor features a solid 12 point lignin-free bleached liner board (white colour). 

Two sizes are offered: 10” x 15-1/2” x 12-1/2” record storage carton designed for legal and letter 

size files and 10” x 15-1/2” x 7” document box (legal size). Boxes are shipped flat (one piece 

construction). 

Minimum Order: 5. 

Cat. # Dimensions 5+ 25+ 100+ 

M95-368 10”H x 15-1/2”W x 12-1/2”D ............ $12.00 ea ............... $11.50 ea .................. $10.95 ea. 

M95-370 10”H x 15-1/2”W x 7”D ........................ 9.00 ea ................... 8.60 ea ...................... 8.20 ea. 

Inner Packing Boxes For letter/legal storage boxes 

Allows you to easily convert a standard, 10”H x 12”W x 15”L, Record Storage Box into a multipurpose 

storage box. Manufactured from acid/lignin free, buffered pH 8.5, 60 pt. Blue/Grey board 

with metal edges to reinforce the box structure. Each box has a separate lid for easy access. 


4 Inner Boxes 

M95-305 4-3/4”H x 11-3/4” x 6-3/4” ..................... $16.50 ................................. $15.70 ea. 

MI-95-305 Intercept Bottom Sheet ............................ 1.20 ..................................... 1.10 ea. 

8 Inner Boxes 

M95-307 4-3/4”H x 6-3/4” x 5-1/2” ....................... $14.75 ................................. $14.00 ea. 


2 Inner Boxes (Top and Bottom) 

M95-308 4-3/4”H x 14-1/4” x 11-3/4” ................... $19.25 ................................. $18.30 ea. 


2 Inner Boxes (Side by Side) 

M95-309 9-3/4”H x 11-3/4” x 6-3/4” .................... $20.75 ................................. $19.70 ea. 


Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

5

File Folders 

® 

Archival File 

Folders – 10 pt 

This cream colour, soil and 

stain resistant folder stock 

offers maximum protection 

for storage of letters, documents and other materials. Each folder 

is made from acid-free, lignin-free 10pt folder stock having a 

pH of 8.5 and a 3% calcium carbonate buffer. 100 per box. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 10+ 

Letter Size, Full Cut Tab 

M82-017 ....................................... $44.40 .... $42.20 box ..... $40.00 box 

Letter Size, 1/2 Cut Reversible Tab 

M82-010 ......................................... 44.40 ..... 42.20 box ........ 40.00 box 

Letter Size, Reinforced, Full-Cut Tab 

M82-018 ......................................... 47.70 ..... 45.30 box ........ 43.00 box 

Legal Size, Full-Cut Tab 

M82-009 ......................................... 51.80 ..... 49.20 box ........ 46.75 box 

Legal Size, 1/2 Cut Reversible Tab 

M82-011 ......................................... 51.80 ..... 49.20 box ........ 46.75 box 

Legal Size, Reinforced, Full-Cut Tab 

M82-008 ......................................... 54.50 ..... 51.75 box ........ 49.20 box 

® 

Heavy-Weight Archival File Folders 

Ideal for brittle or fragile papers - 20 pt. 

® 

Acid-Free Hanging File Folders 

For customers who favour the simplicity 

and effectiveness of a hanging file system, 

but require archival quality folders. Available 

in both letter and legal size, these hanging 

folders are made from lignin-free, acid-free 

buffered, tan folder stock. Folders are 

mounted on standard hanging rods and 

include index tabs. 25 per package. 


M81-090 Letter Size ......................... $27.00 ............... $25.65 pkg. 

M81-091 Legal Size ............................ 31.00 ................. 29.45 pkg. 

® 

Acid-Free End Tab Shelf 

File Folders 

Our acid-free end tab shelf files are 

straight cut across the top with a full 

cut tab on the side, ideal for open shelf 

filing. Folders include a 3/4” score for 

expanded filing capacity. Each folder is 

made from acid-free, lignin-free 10pt 

folder stock having a pH of 8.5 and a 

3% calcium carbonate buffer. 

100 per box. 


M82-006 Letter Size ........ $49.50 ......... $47.20 box ....... $44.95 box 

M82-007 Legal Size ......... $68.50 ......... $65.20 box ....... $62.00 box 

All the same features as our standard file folders but twice as thick for 

added protection. Heavy-weight folders come with 1/2” full cut tab for 

easy identification. 50 per package. 


M82-364 Letter Size .....................................$36.00 ............$34.25 pkg. 

M82-365 Legal Size ........................................46.35 ..............44.00 pkg. 

6 

® 

Unbuffered 

Photographic 

File Folders 

These folders are made from alpha cellulose, PH neutral, non-buffered, 

lignin and sulphur free photographic /textile paper. Thickness .010” 

Passes photo activity test (P.A.T.). 100 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 10+ 

Letter Size, Full Cut Tab 

M82-035 .................................... $44.00 .....$41.80 pkg. ......$39.70 pkg. 

Legal Size, Full Cut Tab 

M82-036 ...................................... 46.00 .......43.70 pkg. ........41.50 pkg. 

Laser File 

Folder Labels 

Archival labels for laser 

printer are 4” x .875”. 20 

labels per 8-1/2” x 11” sheet. 

500 labels per package. 

25 sheets per package. 

M12-695 .............. $43.00 pkg. 


® 

Expansion Folders 

Excellent for material groupings or circulation. Will hold clippings, 

music, pamphlets, etc. Made of sturdy .010 acid and lignin-free 

buffered stock with a large pre-scored flap and 1-1/2” expansion. 

Letter or legal size, to fit all standard file cabinets. 5 per package. 


M81-096 Letter Size, 10-1/4” x 12-1/4”......... $19.50 ....... $18.50 pkg. 

M81-097 Legal Size, 10-1/4” x 14-3/4”........... 24.00 ......... 22.80 pkg. 

® 

Paper File Folder Inserts 

Use our Permalife 20 lb. heavyweight 

paper inserts to separate and index 

material before placing in file folders. 

These paper folders are acid and 

lignin free with 3% calcium carbonate 

buffer to inhibit acid migration. Also 

featured is a 9/16” full cut tab for 

easy indexing. 100 per package. 

Cat. # Fits Dimensions 1+ 10+ 

M81-098 Letter Size ... 9-1/8” x 11-3/4” ..... $26.40 ...... $25.00 pkg. 

M81-099 Legal Size .... 9-1/8” x 14-3/4” ....... 33.50 ........ 32.00 pkg.

Document Storage 

Archival Polyester 

File Folders 

– 4 mil 

Archival quality polyester 

file folders offer a unique 

method for storage. The 

static cling of two sheets 

of polyester will hold even 

fragile documents, enabling them to be photographed with ease and 

without damage due to handling. They may also be used to encase 

thin non-paper items. Special sizes can be made to order. Inquire 

for details. Made from 4 mil archival polyester. 25 per package. 

Cat. # Fits up to 1+ 4+ 

M82-876 Letter Size, 9” x 11-1/2” .............. $35.50 ........ $33.75 pkg. 

M82-277 Legal Size, 9” x 14-1/2” ................ 38.60 .......... 36.70 pkg. 

® 

Expanding Document Files 

Heavyweight gusseted folders with 

expanding full-flap and tie. Organize, 

store and safely transport small collections 

of documents, news clippings, 

sheet music, etc. Made from 15 pt. 

acid and lignin-free buffered folder 

stock (pH 8.5) with expanding Tyvek ® 

side gussets. Available in letter and legal 

size with expansion widths of 3-1/2” or 5-1/4”. 

Cat. # Description Expansion 1+ 5+ 20+ 

M81-080 Letter size ....... 3-1/2” .......... $7.20 ... $6.85 ea. .. $6.50 ea. 

M81-081 Letter size ....... 5-1/4” ........... 8.25 ..... 7.80 ea. .... 7.45 ea. 

M81-082 Legal size ........ 3-1/2” ........... 8.40 ..... 8.00 ea. .... 7.60 ea. 

M81-083 Legal size ........ 5-1/4” ............ 9.15 ..... 8.70 ea. .... 8.30 ea. 

® 

® 


Envelopes – 3 mil 

Three sides sealed, handy and safe 

for letters, pamphlets, magazines, 

clippings or ephemera. 

Cat. # Dimensions 1+ 3+ 

25 per package. 

M95-429 6” x 9” ........................... $31.15 ................... $29.60 pkg. 

M95-430 7” x 10” ........................... 37.70 ..................... 35.80 pkg. 

M95-431 9” x 12” ........................... 41.70 ..................... 39.65 pkg. 

M95-432 9” x 14–1/2” .................... 57.70 ..................... 54.80 pkg. 



M95-429-C 6” x 9” ......................... $100.15 ................... $95.10 pkg. 

M95-430-C 7” x 10” ......................... 118.15 ................... 112.25 pkg. 

M95-431-C 9” x 12” ......................... 125.80 ................... 119.60 pkg. 

M95-432-C 9” x 14–1/2” .................. 177.00 ................... 168.20 pkg. 

These large envelopes offer an excellent approach to the practical 

storage of large maps, prints or broadsides. Made from archival 

polyester, these envelopes offer archival storage while giving complete 

visibility to its contents. 4 mil. 5 per package. 


M95-018 11” x 17” ....................... $16.60 ................... $15.75 pkg. 

M95-019 17” x 21” ......................... 30.90 ..................... 29.35 pkg. 

M95-020 18” x 24” ......................... 34.70 ..................... 32.95 pkg. 

M95-021 24” x 36” ......................... 65.00 ..................... 61.85 pkg. 

Other sizes of transparent archival polyester enclosures 

available to special order. Inquire for pricing. 

® 

Vertical File Pockets 

Organize your vertical files and 

newspaper clippings. Full open 

top for easy access to contents. 

Closed sides keep small pamphlets, 

documents and clippings from 

getting lost in file drawers. One 

piece construction file jackets are 

made of sturdy .010 Permtec acid 

and lignin free buffered folder stock 

with 1” accordion folds on sides and bottom. 

1”W full cut tab for easy labelling. 10 per package. 


M81-094 Letter Size, 10” x 11-3/4” ................................. $31.90 pkg. 

M81-095 Legal Size, 10” x 14-3/4” .................................... 36.50 pkg. 

Archival Intercept Sheets 

Lab tests indicate the 6 mil thickness of Archival Intercept film 

should protect the contents of file folders and archival boxes from 

damaging gases for at least several decades. Minimum order: 10. 

Cat. # Fits Dimensions 10+ 25+ 100+ 

MI-8511 Letter Size .. 8-1/2” x 11” ... $1.85 ea. .. $1.75 ea. .. $1.65 ea. 

MI-8514 Legal Size ... 8-1/2” x 14” ..... 2.15 ea. .... 2.05 ea. .... 1.95 ea. 

New 

Display Folders 

Displays, protects and 

preserves valuable photos and documents 

These folders are designed to display portrait collections, while 

protecting the photos from damage. They are constructed of 40 point, 

sandstone archival board, with brown poly-cotton C grade cloth and 

a clear, chemically stable 3-mil archival polyester film interior ‘L’-seal 

envelope. The enclosure prevents unnecessary handling, while allowing 

for easy viewing. The polyester film envelope is welded on the bottom 

and fore edge, open at the top and spine for easy placement of photos, 

prints, small maps, postage stamps and certificates. Easily view both 

sides of your document, while it is fully preserved and protected. 

Cat. # Board Dimensions Interior Enclosure Price 

M10-466 11”H x 7-3/4”W .................. 10-1/2”x 7-1/8” .............$10.75 

M10-467 11-3/4”H x 9-1/4”W ............ 11-1/4”x 8-5/8” ...............11.25 

M10-468 13”H x 10-1/4”W ................ 12-1/2” x 9-5/8” ..............11.95 

M10-469 16”H x 10-1/4”W ................ 15-1/2”x 9-5/8” ...............16.00 

M10-470 21”H x 14-1/2”W ................ 20-1/2”x 13-7/8” .............28.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

7

Large Document Storage 

Hollinger Map Folders 

Designed for safe storage of large items such as maps, charts and 

prints, these folders are straight cut without a top margin. Available in 

two weights, minimum pH 8.5, lignin-free and buffered. 



Lightweight .010 tan acid-free stock 

MH-11047 16” x 20” ........... $35.00 ........ $33.25 pkg. .... $31.60 pkg. 

MH-11048 20” x 24” ............. 47.40 .......... 45.00 pkg. ...... 42.75 pkg. 

MH-11049 20” x 28” ............. 53.25 .......... 50.60 pkg. ...... 48.00 pkg. 

MH-11050 24” x 36” ............. 67.75 .......... 64.38 pkg. ...... 61.15 pkg. 

MH-11060 30” x 42” ............. 92.70 .......... 88.00 pkg. ...... 83.65 pkg. 

MH-11070 36” x 48” ........... 107.00 ........ 101.75 pkg. ...... 97.00 pkg. 

Heavyweight .020 tan acid-free stock 

MH-11095 24” x 36” ......... $110.25 ...... $104.70 pkg. .... $99.50 pkg. 

MH-11100 30” x 40” ........... 163.75 ........ 155.60 pkg. .... 147.80 pkg. 

Hollinger Map Folder Stock 

Our heavy tan stock is the same product used to manufacture map 

folders. It comes in .010 and .020 thicknesses. These sheets are used 

to make special size folders, filing sheets, phase boxes and extra sturdy 

interleaving sheets. Grain runs in the shorter direction on all sizes 

except MH-10850 (30” x 40”). 

Cat. # Dimensions Price 

Lightweight .010 tan acid-free stock 10 per package. 

MH-10790-10 22-1/2” x 17” ................................................ $9.35 pkg. 

MH-10795-10 32” x 20” ...................................................... 20.30 pkg. 

MH-10805-10 40” x 24” ...................................................... 29.85 pkg. 

MH-10806-10 40” x 28” ...................................................... 35.85 pkg. 

MH-10800-10 48” x 36” ...................................................... 62.50 pkg. 

MH-10810-10 60” x 42” ...................................................... 80.85 pkg. 

MH-10820-10 72” x 48” .................................................... 116.40 pkg. 

Heavyweight .020 tan acid-free stock 10 per package. 

MH-10850-10 30” x 40” .................................................... $80.85 pkg. 

MH-10855-10 48” x 36” .................................................... 111.00 pkg. 

MH-10860-10 60” x 40” .................................................... 157.00 pkg. 

Lightweight .010 tan acid-free stock 50 per package. 

MH-10790 22-1/2” x 17” .............................................. $37.40 pkg. 

MH-10795 32” x 20” ...................................................... 81.25 pkg. 

MH-10805 40” x 24” .................................................... 119.50 pkg. 

MH-10806 40” x 28” .................................................... 143.40 pkg. 

MH-10800 48” x 36” .................................................... 250.00 pkg. 

MH-10810 60” x 42” .................................................... 323.00 pkg. 

MH-10820 72” x 48” .................................................... 465.00 pkg. 

Heavyweight .020 tan acid-free stock 50 per package. 

MH-10850 30” x 40” .................................................. $323.00 pkg. 

MH-10855 48” x 36” .................................................... 440.00 pkg. 

MH-10860 60” x 40” .................................................... 626.00 pkg. 

8 


® 

Archival Polyester Map Folders – 4 mil 

Our map folders are made with 4 mil archival polyester. Transparent 

folder allows contents to be viewed without being removed—especially 

convenient when regular inventory checks are required. 



M94-292 20” x 24”....................New! $27.00 .............. $25.80 pkg. 

M94-293 24” x 36”............................... 44.30 ................ 42.10 pkg. 

M94-294 36” x 48”............................... 82.40 ................ 78.30 pkg. 

® 

Archival Polyester Envelopes 

– 4 mil 

These large envelopes offer an excellent 

approach to the practical storage of large 

maps, prints or broadsides. Made from 

4 mil archival polyester, these envelopes 

offer archival storage while giving complete 

visibility to its contents. 5 per package. 

Cat. # 

Dimensions 1+ 3+ 

M95-018 11” x 17” ............................. $16.60 ................ $15.75 pkg. 

M95-019 17” x 21” ............................... 30.90 .................. 29.35 pkg. 

M95-020 18” x 24” ............................... 34.70 .................. 32.95 pkg. 

M95-021 24” x 36” ............................... 65.00 .................. 61.85 pkg. 

® 

Archival Polyester Manuscript Protectors 

– 3 mil 

Clear see-thru polyester 

protectors. Inside binding edge 

grips manuscript firmly in place. 

Completely protects contents 

from fingerprints and outside 

contamination while document is 

being read or copied for referral 

purposes. 3 mil. 10 per package. 


M94-272 9” x 11” .................... $18.15 ..... $17.25 pkg. .. $16.35 pkg. 

M94-273 9” x 14-1/2” ................ 18.95 ....... 18.00 pkg. .... 17.10 pkg. 

M94-274 9-3/4” x 13” ................ 18.75 ....... 17.80 pkg. .... 16.90 pkg. 

M94-275 11-3/8” x 14-7/8” ........ 22.90 ....... 21.80 pkg. .... 20.70 pkg. 

M94-276 16-1/4” x 20-1/4” ........ 39.50 ....... 37.60 pkg. .... 35.70 pkg. 

M94-280 20-1/4” x 24-1/4” ........ 47.90 ....... 45.50 pkg. .... 43.25 pkg. 

Other sizes available to special order of Carmac Archival Polyester 

Envelopes and Manuscript Protectors. Inquire for pricing.


Flat Files 

Museum / Archival 

The paint finish ensures there is no outgassing. The finish does not change the acidity or alkalinity (pH) in the files. These modular 5 and 10 

drawer files can be used individually or in a space-saving stack. The case-hardened, ball-bearing rollers provide a smooth, quiet operation. 

Positive closures keep your drawers tightly shut, while courtesy stops keep them in place while open. They keep your contents clean, with 

a rear hood and hinged front depressor. Expert engineering assures you of maximum function and many years of service. The Low Base 

elevates files 6” off the floor, for protection and easier access. The front is recessed 2-3/4” from the file, to allow toe space. The unit holds 

up to five files, consisting of any combination of 5 and 10 drawer cabinets. The High Base raises files 20” off the floor. Bases have enclosed 

backs and sides, with open fronts, for extra storage space (holds up to two files). Drawers include label holders and chrome handles. 

Optional lock kit includes lock and two keys. Please specify colour: Tropic Sand (-SND), White (-WH), Grey (-GRY) or Black (-BLK). 

Small – Five Drawer Flat File 

Cat. # Description H x W x D Inside Drawer Price 

M4994 5-Drawer File ...... 16-1/2” x 40-1/2” x 29-1/2” ....... 2-1/4”x 37”x 26” ....... $1190.00 

M4995 Low Base ................. 6” x 40-1/2”x 26-3/4” ..................................................... 210.00 

M4975 High Base ............... 20”x 40-1/2”x 29-1/2” ..................................................... 460.00 

Medium – Five Drawer Flat File 


M4996 5-Drawer File ....... 16-1/2”x 46-1/2”x 35-1/2” ........ 2-1/4”x 43”x 32” ....... $1400.00 

M4997 Low Base ................. 6”x 46-1/2”x 32-1/2” ...................................................... 225.00 

M4977 High Base ............... 20”x 46-1/2”x 35-3/4” ..................................................... 490.00 

Large – Five Drawer Flat File 


M4998 5-Drawer File ........16-1/2”x 53-1/2”x 41-1/2” ........ 2-1/4”x 50”x 38” ....... $1625.00 

M4999 Low Base ..................6”x 53-1/2”x 38-3/4” ...................................................... 285.00 

M4979 High Base ................20”x 53-1/2”x 41-1/2” ..................................................... 510.00 

M4981 Lock Kit For 5-Drawer Files .................................................................................. 70.00 

M4980 Dividers For 5-Drawer Files (20 per carton) ......................................................... 95.00 

M4975/M4994 

Ten Drawer Flat File 


M4986 10-Drawer File ..... 16-1/2”x 46-1/2”x 35-1/2” ........ 1-1/4”x 43”x 32” ....... $2425.00 

M4997 Low Base ................. 6”x 46-1/2”x 32-1/2” ...................................................... 225.00 

M4977 High Base ............... 20”x 46-1/2”x 35-3/4” ..................................................... 490.00 

M4983 Lock Kit For 10 Drawer File .................................................................................. 70.00 

M4986 

Giant Stacking Trays 

Constructed from a high density, high molecular weight polyethylene with steel reinforcement 

for rigid support and strength. Inside dimensions easily accommodate most drawings, artwork, 

etc. Trays can be stacked up to five feet high. Each tray has a hefty 40 lb. load capacity. Trays 

stack facing same or opposite directions. Trays feature one piece construction, so there is no 

assembly required. Can be used alone or in combination with an existing system. Trays interlock 

when stacked to form a solid bank of flat storage. Packed 2 per carton. Two sizes available. 

Colour: White. 

Cat. # Description H x W x D Inside Price 

M93-220 Package of 2 .......... 3” x 39” x 26-1/2” ........... 2” x 36” x 24” ............ $178.00 pkg. 

M93-222 Top 39”W x 26-1/2”D .................................................................................. 140.00 ea. 

M93-221 Package of 2 .......... 3” x 45-1/2” x 34” ....... 2” x 42-1/2” x 32-1/2 ...... $210.00 pkg. 

M93-223 Top 45-1/2”W x 34”D .................................................................................. 150.00 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

9

Large Document Roll Storage 

Chartpak Map and Plan Tubes 

Unique inert polypropylene tubes offer a new concept in the storage of 

maps, plans and materials housed in roll form. Independent tests have 

established that the Chartpak system has a neutral range pH and does 

not contain any additives that might migrate at any point in the future. 

NOTE: Will link to the original cyclopak tubes. 

The polypropylene units are static-free, dustproof and waterproof. 

Chartpak’s unique design prevents discolouration or fade damage from 

U/V radiation. Available in two diameters which can be increased in 

length by using additional spacer pieces. Please specify colour: Grey 

(-GRY) or Black (-BLK). 


M26-000 Large Tube, 26-5/8”L x 3-1/2”D ................................... $22.35 

M26-001 Large Spacer, 12”L x 3-1/2”D ........................................ 10.25 

M26-002 Small Tube, 26-5/8”L x 2-1/2”D .................................... 19.45 

M26-003 Small Spacer, 12”L x 2-1/2”D ......................................... 8.20 

M26-004 Adjustable Strap ............................................................ $15.95 

Hollinger Blueprint 

Storage Tubes 

Leading architectural firms purchase these Hollinger boxes to store 

blueprints, maps, real estate plans which are rolled for storage. We 

have two stock sizes: 3”x 3” x 36” and 4”x 4” x 48”. 

The ends of these tubular boxes open and close easily with a tuck-in 

flap. The boxes are made with 200# test, 3% calcium carbonate 

buffered, lignin and sulphur free corrugated paper board or unbuffered 

inert corrugated polypropylene. 


Buffered Corrugated Paperboard 

MH-30320 3”H x 3”W x 36”D .... $12.60 .... $11.95 ea ... $11.35 ea. 

MH-30330 4”H x 4”W x 48”D ...... 20.00 ...... 19.00 ea ..... 18.25 ea. 

Unbuffered Corrugated Polypropylene 

MH-30325 3” H x 3”W x 36”D .... $12.60 .... $11.95 ea .... $11.35 ea. 

MH-30335 4” H x 4”W x 48”D ...... 20.00 ...... 19.00 ea ...... 18.25 ea. 

® 

Corrugated Roll 

Storage Boxes 

Protect valuable textile materials 

with these sturdy B-flute 

corrugated storage boxes. 

The triangular shape allows for 

additional stacking and storage 

without the worry of rolling off 

the shelf. Also ideal for storing 

maps, blueprints and other rolled 

material. Boxes ship flat and 

assemble in seconds. Acid-free, 

lignin-free, pH 8.0-9.0. 3% calcium 

carbonate buffer, passes P.A.T. 


M10-800 5”H x 5”W x 24”D .................. $12.30 ...................$11.70 ea. 

M10-801 6”H x 6”W x 38”D .................... 15.00 .....................14.25 ea. 

M10-802 6”H x 6”W x 49”D .................... 18.75 .....................17.80 ea. 

Mobile Roll Files 

An economic organizing solution 

perfect for work-in-progress. 

Constructed of sturdy particle board 

with an attractive textured vinyl 

laminate finish. Easily mobile with 

2” swivel casters and complete with 

a grandstand design with square 

tubes for trouble-free removal 

M85-544 

of contents. Colour: Putty. 

Cat. # Tube Size Dimensions Capacity Price 

M85-542 3-3/8” ... 23-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 13-1/4”D .... 12 ... $210.00 

M85-543 2-3/4” ... 23-1/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 13-1/4”D .... 20 ..... 216.00 

M85-544 2-3/4” ... 29-1/4”H x 30-1/4”W x 15-3/4”D .... 50 ..... 385.00 

Roll Store 

For simple, economical 

poster storage, Upright 

Roll Files 

Corrugated fibreboard construction. 

Square tubes with plastic 

moulding Assembles quickly and 

easily. Walnut wood grain finish. 

Dimensions: 22”H x 15”W x 

12”D. 12”H in front. 

Cat. # Description Tube Size Price 

M3081 20 Compartment Unit ..................... 2-3/4” ................... $71.50 

Wire Roll Stor Trolley 

Keep large plans and documents 

organized at your fingertips 

The file is constructed of heavy 

gauge steel rods with a white plastic 

coating. It features four large 8’’ x 8’’ 

storage bins at 2 heights to accommodate 

any size blueprint, drawing, 

chart, map or roll paper. Four allsurface 

swivel casters enable the file 

to roll easily to any point of use. The 

exclusive dustguard on the bottom 

of the file keeps materials clean and 

protects edges. Assembles quickly 

and easily. Dimensions: 27-3/4”H x 

16-1/4”W x 16-1/2’’D. Colour: White. 

M93-228 ................................... $95.00 

10 



Map and Blueprint Bags 

A range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tape pull strings. 

These soft, breathable bags are used to protect rolled maps, plans and 

banners. Each bag can be washed but should not be tumbled dry. 

Width: 9.5” (241 mm). Diameter: approx. 6.2”(155mm). 

Cat# Length Price 

M95-173 36” (914mm) ............................................................ $23.95 

M95-174 42” (1067mm) ............................................................ 25.25 

M95-175 48” (1219mm) ............................................................ 26.00 

M95-176 72” (1829mm) ............................................................ 29.10 

Hanging Clamps 

Extruded aluminum clamps are 

the key to hanging file systems. 

Akulon wing knobs provide extra 

strong, balanced gripping tension 

and are guaranteed for life. 

Clamps hold up to 100 sheets or 

20 lbs. Clear plastic label holders 

are included. Available in natural 

aluminum with black wing knobs 

and end caps. 6 clamps per 

package. 


M5001-6 18” (19-3/4’’ Overall) ......................................... $225.00 pkg. 

M5002-6 24” (25-3/4’’ Overall) ........................................... 250.00 pkg. 

M5003-6 30” (31-3/4’’ Overall) ........................................... 280.00 pkg. 

M5004-6 36” (37-3/4’’ Overall) ........................................... 288.00 pkg. 

M5005-6 42” (43-3/4’’ Overall) ........................................... 315.00 pkg. 

Mobile Stand 

Holds up to twelve hanging 

clamps 

Popular, self-contained storage 

system features steel construction 

with four 3’’ ball bearing swivel 

casters (front 2 lock). Holds up 

to 12 Hanging Clamps (clamps 

sold separately) in Pivot Brackets 

(included) that swing open for easy 

access to contents. Easy set up. 

Height adjusts from 43-5/8” to 

61-5/8”, Base extends 27-1/2” to 

37-1/2”, Width 27” overall. 

Colour: Tropic Sand. 

M5026 ................................. $595.00 

Pivot Wall Rack 

For space saving storage 

Mounts directly to wall for space saving 

storage. Holds up to 12 Hanging Clamps 

(clamps sold separately) in Pivot Brackets 

(included). Installation is recommended on 

wall studs or a solid-backed wall surface. 

Dimensions: 9-1/2” x 24” 

Colour: Tropic Sand. 

M5016 ...................................... $265.00 

Coroplast ® Box 

with separate lid 

Manufactured from 

Canadian made Coroplast ® 

Corrugated Plastic, a rigid, 

heat resistant, chemically 

stable copolymer of 90% 

polypropylene and 10% 

polyethylene. It is ideally 

suited for archival storage 

such as textiles, blueprints, 

charts or maps. Long sides may be further secured with self adhesive 

Velcro dots. Dimensions: 5”H x 48”W x 9”D with separate lid 2”D. 

Colour: White. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M41-725 ...................................... $21.40 .......................... $20.35 ea. 

Coroplast ® Large 

Flat Storage Box 

An acid-free box for safe storage 

of manuscripts, books, files, 

periodicals requiring a strong 

durable box. Manufactured 

from Canadian made Coroplast ® 

Corrugated Plastic, a rigid, heat resistant, chemically stable copolymer 

of 90% polypropylene and 10% polyethylene ideally suited for archival 

storage. Coroplast ® boxes are washable, heat and corrosion resistant and 

will not absorb grease, oil or acids. Shipped flat, these boxes will snap 

together without tools, tape or adhesives. The box measures 23” x 24” 

with a 4” deep lid (inside dimension: 3-3/4”H x 22”W x 22”L ). The two 

pieces may be used as separate open trays if required. Please specify 

colour: White (-WH) or Translucent (-T). 

Cat. # 1+ 10+ 

M41-728 .............................. $22.85 .................................... $21.75 ea. 

Corrugated 

Large Flat 

Storage Boxes 

Shipped and stored 

flat, these “short-lid” 

easy access boxes 

provide economical 

long term storage of 

papers, manuscripts, 

posters, maps, 

periodicals, and 

newspapers. Double 

walled side panels 

provide extra strength during storage and handling. Available in our 

acid-free white unbuffered board (pH 7.0) or our heavyweight tan acid/ 

lignin-free, buffered board (pH 8.5). 


White Unbuffered 

M15-541 11-1/2”H x 17-1/4”W x 3-1/2”D ........ $12.35 ...... $11.75 ea. 

M15-542 16”H x 20”W x 3-1/2”D ...................... 15.20 ........ 14.45 ea. 

M15-543 24”H x 38”W x 6”D ............................ 55.75 ........ 53.00 ea. 

Tan Buffered 

M15-544 11-1/2”H x 17-1/4”W x 3-1/2”D ........ $13.25 ...... $12.60 ea. 

M15-545 16”H x 20”W x 3-1/2”D ...................... 18.65 ........ 17.70 ea. 

M15-546 24”H x 38”W x 6”D ............................ 71.00 ........ 67.45 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

11

TM 

Newspaper Storage 

® 

Newspaper 

Boxes 

Quality Grey/White 

acid/lignin-free buffered 

newspaper boxes, have reinforced metal 

edges for strength and durability. Two piece storage 

boxes feature deep telescoping lids. Manufactured from 60 pt. barrier 

board, 8.0-9.0 pH, Passed P.A.T. 


M10-805 3”H x 18”W x 13”D ............. $22.00 ............. $20.90 ea. 

M10-806 3”H x 23”W x 31”D ............... 29.85 ............... 28.40 ea. 

Hollinger 

Newspaper 

Storage 

Boxes 

Large acid and ligninfree 

boxes for storage 

of maps, prints, 

newspapers or large 

size items which 

should be stored flat. Manufactured from acid-free grey/white buffered 

archival quality board in 60 point thickness. Lined for extra protection of 

contents. Metal reinforced edges for greater strength. Complete telescoping 

gives double stacking strength. 


M95-357 2”H x 22”W x 15”L .................... $24.20 ........ $23.00 ea. 

MI-10540 Intercept Bottom Sheet .................. 4.65 ............ 4.40 ea. 

M95-358 2-1/2”H x 25”W x 19”L ................ 26.25 .......... 24.95 ea. 


M95-359 3”H x 24-1/2”W x 20-1/2”L .......... 27.80 .......... 26.40 ea. 


Newspaper and 

Map Display 

Folders 

Oversized protection 

and easy 

viewing 

Made of 60 point 

sandstone archival board, 

brown acrylic coated poly-cotton C 

grade cloth and a clear, chemically stable 3 mil 

archival polyester film interior L-weld envelope. The enclosure 

provides flat, safe storage for front and back viewing of materials. 

The ideal solution for oversized documents and prints. 

Cat. # Board Dimensions Interior Enclosure Price 

M10-471 24”H x 15-1/2”W ......... 23-1/2”H x 14-3/4”W ......... $29.95 

M10-472 24”H x 18-1/2”W ......... 23-1/2”H x 17-3/4”W ........... 32.75 

M10-473 27”H x 20”W ............... 26-1/2”H x 19-1/4”W ........... 38.60 

12 

New 


Newspaper 

and Oversize 

Storage Boxes Acrylic coated 

The acrylic coating helps to keep these archival quality boxes free from 

dust, dirt and fingerprints during handling and storage. Water resistant 

and easily cleaned with a moist cloth, these boxes are recommended 

for collections that receive heavy use or are stored in environments 

where moisture is a potential problem. Made from the finest material, 

all boxes are constructed of acid/lignin-free 60 point board with a pH of 

8.5 and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate. The box board is acrylic 

coated on the exterior surface only. Large, flat multi-purpose boxes can 

store newspapers, maps, mounted photographs, artwork and other 

oversized materials. Standard Blue/Grey exterior, White liner. 


M22-152 2-1/2”H x 22”W x 15”L ........ $25.85 ............. $24.60 ea. 

M17-232 2-1/2”H x 23”W x 17”L .......... 29.65 ............... 28.25 ea. 

M18-133 3”H x 18”W x 13”L ................ 25.75 ............... 24.50 ea. 

M19-252 2-1/2”H x 25”W x 19”L .......... 34.25 ............... 32.60 ea. 

M23-313 3”H x 31”W x 23”L ................ 39.25 ............... 37.30 ea. 

Hollinger Flat Storage Boxes 

An all-around favourite for convenient storage of manuscripts, rare 

books, and other valuable items. For easy identification, a 3” x 5” card 

can be slipped into the opening in the front or one side of the box, 

permitting shelf storage in either direction. The metal corners give extra 

stacking strength (loaded boxes stack 12 high). 


3”H x 13”W x 11”L 

MA-10565 Archives Grey/White ................. $13.50 ....... $12.80 ea. 

MI-10565 Intercept Bottom Sheet ................ 2.00 ........... 1.90 ea. 

3”H x 15”W x 11”L 



3-1/2”H x 17-1/4”W x 11-1/2”L 


MH-10570 Hollinger Grey/White ................... 20.35 ......... 19.30 ea. 


3-1/2”H x 20”W x 16”L 


MH-10580 Hollinger Grey/White ................... 25.00 ......... 23.85 ea. 


For detailed specifications of Hollinger Archival 

Boards and Intercept Sheets see page 1.

Magazine and Pamphlet Storage 

® 

Black Magazine 

and Pamphlet Files 

Polypropylene File 

Cases Acid-Free 

Keep publications, brochures 

and catalogues neatly organized 

in these high-quality, durable 

11-1/4” file cases. Available in a wide 

assortment of colours for 

convenient colour-coding, 

systemize by publication, 

5-1/2” 

category, date or alphabet. 

Cut-corner front allows for 

easy contents identification 

and replacement. 10 colours to 

choose from. 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 36+ 

(See below) ................... $7.25 .............. $6.90 ea. ............... $6.60 ea. 

Cat. # Colour Cat. # Colour 

M42-5726 ............ Translucent M42-5733 .............. Royal Blue 

M42-5727 .................... Yellow M42-5732 .......... Cardinal Red 

M42-5728 ...................... Putty M42-5734 ......... Hunter Green 

M42-5730 ............... Burgundy M42-5720 ......................... Tan 

M42-5722 ...................... Black M42-5725 ................. Sky Blue 

3-1/4” 

Polypropylene 

Economy Curve- 

Corner File Cases 

Easy to handle 

New 

These attractive archival pamphlet 

files are available in a standard 

matt finish or an elegant textured 

linen surface. The contoured 

design allows for easy access and 

the metal edging adds strength 

and durability. Files are constructed 

of 60 pt. acid and lignin free archival board with a pH value of 8.0 – 9.0. 

Contains 3% calcium carbonate buffer and Passes P.A.T. Dimensions: 

11”H x 3”W x 10”L. 


M10-795 Standard Matt Finish .................... $9.00 .................. $8.50 

M10-796 Textured Linen Finish ................... 14.20 .................. 13.45 

8-2/3” 

Curve-Corner design makes 

11-3/4” 

contents easier to locate 

and remove. Because 

they use 41% less 

plastic than our 

regular Cut-Corner 

Cases, Economy 

Curve-Corner Cases 

allow us to pass the 

3-1/4” 

plastic savings on to 

you. Four colours to 

choose from, assort 

colours for quantity pricing. 

Royal Blue and 

Translucent shown 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 36+ 

(See below) .................. $4.50 ............... $4.30 ea. ................ $4.00 ea. 

Cat. # Colour Cat. # Colour 

M42-5816 ............ Translucent M42-5815 ................. Sky Blue 

M42-5813 .............. Royal Blue M42-5818 ...................... Putty 

4-1/8” 

8-7/8” 

Hollinger Magazine and 

Pamphlet Files 

These shelf storage files are ideal for 

magazines, periodicals, pamphlets, 

manuals, brochures, digests, etc. The 

“Cut-away” design allows convenient 

access and removal. Sturdy metal 

edged construction assures long 

life, during handling and storage. 

Made from 60-point acid/lignin free 

light grey archive board with a 3% 

calcium carbonate buffer pH 8.5. 


9”H x 3”W x 6”L 

M10-460 Congressional Files ........................ $7.95 ......... $7.55 ea. 

MI-10440 Intercept Bottom Sheet ................. 0.40 ............ 0.35 ea. 

9”H x 3”W x 8”L 

M10-461 Digest Files ..................................... $8.40 ......... $7.95 ea. 


11”H x3-1/2”W x 8-3/4”L 

M10-462 Letter Size Files .............................. $8.75 ......... $8.30 ea. 


11”H x 3-1/2”W x 10”L 

M10-463 Large Size Files .............................. $8.85 ......... $8.40 ea. 


Hollinger Hinged Lid 

Pamphlet File 

A dustproof case for filing pamphlets 

or magazines. One-piece construction 

with hinged lid and double 

bottom. Grey/White acid-free, lignin 

free and buffered. 


MH-10480 10”H x 7”W x 4”D .................. $11.90 .......... $11.30 ea. 

MI-10480 Intercept Bottom Sheet ............... 0.55 .............. 0.50 ea. 

MH-10485 12”H x 10”W x 3”D .................. 12.30 ............ 11.70 ea. 

MI-10485 Intercept Bottom Sheet ............... 0.65 .............. 0.60 ea. 

® 

New 

Coroplast ® File Cases 

Save on freight and storage costs with these lightweight yet sturdy 

files. Constructed of extruded and corrugated acid free polypropylene 

they will not split, tear or break with constant use. Packed flat for 

storage, quickly assembled as required. Self locking tabs guaranteed to 

hold the heaviest load. Dimensions: 11”H x 4-1/4”W x 9-1/4”D. 

Please specify colour: Tangerine (-TGE), White (-WH), Blue (-BLU), 

Black (-BLK), Translucent (-TRA) or Grey (-GRY). 


M42-483 Coroplast ® File Cases ... $6.60 ea. ... $6.25 ea. .... $5.95 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

13

TM 

Boîtes à rabat avant 

Boîtes à rabat avant pour épreuves et photos 

Ces boîtes d’entreposage donnent la protection maximale pour les 

photographies et les épreuves de dimensions standards. Construite 

en deux pièces et permet l’accès facile aux documents. Pour empilage 

maximum, le dessus et complètement télescopique. 

Carton gris/blanc, sans acide ni lignine et tamponné. 


3”H x 7-1/2”L x 5-1/2”P 

FA-10586 Archives gris/blanc ..................... 10,75$ ......... 10,25$ ch. 

FH-10586 Hollinger gris/blanc ...................... 11,75 ........... 11,15 ch. 

FI-10586 Feuille neutralisante Intercept ....... 0,70 ............. 0,65 ch. 

1-1/2”H x 7-1/2”L x 5-1/2”P 

FA-10588 Archives gris/blanc ....................... 8,80$ ........... 8,40$ ch. 

FH-10588 Hollinger gris/blanc ...................... 10,10 ............. 9,60 ch. 


3”H x 10-1/2”L x 8-1/2”P 




1-1/2”H x 10-1/2”L x 8-1/2”P 

FA-10595 Archives gris/blanc ..................... 10,00$ ........... 9,55$ ch. 



3”H x 12-1/2”L x 9-1/2”P 




1-1/2”H x 12-1/2”L x 9-1/2”P 




3”H x 15”L x 11-1/2”P 





1-1/2”H x 15”L x 11-1/2”P 

FA-10625 Archives gris/blanc ....................... 15,85$ ........ 15,10$ ch. 

FH-10625 Hollinger gris/blanc ......................... 17,00 .......... 16,20 ch. 

FI-10620 Feuille neutralisante Intercept ......... 2,35 ............ 2,25 ch. 

3”H x 20-1/2”L x 16-1/2”P 




1-1/2”H x 20-1/2”L x 16-1/2”P 




3”H x 24-1/2”L x 20-1/2”P 




1-1/2”H x 24-1/2”L x 20-1/2”P 




3”H x 30-1/2”L x 24-1/2”P 




Pour obtenir des spécifications détaillées sur les cartons Hollinger 

et feuilles de plastique neutralisant, référez à la page 1. 

Boîtes à rabat frontal revêtues d’acrylique 

Ces boîtes sont faites de carton revêtu d’acrylique qui protège contre 

les saletés, la poussière et les empreintes digitales qui peuvent 

se produire lors des manipulations ou l’entreposage. Ces boîtes 

hydrofuges peuvent être nettoyées facilement avec un chiffon 

humide. Le couvercle détaché pleine taille et les bords en métal 

rendent ses boîtes fortes et durables. Sans acide ni lignine, avec une 

réserve de calcium de carbonate de 3%, un pH de 8,5, conforme au 

PAT. Couleur : bleu gris. 


F15-570 3”H x 10”L x 8”P ................ 13.60$ ............... 12.90$ ch. 

F15-571 3”H x 14”L x 8-1/2”P ............ 15.90 ................. 15.10 ch. 

F15-572 3”H x 12”L x 9”P .................. 17.75 ................. 16.85 ch. 

F15-573 3”H x 14”L x 11”P ................ 18.40 ................. 17.45 ch. 

F15-574 3”H x 18”L x 14”P ................ 19.10 ................. 18.10 ch. 

F15-575 3”H x 20”L x 16”P ................ 22.30 ................. 21.15 ch. 

F15-576 3”H x 24”L x 20”P ................ 32.50 ................. 30.85 ch. 

Nouveau 

14 

Commandez en ligne! www.carrmclean.ca


® 

Boîte à charnières pour photos et épreuves 

Livré à plat pour économiser sur les frais de transport! 

Le carton ondulé de ces boîtes fournit une protection supérieure 

pour les épreuves et les photos. Accès facile grâce à un couvercle 

à charnières. Assemble rapidement, sans fermetures. Sans acide ni 

lignine, pH 8.0-9.0, tamponné avec 3% carbonate de calcium, satisfait 

au test d’activité photographique. 

Cat. # Dimensions intérieurs 1+ 10+ 

F82-625 2”H x 18”L x 14”P .................. 29,40$ ............. 28,00$ ch. 

F82-626 2”H x 20”L x 16”P .................... 30,10 ............... 28,65 ch. 

F82-627 2”H x 24”L x 20”P .................... 33,60 ............... 32,00 ch. 

F82-628 2”H x 28”L x 22”P .................... 40,40 ............... 38,50 ch. 

F82-629 2”H x 30”L x 24”P .................... 47,00 ............... 44,80 ch. 

® 

Boites à rabat frontal 

Nouveau 

Ces boîtes classiques à rabat frontal sont faites de carton protecteur 

de 60 pt avec des bords de métal qui les rendent fortes et durables. Ce 

style de boîte protège bien vos collections et assure un accès facile en 

permettant de glisser le contenu à l’intérieur ou à l’extérieur de la boîte. 

Sans acide ni lignine, avec une réserve de carbonate de calcium de 3% 

et un pH de 8,0 et 9,0, conforme au PAT. Couleur: gris-blanc. 


F82-631 3”H x 12-1/2”L x 9-1/2”P ............ 11,90$ ....... 11,30$ ch. 

F82-632 3”H x 14-1/2”L x 18-1/2”P ............ 14,90 ......... 14,10 ch. 

F82-633 3”H x 15”L x 11-1/2”P .................. 14,00 ......... 13,30 ch. 

F82-634 3”H x 20-1/2”L x 16-1/2”P ............ 15,70 ......... 14,90 ch. 

F82-635 3”H x 24-1/2”L x 20-1/2”P ............ 19,50 ......... 18,50 ch. 

Boîtes de qualité archive pour les photos 

Une boîte solide et jolie de qualité archive, en 2 pièces et couverte 

d’un matériel texturé noir. Ce type de boîte satisfait au test d’activité 

photographique, et est valable pour l’entreposage prolongé. Doublée à 

l’intérieur avec un papier noir tamponné, sans acide ni lignine. Fabriqué 

d’un carton fort de 90pt avec un pH d’entre 8.0 et 9.0. Couleur: noir. 

Cat. # Dimensions Prix 

F81-046 1-1/8”H x 6-3/8”L x 4-3/8”P ...................................... 13,95$ 

F81-047 1-1/8”H x 11-3/8”L x 8-7/8”P ...................................... 16,50 

F81-048 1-1/8”H x 14-3/8”L x 11-3/8”P .................................... 20,50 

F81-049 1-1/8”H x 7-1/4”L x 5-3/8”P ........................................ 14,00 

F81-050 1-1/8”H x 19-1/4”L x 13-3/8”P .................................... 26,50 

F81-051 1-1/8”H x 20-1/4”L x 16-3/8”P .................................... 29,00 

F81-052 2-1/2”H x 6-1/2”L x 4-1/2”P ........................................ 19,00 

F81-053 2-1/2”H x 7-1/2”L x 5-1/2”P ........................................ 19,90 

F81-054 2-1/2”H x 11-1/2”L x 9”P ............................................ 25,30 

F81-055 2-1/2”H x 14-1/2”L x 11-1/2”P .................................... 29,00 


Glissez vos épreuves et vos photos facilement et avec sécurité dans 

ces boîtes à rabat avant. Ce type de boîte satisfait au test d’activité 

photographique, et est valable pour l’entreposage prolongé. Fabriqué 

d’un carton de 60 pt sans acide ni lignine, avec un pH d’entre 8.0 et 9.0, 

tamponnées et résistantes aux égratignures. Couleur: noir. 

Cat. # Dimensions Prix 

F81-058 3”H x 11-1/2”L x 9”P ................................................ 19,90$ 

F81-059 3”H x 17-1/2”L x 11-1/2”P .......................................... 25,00 

F81-060 3”H x 19-1/2”L x 13-1/2”P .......................................... 28,60 

F81-061 3”H x 20-1/2”L x 16-1/2”P .......................................... 31,00 

F81-062 4-1/2”H x 6-1/2”L x 4-1/2”P ........................................ 17,90 

Téléphone 1.800.268.2123 Télécopieur 1.800.871.2397 

15

TM 

Clamshell Boxes 

Hollinger Clamshell Style Box 

Opens like a book—and stays open when needed. Provides easier 

access than most binders and may also be used for storing reprints, 

magazines and pamphlets. One-piece hinged lid construction. 


3”H x 15-1/4”W x 10-1/4”D 

MA-10410 Archives Grey/White ................... $11.00 ....... $10.50 ea. 

MH-10410 Hollinger Grey/White ..................... 12.50 ......... 11.90 ea. 

MI-10410 Intercept Bottom Sheet .................. 2.20 ........... 2.10 ea. 

3”H x 12-1/4”W x 9”D 

MA-10420 Archives Grey/White ................... $10.00 ......... $9.50 ea. 



3-1/4”H x 17-1/4”W x 11-1/2”D 

MA-10421 Archives Grey/White ................... $14.50 ....... $13.75 ea. 




Boards and Intercept Sheets see page 1. 

Century ® Portfolio 

Clamshell Style Box 

The Clamshell Portfolio box is ideal for safe 

storage or presentation of valued materials. 

The one-piece clamshell 

design permits easy 

accessibility to the 

materials stored 

inside. The spine and 

top of the box lie flat 

when completely open, 

providing a double-size 

presentation area. 

A finely woven cloth outercovering 

provides extra 

strength; prevents exposure 

to light, and is insect, rodent and 

moisture resistant. The triple strength 

reinforced cloth top won’t come unhinged 

with repeated use. Board frame is acid-free and 

sulphur-free (less than .008%). pH 7.5 ± 0.5. 

Adhesive used is acid-free, sulphur-free and buffered. Interior box is 

lined with acid-free, lignin-free barrier paper that is composed of 98% 

alpha cellulose fibres and buffered with a minimum of 3% calcium 

carbonate. This serves to withstand acid migration from the exterior of 

the box. Cloth covering is moisture and vermin resistant. 


M82-015 1”H x 5-3/8”W x 4-3/8”D ......................................... $22.50 

M82-016 1-1/2”H x 6-3/8”W x 4-3/8”D ..................................... 23.00 

M82-001 1-1/2”H x 7-3/8”W x 5-3/8”D ..................................... 23.75 

M82-002 1”H x 10-3/8”W x 8-3/8”D ......................................... 26.50 

M82-020 2”H x 10-3/8”W x 8-3/8”D ......................................... 28.25 

M82-003 2”H x 12-1/4”W x 9-1/8”D ......................................... 31.90 

M82-004 1”H x 12-1/4”W x 9-1/8”D ......................................... 29.75 

M82-019 2”H x 14-3/8”W x 11-3/8”D ....................................... 32.50 

M82-027 1”H x 14-3/8”W x 11-3/8”D ....................................... 28.00 

M82-028 2”H x 16-3/8”W x 12-3/8”D ....................................... 43.50 

M82-029 1-1/2”H x 17-3/8”W x 12-3/8”D ................................. 45.00 

M82-021 2”H x 18-3/8”W x 14-3/8”D ....................................... 56.00 

M82-039 1”H x 20-3/8”W x 16-3/8”D ....................................... 54.00 

M82-022 2”H x 20-3/8”W x 16-3/8”D ....................................... 58.00 

M82-034 2”H x 24-3/8”W x 20-3/8”D ....................................... 89.75 

® 

Clamshell Boxes 

New 

An attractive one-piece clamshell design closes tight to preserve 

treasured documents and prints. They are constructed of 60-point 

barrier board with metal edging, for strength and durability. Acid and 

lignin free, 3% calcium carbonate buffer, 8.0-9.0 pH, passes PAT. 

Colour: Grey/ White 


M82-636 1-1/2”H x 6-1/2”W x 9-1/2”D .......... $7.95 ........ $7.55 ea. 

M82-637 1-1/2”H x 7-1/2”W x 10-1/2”D ......... 8.60 .......... 8.15 ea. 

M82-638 2”H x 19-1/4”W x 13-1/4”D ............ 13.90 ........ 13.20 ea. 

M82-639 2”H x 24-1/2”W x 18-1/4”D ............ 16.85 ........ 16.00 ea. 

Century ® Elite Clamshell Style Box 

Three popular sizes, 8” x 10”, 11” x 14” and 16” x 20”, these boxes 

are lined in black acid-free, lignin free- paper. Same great quality you 

have come to expect from Century ® Archival Products. 


M82-580 2”H x 10-3/8”W x 8-3/8”D ....................................... $24.00 

M82-581 2”H x 14-3/8”W x 11-3/8”D ....................................... 26.25 

M82-582 2”H x 20-3/8”W x 16-3/8”D ....................................... 48.70 

16 


Specialty Storage Boxes 

New 

New 

Folio Storage Boxes 

Metallic, Faux Leather or Traditional Archival Boxboard 

These folio storage boxes combine colour, texture, and design into 

archival quality boxes, with avant-garde appeal. Faux leather feels like 

real leather and has a very classic look. The metallic covering looks like 

Bird’s Eye Cloth and has a very modern look. Traditional black and grey 

archival boxboard provides economical archival storage. All are constructed 

with a clamshell design and feature a “thumb-cut”, for ease of 

access. The metal-edge construction adds strength and durability. Safe 

for long-term storage. Passed PAT, ANSI ISO 18916. Please specify 

colour: Faux Leather: Tan (-TAN), Red (-RED), Black (-BLK) or Metallic: 

Silver (-SLV), Black (-BLK). 

Cat. # Holds Interior Dimensions Price 

Faux Leather 

M64-232 9”x 12” ......... 1-3/4”H x 9-1/2”W x 12-1/2”L ........ $15.50 

M64-233 11”x 14” ...... 1-3/4”H x 11-1/2”W x 14-1/2”L ......... 17.60 

Metallic 

M64-234 9”x 12” ......... 1-3/4”H x 9-1/2”W x 12-1/2”L ........ $15.90 

M64-235 11”x 14” ...... 1-3/4”H x 11-1/2”W x 14-1/2”L ......... 17.95 

Black Archival Boxboard 

M64-276 9”x 12” ......... 1-3/4”H x 9-1/2”W x 12-1/2”L ........ $11.75 

M64-277 11”x 14” ...... 1-3/4”H x 11-1/2”W x 14-1/2”L ......... 11.95 

M64-278 16”x 20” ...... 1-3/4”H x 16-1/2”W x 20-1/2”L ......... 19.95 

M64-279 22”x 30” ...... 1-3/4”H x 22-1/2”W x 30-1/2”L ......... 23.60 

Grey Archival Boxboard 

M64-280 9”x 12” ......... 1-3/4”H x 9-1/2”W x 12-1/2”L ........ $10.00 

M64-281 11”x 14” ..... 1-3/4”H x 11-1/2”W x 14-1/24”L ........ 10.60 

M64-242 16”x 20” ...... 1-3/4”H x 16-1/2”W x 20-1/2”L ......... 14.70 

M64-243 22”x 30” ...... 1-3/4”H x 22-1/2”W x 30-1/2”L ......... 22.00 

Deluxe Photo Organizer Files 

These acid/lignin free files meet 

museum standards for 

safe photographic 

storage. Files contain 

calcium carbonate to 

absorb migrant acidity 

from the atmosphere 

or from handling. Includes 

25 acid-free envelopes, 

an index, polypropylene 

negative sleeves and a label. 

Manufactured from 40pt. tan 

archival board and covered with 

attractive faux leather. They are 

reinforced with metal edges for strength 

and durability. Holds up to 1000 3-1/2”x 5”, 

4”x 6” or 5”x 7” photos. Dimensions: 5-1/2”H 

x 10-7/8”L x 7-7/8”D. Please specify colour: Black (-BLK), Ruby Red 

(-RED), Royal Blue (-BLU) or Ivy Green (-GRN). 

M83-350 ...................................................................................... $45.00 

Extra Envelopes – Package of 25 

M83-351 .............................................................................. $10.25 pkg. 

Greeting Card Storage Box 

These greeting card storage boxes are a great way to preserve the 

special words and greetings sent by family and friends. It is made with 

acid-free and lignin-free materials, using metal edge corners, to prevent 

crushing. The unique faux leather cover material has the look and feel 

of real leather, and the embossing adds a very distinctive accent. The 

clamshell design with thumb-cut makes opening and closing easy, 

while an inside divider provides space for two stacks of cards. (up to 6” 

x 8-1/2”). Interior Dimensions: 3”H x 9-1/4”W x 12-1/2”L. Colour: Red. 

M64-340 ....................................................................................... $21.95 

Millennium Clamshell Style 

E-Flute Corrugated Boxes 

These Blue/Grey boxes are packed flat for ultimate economy in shipping, 

storage and handling. Sturdy, durable and easy to assemble. Each box 

assembles quickly and easily without the need of adhesives or separate 

fasteners. The corrugated board contains a 3% calcium carbonate 

buffer, pH 8.0 to 9.5 and is lignin-free. All boxes using this board have 

been tested and passed the Photographic Activity Test P.A.T. 


M82-161 3”H x 12-1/4”W x 10-1/4”D .......... $10.50 ......... $9.95 ea. 

M82-162 3”H x 15-1/4”W x 10-1/4”D ............ 10.95 ......... 10.40 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

17

Solander Cases 

New 

MicroClimates Solander Cases 

A solander case for the 21 st century 

All materials used in the construction of (patent pending 

MicroClimates Solander cases have been selected to provide the 

safest archival storage environment. The aluminium frame and 

polypropylene panels provide a stable enclosure, that is substantially 

lighter than traditional designs. The case design and materials 

protect contents from liquids and spills encountered in archival 

storage environments. There are no coatings or chemicals on the 

case surfaces, that will offset to other surfaces. The interior lining is 

constructed from archival e-flute board, while the traditional doublehinged 

spine design allows unhindered access to the contents. 

Cat. # Inside Dimensions 1+ 2+ 

M52-220 2”H x 14-1/2”W x 11-1/2”D ....... $135.00 ...... $125.00 ea. 

M52-221 2”H x 18-1/2”W x 14-1/2”D ......... 165.00 ........ 155.00 ea. 

M52-222 2”H x 20-1/2”W x 16-1/2”D ......... 180.00 ........ 170.00 ea. 

M52-223 2”H x 22-1/2”W x 16-1/2”D ......... 190.00 ........ 180.00 ea. 

M52-224 2”H x 24-1/2”W x 20-1/2”D ......... 220.00 ........ 205.00 ea. 

M52-225 2”H x 28-1/2”W x 22-1/2”D ......... 260.00 ........ 245.00 ea. 

M52-226 2”H x 30-1/2”W x 24-1/2”D ......... 280.00 ........ 265.00 ea. 

M52-227 2”H x 36-1/2”W x 28-1/2”D ......... 380.00 ........ 360.00 ea. 

M52-228 2”H x 40-1/2”W x 30-1/2”D ......... 430.00 ........ 405.00 ea. 

M52-229 Optional Handle .............................. 16.00 

Solander Museum Cases 

The premium choice for storing valuable collections. The sides and spine 

are constructed of durable low-resin basswood. The interior is lined with 

white buffered, acid-free paper and has an attractive black book cloth 

exterior. Neutral pH adhesive is used in case construction and passes 

PAT for long term storage. Complete with metal latches and label 

holder. Comes with a raised lip to ensure case closes tightly to keep 

out light, dust and contaminants. Case opens flat to display artwork 

and to safely transfer items from one side to other. Note: For exterior 

dimensions, add 1/2” to the height, and 1” to the width and depth. 

Cat. # Inside Dimensions 1+ 2+ 

M12-023 2-1/2”H x 14-1/2”W x 11-1/2”D ... $121.00 ...... $115.00 ea. 

M12-027 2-1/2”H x 20-1/2”W x 16-1/2”D ..... 170.00 ........ 160.00 ea. 

M12-028 2-1/2”H x 24-1/2”W x 20-1/2”D ..... 210.00 ........ 195.00 ea. 

M12-029 2-1/2”H x 28-1/2”W x 22-1/2”D ..... 225.00 ........ 210.00 ea. 

M12-030 2-1/2”H x 30-1/2”W x 24-1/2”D ..... 260.00 ........ 245.00 ea. 

Coroplast Art Portfolio 

This lightweight archival 

Art Portfolio will provide an 

economical way to 

transport and present 

your artwork. It is 

constructed from 

coroplast (corrugated 

polypropylene), with front 

closures and a sturdy, reinforced 

handle. Colour: Black. 


M81-038 1-1/2”H x 18”W x 14”D ........................................... $34.60 

M81-039 1-1/2”H x 22”W x 17”D ............................................. 41.00 

M81-040 1-1/2”H x 31”W x 23”D ............................................. 71.00 

Presentation Pockets 

A 6-mil high clarity polypropylene material ideal for negatives and digital 

prints. Sealed on three sides opening on the short side. Excellent for 

long-term storage. 6-mil Presentation Pocket with 1/16” lip. 



M81-027 8-1/4” x 10-5/16” ................ $26.75 pkg. 

M81-028 8-3/4” x 11-5/16” .................. 29.00 pkg. 

M81-032 12” x 17-5/16” ...................... 43.00 pkg. 

M81-033 13-1/4” x 19-5/16” ................ 56.60 pkg. 

Century ® Digital Box 

Century Boxes for the “Digital Age”. Sizes available to fit digital paper size formats. Protect your digital images 

with the same museum quality archival system used by professional photographers, artists, and collectors. 


M82-025 1-1/2”H x 11”W x 8-1/2”L ................................................................................................... $22.00 

M82-037 1-1/2”H x 12”W x 17”L ......................................................................................................... 36.00 

M82-038 1-1/2”H x 13”W x 19”L ......................................................................................................... 45.00 

18 


Photo and Negative Boxes 

Hollinger Negative and Print Boxes 

Our document-case Negative Boxes have a wider base to provide 

greater stability. This is especially important when using them for 

storing glass negatives. These boxes are sized to hold negative 

envelopes as well. Lantern slides can also be stored in these 

negative boxes. 


MH-11480 4-3/4”H x 5-3/4”W x 2-1/2”D ............ $9.30 .... $ 8.80 ea. 

MI-11480 Intercept Bottom Sheet (for 4 x 5) ...... 0.35 ....... 0.30 ea. 

MH-11490 5-1/2”H x 7-1/2”W x 4-1/2”D ........... $11.75 .... $11.15 ea. 

MI-11490 Intercept Bottom Sheet (for 5 x 7) ...... 0.60 ....... 0.55 ea. 

With Pull String 

MH-11500 8-5/8”H x 10-5/8”W x 4”D .............. $14.10 ... $13.40 ea. 

MI-11500 Intercept Bottom Sheet (for 8 x 10) .... 0.70 ....... 0.65 ea. 

New 

Hollinger Intercept Negative and Print Boxes 

The newest, most innovative, effective technology in the preservation/ 

conservation/archival community is now available from Carr Mclean. 

The Hollinger Intercept Negative and Print Boxes have integrated 

intercept with our high quality archival board, resulting in an archival 

board that simply provides better protection. 


MB-11480 4-3/4”H x 5-3/4”W x 2-1/2”D ....... $11.45 ........ $10.75 ea. 

MB-11470 4-3/4”H x 6-3/4”W x 3-1/2”D ......... 11.75 .......... 11.10 ea. 

MB-11490 5-1/2”H x 7-1/2”W x 4-1/2”D ......... 14.20 .......... 13.40 ea. 

MB-11500 8-5/8”H x 10-5/8”W x 4”D ............. 19.95 .......... 18.95 ea. 

Negative Storage Kit 

Hollinger Glass Slide Negative Storage Boxes 

Glass slide boxes contain 5 slide compartments. Each compartment 

is 0.875” wide for storage of 1 to 3 slides per compartment. Each box 

has a 2” deep separate lid. The solid fibre boxes and grey corrugated 

partitions meet the ANSI IT9.2 Photo Activity Test Standards. 


Box w/Five 5-1/2” x 4-1/2” Compartments for 4 x 5 Negatives 

M10-373 4-3/4”H x 6-1/2”W x 6”L ............. $19.80 ....... $18.85 ea. 



M10-374 5-3/4”H x 8-1/2”W x 6”L .............. $23.30 ........ $22.10 ea. 


M10-375 8-3/4”H x 11-1/2”W x 6”L ............ $30.25 ........ $28.75 ea. 

Contains enough fine archival quality material to help you organize and 

store hundreds of 35mm negatives in 6-frame strips. Clear sleeves of 

3-mil polypropylene protect negatives from dust, dirt and fingerprints 

while paper sleeves provide extra protection and a means to record 

indexing information. Box (inside) dimensions: 4-1/2”H x 10-3/8”W x 

5-7/8”D. 

KIT INCLUDES: 

• Unbuffered, 40 pt. lignin-free, hinged lid file box 

• 50 clear polypropylene negative strips that open wide for easy 

insertion of negative strips and seal with a fold-over top. 

• 50 paper sleeves of 10 pt. unbuffered paper and a foil-backed 

label for identifying contents. 


M12-831 Negative Storage Kit ........................................... $58.70 ea. 

M12-832 Refill Polypropylene Strips - 50 pkg. ................... 13.65 pkg. 

M12-833 Refill Paper Sleeves - 50 pkg. ............................. 32.45 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

19

Photographic Envelopes 

® ® 

Negative and 

Print Envelopes 

Buffered 

Made from sturdy acid 

and lignin free stock 

(pH 8.5) with a 3% 

calcium carbonate 

buffer and acid-free adhesive with side seams. Passes photo activity test 

(P.A.T.). Special storage boxes are available for 4”x 5”, 5”x 7” and 8”x 10” 

sizes (see our “Shoe Boxes“ pg. 51). 100 per package. 


Thumbcut 

M84-263 4-3/8” x 5-3/8” .... $30.00 .... $28.50 pkg. .... $27.10 pkg. 

M84-262 4-3/8” x 6-3/8” ...... 31.50 ...... 29.95 pkg. ...... 28.45 pkg. 

M84-264 5-3/8” x 7-3/8” ...... 36.50 ...... 34.70 pkg. ...... 32.95 pkg. 

M84-265 8-1/2” x 10-1/2” ... 61.00 ...... 58.00 pkg. ...... 55.00 pkg. 

No Thumbcut 

M94-263 4-3/8” x 5-3/8” .... $30.00 .... $28.50 pkg. .... $27.10 pkg. 

M94-262 4-3/8” x 6-3/8” ...... 31.50 ...... 29.95 pkg. ...... 28.45 pkg. 

M94-264 5-3/8” x 7-3/8” ...... 36.50 ...... 34.70 pkg. ...... 32.95 pkg. 

M94-265 8-1/2” x 10-1/2” ... 61.00 ...... 58.00 pkg. ...... 55.00 pkg. 

Negative and 

Print Envelopes 

Unbuffered 

Conventional negative envelopes, 

side and bottom seam. These 

envelopes are made from neutral, nonbuffered 

alpha cellulose paper, lignin free, 

with approximate pH of 7.0. Passes photo 

activity test (P.A.T.). 



Thumbcut 

M84-267 4-3/8” x 5-3/8” ...... $27.50 ...... $26.10 pkg. ..... $24.80 pkg. 

M84-270 4-3/8” x 6-3/8” ........ 30.00 ........ 28.50 pkg. ....... 27.10 pkg. 

M84-268 5-3/8” x 7-3/8” ........ 37.00 ........ 35.15 pkg. ....... 33.40 pkg. 

M84-269 8-1/2” x 10-1/2” ...... 61.00 ........ 57.95 pkg. ....... 55.00 pkg. 

No Thumbcut 

M94-267 4-3/8” x 5-3/8” ...... $27.50 ...... $26.10 pkg. ..... $24.80 pkg. 

M94-270 4-3/8” x 6-3/8” ......... 30.00 ......... 28.50 pkg. ....... 27.10 pkg. 

M94-268 5-3/8” x 7-3/8” ......... 37.00 ......... 35.15 pkg. ....... 33.40 pkg. 

M94-269 8-1/2” x 10-1/2” ....... 61.00 ......... 57.95 pkg. ....... 55.00 pkg. 

Tyvek ® 

Negative and Print Envelopes 

For storage of albumen and colour photographic 

materials which require neutral medium. Tyvek ® 

is made by spinning continuous interconnecting 

strands of very fine high density polyethylene 

and bonding the fibres into sheets under heat and 

pressure, thus creating a material which looks 

and feels like paper. Our Tyvek ® envelopes are 

sealed with a non-reactive neutral adhesive, are 

chemically inert and are unsurpassed in protecting 

photographic emulsions from ferrotyping. 


Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

For 4”x 5” Negatives and Prints 

M11450 .............. $77.50 .................. $73.60 pkg. 


M11460 .............. $85.00 .................. $80.75 pkg. 


M11470 .............. $103.00 ................ $98.00 pkg. 

Four-Flap Negative Enclosures Unbuffered 

Four-flap enclosures for glass plates and negative 

film. Made from 6pt. acid and lignin-free, 

unbuffered white stock. Scored for easy creasing 

to fit item. Polyester based film requires a single 

crease, gelatin glass plates requires the double 

crease 1/16” and collodion glass plates the 

double 1/8” crease. Glass and polyester based 

items are stored emulsion side down while metal 

or paper items are stored emulsion side up and 

covered with a piece of acid-free tissue cut to 

size prior to folding flaps. 50 per package. 


M82-212 4-1/16” x 5-1/16” .............................. $37.25 ........ $35.50 pkg. ........ $33.75 pkg. 

M82-213 4-1/16” x 5-1/16” x 1/16” .................. 37.25 .......... 35.50 pkg. .......... 33.75 pkg. 

M82-214 4-1/16” x 5-1/16” x 1/8” .................... 37.25 .......... 35.50 pkg. .......... 33.75 pkg. 

M82-215 5-1/16” x 7-1/16” ................................ 51.75 .......... 49.30 pkg. .......... 46.85 pkg. 

M82-216 5-1/16” x 7-1/16” x 1/16” .................. 51.75 .......... 49.30 pkg. .......... 46.85 pkg. 

M82-217 5-1/16” x 7-1/16” x 1/8” .................... 51.75 .......... 49.30 pkg. .......... 46.85 pkg. 

M82-218 8-1/16” x 10-1/16” .............................. 85.50 .......... 81.40 pkg. .......... 77.30 pkg. 

M82-219 8-1/16” x 10-1/16” x 1/16” ................ 85.50 .......... 81.40 pkg. .......... 77.30 pkg. 

M82-220 8-1/16” x 10-1/16” x 1/8” .................. 85.50 .......... 81.40 pkg. .......... 77.30 pkg. 

Archival Intercept Sheets 

Carr McLean is making available 6 mil high density polyethylene 

Archival Intercept sheets. Insert into boxes, file folders, 

envelopes, sleeves and folders to protect the contents against 

atmospheric induced degradation. 

The result of the DuPont and AT&T Bell Labs tests indicate 

the 6 mil thickness of Archival Intercept film should protect 

the contents of archival boxes and enclosures from damaging 

gases for at least several decades. Letter Size: 8-1/2” x 11”. 

Legal Size: 8-1/2” x 14”. Minimum order: 10. 

Cat. # Fits 10+ 25+ 100+ 

MI-8511 Letter Size ................. $1.85 ea. ........................... $1.75 ea. ................. $1.65 ea. 

MI-8514 Legal Size .................... 2.15 ea. ............................. 2.05 ea. ................... 1.95 ea. 

20 


Document Envelopes 

® 

Tyvek ® Envelopes 

Excellent protection for documents, artwork and other irreplaceable 

items. Tyvek is the registered trademark for Dupont’s patented and 

unique Fiber-Spun bonded Olefin, a tough, durable material of 

high-density polyethylene fibres bonded under intense heat and 

pressure. Made of continuous fibres, acid-free Tyvek won’t tear or 

discolour and resists water, chemicals, rot, mildew. Six standard sizes. 


NOTE: There is no adhesive on the enclosure flap. 


M82-206 6-1/4” x 9-1/2” ................................................ $112.25 pkg. 

M82-207 7-1/2” x 10-1/2” ................................................ 120.00 pkg. 

M82-208 9” x 12” ............................................................ 129.00 pkg. 

M82-209 10” x 13” .......................................................... 143.00 pkg. 

M82-210 11-1/2” x 14-1/2” .............................................. 184.00 pkg. 

M82-211 12” x 15-1/2” .................................................... 200.00 pkg. pg 

Acid-Free 

Envelopes 

Buffered 

These acid-free 

envelopes provide 

safe storage for 

documents, pamphlets 

and newspaper clippings. Made from 7pt. acid and lignin-free paper 

buffered with 3% calcium carbonate. Seams are sealed with a 

pH neutral adhesive. No adhesive on flaps. 100 per package. 


M94-251 6” x 9” ..................... $44.00 ..... $41.80 pkg. ... $39.70 pkg. 

M94-252 7-1/2” x 10-1/2” ......... 51.00 ....... 48.45 pkg. ..... 46.00 pkg. 

M94-257 8-1/2” x 10-1/2” ......... 56.00 ....... 53.20 pkg. ..... 50.55 pkg. 

M94-253 9” x 12” ..................... 62.50 ....... 59.40 pkg. ..... 56.40 pkg. 

M94-254 9-1/2” x 14-3/4” ......... 72.50 ....... 68.90 pkg. ..... 65.45 pkg. 

M94-255 11-1/2” x 15” ............. 77.00 ....... 73.15 pkg. ..... 69.50 pkg. 

Four-Flap Document/ 

Pamphlet Envelopes 

Buffered 

Full-flap envelopes provide added protection for pamphlets, small 

books, prints, etc. during storage and handling. Manufactured 

from 10 pt., acid/lignin-free, tan buffered (pH 8.5) stock. These fine 

quality, scored, full-flap envelopes provide an even overall pressure, 

assuring no stress points or flap lines on the enclosed item. Capacity 

scores allow up to a 1/2” working depth. 5 per package. 


Capacity Scores 1/4” 

M81-070 8”H x 6 “W ................ $21.75 ..... $20.65 pkg. . $19.60 pkg. 

M81-071 9-1/2”H x 6-1/2”W ...... 24.10 .......22.90 pkg. ... 21.75 pkg. 

M81-072 10-1/2”H x 7-1/2”W .... 25.70 ........24.40 pkg. ... 23.20 pkg. 

Capacity Scores 1/4”, 1/2” 

M81-073 10-1/4”H x 7”W ........ $24.65 ..... $23.40 pkg. . $22.25 pkg. 

M81-074 11-1/4”H x 9”W .......... 29.00 ........27.55 pkg. ... 26.20 pkg. 

M81-075 15-1/4”H x 9”W .......... 30.40 ........28.90 pkg. ... 27.45 pkg. 

M81-076 13-1/4”H x10”W ......... 31.45 ........29.90 pkg. ... 28.40 pkg. 

M81-077 14-1/4”H x 11”W ........ 34.10 ........32.40 pkg. ... 30.80 pkg. 

Side Opening Envelopes Buffered 

Made from heavyweight cream buffered stock, acid/lignin-free. 

As an alternative to file folders, these envelopes may be used for 

many items, can be filed in our document or record storage boxes 

or standard file cabinets. No adhesive on flaps. 25 per package. 


Letter Size 

M94-258 9-1/2” x 11-3/4” ....... $37.80 ..... $36.00 pkg.... $34.20 pkg. 

Legal Size 

M94-256 9-1/2” x 14-3/4” ....... $39.90 ..... $37.90 pkg.... $36.00 pkg. 

Pressboard Pamphlet 

Binders Acid-free 

This binder is manufactured from 25 pt., 

acid-free, pearl green pressboard. The spine 

is a heavy thread count starch filled cloth, 

colour coordinated and 100% cotton. The 

glue-in-cloth is cambric with a remoistenable 

neutral pH gummed surface 

on one side. Adhesive used to 

manufacture the binder is pH 

neutral. All binders are solid 

front and back. Clear (see thru) 

front binders are available on request. 

Single-Stitched Glue-In Pamphlet Binders 

For materials up to 1/4” thick. 12 per package. 


M82-221 9-1/2”H x 6-1/4”W ........................................... $41.25 pkg. 

M82-222 10”H x 7”W ....................................................... 44.00 pkg. 

M82-223 11”H x 8”W ....................................................... 49.00 pkg. 

M82-224 12”H x 9”W ....................................................... 55.00 pkg. 

M82-225 13”H x 10”W ..................................................... 62.00 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

21

Polyester Enclosures 

22 

‘L’ Seal for Photographs and 

Negatives – 3 mil 

These envelopes are sealed on 2 sides 

only for easy insertion and removal of 

your valuable photos and negatives. Static 

electricity in the archival polyester clings to 

materials providing security while making 

complete enclosure unnecessary. One long 

side and one short side are thermo-welded for long life. Sturdy 3 mil 

archival polyester assures the utmost in safety, clarity and longevity. 

Non-yellowing and stable. 



M82-267 4-1/4” x 5-1/4” .......... $8.75 ........ $8.30 pkg. .. $7.90 pkg. 

M82-268 4-3/4” x 6-3/4” ............ 9.00 .......... 8.55 pkg. .... 8.15 pkg. 

M82-269 4-1/4” x 7-1/4” ............ 9.20 .......... 8.75 pkg. .... 8.30 pkg. 

M82-270 5-1/4” x 7-1/4” .......... 10.20 .......... 9.70 pkg. .... 9.20 pkg. 

M82-271 8-1/4” x 10-1/4” ....... 20.00 ........ 19.00 pkg. ............... — 

M82-247 8-3/4” x 11-1/4” ....... 21.00 ........ 19.95 pkg. ............... — 

M82-248 9-1/4” x 12-1/4” ....... 21.85 ........ 20.75 pkg. ............... — 

M82-249 8-3/4” x 14-1/4” ....... 22.55 ........ 21.40 pkg. ............... — 

M82-250 9-1/2” x 14-1/4” ....... 23.25 ........ 22.10 pkg. .. 21.00 pkg. 

M82-272 11-1/4” x 14-1/4” ..... 24.25 ........ 23.00 pkg. .. 21.85 pkg. 

M82-273 16-1/4” x 20-1/4” ..... 44.60 ........ 42.40 pkg. .. 40.30 pkg. 

M82-274 20-1/4” x 24-1/4” ..... 67.00 ........ 63.65 pkg. .. 60.45 pkg. 



M82-271-C 8-1/4” x 10-1/4” ............... $97.00 ............... $92.15 pkg. 

M82-247-C 8-3/4” x 11-1/4” ............... 123.20 ............... 117.00 pkg. 

M82-248-C 9-1/4” x 12-1/4” ............... 131.30 ............... 124.75 pkg. 

M82-249-C 8-3/4” x 14-1/4” ............... 139.50 ............... 132.50 pkg. 

Other sizes of transparent archival polyester enclosures 

available to special order. Inquire for pricing. 

® 


Photo/Negative 


For optimum protection 

of photos and negatives, 

use these 3 mil archival 

polyester envelopes. Crystal 

clear archival polyester allows 100% viewing without removing 

contents. No scratches, fingerprints or other damage. Inert archival 

polyester won’t react with print material, preventing chemical interactions 

with contents. All envelopes are open on the first dimension 

listed. Envelopes may be marked with our film marking pen. 

Cat. # Fits Up To 1+ 5+ 


M95-022 4” x 5” .................................. $13.00 ..............$12.35 pkg. 

M95-023 4-1/4” x 6-1/4” ........................ 13.25 ............... 12.60 pkg. 

M95-024 5” x 7” .................................... 16.25 ............... 15.45 pkg. 

M95-025 8” x 10” .................................. 20.50 ............... 19.50 pkg. 


M95-022-C 4” x 5” .................................... $75.60 .............. $71.85 pkg. 

M95-023-C 4-1/4” x 6-1/4” .......................... 82.35 ............... 78.25 pkg. 

M95-024-C 5” x 7” ...................................... 94.00 ............... 89.30 pkg. 

M95-025-C 8” x 10” .................................. 128.35 .............. 122.00 pkg. 

® ® 



Sleeve Protectors 

– 3 mil 

An easy method for protecting your 

prints or other items from dust, dirt 

and scratches during storage and 

handling. Our best crystal clear 3 mil sleeves allow viewing without 

removal of the items. Archivally safe polyester material assures that 

neither the sleeve nor adjacent prints will chemically react with the 

enclosed print. 

Sleeves have the two long sides sealed and are open at each end for 

easy access. Sleeves may be marked with our film marking pen or 

labelled for identification with our acid-free labels. 



M94-281 4” x 5” ........................... $8.75 ...................... $8.30 pkg. 

M94-282 5” x 7” ........................... 10.20 ........................ 9.70 pkg. 

M94-286 8” x 10” ......................... 20.10 ...................... 19.10 pkg. 

M94-287 8 1/2” x 11” ................... 22.35 ...................... 21.25 pkg. 


M94-281-C 4” x 5” ......................... $60.85 .................... $57.80 pkg. 

M94-282-C 5” x 7” ........................... 73.15 ...................... 69.50 pkg. 

M94-286-C 8” x 10” ......................... 99.00 ...................... 94.00 pkg. 

M94-287-C 8 1/2” x 11” ................. 110.20 .................... 104.70 pkg. 

® 


Folders – 3 mil 

Archival quality polyester file 

folders offer a unique method 

for storage. The static cling of 

two sheets of polyester will 

hold even fragile documents, enabling them to be photographed with 

ease and without damage due to handling. They may also be used 

to encase thin non –paper items. Special sizes can be made to order. 

Inquire for details. 



M82-170 4” x 5” ........................... $8.25 ...................... $7.85 pkg. 

M82-171 5” x 7” ............................. 9.50 ........................ 9.00 pkg. 

M82-172 8” x 10” ......................... 14.65 ...................... 13.90 pkg. 


M82-170-C 4” x 5” ......................... $56.15 .................... $53.35 pkg. 

M82-171-C 5” x 7” ........................... 64.40 ...................... 61.15 pkg. 

M82-172-C 8” x 10” ......................... 96.85 ...................... 92.00 pkg. 

Currency Envelopes 


Sealed on three sides with 

the long top side open. 

Insertion is made easier 

with the 1/8” lip at the top 

opening of the envelope. 

Crystal clear 3 mil archival 

polyester assures complete visibility while supporting and protecting 

your currency during handling or storage. 25 per package. 


M82-512 3-1/8” x 6-1/4” ............... $17.70 .................... $16.85 pkg. 

®

Polyester Sleeves and Pockets 

Secol Archival Polyester Photographic Storage 

Secol selects only the leading conservation grade of material. Independent testing of all these 

materials by the British Museum Testing Laboratory has ensured adherence to the highest 

conservation standards including BS5454 by surpassing tests such as the Silver Tarnish and 

the Solvent Activity tests. Accordingly, the British Museum has approved Secol products for 

permanent use with all photographic material, printed and paper-based collections etc. Secol 

products have also been tested and passed the most recent PAT Test ISO 14523:1999. 

Standard Sleeves 

Neat all-welded design. Open both ends. Choice of two types: Transleeve (T) – completely 

transparent, suits all forms of image. Colourview (C) – has unique-to-Secol translucent polyester 

backing for easy viewing of colour transparencies from any convenient light source and is 

available in 4”x 5”, 5”x 7” and 8”x 10” sizes only. 100 per package. 

Cat. # For Film Size Thickness 1+ 5+ 10+ 

M228T 2-1/4” x 2-1/4” ...... 1.5 mil. ............... $21.25 ........ $20.25 pkg. ............. $19.30 pkg. 

M348T 2-1/2” x 3-1/2” ...... 1.5 mil. ................. 27.85 .......... 26.50 pkg. ............... 25.20 pkg. 

M405T 4” x 5” .................. 1.5 mil. ................. 42.25 .......... 40.20 pkg. ............... 38.20 pkg. 

M405C 4” x 5” .................. 1.5 mil. ................. 46.30 .......... 44.00 pkg. ............... 42.00 pkg. 

M507T 5” x 7” .................. 1.5 mil. ................. 60.60 .......... 57.60 pkg. ............... 54.70 pkg. 

M507C 5” x 7” .................. 1.5 mil. ................. 72.25 .......... 68.65 pkg. ............... 65.20 pkg. 

M810T 8” x 10” ................ 2 mil. .................. 113.40 ........ 108.00 pkg. ............. 102.60 pkg. 

M810C 8” x 10” ................ 2 mil. .................. 120.00 ........ 114.00 pkg. ............. 108.50 pkg. 

M1012T 10” x 12” .............. 2 mil. .................. 171.00 ........ 162.40 pkg. ............. 154.30 pkg. 

M1216T 12” x 16” .............. 2 mil. .................. 273.00 ........ 259.35 pkg. ............. 246.40 pkg. 

M1620T 16” x 20” .............. 2 mil. .................. 462.00 ........ 440.00 pkg. ............. 417.00 pkg. 

MA4T A4 .......................... 2 mil. .................. 148.00 ........ 141.00 pkg. ............. 134.00 pkg. 

By Appointment 

to her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II 

Manufacturers of 

Archival and Photographic Storage Systems 

Secol Limited Theford 

Trantec Captive Flap Sleeves 

Especially designed to enable delicate items to be placed into the special sleeve without sliding. 

Open along both shortsides and one longside with captive flap along the open side to secure the 

contents. 2 mil thick. 100 per package. 

Cat. # For Size Thickness 1+ 5+ 10+ 

M405TS 4” x 5” ............ 2 mil. ....................... $48.00 ........ $45.75 pkg. ............. $43.45 pkg. 

M507TS 5” x 7” ............ 2 mil. ......................... 63.20 .......... 60.20 pkg. ............... 57.20 pkg. 

M810TS 8” x 10” .......... 2 mil. ....................... 131.00 ........ 125.00 pkg. ............. 119.00 pkg. 

M1012TS 10” x 12” ........ 2 mil. ....................... 177.00 ........ 168.15 pkg. ............. 159.75 pkg. 

Secol HC Economy Archival Pockets 

Unique Secol Polyester-based material is completely inert and acid-free. Passes both the silver 

Tarnish and Solvent Activity Test and is approved by P.I.R.A. for safe photographic protection. 

Protects against physical damage, atmospheric contamination and surface reaction. Has high 

visual clarity, which does not dull or distort image. Enables extensive collections to be protected 

and stored very economically. Ideal for all photographic prints, negatives and transparencies as 

well as documents, manuscripts, postcards, tickets etc. 3 mil thick. 100 per package. 

Cat. # For Film Size Thickness 1+ 5+ 10+ 

M134M 4” x 5” ................. 3 mil. .................. $47.00 ........ $44.65 pkg. ............. $42.40 pkg. 

M172M 4-3/4” x 6-1/2”..... 3 mil. .................... 65.00 .......... 62.00 pkg. ............... 58.90 pkg. 

M184M 5” x 7” ................. 3 mil. .................... 91.50 .......... 87.20 pkg. ............... 82.85 pkg. 

M260M 8” x 10” ............... 3 mil. .................. 128.00 ........ 122.00 pkg. ............. 116.00 pkg. 

M312M 10” x 12” ............. 3 mil. .................. 155.40 ........ 148.00 pkg. ............. 140.60 pkg. 

M305M A4 ....................... 3 mil. .................. 142.00 ........ 135.00 pkg. ............. 128.25 pkg. 

Divided Sheets 

Polyester divided sheets available in three useful formats for 35mm and 120mm film are the professional’s 

choice for presentation and preservation of original film images. 100 per package. 

Cat. # For Film Size Rows Frames Overall Size Price 

M17-001 35mm ........................ 6 .................. 6 ........... 9-1/2” x 11-1/2” .......... $150.00 pkg. 

M17-002 120mm ...................... 4 .................. 3 ........... 12-1/4” x 7-1/2” .............115.00 pkg. 

M17-003 120mm ...................... 5 .................. 2 .............. 15” x 6-3/8” ................115.00 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

23

Protective Enclosures 

® 



Three sides sealed, handy 

and safe for letters, 

pamphlets, magazines, 

clippings or ephemera. 



M95-429 6” x 9” ............................... $31.15 ............... $29.60 pkg. 

M95-430 7” x 10” ............................... 37.70 ................. 35.80 pkg. 

M95-431 9” x 12” ............................... 41.70 ................. 39.65 pkg. 

M95-432 9” x 14-1/2” ......................... 57.70 ................. 54.80 pkg. 


M95-429-C 6” x 9” ............................. $100.15 ............... $95.10 pkg. 

M95-430-C 7” x 10” ............................. 118.15 ............... 112.25 pkg. 

M95-431-C 9” x 12” ............................. 125.80 ............... 119.60 pkg. 

M95-432-C 9” x 14-1/2” ....................... 177.00 ............... 168.20 pkg. 

Open Flap Open along both 

shortsides and one longside with 

captive flap along the open side. 

Other sizes available to special order. 

Please Inquire. 

Archivalware ® Protective Enclosures 

Archivalware ® products are made with 3 mil Hercules T500 

polypropylene film. This material passes the ANSI IT9.2 standards. 

For the safe, long-term storage of photographs, negatives and film. 

Sealed Flap Sleeves have the 

two long sides sealed and are 

open at each end for easy access. 


200 per box 

M81-970 4” x 5” Clear Open Flap ............. $27.90 ....... $26.50 box 

M81-971 4” x 5” Clear Sealed Flap ............. 27.90 ......... 26.50 box 

M81-972 4” x 5” Frosted Back Open Flap ......40.90 ......... 38.85 box 

M81-973 4” x 5” Frosted Sealed Flap ........... 40.90 ......... 38.85 box 

M81-974 5” x 7” Clear Open Flap ............... 42.45 ......... 40.35 box 

M81-975 5” x 7” Clear Sealed Flap ............... 42.45 ......... 40.35 box 

M81-976 5” x 7” Frosted Open Flap ............. 62.60 ......... 59.50 box 

M81-977 5” x 7” Frosted Sealed Flap ........... 62.60 ......... 59.50 box 

M81-978 8” x 10” Clear Open Flap ............... 84.45 ......... 80.25 box 

M81-979 8” x 10” Clear Sealed Flap ............. 84.45 ......... 80.25 box 

M81-980 8” x 10” Frosted Open Flap......... 122.60 ....... 116.50 box 

M81-981 8” x 10” Frosted Sealed Flap....... 122.60 ....... 116.50 box 

M81-982 8-1/2” x 11” Clear Sealed Flap....... 99.40 ......... 94.45 box 

100 per box 

M81-983 11” x 14” Clear Open Flap ........... $74.25 ....... $70.50 box 

M81-984 11” x 14” Clear Sealed Flap ........... 74.25 ......... 70.50 box 

M81-985 11” x 14” Frosted Sealed Flap..... 126.60 ....... 120.25 box 

M81-987 20” x 24” Clear Open Flap ........... 239.00 ....... 227.00 box 

Glassine Envelopes 

Manufactured from nonplasticized 

glassine material 

which will not react chemically 

with negatives. Each envelope 

has an extended lip for easy 

access. 100 per package. 


M95-409 4-1/4” x 5-1/4”.................. $9.70 ... $9.20 pkg. ... $8.75 pkg. 

M95-410 5-1/4” x 7-1/4”.................. 17.50 ... 16.65 pkg. ... 15.80 pkg. 

M95-411 8-1/4” x 10-1/4”................ 27.70 ... 26.35 pkg. ... 25.00 pkg. 

M95-412 11-1/4” x 14-1/4” ............. 79.30 ... 75.35 pkg. ... 71.60 pkg. 

M95-413 1-3/4” x 9-1/2” (6 Frames) 10.00 ..... 9.50 pkg. ..... 9.00 pkg. 

® 

Polyethylene Negative and 

Print Preservers – 3 mil 

A safe, low-cost way to store negatives 

and prints. Not as clear and sturdy as 

high-quality archival polyester but an 

excellent option for storing large quantities 

or when budgets are tight. High density, 

transparent, matte polyethylene. 

Cat. # Dimensions For Print Size 1+ 10+ 


M81-934 4-1/4” x 5-1/4” . 4” x 5” ............. $15.65 ......... $14.85 pkg. 

M81-925 5-1/4” x 9” ....... 5” x 7” ............... 20.15 ........... 19.20 pkg. 

M81-926 8-1/2” x 12” ..... 8” x 10” ............. 26.00 ........... 24.70 pkg. 

M81-927 11-1/4” x 16” ... 11” x 14” ........... 42.25 ........... 40.10 pkg. 


M81-928 14-1/4” x 20” ... 14” x 18” ........ $30.40 ......... $28.90 pkg. 

M81-929 16-1/4” x 22” ... 16” x 20” ........... 40.15 ........... 38.15 pkg. 

M81-930 20-1/4” x 26” ... 20” x 24” ........... 50.75 ........... 48.20 pkg. 

M81-931 22-1/4” x 30” ... 22” x 28” ........... 55.50 ........... 52.70 pkg. 

M81-932 25-1/4” x 37” ... Various ............... 74.55 ........... 71.00 pkg. 

Unpunched Mounting Pages 

Ideally suited for mounting and supporting photos, documents, cards, 

etc. or use to replace harmful non-archival black papers supplied 

with some commercial page protectors. Made from medium weight 

(10 point), “acid-free” cardstock. 8-1/2” x 11”. 50 per package. 


M82-290 Off-White ............................................................. $19.95 pkg. 

M82-291 Grey ....................................................................... 23.70 pkg. 

M82-292 Black ..................................................................... 23.70 pkg. 

24 


Sheet Protectors 

Antimicrobial Sheet Protectors 

with built-in AgION Technology 

Antimicrobial agent prevents the growth of 

bacteria, yeasts, moulds, and fungi. Is safe for 

humans and animals. 

• Heavyweight top loading polypropylene 

sheet protectors are acid-free and pH neutral. 

• EPA-registered and FDA recognized 

• Strong, reinforced binding edge prevents 

tears, even with heavy use 

• Holds unpunched sheet size up to 8-1/2” x 

11”. 100 per package. 

M82-075 ......................................... $41.00 pkg. 

pina zangaro 

Polyester Sheet Protectors 

Ideal for multi-ring portfolios and 3-ring 

binders, all formats are top and bottom 

loading. Approved by the Library of Congress 

for archival storage. Lined with 10 pt. 

black acid/lignin-free paper. They pass the 

Photographic Activity Test (PAT) and meet all 

ANSI requirements for archival storage. 



Multi-Ring Protectors 

M81-207 8-1/2” x 11” .......................................................... $18.20 pkg. 

M81-208 11” x 14” ................................................................ 22.35 pkg. 

3-Ring Binder Sheet Protectors 

M81-209 8-1/2” x 11” ........................................................... 18.20 pkg. 

M81-210 17” x 11” (landscape)............................................. 30.55 pkg. 


Interleaving Sheet 

These interleaving sheets protect items from 

abrasion by facing pages, yet allow you to 

view your pages clearly without turning the 

sheet. Medium weight 2 mil archival polyester. 

Sheets are punched for any standard 8-1/2” x 

11” three ring binder. 25 per package. 

M82-071 ........................................ $11.25 pkg. 


Page Protectors 

Archival storage 

Archival polyester is the toughest and 

strongest of all sheet protector materials, 

permitting the use of only .003 gauge film. 

Standard 1” capacity binders will hold 25 

sheets. 25 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 4+ 

M43-400 ................................... $19.90 .............................. $18.90 pkg. 

Inserts for page protectors acid-free 8-1/2” x 11”, 20 lb. white paper. 

Punched 3 holes for standard ring binders. 50 per package. 

M95-458 ................................................................................. $5.95 pkg. 


Page Protectors 

3 sealed edges 

This 3 mil archival polyester, 

acid-free page protector is sealed 

on 3 sides giving added protection 

to photos, negatives, prints or other 

materials stored within. 

Holds unpunched sheet size up 

to 8-1/2” x 11”. Fits standard ring 

binder. 50 per package. 

M82-072 ....................... $61.00 pkg. 

Polypropylene 


Top loading 

Acid-free, super-strong, reinforced 

binding edge for standard 3 ring binder. 

“Pop-open” non-clinging Polypropylene 

top opens easily at a touch. Sealed on 3 

sides so contents won’t slip out of bottom 

or sides. Poly-C ® reinforced binding edge 

prevents rip-out or tearing at holes. Poly-C 

eliminates printed image transfer. Superstrong—won’t 

rip, tear or wrinkle under 

normal use. Holds unpunched sheet size 

up to 8-1/2” x 11”. 50 per package. 

M82-073 ................................. $27.90 pkg. 

Polyester Adhesive Hinge Strips 

A fast and safe way to bind work into a portfolio book. Simply peel back 

the release liner to expose the archival adhesive, then adhere your 

artwork to the adhesive edge and place the sheet into your portfolio or 

binder. Made of archival grade Dupont polyester, these crystal clear Hinge 

Strips will not tear, or damage your work over time. 10 per package 


M81-200 8-1/2”Adhesive Hinge Strips .................................$11.95 pkg. 

M81-201 11”Adhesive Hinge Strips .......................................12.50 pkg. 





Polypropylene 


Lightweight 

Durable permanent storage for documents 

and reference materials. No sheet punching 

necessary. Holds unpunched sheet size up 

to 8-1/2” x 11”. 


M82-074 ................................... $20.30 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

25

Slide Storage and Viewing 

Porta-Studio ® 

Includes (2) 10”x 12” Porta-Trace units with brackets 

Introducing the new portable photography lighting studio. It is lightweight, 

compact and economical. The Porta-Studio is ideal for photographing 

small artifacts for internet sites, insurance claims, cataloguing 

and many other applications. It ships fully assembled, ready to use and 

folds flat, for easy storage. 

Features Include: 

• Bright even colour corrected light 

• Reduces or eliminates shadows on objects being photographed 

• Versatile positioning for a variety of applications and storage 

• Adjustable to 10-3/4” in height 

M12-057 ..................................................................................... $390.00 

Futura Light Box 

Quality low cost 

light box has 

a 18” x 12” 

break resistant 

translucent acrylic 

panel and is 

illuminated with a 

5000K, 15 watt fluorescent lamp. All metal construction 

with a featured reflector for better distribution of light. 110V AC. 10 ft. 

power cord. Dimensions: 18-1/4” x 12-1/4 x 3-1/4. 

M12-049 ..................................................................................... $144.00 

M12-050 

35mm Group Slide File 

New 

M12-051 

A reliable choice for organizing, storing, and transporting 2” x 2” 35mm 

slides in groups. Use up to 24 pressboard dividers (included) for sorting. 

Categorize your collection with the corresponding index chart included 

on the inside of the cover. Rugged all-metal frame protects slides from 

impact, dirt, and dust. Baked-enamel finish emits no contaminants. 

Stores up to 375 glass or 750 cardboard slides. 

Dimensions: 2”H x 14-1/2”W x 7-1/2”D. 

M12-050 ....................................................................................... $50.45 

Deluxe 35mm Metal Slide File 

Individual slide slots and portability are key benefits of this all-metal 

slide file. Stores up to 150 2” x 2” glass slides or 300 ready mount 

slides. Use pre-numbered table in lid for indexing. Slate-blue 

hammertone finish is archival safe. Dimensions: 2”H x 14”W x 8”D. 

M12-051 ....................................................................................... $45.00 

Porta-Trace ® Thin Light Panel 

Porta-Trace ® Light Boxes 

Porta-Trace light boxes virtually eliminate the “hot spots” found in 

similar units. The stainless steel frames and reflectors combine with 

the thick Plexiglas top to provide uniform, even lighting over the entire 

viewing surface. 

The 5000K, 90-92 CRI bulbs conform to ANSI standard pH 2.30-1989 

and Eastman Kodak Company’s CIS-152 recommendations for 

excellent colour rendering. 

Cat. # Dimensions # Bulbs/Watts Wt. Lbs. Price 

M12-052 2-7/8” x 12” x 10” ........... 2/8 .................. 5 .......... $185.00 

M12-053 2-7/8” x 18” x 11” ......... 2/15 .................. 7 ............ 275.00 

M12-054 2-7/8” x 18” x 16” ......... 4/15 .................. 9 ............ 395.00 

M12-055 2-7/8” x 24” x 18” ......... 4/20 ................. 16 ........... 545.00 

M12-056 2-7/8” x 36” x 24” ......... 6/20 ................. 27 ........... 745.00 

Back-Lit Slide Sorter 

New 

These popular light panels are cost effective and portable, while 

providing high quality lighting. The thin profile allows a convenient fit 

into a briefcase or portfolio. The Plexiglas top can be removed, for 

insertion of media, for presentation or as a full time backlit frame. It 

can be wall mounted or will stand on a table, in portrait or landscape 

orientation. 

Cat. # Viewing Area Thickness Price 

M12-060 5” x 7” .............................. 5/8” ................................. 75.00 

M12-058 8-1/4” x 11-1/2” ................ 5/8” ............................. $145.00 

View and select 2” x 2” slides for 

presentations with the portable 

slide sorter. Translucent styrene 

back-lit viewing panels with 

horizontal slats hold slides 

in position while permitting 

even light distribution. 

Easy-to-assemble 

all-metal frame provides 

a sturdy base, yet folds for 

flat storage. Includes on/off switch, 

bulb socket and power cord. 40-Slide 

Sorter requires one 60 watt bulb, not included. 

Dimensions: 12”H x 16-1/2”W x 9”D. 

M12-063 ...................................................................................... $65.00 

26 


Slide Storage 

Hollinger Slide Boxes 

Two-piece construction, fully telescoping, metal edges. Each box is 

shipped with 20 unassembled die-cut tan slide holders (which hold 

20, 2” x 2”, 35mm slides each). In addition to slide storage, this box 

can be used to store artifacts, buttons, bones and other small items. 

Dimensions: 2-1/2”H x 11-1/2”W x 6”D. 


MH-11410 Slide Box ................................... $20.80 ......... $19.75 ea. 

MI-11410 Intercept Bottom Sheet ................ 1.10 ............. 1.00 ea. 

MH-11030 Additional Slide Holders 2” x 2” ... 0.65 ............. 0.60 ea. 

35mm Slide Preservers 

2x2-20B Holds twenty 35mm mounted 

transparencies, I.D. strip for each slide. 

8 mil polyethylene. 

Dimensions: 11-5/8”H x 9-3/8”W. 

Fits: standard binder 

100 per package 

M81-912 ................................. $60.30 pkg. 


M81-9125 ............................. $279.00 pkg. 

2x2-20HB Extra heavyweight. Holds 

twenty 35mm mounted transparencies. 

10 mil polyethylene. 

Dimensions: 11”H x 9-7/16”W. 

Fits: hanging file, standard binder 


M81-942 ................................. $71.25 pkg. 

2x2-20H Holds twenty 35mm mounted 

transparencies, I.D. strip for each slide. 

8 mil polyethylene. Top loading when used 

in hanging file. 

Dimensions: 9-11/16”H x 11”W. 


M81-941 ................................. $60.30 pkg. 

Hanger Bars 

SLB-1 Hanger for convenient filing in 

standard letter size drawers, slide hanger 

through I.D. strip on preservers H or HB 

series. 25 per package 

M81-995 .............................. $17.70 pkg. 

Hollinger Drop Front Slide 

Storage Kit Holds up to 800 Slides! 

Here’s an easy, efficient way to organize and store your mounted 

slides. The removable cover and drop front let you conveniently access 

Slide File Boxes. The Slide Holders, which fit into the Slide File boxes, 

help you group and index slides. Made of Hollinger grey/white archive 

board. Holds up to 800 slides. 

Kit includes: 1 drop front Hollinger Box, 5 slide file boxes, 40 slide holders. 

Dimensions: 3”H x 15”W x 11 1/2”D. 


M10-369 Slide File Kit .............................................................. $74.70 

MA-10620 Drop Front Box ........................................................... 16.80 

M10-371 Slide File Box ................................................................ 9.20 

MH-11030 Additional Slide Holders 2” x 2” .................................. 0.65 

Saf-T-Stor ® System 

The Saf-T-Stor system was 

developed to provide a standard 

of safety for photographic colour 

slides not available with any other 

page. The rigid, moulded construction 

allows each slide to nest in its 

own slot so that the page surface 

does not come into contact with the 

sensitive emulsion during insertion, 

retrieval, and during storage. 

The slot is recessed, allowing air to 

circulate around the slide, to assure 

that moisture and impurities, present in the atmosphere, do not build 

up at the slide’s surface. Saf-T-Stor pages have been tested and proven 

resistant to temperature extremes. 

Saf-T-Stor Rigid Pages 

Chemically safe, translucent, rigid polypropylene pages. Holds and 

protects slides of any mount. 9-1/2” x 11-1/2” fit into standard size file 

cabinets and ring binders. 25 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M94-402 ................................................... $88.00 ............... $83.60 pkg. 

Hanger Bars and Index Tabs 


M94-403 25 hanger bars ...................................................... $28.40 box 

M94-404 25 index tabs .......................................................... 12.50 box 

M94-405 Set of 25 bars, tabs and labels ............................... 38.00 box 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

27

Perma-Saf Storage Pages 

Perma-Saf Top-Load Horizontal Pages 

Hanger Bars 

Strong, all steel anodized bar for 

Perma-Saf pages. Will not rust. Bars 

allow Perma-Saf pages to be hung in file 

cabinets on file frames. 50 per package. 


M95-405 Letter Size ................... $20.50 pkg. 

M95-401 Legal Size ...................... 21.95 pkg. 

Perma-Saf polypropylene horizontal pages are uniquely designed to top load in file 

cabinets when used with our metal hanger bars—and are punched with 3 holes at 

the left side to also fit into horizontal binders for presentation and portability. 

Top Load in cabinets is important—Most other pages side load in cabinets and can 

dump their contents to the bottom. Perma-Saf horizontal Pages are heavy duty 10 gauge 

material for maximum strength to endure the stress of hanging in a file cabinet. 

Our unique patented design provides a channel made for insertion of a hanger bar. 

There are no holes to snag the bar, so set up is easy. The white “write on strip” at 

the top of each page makes indexing a snap. Slide pages have wide pocket openings 

for easy access—No need to dig slides from pages and our slide pages set up utilizing 

lowered seals and a “flap” entry which guides each slide in. 50 per package. 

Saf-T-Sleeves ® 

35mm Slides 

20 slides per page. 

M95-402 ............ $29.75 pkg. 

35mm Negatives 

Holds 6 strips of 

7 frames per page. 

M95-403 ............ $29.75 pkg. 

120 Negatives 

Holds 3 strips of 

4 frames per page. 

M95-404 ............ $29.75 pkg. 

Made of archivally safe polyprypolene plastic 

and specifically shaped so that air can circulate 

to carry away moisture. Sleeves fit most 

popular projectors and can be used with 

Saf-T-Stor ® and Perma-Saf ® pages, either in 

binders, or in the Hang Free style to maximum 

archival protection. 2” x 2”. 100 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 10+ 

M94-480 .......... $14.50 ................ $13.75 pkg. 

4 x 5 Negative Prints 

Holds 110 Polaroid prints, 

4” x 5” negatives or prints. 

M82-128 ............ $29.75 pkg. 

8 x 10 Negative/Prints 

Holds 8” x 10” 

prints or negatives. 

M82-129 ............ $29.75 pkg. 

5 x 7 Negative/Prints 

5” x 7” prints or negatives. 

M82-130 ............ $29.75 pkg. 

Perma-Saf Top-Load Vertical Pages 

Lighter duty than our horizontal page with all the easy handling features. Top Load in standard three ring binders, side load in file cabinets using 

Perma-Saf Hanger Bars. Acid-free, PVC free, with wide pocket openings for easy access. Clearer–provide easier viewing… better contact prints. 

Negatives and prints are top loading envelope style with locking flaps… Lock-in, drop-in storage eliminates negatives and prints falling out 

even when pages are upside down or jostled. Top loading eliminates scratching when filing and retrieving negative strips. 50 per package. 

3-1/2 x 5 Prints 

Holds 4 prints. 

M81-969 ........... $25.75 pkg. 

5 x 7 Negatives Prints 

Holds 2 negatives or 2 prints. 

M81-968 ........... $25.75 pkg. 

4 x 5 Prints 

Holds four 4” x 5” frames. 

M81-920 ............ $25.75 pkg. 

8 x 10 Negatives/Prints 

Holds 8” x 10” 

negatives and prints. 

M81-921 ............. $25.75 pkg. 

Baseball Card Holder 

Holds B.B cards or 

wallet size photos. 

M81-922 ............. $25.75 pkg. 

4 x 6 Prints 

Holds 3 prints. 

M81-967 ............ $25.75 pkg. 

35mm Slides 

Holds 20 slides. 

M81-917 ............ $25.75 pkg. 

35mm Negatives 

6 pockets, 5 frames wide. 

M81-918 ............ $25.75 pkg. 

120mm 

4 pockets, 3 frames wide. 

M81-919 ............ $25.75 pkg. 

28 


Print File ® Print Preservers 

Print File ® Archival Preservers 

High Clarity 8 mil Polypropylene 

The Print File archival preservation system offers a complete product 

line for superior presentation, filing and storage of negatives, prints, 

slides, and transparencies. A wide variety of preservers are available 

for use in 3-ring binders, hanging files and presentation albums. Black 

background available on selected pages. 

Oversize Archival Album Pages Outer dimensions are 

12-7/8”H x 9-5/16”W. Clear background only. 25 per package. 

Textured Archival Albums Durable and economical 3-ring 

album. Black textured polyethylene archival exterior/interior. 

Standard Album11-5/8”H 

x 11”W x 1-7/8”D for 

standard pages. 1” D-ring. 

M81-951 ...................... $18.25 

Oversized Album 13”H x 

11-1/2”W x 2-1/8”D for oversized 

pages. 1-1/2” D-ring. 

M81-012 ...................... $19.95 

Padded Archival Album Black embossed exterior for look of leather. 

1-1/2” satin black D-rings. Passes PAT. Polyester laminated black 

interior for high impact presentations. 

M81-020 M81-021 M81-022 M81-023 

M81-020 Holds eight 4” x 6” prints ................................$21.90 pkg. 

M81-021 Holds six 4” x 7” APS prints ...........................$21.90 pkg. 

M81-022 Holds four 4” x 12” APS prints .......................$21.90 pkg. 

M81-023 Holds two 8” x 12” prints. .............................$21.90 pkg. 

46-6P* Holds six 4” x 6” prints. 


Fits: hanging file, standard album. 


M81-881 ............................................ $18.95 pkg. 

M81-955 (black background) ............. $18.95 pkg. 


M81-8815 ........................................ $299.00 pkg. 

57-4P* Holds four 5” x 7” prints. 




M81-879 ........................................... $18.95 pkg. 

M81-017 (black background) .............. $18.95 pkg. 


M81-8795 ....................................... $299.00 pkg. 

310-4P* Holds four 3-1/2” x 

10” panoramic prints. 




M81-007 ............................................ $18.95 pkg. 

810-2P* Holds two 8” x 10” prints. 




M81-882 ........................................... $18.95 pkg. 

M81-956 (black background) .............. $18.95 pkg. 


M81-8825 ........................................ $299.00 pkg. 

811-2P Holds two 8-1/2” x 11” 

documents or prints. 




M81-950 ........................................... $18.95 pkg. 


M81-9505 ........................................ $299.00 pkg. 

Oversized Album13-3/8”H x 

11-1/8”W x 2-3/4”D for oversize 

pages. 1-1/2” D-ring. 

M81-015 ...................... $41.00 

120-9HB Holds eighteen 2-1/2” x 3-1/2” 

wallet prints or collectable cards. 




M81-940 ................................................ $68.00 pkg. 

35-10P Holds ten 3-1/2” x 5” prints. 




M81-880 ................................................ $18.95 pkg. 


M81-8805 ............................................ $299.00 pkg. 

35-8P* Holds eight 3-1/2” x 5” prints. 




M81-877 ................................................ $18.95 pkg. 

M81-954 (black background) .................. $18.95 pkg. 


M81-8775 ............................................ $299.00 pkg. 

35-8PX Extra long. Holds eight 

3-1/2” x 5-1/4” prints. 




M81-008 ................................................ $18.95 pkg. 

45-8P* Holds eight 4” x 5” prints. 




M81-878 ................................................ $18.95 pkg. 


M81-8785 ............................................ $299.00 pkg. 

*These print preservers have the same outside dimensions for uniform presentation of different print sizes. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

29

Print File ® Negative Preservers 

Negative Preservers 35mm and 120 Formats 

Exclusive thin backing, coupled with high clarity, allows you to make quality contact sheets without removing or handling negatives. Strong continuous 

seams prevent negative hang up. Top sheet is 3 mil and bottom sheet is 1.8 mil. Archival quality polyethylene, NO PVC, safe for long term storage. 

35-6HB Holds six 6 frame 35mm strips, 36 

frames total. Contact prints on 8-1/2” x 11”. 

Dimensions: 9-3/4”H x 10”W. 

Fits: hanging file, standard binder. 


M81-905 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

Ultima Preserver High clarity polypropylene. 

6 mil total. Holds sleeved negatives. 

ULT 35-6HB Holds six 5 frame 35mm 

sleeved strips, 30 frames total. 

Dimensions: 11”H x 9”W. 



M81-003 ...................................... $19.80 pkg. 

35-7 Holds seven 6 frame 35mm strips, 

42 frames total. 



M81-903 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

225-12HB Holds twelve 6 x 6cm frames 

of 120 mounted or unmounted transparencies 

or negatives. 8 mil polypropylene. 




M81-911 ...................................... $61.00 pkg. 

35-7B Holds seven 5 frame 35mm strips, 

35 frames total. Contact prints on 8” x 10”. 


Fits: standard binder. 


M81-904 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

120-3HB Holds fifteen frames of 6 x 

4.5cm, twelve frames of 6 x 6cm or 

nine frames of 6 x 7cm 120 film. 

Contact prints on 8” x 10”. 




M81-884 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

35-7B4 Holds seven 4 frame 35mm strips, 

28 frames total. Contact prints on 8” x 10”. 




M81-938 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

120-4B Holds four 3 frame 120 

strips, 12 frames total. 




M81-886 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

35-7BXW Holds seven 6 frame 

35mm strips, 42 frames total. 


Fits: oversize binder. 


M81-937 ...................................... $44.95 pkg. 

120-4UB Holds twelve frames 

of 6 x 7cm 120 film. 


Fits: oversize binder. 


M81-939 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

35-6HBXW Holds six 7 frame 

35mm strips, 42 frames total. 

Contact prints on 8-1/2” x 11”. 


Fits: hanging file, oversize binder. 


M81-001 ...................................... $48.45 pkg. 

120-9HB Holds nine individual sleeved 

frames of 120 film up to 6 x 7cm; or 

eighteen 2-1/2” x 3-1/2” wallet prints or 

collectable cards. 8 mil polyethylene. 




M81-940 ...................................... $68.00 pkg. 

30 


Archival Preservers 

M61-023 M61-022 

M61-021 

M61-024 M61-025 

Archivalware ® 

– 3 mil Photo/Print Pages 

Manufactured from clear, high density, chemically 

inert polypropylene, these economical album pages 

are available in a number of configurations to satisfy 

a variety of formats. All pages are designed to fit 

standard three ring binders. 25 per package. 

Cat. # Print/Photo Size Cap. Price 

M61-021 3-1/2”x 5” ................... 8 ....... $14.25 pkg. 

M61-022 4”x 5” ......................... 8 ......... 14.25 pkg. 

M61-023 4”x 6” ......................... 4 ......... 14.25 pkg. 

M61-024 4”x 6” ......................... 6 ......... 14.25 pkg. 

M61-025 5”x 7” ......................... 4 ......... 14.25 pkg. 

M61-026 8”x 10” ....................... 2 ......... 14.25 pkg. 

M61-027 8-1/2”x 11” ................. 2 ......... 14.25 pkg. 

M61-028 2”x 2”(slides)............. 20 ........ 14.25 pkg. 

M61-026 M61-027 M61-028 

Other Negative Preservers 

45-4B Holds four 4” x 5” 

negatives or transparencies. 





M81-908 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

45-1 Holds one 4” x 5” sleeved 

negative or transparency. 



M81-906 ...................................... $19.95 pkg. 

57-2B Holds two 5” x 7” sleeved 

negatives or transparencies. 





M81-910 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

810-1HB Holds one 8” x 10” sleeved 






M81-891 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

57-1 Holds one 5” x 7” sleeved 




M81-888 ...................................... $38.00 pkg. 

EM-6 Holds six Polaroid* type 665 negatives. 

Contact prints on 8-1/2” x 11”. 




M81-011 ...................................... $44.50 pkg. 

*Polaroid is a registered trademark of the Polaroid Corporation. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

31

Photographic Cleaners 

Photographic Cleaner PEC-12 

DataVac Electric 

Duster 

Powerful 500-watt electric 

motor blasts off dust, 

dirt and debris to keep 

computer and electronic 

equipment thoroughly 

clean and running at peak 

efficiency. All-steel construction 

and built to last, 

DataVac Electric Duster is 

much more cost efficient 

and greener than expensive 

throw away cans of air. 

No condensation and blows clean, dry, filtered air safe for all cleaning 

applications. Comes complete with 12’ power cord, air-pin-pointer, airconcentrator 

nozzle, air-flare nozzle and 4-piece detailing tool kit. 

M53-079 .........................................................................................$99.95 

Air Duster 

For Hard-to-Reach Places 

Natural Hair 

Brush 

Falcon Dust-Off 

100% Ozone Safe Formula 

Ideal for photo equipment, or photographic material 

including prints, slides, negatives and CDs. Also used for 

many types of computer and office equipment. 10 oz. 

M94-399 ..............................................................$12.95 

Utilizing the world’s safest non-flammable, non-ozone 

depleting propellant, the Air Duster effectively removes 

dust and dirt from “hard-to-reach” areas. 10 oz. 

M94-584 ............................................................. $15.95 

Extra-soft, goat-hair 

brush won’t harm 

even the most 

delicate surfaces. 

Use for paper photographs, 

slides, 

negatives and fine 

artwork. Quality 

crafted by Winsor- 

Newton, brush features seamless 3/4” wide aluminum ferrule. 

1-1/2” bristles (flare to 1-3/4”). 

M95-445 ........................................................................................ $16.95 

For archival cleaning of most modern emulsions such as 

films, prints & slides. PEC-12 will remove non-water based 

stains, glue, adhesive tapes, permanent ink, oil grease etc. 

PEC-12 contains no water to cause emulsion swelling and 

will not react with dyes. Use sparingly with clean lint-free 

cloth (e.g. Lint-free Photo-Wipes). Dries immediately, 

leaving no residue. 4 oz. 

M82-095 ....................................................................$26.40 

Crystal Clear Optical Cleaner 

A new generation optical cleaner for use on 

all optics including mirrors. Crystal Clear when 

used with the PEC PAD photo wipe will clean 

high quality optics without streaking, smudges, 

lint or residues. Crystal Clear is sold with 10 

PEC PAD wipes included. 2 oz. 

M56-310 ..............................................$16.90 

Photo Wipes PEC PADS 

A unique blend of fibres especially designed for photographic applications. 

May also be used to clean Plexiglas, picture frames, camera 

lenses etc. PEC PADS are smooth, soft and non-abrasive. 


M82-096 4” x 4”, 100 per package ................................... $15.25 pkg. 

M82-097 9” x 9”, 25 per package ....................................... 15.25 pkg. 

E-Wipe 

A product designed for cleaning of digital 

CCDs and other extremely delicate surfaces. 

E-WIPE is a sealed packet with a specific, 

special grade of Crystal Clear on a PEC PAD, 

packaged under special conditions to insure 

that there are no contaminants. E-Wipe is 

endorsed by manufacturers of digital cameras, 

scanners and other devices with critical 

cleaning requirements. Product exceeds 

U.S. SEMI standards. 25 per package. 

M56-311 ........................................ $39.75 pkg. 

Generix ® Cleaners 

Pro-Cleaner Spray This exceptional emulsion 

cleaner will safely remove ballpoint and most 

other inks, finger oil, grease pencil, laser 

separation oil, fungal growth, smoke, and soot. 

Use only on modern, hardened silver-based 

film, slides, and negatives. It is safe for papers 

such as colour, black and white and RC. 


M81-965 1 oz. .................................... $7.35 

M81-966 4 oz. .................................... 22.95 

Pro-Pads Non-abrasive, ultra soft and lint-free 

wipes. These wipes are designed for use 

on critical surfaces without scratching when 

applied with the proper cleaning fluid. Safe 

for emulsions, optics, scanners, copiers and 

compact discs. Dimensions: 4” x 4”. 100 per 

package. 

M81-989 ........................................ $15.85 pkg. 

32 


Photographic Supplies 

Un-Du ® Adhesive Remover 

Un-Du is a revolutionary adhesive removal system that has 

hundreds of uses. Unlike other adhesive removal products, 

Un-Du works immediately upon contact and allows for 

re-adhesion. In addition, Un-Du is safe to use on most 

surfaces. It leaves no stains or residues behind and will not 

discolour Plexiglas, acrylics or other clear plastics. 


M15-012 4 oz. .......................................................... $10.95 

3M ® Spray Adhesives 

Photo Mount 6094 – For mounting 

photographic prints 

A strong professional grade aerosol 

adhesive specifically designed for 

permanently mounting photography 

prints. 

M95-316 .......................... $24.50 

Spray Mount 6065 – A repositionable 

adhesive 

A pressure-sensitive, crystal clear aerosol adhesive that allows bonded 

materials to be separated and repositioned as often as necessary. 

M95-317 ........................................................................................ $24.50 

77 Spray Adhesive – General purpose adhesive 

This fast-drying, general purpose adhesive is a clean, easy-to-use and 

convenient method of bonding almost anything to almost anything. 

M95-318 ........................................................................................ $21.75 

Archival Gold CD/DVD Safe Pen 

Solvent-free, non-toxic, and alcohol-free! 

Some people mark on their CDs and DVDs with harsh solvent-based 

permanent markers that cause damage by corroding the top layer of the 

media. The Archival Gold CD and DVD Safe Pen is 100% guaranteed 

to be safe on recordable CDs and DVDs. Also safe for marking prints, 

negatives and other photographic materials. All pens have a fine tip on 

one end and extra fine on the other. Available in set of 2 black pens or 

set of 6 pens (black, blue, green, red, pink and purple). 


M11-035 CD/DVD Pen - Set of 2 Black ................................. $6.95 set 

M11-036 CD/DVD Pen - Set of 6 Colours ............................. 16.95 set 

Cotton Gloves 

STAEDTLER Film Marking Pens 

Solve transparent surface writing problems. Print from ordinary markers 

can fade or accidentally wipe away. Waterproof ink dries in less than a 

second to smudge-free, indelible image. Perfect for film, glass, plastic, 

archival polyester, slide mounts and photographs. Set of 4: Black, Blue, 

Red, Green or single pen (Black only). 


M94-238-BLK Black Pen ......................................................... $3.15 ea. 

M94-237 Set of 4 Pens ................................................... 11.25 set 

Preserve It! Spray 

Protect your digital photos and images from fading, 

humidity, ink runs and general damage. Acid free and 

archival. 11 oz. 


M17-026 Gloss Finish ......................................... $13.70 

M17-027 Satin Finish ............................................ 13.70 

When handling items such 

as slides, negatives or 

artwork, use these white, 

washable gloves to protect 

from fingerprints. 

Machine washable. 

12 pairs per package. 


Lightweight Cotton 

M82-081 Large .................................................................... $9.95 pkg. 

M82-082 Small ....................................................................... 9.95 pkg. 

Heavyweight 35% Cotton - 65% polyester 

M82-086 Large .................................................................. $11.95 pkg. 

M82-087 Small ..................................................................... 11.95 pkg. 

Scotch ® Photo and Document Mending Tape 

Ideal for framing, book repair, and 

mending fine documents and photographs. 

Totally acid-free, waterbased 

adhesive. Neutral pH of 7.0 

to 8.0 and meets ANSI IT9.16. 

Completely inert. Low outgassing. 

Strong polyester backing keeps air 

out, goes on clear and doesn’t yellow 

over time. 3/4” x 400” roll. 

M81-853 ............................. $6.90 roll 

Flexible Steel Ruler 

Non-slip cork back. Raised edges 

for an ideal cutting edge. 1/16” 

imperial scale and metric scale. 

Black etched gradations. 

Cat. # Length Price 

M64-175 12”/30cm ...................................................................... $6.95 

M64-176 15”/37cm ........................................................................ 7.75 

M64-177 18”/45cm ........................................................................ 8.50 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

33

Archival Albums 

® 

Preservation Binder Album 

Cost Effective Long Term Storage 

Constructed of attractive grey/white 60-pt. barrier board with reinforced 

metal edges, for strength and durability. It features a 2-1/2” spine with 

1-1/2” ring, that accepts all standard three ring inserts. Acid/lignin-free 

with pH 8.0-9.0. Buffered with 3% calcium carbonate and passes P.A.T. 

Century ® Archival Storage Album 

The spine and the top of the box lie flat when open providing a 

double-size viewing area. Made from a rigid paperboard and lined 

with acid-free paper. The outer covering is a finely textured acrylic 

coated black fabric which is both moisture and vermin resistant. 

Reinforced cloth hinge withstands repeated use. Will accommodate 

a wide variety of three ring storage pages. Use punched acid-free 

insert pages together with tapes, adhesives, photo corners, or any 

of the standard three hole punched page and print protectors shown 

throughout the catalogue. Maximum page size: 11-1/4” x 9-5/8”. 

Cat. # Description Dimensions Price 

M82-026 1-1/2” capacity ....12-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 2-1/4”D .... $53.80 

M82-024 3” capacity .............13-1/4”H x 12-1/4”W x 3”D ......... 56.90 


M82-012 13”H x 12”W x 2-1/2”D ...........................................$28.00 

Archival Binder Box 

Elegant black buckram exterior with white acid-free and lignin-free 

buffered cardstock interior lining. Fits all PrintFile ® oversized and standard 

size preservers. Constructed of durable 0.098 heavyweight binder board. 

Passes P.A.T., neutral pH 8.0 to 9.0, 2” deep with 1-1/2” D-rings. 


M81-045 13-5/8”H x 12-1/4”W x 2”D .......................................$61.50 

Acid–Free WorkBox ® 

The best way to protect and organize your work! 

Hollinger PhotoBinder Album Box 

Constructed of Hollinger Grey-White acid and lignin-free boxboard with 

heavy-duty metal corners. These 12-1/4”H x 9”W x 3”D boxes have a 

built in three ring binder insert to hold standard 8-1/2”H x 11”W photo 

pages or binder pages. 1-1/2” capacity. 

M10-420 ........................................................................................ $29.00 

WorkBox is a fully enclosed box binder which makes storage, 

presentation, and transportation of photographic work easy. 

Featuring a sleek, contemporary design and made of archival quality 

polypropylene. The WorkBox is available in two colours and in two 

sizes. Pictured with document clip. Sold separately. Please Specify 

Colour: Black (-BLK) or Grey (-GRY). 


M81-034 12-7/16”H x 10-1/2”W x 2-1/2”D ................................$26.00 

M81-035 12-7/16”H x 10-1/2”W x 1-1/2”D ..................................20.00 

M81-036 Document Clip ................................................................ 5.75 

34 


Archival Albums 

® 

Archival Album Tyvek lined with slipcase 

Fine Art Leather Album and Slipcase 

An elegant choice for permanently storing valuable artwork. It includes 

an album and slipcase wrapped in matching bonded leather. Features 

1” locking black O-rings that fit standard size pages. Archival safe for 

long term storage. The slipcase adds additional protection from dust, 

dirt and light. Binder Dimensions: 12-1/8”H x 11-1/4”W x 2-7/8”D. 

Slipcase Dimensions: 12-1/2”H x 11-1/4”W x 3”D. Please specify 

colour: Black (-BLK), Burgundy (-BUR), or Blue (-BLU). 

M12-035 ....................................................................................... $69.95 

Oversized Binders and Slipcases 

Oversized binders fit most standard and oversized Print File Preservers. 

Completely archival and covered in durable buckram material. Acid-free 

and lignin-free white paper lining. Binder has additional layer of material 

to protect valuables from dirt and dust. Choose from 1-1/2” and 2-1/2” 

D-ring binders with optional Oversized Slipcases. 


Binders 1-1/2” D-Ring 

M17-010 Black ......................................................................... $31.00 

M17-011 Red .............................................................................. 31.00 

M17-012 Green .......................................................................... 31.00 

M17-013 Blue ............................................................................. 31.00 

M18-010 Slipcase for binder (specify colour) ............................. 28.00 

Binders 2-1/2” D-Ring 

M17-020 Black ......................................................................... $38.50 

M17-021 Red .............................................................................. 38.50 

M17-022 Green .......................................................................... 38.50 

M17-023 Blue ............................................................................. 38.50 

M18-020 Slipcase for binder (specify colour) .............................. 33.00 

The non-porous and inert properties of the Tyvek lining make this 

binder ideal for long-term archival use. The oversize design will accommodate 

a wide variety of three ring storage pages including Saf-T-Stor, 

Perma-Saf and Printfile. Featuring a 2-1/2” “D” ring that allows pages 

to lie flat when binder is closed. Slip Case protects contents from both 

light and dust. Dimensions: 13”H x 12”W x 2-1/2”D. Colour: Black. 


M81-923 Binder only ................................................................ $44.00 

M81-924 Binder w/slipcase ........................................................ 84.00 

® 

TrueCare Album and 

Slipcase 

Constructed with archival materials 

and library quality cloth covering 

over heavy-duty board, the 

TrueCare album will provide safe 

storage for your collections. Three 

1-1/2” rings will hold up to 75 

standard pages with protectors. 

The exterior is a pleasing textured 

Burgundy colour with an elegant 

gold trim. A matching slip case is 

also provided for added protection. 

This album is 11-3/4”H x 11”W with 

a 2-1/2” spine and will accommodate any of the three hole pages and 

protectors featured throughout this catalogue. The matching slipcase is 

12-1/4”H x 11-1/4”W with a 2-3/4” spine. 

M81-998 ...................................................................................... $60.80 

Archival Eco Binder 

These beautifully crafted 

binders can be purchased 

with confidence because 

they are 100% green at the 

core. Eco binders have a core of 

96% post-consumer waste plus 

4% recycled-material binder board 

with waste paper. The board is acid 

neutral and the fabric binding is 100% 

cotton cloth with water-based acrylic 

coating. These very durable binders have 

built-in hinges as part as the binder and a turned in cotton cloth cover 

with acid-free paper liner. Accommodates page size up to 9-3/4” x 

11-1/4”. Dimensions: 11-1/2” x 11-5/8” 2-1/2” spine. 1-1/2” D-ring. 

M10-465 ....................................................................................... $36.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

35

Archival Scrapbooks 

Fits a Full Size Newspaper! 

® 

Giant Size Archival Scrapbooks 

The Big Book is 25-1/2” x 18-3/4” and comes complete with 50 leaves 

(100 pages) of white acid-free paper large enough to hold a full size 

newspaper. It features a heavy stiff cover and post bindings to secure 

pages. Colour: Burgundy. 


M12-200 Big Book Scrapbook .......................................... $126.00 ea. 

M12-201 10 Sheet Refill (25” x 18-3/4”) ............................ 26.00 pkg. 

Heritage 

Scrapbooks 

Acid-free Heritage 

Scrapbooks offer all 

the features to save treasured memorabilia. They include an acid-free 

envelope inside, for safe, temporary storage, until you are ready to 

mount the pages. Available in two standard sizes, each containing 50 

ivory coloured or black acid-free sheets. The screw post assembly 

makes insertion of expansion pages a simple task. Colour: Burgundy. 

Ivory Pgs/Black Pgs Dimensions Size Price 

M61-040 M61-041 13”H x 10-1/2”W ...12-1/2”H x 10”W .... $85.00 

M61-042 M61-043 16-1/2”H x 12”W ...16”H x 11-1/2”W ..... 115.00 

Expansion Pages – 25 per Package 

Ivory Pgs/Black Pgs Dimensions 

Price 

M61-045 M61-046 12-1/2”H x 10”W ..............................$21.50 pkg. 

M61-047 M61-048 16”H x 11-1/2”W ................................25.00 pkg. 

Archival Scrapbooks 

Classic 12” x 12” Post bound scrapbooks feature padded front covers 

and rounded corners. Scrapbooks have a polyester laminated black 

interior and a slot back expandable spine design. All scrapbooks include 

12 archival preservers and 12 acid-free and lignin-free heavyweight 

10pt. cardstock inserts. Preserver refill packs include a pair of extension 

posts and spacer strips. Replacement insert pages available in white or 

black. Choose from green lizard texture or burgundy linen finished cloth. 

Please specify colour: Green (-GRN) or Burgundy (-BUR). 


M18-036 12” x 12” Printfile Scrapbook ............................. $48.00 ea. 

M18-037 Archival Preservers-12 per package ....................... 8.40 pkg 

M18-038 White Insert Pages-12 per package ....................... 8.40 pkg 

M18-039 Black Insert Pages-12 per package ......................... 8.40 pkg 

Neutral pH Adhesive 

Our acid-free adhesive has 

excellent lay-flat properties and 

dries clear. Easy to use polyvinyl 

acetate (PVA) formula is fast setting 

and remoistenable with water. 

This adhesive was formulated 

specifically for preservation 

materials and will not become 

brittle with age. Adheres to most 

porous surfaces. 


M95-383 8 oz. squeeze bottle ...................................................... $8.25 

M95-384 32 oz. plastic bottle ....................................................... 26.00 

M95-382 128 oz bottle .................................................................. 77.00 

M61-014 Dispenser Pump for 128oz. bottle ................................ 13.95 

Guest Register 

New 

A traditional and effective method of gathering 

information from your patrons. A great way to capture the 

names, addresses and phone numbers of guests to your museum or 

historical house. This attractive maroon binder features a gold “Guest 

Register” embossing on the front cover. Durable chrome-plated ring 

assemblies are easy to use and accommodate 200+ acid free pages 

(sold separately). Pages are printed on both sides with spaces for visitor 

information. 


M64-230 Guest Register ................................................... $53.00 ea. 

M64-231 Guest Register Pages – Pkg 50 ......................... 32.00 pkg. 

Systematic 

Archival Glue Pen 

Alkaline PVA adhesive, pH 7.5 

to 8.0. Pressure-activated metal tip 

provides just the right amount. Quick-drying 

archival PVA glue pen is handy for scrapbooking 

and other applications where just a drop of glue is 

required. The glue forms a permanent bond on most 

porous surfaces and is non-toxic. 12 ml. 

M81-830 .................................................................... $4.75 

36 


Mounting Corners 

1. Corners are flat when they 

come out of the box. 

2. Fold at 

prescored edges. 

Archival Mounting Corners 

Crystal Clear Archival Mounting Corners provide safe mounting of 

photographs, postcards, ephemera, clippings, letters or prints. Archival 

Mounting Corners are pre-scored for speedy application and are 

made from archival polyester. The self-stick adhesive is 3M No. 415 

tape, which has been approved by the Library of Congress as a nonyellowing 

permanent adhesive for conservation use. The unique design 

of the mounting corner ensures that the adhesive does not come in 

contact with the materials mounted. 

See-thru Mounting Corners offer an easy and practical means of 

archival mounting. 100 corners per package. 


M82-131 5/8” ................................................................... $17.95 pkg. 

M82-132 7/8” ..................................................................... 19.95 pkg. 

Full View 

Standard 

Secol Mounting Corner Strips 

3. Remove tape backing 

strips and attach. 

Polypropylene Mounting/Framing Corners 

These quality corners are free of harmful chemicals and feature a 

pressure sensitive, non-yellowing acrylic adhesive. Standard or full view 

styles are offered. The full view style minimizes the border required to 

hide the corner under a window mat. No adhesive comes in contact 

with the artwork, making these corners a good choice for mounting 

precious art. Passes P.A.T. ANSI ISO 18916. 


M83-330 5/8” Standard - 500 per package ..................... $11.50 pkg. 

M83-331 1-1/4” Standard - 256 per package .................... 24.00 pkg. 

M83-332 3” Standard - 100 per package .......................... 22.00 pkg. 

M83-333 1-1/4” Full View - 256 per package .................... 25.00 pkg. 

M83-334 3” Full View - 100 per package .......................... 23.00 pkg. 

For mounting larger items, Secol 

Mounting Corner strips provide a 

fast and safe means of securing an 

object by its corners. Comprised 

of a rectangular strip with two 

dry-mount acrylic adhesive tabs 

at each end, the Secol polyester 

is both safe and completely 

transparent to maintain 100% 

visual access.100 per package. 


M82-426 7/16” x 1-1/2” ................................................... $20.85 pkg. 

M82-427 3/4” x 4” ............................................................. 39.50 pkg. 

Photo Tabs 

Crystal Clear View 

Adhesive set 

back from edge. 

Archival Mounting Corners 

These corners are the ultimate mounting corners for arranging 

photos and snapshots in albums or on mats. They’re archival quality, 

transparent and very easy to use! 

Archivally Safe. No adhesive ever touches your image or document. 

The advanced clean-edge design takes into account the expansion of 

adhesives over time. Passes P.A.T. ANSI ISO 18916. 

Absolutely Transparent. These strong, high quality clear mounting 

corners provides an unobstructed view of your image. 

Easy to Use. They’re preformed and packaged in a dispenser box. Just 

pull the backing strip, lift the corner, and put in place. 

Small Made of crystal clear polyester. Great for images and 

documents up to 4” x 6”. 

Large Made of crystal clear polyester. Ideal for use with heavyweight 

postcards, trading cards and mounted albumen cabinet photographs up 

to 11” x 14”. 

Extra Large 3” Designed for mounting larger images, such as posters, 

heavyweight materials and prints larger than 11” x 14”. The Extra 

Large corners are made of clear polypropylene. The adhesive, 

which runs to the edges, is a water-based acrylic. 

Packaged four corners to a strip. 


M82-431 Small - 240 per package .................................. $17.50 pkg. 

M82-432 Large - 240 per package ..................................... 29.95 pkg. 

M82-433 Extra Large - 100 per package ........................... 25.50 pkg. 

Photo Tabs provide a simple solution to permanent mounting of 

photos, news clippings, postcards, etc. The ½” square tabs have an 

acid free, non-yellowing, pressure sensitive adhesive on both sides. 

Apply the tabs to the back of the photo, peel away the easy-lift release 

liner and press your photo into place. Passed P.A.T.(Photo Activity 

Test). 500 tabs per dispenser. 

M61-029 .................................................................................. $8.25 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

37

Photo and Scrapbooking Supplies 

Scotch ® Quick-Dry Adhesive 

Acid-Free 

This versatile adhesive bonds to paper, 

metal and plastic. It is quick drying, and 

permanent. A firm precision tip allows for 

accurate and secure attachment of three 

dimensional objects. 2 oz. 

M63-954 .......................................... $6.40 

Scotch ® Scrapbookers’ Glue 

with 2-way Applicator Acid-Free 

The two different tips at either end of this 

applicator allow both large and small areas to 

be covered with ease, so it’s great if you’re 

scrapbooking with various sized materials. 2 oz. 

M63-953 .................................................. $6.65 

M63-977 

Scotch ® Tape Runner 

Acid-free and photo safe adhesive keeps memorabilia safe. 

Ergonomically designed and easy to load cartridges. Ideal choice for 

scrapbooking and mounting photos. 


M63-976 Scotch Tape Runner .....................................................$9.85 

M63-977 Scotch Tape Runner Refill ..............................................7.50 

Scotch ® Vellum Tape 

Photo safe! 

Vellum tape is state-of-the-art technology 

used by professional graphic artists 

and framers. Works great on memory 

books and envelopes, etc. Vellum tape 

disappears on most vellum papers. 

Adhesive technology insures your precious 

mementos stay where you put them. 

1/2” x 400” roll. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M16-003 ............. $8.80 ............ $8.35 roll 

Scotch ® Photo and 

Document Mending Tape 

Ideal for framing, book repair, and 

mending fine documents and 

photographs. Totally acid-free, 

water-based adhesive. Neutral pH of 

7.0 to 8.0 and meets ANSI IT9.16. 

Completely inert. Low outgassing. 

Strong polyester backing keeps air 

out, goes on clear and doesn’t yellow 

over time. 3/4” x 400” roll. 

M81-853 ............................. $6.90 roll 

Pro-ATG Tape 

Dispenser 

The affordable Pro ATG dispenser is ideal for affixing book pockets, book 

jacket covers and date slips. Also, a excellent tool for photo and scrapbooking 

applications. Use with 1/2” and 3/4” ATG tape sold below. 

M63-373 ........................................................................................ $36.50 

Scotch ® ATG Gold Tape 

Acid-Free 

Acrylic permanent adhesive on a 

densified kraft paper liner. Used for 

bonding photos, prints, maps, sealing 

pockets in folders, bonding matt board in 

picture frames and many other preservation 

applications. Neutral pH between 7.0 

and 8.5. Passes P.A.T. 


M63-978 1/2” x 36 yds ..............................................................$10.95 

M63-979 3/4” x 36 yds ................................................................14.50 

Scotch ® Photo/Document 

Mounting Tape Removable 

Holds firmly, yet is removable. If you make a 

mistake, it is easy to correct. This tape is great 

for the creative crafter who likes to experiment 

or for beginners who may change their minds. 

This is the first acid-free removable mounting 

tape on the market. Roll: 1/2” x 25 ft. 

M63-944 ............................................. $9.75 roll 

Scotch ® Scrapbooker’s Tape 

Double Sided 

This long lasting, photo-safe, acid-free tape 

permanently bonds most paper. Independent 

laboratory tested, safe for photos. Safe for both 

back and front sides of photo. Roll: 1/2” x 25 ft. 

M63-943 ............................................. $9.25 roll 

38 


Archival Pens 

New 

PIGMA TM Brush Pens 

Rapidograph ® Technical Stainless Steel Tip Pens 

The industry leader incorporates their best technology into these 

technical pens. Used by artists, architects, designers, engineers, and 

hobbyists to produce precise, consistent ink lines for any application. 

Ideal for marking museum objects using the acryloid B-72 method. 

Also great for permanent markings of paper objects and scrapbooks. 

Permanent Black India Ink sold separately. 


M64-153 Rapidograph Technical Pen ....................................... $34.95 

M64-167 Black India Ink, 1 oz Bottle .......................................... 15.25 

pH Testing Pen 

Convenient method for distinguishing between safe alkaline and unsafe 

acidic paper and board. Easy to use: Simply draw a line and read it as 

soon as it dries. When dry, a Purple colour denotes a pH level of 6.5 or 

higher. NOTE: This testing method may produce unreliable results on 

coloured materials. 

Cat. # 1+ 6+ 

M64-186 ........................................ $8.50 ............................... $8.10 ea. 

Microperm ® Pen 

This amazing pen draws an ultra fine line on nearly any surface 

including metal, glass, plastic fabric, wood, cellophane and CD –ROMs. 

The Microperm pen creates incredible detail where precision and 

permanence is required. Sakura’s ID products can write on almost 

anything. Colour: Black. 


M95-475 Medium Point .............................. $5.25 ............... $4.95 ea. 

M95-476 Fine Point ....................................... 5.25 ................. 4.95 ea. 

M95-477 Extra Fine Point .............................. 5.25 ................. 4.95 ea. 

uni-ball VISION 

Acid free 

uni-ball ViSION Roller Ball Pen is a high style roller pen with a unique 

Uni-flow ink system that guarantees smooth, scratch-free writing. 

This roller pen features a stainless steel fine point for exceptional 

strength, durability and a consistent flow of ink to paper. Two windows 

in the barrel reveal the amount of remaining ink. Vision pens are water 

and fade resistant with pigmented inks. Please specify colour: Black 

(-BLK), Blue (-BLU) or Red (-RED). 

M11-030 ......................................................................................... $3.35 

Expect archival performance from 

this flexible brush style nib. The 

Pigma Brush is capable of drawing 

very fine lines or broad strokes 

depending on the pressure applied. 

The ink is Archival quality and does 

not smear or feather when dry. It 

is waterproof and chemical proof, 

fade resistant, does not bleed 

and meets ASTM and ACMI nontoxicity 

standards. Please specify 

colour: Black (-BLK), Blue (-BLU), 

Red (-RED), or Green (-GRN). 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 

M95-482 ....................................... $5.15 ............................... $4.90 ea. 

Archival Gold 

CD/DVD 

Safe Pen 

Solvent-free, 

non-toxic, and 

alcohol-free! 

Some people mark on their CDs and DVDs with harsh solvent-based 

permanent markers that cause damage by corroding the top layer of the 

media. The Archival Gold CD and DVD Safe Pen is 100% guaranteed 

to be safe on recordable CDs and DVDs. Also safe for marking prints, 

negatives and other photographic materials. All pens have a fine tip on 

one end and extra fine on the other. Available in set of 2 black pens or 

set of 6 pens (black, blue, green, red, pink and purple). 


M11-035 CD/DVD Pen - Set of 2 Black.................................. $6.95 set 

M11-036 CD/DVD Pen - Set of 6 Colours .............................. 16.95 set 

Systematic 


Alkaline PVA adhesive, pH 7.5 to 8.0. 

Pressure-activated metal tip provides just the 

right amount. Quick-drying archival PVA glue pen is 

handy for scrapbooking and other applications where just 

a drop of glue is required. The glue forms a permanent bond 

on most porous surfaces and is non-toxic. 12 ml. 

M81-830 ..................................................................... $4.75 

Scotch ® Acid-Free 

Double Stick 

Adhesive Pen 

Acid-free adhesive is neat, clean, and 

archival. Won’t blur, fade or discolour 

documents or newspaper clippings. Adhesive is 

initially removable as well as repositionable. Pen places 

adhesive right where you want it. 

M81-816 ........................................................................... $7.85 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

39

Marking Pens 

IDenti-Pen From the maker of Pigma Pens 

The ideal permanent ink dual-point marking pen. Now you have a 

choice! A tough fibre fine-point marker on one end and an extra fine 

plastic tip for detailed writing on the other—the perfect tool for all your 

marking needs. It writes permanently on all types of metal; excellent for 

identifying tools, equipment or personal property. 

The IDenti-pen writes on virtually any surface, including glass and 

ceramics, rubber, leather, slick papers and resin-coated photographs. It 

does not smudge when varnishes are applied over the ink. It is fade-proof 

and waterproof and while permanent on most surfaces, it can be removed 

from solid, non-porous surfaces with mineral spirits. Please specify 

colour: Black (-BLK), Red (-RED), Blue (-BLU) or Green (-GRN). 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 

M95-442 ........................................ $4.60 ............................. $4.35 ea. 

Stabilo Marking Pencil 

This truly unique graphite pencil marks paper, glass, 

plastic and metal. Use it to 

temporarily mark on photos or any other 

slick surface including archival polyester 

and glassine. Remove pencil marks with 

soft white vinyl eraser. 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 

M94-239 ........................................ $2.85 ............................... $2.70 ea. 

Millennium Pens 

These archival pens are made of pigment ink and are acid free. Photo 

safe pens great for scrap booking, journals, design borders, lettering 

and more. Exceptional smooth ink flow. Ink is light-fast, waterproof, 

fade-proof and non-bleeding to last a lifetime. Colour: Black. 


M87-502 .01 Extra Fine ................... $3.35 ....................... $3.15 ea. 

M87-503 .03 Fine ............................... 3.35 ......................... 3.15 ea. 

M87-504 .05 Medium ........................ 3.35 ......................... 3.15 ea. 

PIGMA Pens 

The first generation of technical pens using the Pigment Ink Process. 

Permanent, pigmented ink is composed of super-micro particles and 

provides a waterproof line with no fading or discolouration under direct 

sunlight. The medium point is perfect for label lettering. Please specify 

colour: Black (-BLK), Red (-RED), Blue (-BLU) or Green (-GRN). 


M95-473 Med. Point ............................ $5.10 ..................... $4.65 ea. 

M95-483 Fine Point ................................ 5.10 ....................... 4.65 ea. 

M95-474 Ex. Fine Point .......................... 5.10 ....................... 4.65 ea. 

STAEDTLER Film Marking Pens 

Solve transparent surface writing problems. Print from ordinary markers 

can fade or accidentally wipe away. Waterproof ink dries in less than a 

second to smudge-free, indelible image. Perfect for film, glass, plastic, 

archival polyester, slide mounts and smooth surface. Set of 4: Black, 

Blue, Red, Green or single pen (Black only). 

Archival Ink 

Black Actinic ® ink for writing and stamping. Made of an inorganic 

pigment containing no carbon black or acid. It is chemically stable, 

will not decompose, will not fade or cause fading, and will not 

damage paper or photographic images. The ink is water resistant and 

permanent. 

Stamping Kit for rubber stamping on archival materials. 

Kit contains: 1 only 2 oz. bottle #125 Black Actinic Ink for stamp 

-pads, 1 only three pack #1 Uninked Wood Zipit ® Ink Pads, applicator 

and directions. 


M64-163 Stamping Kit ............................................................... $35.00 

M64-164 Ink only, 2 oz. Bottle ..................................................... 19.95 

M64-165 Three pack #1 Uninked Wood Zipit Ink Pads ............... 14.40 

Writing Kit for writing on archival prints and papers. 

Kit contains: 1 only 1 oz. bottle #230 Black Actinic Ink for writing, 

1 only pen holder, 1 only steel pen and directions. 

M64-166 Writing Kit ................................................................... $25.00 

M64-167 Black India Ink, 1 oz. Bottle .......................................... 15.25 


M94-238-BLK Black Pen ....................................................... $3.15 ea. 

M94-237 Set of 4 Pens ................................................. 11.25 set 

Silver, Gold and White Ink Pens 

Silver, Gold and White ink pens from the maker of Pigma Pens, 

provide permanent labelling for book spines, binders, pamphlets or 

equipment. Choose from Opaque White, Metallic Silver or Metallic 

Gold fine point pens. 


M95-449 White ................................... $6.40 ..................... $6.10 ea. 

M95-450 Gold ....................................... 6.40 ........................ 6.10 ea. 

M95-451 Silver ...................................... 6.40 ........................ 6.10 ea. 

40 


Laser Labels 

M95-002/M95-003 

8-1/2” x 11” sheet 

without perforations for 

making your own custom 

laser images. 

M95-004 

1”H x 2-5/8”W 

M95-007 3”H x 4”W M95-008 3”H x 4”W 

Archival Quality Laser Labels 

M95-001 2”H x 4”W 

M95-005 Slide Label 

7/16”H x 1-7/8”W 

M95-006 1/2”H x 1-3/4”W 

M96-234/M96-230 Foil 

Circulation: 1”H x 2-13/16”W 

Spine: 1-1/2”H x 29/32”W 

Our laser labels provide archivists, conservators, curators and other 

collection care specialists with a variety of acid-free label formats for 

their laser printers. All feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive acrylic 

adhesive on a 8-1/2” x 11” sheet. The foil-back version provides an 

extra barrier between the acid-free paper and the adhesive to prevent 

bleed through to enhance the ability of the label to adhere to rounded 

or other irregularly shaped items. Note: These labels should not be 

used directly on valuable artwork, documents artifacts or photographs. 

Labels Sheets 

Cat. # Description /Sheet /Package Price 

M95-001 Foil Back .............. 10 ............... 100 ............... $76.40 pkg. 

M95-002 Foil Back ................. 1 ................. 50 ................. 35.20 pkg. 

M95-003 Plain ........................ 1 ................. 50 ................. 34.50 pkg. 

M95-004 Plain ..................... 30 ............... 100 ................. 59.60 pkg. 

M95-005 Foil Back ............... 84 ................. 30 ................. 53.90 pkg. 

M95-006 Plain ..................... 80 ................. 50 ................. 39.95 pkg. 

M95-007 Plain ........................ 6 ............... 100 ................. 58.60 pkg. 

M95-008 Foil Back ................. 6 ............... 100 ................. 79.75 pkg. 

M96-234 Plain ....................... 10 ................ 100 ..................43.00 pkg. 

M96-230 Foil Back ................ 10 ................ 100 ..................74.25 pkg. 

Perma/Dur Laser 

Printer Labels 

Now you can use your laser printer 

to produce attractive acid-free 

labels without cutting. Sheets are 

8-1/2” x 11” overall, smooth-perfed 

to yield labels with virtually no 

visible perforation marks. Perma/ 

Dur Bond is a premium archival 

quality paper, buffered with 3% M83-340 

calcium carbonate, with a potential life 

over 300 years. White, substance 20 stock. 

Ungummed. Use with Carr Mclean M95-383 

M83-341 

Neutral pH adhesive. 1000 per package. 

Cat. # Labels/Sheet Dimensions Price 

M83-340 ......... 6 ..................... 3-2/3”H x 4-1/4”W ........... $44.00 pkg. 

M83-341 ......... 8 ..................... 2-3/4”H x 4-1/4”W ............. 44.00 pkg. 

Laser Printer Labels 

We offer archival laser printer labels 

on an 8-1/2”x 11” sheet. The 3”x 

2” labels have 10 labels per sheet 

and the 3”x 4” labels have 6 labels 

per sheet. 50 sheets per package. 

Cat. # 

Price 

M12-655 ................... $54.30 pkg. 

M12-675 ..................... 54.30 pkg. 

Acid-Free Foil Backed Labels 

Permanent, white foil-backed labels 

coated with acid-free acrylic adhesive. 

The foil barrier prevents surface inks 

from penetrating the label and affecting 

the material beneath. Conversely, the 

adhesive cannot penetrate the foil to 

attack the ink to cause excessive fading. 

Labels have rounded corners and are 

die-cut on sheets for easy typing. 



M29-806 1”H x 3/4”W ....................................................... $11.00 pkg. 

M29-807 1-1/4”H x 5/8”W ................................................... 11.00 pkg. 

M29-808 1-1/2”H x 1”W ...................................................... 11.50 pkg. 

Document Case Labels 

M12-675 

3”H x 4”W 

M12-655 

2”H x 3”W 

Hollinger developed a pressuresensitive 

label with special 

adhesive engineered to have longlasting 

holding power. The labels 

and their adhesive are acid-free, 

so you can safely use them on any 

of our acid-free boxes. Caution: 

These labels are designed for 

permanent use on our acid free boxes. Do not try to peel them off, as 

they will damage the under surface. You may, of course, place a new 

label on top of an old one. Not recommended for use on envelopes, 

folders or documents. 100 per roll. 


MH-12650 3” x 2” ............................................................... $19.30 roll 

MH-12670 4” x 3” ................................................................. 26.75 roll 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

41

Coin Collection Storage 

New 

Coin Collector 

Holder Pages 

Hollinger Coin Box 

Coin Poly-Sleeves 

New 

Coin Envelopes 

These are acid-free, paper 

coin envelopes, with a flap. 

Insert the coin, then fold 

over the ungummed flap to 

hold the coin. They provide 

protection from fingerprints, 

dust and dirt. Dimensions: 

2”x 2”. 100 per package. 

M95-183 ................................................................................ $14.95 pkg. 

New 

Supersafe Polyester 

Coin Flips With inserts 

New 

This two-piece, fully telescoping box features metal edges. Each box is 

shipped with 20 unassembled, die-cut, tan coin holders. The coin box 

holds coins up to 2”x 2”. It is made from Hollinger Grey/ White Archival 

Board. Dimensions: 2-1/2”H x 11-1/2”W x 6”D. 

M10-123 ........................................................................................$20.25. 

These archival safe, polypropylene 2”x 2” sleeves fit into standard coin 

pages. They protect against dust, dirt and fingerprints. The sleeves are 

open on two ends, to allow air circulation to carry away moisture. 


M94-481 ................................................................................ $14.00 pkg. 

Constructed of acid-free, non PVC Polyester, these popular Coin Flips 

are safe for long term storage. Complete with inserts for identification. 

Dimensions: 2”x 2”. 100 per package 

M82-598 .............................................................................. $21.95 pkg. 

Each page accomodates twenty (2”x 2”) coin holders (not included). 

They are archival quality and safe for long term storage. The pages are 

made from durable 10-mil polypropylene, and pass PAT. They are an 

ideal fit in our oversized binder or in a hanging file. Dimensions: 11”H x 

9-7/16”. 10 per package. 

M81-945 ................................................................................ $10.95 pkg. 

Porta-Scope Digital Microscope 

Porta-Scope is an easy to 

use, 6-LED hand-held digital 

microscope, with a USB 

interface. It provides highresolution 

magnification at your 

fingertips, with detailed examination 

of any area. The active 

pixel technology produces 

sharp images and accurate 

colour production. The LED’s 

can be switched on or off. The 

brightness can be adjusted, 

using the control wheel on the 

body. The adjustable magnification 

(10x – 200x), is provided by 

the all in one compact lens. It features a Micro-touch Shutter trigger, 

that allows for convenient image capture, when in hand held mode or 

mounted on a stand. Use to view slides and negatives or enjoy every 

detail of your coin, stamp, or jewellery collection. The Porta-Scope 

comes with software for best capture of images or videos. Just plug 

into a PC and you are ready to go. 

M12-059 .................................................................................... $465.00 

Century Coin 

Collection 3-Ring 

Binder Box 

New 

Museum quality archival 

boxes made with acid and 

lignin-free buffered paper 

with calcium carbonate. 

Constructed of 100-point 

paperboard, reinforced hinges, 

metal corners and wrapped 

in black leather-like acrylic 

coated fabric. Dimensions: 

13-1/4” x 12-1/4”. 


M82-026 1-1/2” Capacity ........................................................ $53.80 

M82-024 3” Capacity ................................................................ 56.90 

42 


Polyester Currency Envelopes. 

See Page 22.

TM 

Postcard Storage 

Postcard Portfolio Box 

A distinctive yet functional 

box that beautifully 

showcases, 

transports and 

stores your postcard 

collection. This prestigious 

one piece, 

clamshell type box lies 

flat when open, to allow 

for easy organization, 

perusal and presentation. 

Made with rigid, moisture 

resistant fabric covered 

board, and lined with a white 

acid/lignin-free paper. The sturdy 

reinforced hinge assures years of 

use and a professional presentation. 

New 

Hollinger Postcard 

Storage Boxes 

The postcard storage boxes 

are sturdy Hollinger 60-point 

Archives Grey/White board, 

buffered and acid-free. 


MA-11710 3-1/8”H x 5-1/8”W x 12”D (Fits 3”x 5”Cards) ......... $ 8.55 

MA-11720 4-1/8”H x 6-1/8”W x 12”D (Fits 4”x 6”Cards) .......... 11.10 

MA-11730 5-1/8”H x 8-1/8”W x 12”D (Fits 5”x 8”Cards) .......... 12.50 


M82-016 1-1/2”H x 6-3/8”W x 4-3/8”D ................................... $23.00 

M82-001 1-1/2”H x 7-3/8”W x 5-3/8”D ..................................... 23.75 

Ephemera 

Storage Bags 

Transparent Polyethylene 

Bags protect valuable albums, 

newspapers, magazines, 

comics and more. Keep out 

dust, dirt and pollutants—for 

years. 100 per package. 

® 

Postcard Protectors Archival polyester 

Postcard Sleeve Protectors, sealed on two sides, will protect your 

postcard collection from damage caused by handling or acidic 

conditions. Crystal Clear 3 mil archival polyester assures complete 

visibility while supporting and protecting contents. 25 per package. 


M82-504 4-1/8” x 6” ........................ $18.25 ................... $17.30 pkg. 

M82-505 3-5/8” x 5-3/4” .................... 17.20 ..................... 16.35 pkg. 

Cat. # Description Dimensions Mil Price 

M82-526 Sheet Music .............. 9-3/8” x 12-1/4” .... 3 ... $34.35 pkg. 

M82-527 Sheet Music .............. 10-7/8” x 14-1/4” .. 3 ..... 40.85 pkg. 

M82-528 Comic Book (Marvel) . 7-1/8” x 10-3/8” .... 3 ..... 28.00 pkg. 

M82-529 Comic Book ............... 6-7/8” x 10-3/8” .... 3 ..... 27.40 pkg. 

M82-530 Magazine ................... 8-5/8” x 11-1/8” .... 3 ..... 32.15 pkg. 

M82-531 Life Magazine ............ 11-1/4” x 14-1/4” .. 2 ..... 37.30 pkg. 

M82-532 Newspaper ................ 12” x 19” .............. 2 ..... 38.30 pkg. 

M82-533 Newspaper (Oversize) 14-1/4” x 19” ........ 2 ..... 44.70 pkg. 

M82-534 Stereo card ................ 3-3/4” x 7-1/4” ...... 2 ..... 20.55 pkg. 

M82-535 Postcard .................... 3-5/8” x 5-1/2” ...... 2 ..... 19.95 pkg. 

M82-536 Postcard (Large) and 

First Day Covers ........ 4-1/2” x 6-1/4” ...... 2 .. $23.95 pkg. 

Hollinger Backing Sheets For Ephemera Bags 

Display materials safely without the worry of bending or creasing. Ideal 

for Ephemera Bags, interleaving, mounting, custom folders and much 

more. Constructed of strong. 020 acid and lignin-free buffered Tan 

folder stock. 25 per package. 

® 

Stereo Sleeves Archival polyester 

Two sizes for stereoscopic card preservation. Crystal clear, 3 mil 

archival polyester protects the cards while allowing complete visibility. 



M82-510 3-5/8” x 7” ........................ $18.25 ................... $17.30 pkg. 

M82-511 4-9/16” x 7” ........................ 18.35 ..................... 17.45 pkg. 

Cat. # Dimensions Fits ephemera bag Price 

M82-540 9-1/8” x 12-1/4” ................... M82-526 ............ $33.00 pkg. 

M82-541 10-5/8” x 14-1/2” ................. M82-527 .............. 38.00 pkg. 

M82-544 8-1/2” x 11-1/8” ................... M82-530 .............. 25.00 pkg. 

M82-545 11” x 14-1/4” ....................... M82-531 .............. 38.00 pkg. 

M82-546 11-3/4” x 19” ....................... M82-532 .............. 68.00 pkg. 

M82-547 14” x 19” ............................. M82-533 ............. 71.00 pkg. 



Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

43

Cd/Dvd Preservation Discs and Albums 

New 

M11-035 

Archival Gold Preservation Discs 

The innovative materials and manufacturing method used to produce 

Archival Gold, rank them among the most reliable storage media 

available. Using National Institute of Standards and Technology testing, 

DVD-R has been shown to safely store your images over 100 years. 

The CD-Rs have been designed to safely store your images for more 

than 300 years. The use of patented Phthalocyanine dye and 24 karat 

Gold as a reflective layer, combines for maximum protection against 

environmental degrading. All discs include Scratch Armour coating, 

which protects the surface 10 times longer than uncoated media. 


M22-060 Archival Gold CD-R in PVC-free Jewel Case ......... $6.70 ea. 

M22-061 Archival Gold CD-R Spindle of 25 ...................... 110.00 pkg. 

M22-062 Archival Gold DVD-R in PVC-free Jewel Case ........ 8.50 ea. 

M22-063 Archival Gold DVD-R Spindle of 25 ................... 150.00 pkg. 

M11-035 Archival Gold CD/DVD Pen – Set of 2 Black .......... 6.95 set 

CD Archival Case 

Made of acid-free polypropylene for durability and resilience. 

Unique design suspends the disc in mid-air to protect the engraved 

layer. A patented self-releasing system prevents cracks, bends and 

warping of the disc. 

Cat. # 1+ 25+ 

M22-020 ....................................... $2.60 ............................. $2.45 ea. 

® 

CD Jewel Boxes Archival Safe! 

These Economical Jewel Boxes conveniently store discs and protects 

them from dust, dirt and other harmful materials. Jewel boxes are 

constructed of a clear styrene shell and a polypropylene insert that 

snugly holds discs. Colour: Clear. 


M97-225 1-Capacity ............... $1.25 ........ $1.15 ea. ........ $1.05 ea. 

M97-226 2-Capacity ................. 1.80 .......... 1.70 ea. .......... 1.55 ea. 

M22-051 

Archival Gold Blu-Ray 

(BD-R) Discs 

The Archival Gold Blu-Ray discs 

are the first archival grade 

M22-050 

product guaranteed to preserve 

data safely for over 200 years. 

In addition to unprecedented longevity standards, these BD-R discs 

boast a read/write speed of 4x, enabling a 25GB burn to be completed 

in only 23 minutes. All discs are coated with Scratch Armour surface 

protection, providing you with outstanding damage protection from 

scratches, fingerprints, stains, and more. 


M22-050 Archival Gold BD-R in PVC-free Jewel Case ..... $40.00 ea. 

M22-051 Archival Gold BD-R Spindle of 10 ................... 375.00 pkg. 

® 

CD Storage Case 

A durable substitute for vulnerable CD jewel boxes. These virtually 

unbreakable acid-free polypropylene cases have a unique jam-free 

fastening. The CD literature can be held in place in the lid as in an 

original box. Case measures 5-9/16”H x 4-7/8”W x 7/16”D. 

Cat. # 1+ 25+ 

M95-741 ................................................ $2.00 ...................... $1.80 ea. 

44 


Media Storage 

Hollinger Bully Box for phonograph records 

We carry Bully Box sizes to store 45 and 33 RPM phonograph records. 

We also have 4-mil archival polyester envelopes to fit both size records. 

Cat. # Description 1+ 5 + 

MH-30190 45 RPM 7-3/4”H x 7-3/4”W x 6”D .. $17.25 ... $16.40 ea. 

MH-30195 33 RPM 13”H x 13”W x 6”D ............ 28.00 ..... 26.60 ea. 

® 

Record Covers 4-mil archival polyester 

Provides long-term protection from dust, dirt and physical damage 

during handling and storage. Holds both album cover and record. 

Made to fit single record albums. 10 per package. 


M94-045 For 45 RPM 7-3/4” x 7-3/4” ....... $13.80 ....... $13.10 pkg. 

M94-033 For 33 RPM 12-3/4” x 12-3/4” ..... 20.60 ......... 19.60 pkg. 

® 

DVD Albums 

Polypropylene Construction 

Full sleeve albums with push button 

release and hold down clips for 

inserts. Economically priced and 

constructed of sturdy polypropylene. 

Clear. Dimensions: 7-1/2”H x 

5-1/4”W x 1/4”D. 


M97-001-CLR 1-Capacity ......................... $1.10 .................. $1.00 ea. 

M97-002-CLR 2-Capacity ........................... 1.20 .................... 1.10 ea. 

Hollinger 

Media Storage Boxes 

We now offer these specially designed Hollinger Boxes to hold valuable 

media collections. 

Compact Disc 


Holds 20 CDs in Jewel Case 

M10-372 6”H x 6-1/4”W x 10”L ................ $11.55 ......... $10.95 ea. 

VHS/DVD/Blu-Ray 


Holds 10 VHS or 20 DVDs or 26 Blu-Ray Cases 

MA-11730 5-1/8”H x 8-1/8”W x 12”L .......... $12.50 ........ $12.00 ea. 


Holds 14 VHS or 28 DVD or 36 Blu-Ray Cases 

MA-11731 5-1/8”H x 8-1/2”W x 16-1/2”L .... $15.15 ........ $14.45 ea. 


Audio Cassette Boxes 


Holds 18 Audio Cassettes in Cases 

MA-11705 3”H x 4-1/2”W x 12”L ................ $10.25 ........... $9.75 ea. 

MI-11705 Intercept Bottom Sheet .................. 0.85 ............. 0.80 ea. 

Holds 36 Audio Cassettes in Cases 

MA-11706 3”H x 9”W x 12”L ...................... $12.30 ......... $11.70 ea. 

MI-11706 Intercept Bottom Sheet .................. 1.55 ............. 1.45 ea. 

Audio Cassette Case 

Made from unbreakable, acid-free 

polypropylene. Built-in hubs securely 

hold cassette in place. Positive 

locking clasps provide secure closure. 

Cat. # 1+ 25+ 

M79-422 $0.50 ............. $0.45 ea. 

MA-11730 

® 

Tyvek Sleeves Protect your Discs 

Lightweight, white spunbound Tyvek is tough and won’t tear. The disc 

shows through the clear, plastic window. Dimensions: 4-7/8”H x 5”W. 

For CDs, DVDS, Blu-Ray discs or CD-ROMs. Colour: White. 


M95-122 With window ............................. $0.90 ................ $0.80 ea. 

M95-123 Without window .......................... 0.75 ................. 0.65 ea. 

Video Storage Cases 

Case is made of heavy-duty acid-free 

polypropylene. Protective hub located 

in the body of the case locks securely 

to hold tape in case while protective 

locking device keeps case closed. 

Rugged live hinges will withstand 

years of constant use. Dimensions: 

8”H x 4-5/8”W x 1-1/8”D. 


M97-245 Plain case ........................ $1.25 ........................ $0.95 ea. 

M97-234 w/full sleeve ...................... 1.50 .......................... 1.25 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

45

Archival Media Storage 

CD Binder 

and Intercept 

Pages 

These inert archival binders and Intercept binder pages provide the 

best archival storage for CD’s and DVD’s. This binder will hold up to 

20 pages (sold separately). Each Intercept binder page holds 8 CD’s or 

DVD’s. Research at Bell Labs has shown the four major causes of CD 

and DVD degradation to be ozone, UV Light, mould and mildew and 

electrostatic discharge. The Intercept interior in these binder pages 

offers state of the art protection against all four of these deleterious 

factors. Binder dimensions: 12-1/2”H x 11-9/16”W x 2-3/8” Spine. 


M97-205 Polypropylene Binder ........................................... $18.95 ea. 

M97-206 Intercept Binder Page – 5 per package ............... 11.95 pkg. 

CD Albums and Pages 

A durable and economical system for 

storing archival media. Binders are black 

and textured polyethylene and the pages 

have polypropylene pockets with black 

non woven interior material. Two album 

and page sizes available. Each album holds 

15 preservers. Preservers sold separately. 


11-7/8”H x 7-3/4”W x 2-3/8”D 

M81-014 Album for Four Capacity Preserver ...................... $15.00 ea. 

M81-013 Four Capacity Preserver – 25 pkg. ...................... 19.95 pkg. 

11-9/16”H x 12-1/2”W x 2-3/8”D 

M81-024 Album for Eight Capacity Preserver ..................... $19.95 ea. 

M81-025 Eight Capacity Preserver – 25 pkg. ..................... 23.00 pkg. 

Archivalware ® Disc Pockets 

With Corrosion Intercept ® Technology 

One side made of smooth Corrosion 

Intercept ® material and the other side is clear 

polyethylene. The flap is scored for easy 

tucking inside. Also available with adhesive 

backing which allows you to conveniently 

attach to books, brochures, photo albums, catalogues, etc. 


M83-354 Archivalware ® Pockets – 10 per package ............. $6.95 pkg. 

M83-355 Archivalware ® w/ Adhesive Back – 5 per package . 8.25 pkg. 

Corrosion Intercept ® CD Protectors 

Atmospheric ozone, ultraviolet light and static 

electricity can be potentially lethal for CDs. 

These new Corrosion Intercept ® 

CD Pockets offer protection from 

all three. The translucent Archival 

Polyester envelope allows you to 

see inside without removing the CD 

and subjecting it to handling static 

charge. Intercept is ESD safe and will 

allow you to discharge at a controlled 

rate, thereby protecting the CD. 25 per package. 

M97-220 .............................................................................. $23.70 pkg. 

Archivalware ® CD Storage System 

System is comprised of a sturdy 3-Ring Polypropylene Album and a 

matching Slipcase for easy stacking and light/dust protection. Album 

has a 1-1/2” D-Ring and will hold up to 120 CDs. Overall Dimensions: 

11-1/4”H x 11-7/8”W. Pages are 10-1/8”H x 10-3/4”W. Colour: Black. 


M83-370 CD Storage System ............................................ $29.95 ea. 

M97-206 8-Disc storage page, 5 per package ................... 11.95 pkg. 

M97-208 

Archivalware ® 

CD/DVD Storage Pages 

Contains Corrosion Intercept ® that will increase lifespan of your discs 

40 years or more. Protects against ozone and reactive oxygen that can 

cause the metal layer of discs to break down and oxidize, making it 

unreadable. Archivalware ® also prevents the growth of bacteria as well. 

Unique design of the Archivalware ® CD preservers provide full visibility 

of the label side of the disc while protecting the data side. The clear, 

UV protected film will not lift images from the face of laser, or inkjet 

produced labels. Fits standard 3-Ring binders. 5 per package. 

Cat. # Capacity Dimensions Price 

M97-207 4-Disc ............................ 10-1/8”H x 5-3/4”W ..... $9.60 pkg. 

M97-208 2-Disc (w/ Lit. Pocket) .. 11-3/8”H x 9-1/4”W ..... 11.95 pkg. 

Archivalware ® Jewel Case Inserts 

M97-207 

An easy-to-use, pressure sensitive disc of Corrosion Intercept ® 

polyethylene film can be placed easily and permanently into existing 

jewel cases or envelopes. Featuring Corrosion Intercept ® technology, 

each 4-1/2” circle of active protection is able to absorb organic gases 

and act as a barrier. Suitable for your music CDs, computer software, 

games, photo discs, etc. inside the closed container. Simply adhere 

Archivalware ® Inserts to the side of the jewel case or envelope that 

faces the readable (shiny side without label) side of the CD. Helps 

preserve all types of compact discs from atmospheric gases, mould 

and mildew, as well as outgassing by the media itself. Inert, acrylic 

pressure sensitive adhesive holds them in place. 10 per package. 

M61-011 .............................................................................. $12.50 pkg. 

46 


Media Storage Systems 

M81-066 

M81-063 

M81-068 

M81-067 

CD Sleeve with ID Strip 

M81-064 

M81-065 

Holds 2 CDs per sleeve. Constructed of polypropylene pockets with 

black non woven interior material. 1/2” header for indexing CDs. 

Includes 50 paper inserts. Key hole shaped opening for safe lifting of 

CDs from sleeve. 25 per package. 

M81-064 CD Sleeves ........................................................ $10.95 pkg. 

CD Tabbed Dividers 

Acid-free dividers 1/3 cut. Tabs are blue, green, and red. 4 of each per 

package. Dimensions: 5-7/8”H x 5-3/16”W. 12 per package. 

M81-065 Dividers ..............................................................$14.00 pkg. 

CD Storage Bins 

Works with both Print File ® Storage Box and the CD Flip Box. Choose ten 

or twenty CD capacity boxes. Attractive textured exterior. Colour: Black. 


M81-068 10 Capacity .................................................................. $9.95 

M81-063 20 Capacity ................................................................... 11.75 

CD Storage Box 

Stylish and durable Archival CD Storage Box with removable top. 

Buckram exterior with a Nickel plated label holder on front. Holds 

approximately 100 sleeved CDs or 25 polypropylene CD cases. 

Dimensions: 5-3/16”H x 5-1/2”W x 9-1/4”D. Colour: Black. 

M81-066 .................................................................................... $48.50 

CD-Flip Box 

Black linen finish over sturdy 80 pt acid-free and lignin-free board. 

Completely scuff proof and comes with metal edge construction. 

Fits 50 sleeved CDs or approximately 12 CD cases. Size: 6-1/4”H x 

5-5/8”W x 4-3/4”D 

M81-067 CD Flip Box ................................................................$22.00 

Secol “D-S” Media 

Archive System 

This system features an inert 

polyester based disc pocket with separate 

index pocket for catalogue data which stays permanently 

with the disc, giving each anonymous disc a clear and searchable 

identity. 50 pockets fit comfortably in the compact archive flip-top box 

to provide very easy searching of the index information and retrieval 

of a particular disc in seconds. The space reduction over normal jewel 

cases is around 80%. 7”H x 5-1/3”W x 3-3/4”D. Colour: Maroon. 


M82-514 Flip Top Storage Box .......................................... $44.45 ea. 

M82-515 Pocket with index card, 25 per package. ........... 37.25 pkg. 

New 

Media and Photo Storage Box 

Stores CD, DVD, Data tape or VHS tape 

This media storage box provides a superior level of protection. In 

response to the needs of the archival industry, Stil has designed 

a unique, ultra-modern box for safe storage. Exterior Dimensions: 

14-1/2” x 6-1/4” x 10-3/4”. Colour: Blue. 

• Made of inert polypropylene 

• Designed to ensure ventilation and stabilize humidity. 

• Protects media from dust and water 

• Sturdy and stackable — supports weight up to 25 Ibs. 

M22-003 ........................................................................................ $21.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

47

Audio and Film Reel Storage 

FilmGuard ® 

Film Reel 

Preservers 

Simply place the 

pressure sensitive 

disc of Corrosion 

Intercept into 

existing film cans 

or boxes. Each 

4-1/2” circle contains Corrosion Intercept Technology, absorbing 

organic gases and acting as a barrier for the film inside the closed 

container. Protects movie film from atmospheric gases, mold, mildew 

and out gassing from the media itself. Inert, acrylic pressure sensitive 

adhesive holds them in place. It is also ideal for preserving valuable 

audio and video tape. 


M98-017 FilmGuard Preservers - Pkg of 10 ...................... $11.95 pkg. 

M98-018 FilmGuard Preservers - Pkg of 100 ...................... 79.00 pkg. 

Film Reel Storage Boxes 

Developed in conjunction 

with a major motion 

picture studio, our 

Film Reel Boxes 

provide the best 

environment for 

stored movie film 

on reels. Boxes are made 

from an acid/lignin-free buffered 

board and feature a full telescoping lid to keep 

out dirt, dust and light. 


M19-019 1-1/2” H x 10-1/4” W x 10-1/4”L ............................... $22.50 

M19-020 1-1/2” H x 14-1/2” W x 14-5/8”L ................................. 25.00 

Film Cans 

The archival film can of STIL 

CASING SOLUTION ® has 

been conceived to answer 

all the criteria for film preservation. 

It is made of 100% 

inert prime polypropylene. 

These rust-proof cases are 

all interlocking and stackable, 

made possible by the design 

of the venting chimneys. 

Having air ventilation over 

and under the film eliminates 

deterioration and breakdown 

of the film. Please note: film 

reel not included. Colour: 

Standard Grey. 

Cat. # Dimensions Diameter Price 

M22-004 16mm x 400’ ......................... 7-1/2” .......................... $4.35 

M22-008 16mm x 800’ ........................... 10” .............................. 7.75 

M22-012 16mm x 1200’ ..................... 12-3/16” ......................... 8.95 

M22-017 16mm x 2000’ ...................... 14-7/8” ......................... 12.95 

M22-018 35mm x 1200’ ......................... 12” ............................ 10.60 

M22-019 35mm x 2000’ .................... 14-15/16” ...................... 13.50 

New 

Audio Tape Box 

Analog preservation 

Movie Film Button and String Tags 

New 

These ID tags are sized to wrap and hold film securely on the reel, 

during storage. The tan 10 pt. strips are acid-free, buffered (pH 8.5) and 

sized to fit either 16mm or 35mm film. Mark the ID information of the 

strip with our permanent pigma pens and secure the strips with the 

button and string enclosure – much safer than pressure sensitive or 

Velcro enclosures. 10 tags per package. 

Cat. # Film Size Tag Size Price 

M64-248 35mm ................ 1.375” x 40” ......................... $16.95 pkg. 

M64-249 16mm ................. 0.625”x 40” ........................... 16.95 pkg. 

To answer the needs of the audio industry, we offer a state-of-the-art 

magnetic tape box, for your reel-to-reel quarter inch audio tapes. It 

is made of inert polypropylene with antistatic properties, which has 

an exceptional life cycle (its vented properties stabilize the excessive 

relative humidity inside vaults). The unique case is moulded in one 

piece and is fully hinged. A locking lever protects the contents inside 

the container. The stabilizing system and the bottom grip allow the 

container to stand in an upright position for better storage and easier 

removal from a shelf. Colour: White. 


M22-000 1/2” H x 7-1/2” x 7-1/2” ................ $6.10 ............ $5.75 ea. 

M22-001 1/2” H x 11” x 11” .......................... 9.00 .............. 8.55 ea. 

M22-002 1/2” H x 12-1/4” x 12-1/4” ............ 13.50 ............ 12.85 ea. 

48 


Microform and Media Cabinets 

Vertical Fiche 

Filing Cabinets 

F Series 

High-density 

front-to-rear filing 

The F Series vertical filing 

cabinets are designed 

to give you the unique 

combination of maximum 

filing density and easy accessibility 

for active files. Now standard with all 

Russ Bassett F Series cabinets, Control Plates 

are incorporated into all drawers. The smooth plastic plates keep fiche 

from slipping and allow you to form a “working V” at any point on all 

rows. Each drawer comes with 27 plates. The conventional Mechanical 

Compressor is still available as a no-charge alternate if you prefer. 

Lifetime warranty. Please specify colour. 

Cat. # Description Capacity Height Price 

MF-5 5 Drawer .................. 64,400 ......... 28-7/8” ........... $2495.00 

MF-7 7 Drawer .................. 90,100 ......... 39-3/4” ............. 2975.00 

MF-10 10 Drawer .............. 128,800 ............... 56” ............. 3750.00 

*All F Series cabinets are 21-1/4”W and 28-5/8”D. 

*Add $100.00 for locks and add “L” after number. 

Vertical Roll Film 

Filing Cabinets 

R Series 

The R Series vertical 

cabinets are designed 

to provide maximum 

filing density for 16mm 

and 35mm Roll Film. 

Cartons or cartridges 

are filed front-to-rear for 

easy identification and 

access. Lifetime warranty. 

Please specify colour. 

Capacity 

Cat. # Description 16mm 35mm Height Price 

MR-6 6 Drawer .................. 780 ........ 480 ....... 28-7/8” .... $2650.00 

MR-8 8 Drawer ............... 1,040 ........ 640 ....... 39-3/4” ...... 3125.00 

MR-11 11 Drawer ............. 1,430 ........ 880 ....... 51-5/8” ...... 3865.00 

MR-12 12 Drawer ............. 1,560 ........ 960 ............. 56” ...... 3995.00 

*All R Series cabinets are 25”W and 28-5/8”D. 

*Add $100.00 for locks and add “L” after number. 

Russ Bassett Colours: Light Brown, Putty, Medium Brown, Medium 

Grey, Dark Brown, Black, Neutral Grey (recommended), Dark Grey, White. 

All Russ Bassett products are available from 

Carr McLean. 

Mixed Content Drawer 

M78-607 

Shown with optional casters. 

Media Storage Cabinets 

Cost efficient media storage system comes in a variety of sizes and 

styles to accommodate all media storage applications. Cabinets are 

made of 22-gauge steel and have a 3-point locking handle for security. 

All cabinets include the easy to install media drawers as specified 

below. 15 year warranty. Colour: Putty (-PTY). 

H x W x D 

Wt. 

Cat. # Dimensions Capacity Drawers Lbs. Price 

VHS/DVD Cabinets 

M78-600 42” x 36” x 18” ... 160 VHS/320 DVD .... 4 .... 196 ... $1035.00 

M78-601 72” x 36” x 18” ... 320 VHS/640 DVD .... 8 .... 356 ..... 1870.00 

M78-602 78” x 36” x 18” ... 360 VHS/720 DVD .... 9 .... 393 ..... 2100.00 

CD/Audio Cabinets 

M78-604 42” x 36” x 18” ....720 CD/360 Audio .... 4 .... 196 ... $1035.00 

M78-605 72” x 36” x 18” .. 1440 CD/720 Audio ... 8 .... 356 ..... 1870.00 

M78-606 78” x 36” x 18” .. 1620 CD/810 Audio ... 9 .... 393 ..... 2100.00 

Heavy Duty Mobile with 5” Casters 

M78-603 66” x 36” x 24” ... 240 VHS/480 DVD .... 6 ..... 340 ... $1795.00 

M78-607 66” x 36” x 24” .. 1080 CD/540 Audio ... 6 ..... 340 ..... 1795.00 

Microform Storage Cabinets 

Heavy-Duty All Metal Construction 

The standard features include full extension ball bearing slides with 

four adjustable/removable partitions and one compressor per drawer. 

Cabinets are 22”W x 28-1/8”D outside. The drawers are 4-7/16”H x 

19-3/8”W x 26-7/8”D inside. Storage capacity per drawer: 150 rolls of 

16mm microfilm, 80 rolls of 35mm microfilm or 7350 microfiche. All 

cabinets come with four levelling glides. Cabinets are fully lockable 

and are finished with a durable electro-static powder coat finish that 

provides a high quality fade and chip resistant surface. Partitions and 

compressors are finished in black only. Please specify colour: Black 

(-BLK), Putty (-PTY) or Grey (-GRY). 

Cat. # Description Height Wt. Lbs. Price 

M81-405 5 Drawer Cabinet ....... 27-5/8” ......... 165 ............. $995.00 

M81-410 10 Drawer Cabinet ..... 51-5/8” ......... 300 ............. 1695.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

49

Microfilm Boxes 

M82-041 

M82-042 

M82-049 

Hollinger Microfilm Master Cases 

We have four different sizes of storage cases in which to place your 

microfilm boxes. All are made of Hollinger .055, 8.5 pH, 3% buffered, 

lignin free, grey document board. Items MH-10532, MH-10530 

and MH-10520 are one-piece, hinged-lid metal stayed boxes. Item 

MH-10519 is a two-piece, metal stayed box with a separate lid. 


Holds five 35mm or ten 16mm Boxes 

MH-10532 4-1/8”H x 9-1/2”W x 4-1/8”D ........... $8.85 ..... $8.40 ea. 

MI-10532 Intercept Bottom Sheet ...................... 0.55 ........ 0.50 ea. 

Holds six 35mm or eleven 16mm Boxes 

MH-10530 4-1/8”H x 10-5/8”W x 4-1/8”D .......... $9.30 ...... $8.85 ea. 


Holds eight 35mm or fifteen 16mm Boxes 

MH-10520 4-1/8”H x 12-15/16”W x 4-1/8”D .... $10.00 ...... $9.55 ea. 


Holds twenty-four 35mm or forty-five 16mm Boxes 

MH-10519 4-1/8”H x 15”W x 12-1/2”D ............ $17.15 .... $16.30 ea. 


New 

Microfilm Boxes 

Made of acid-free PermaLife stock, these microfilm boxes give you 

the best protection for your film. No assembly required. Simply pop up 

and use! Surface is suitable for writing directly on box to identify the 

contents. Colour: Olde White. Minimum Order: 10. 


M82-041 35mm, 3-3/4”H x 3-3/4”W x 1-5/8”D . $1.00 ea. . $0.90 ea. 

MI-10500 Intercept Vertical Sheet ....................... 0.25 ea. ... 0.20 ea. 

M82-042 16mm, 3-3/4”H x 3-3/4”W x 1”D ........ 0.85 ea. .... 0.75 ea. 

MI-10500 Intercept Vertical Sheet ....................... 0.25 ea. ... 0.20 ea. 

One piece box made of solid blue/grey archival board with metal 

corners for lasting protection and convenient storage of 35mm 

microfilm reels. 


M82-049 1-5/8”H x 3-3/4”W x 3-3/4”D ...... $2.05 ea. ...... 1.95 ea. 

MI-10500 Intercept Vertical Sheet ................. 0.25 ea. ...... 0.20 ea. 

Microfilm Reel Tags 

Made from acid-free stock, with a button and string for rapid enclosing 

of reels of 16mm or 35mm 

microfilm. Space is allowed 

for lettering and the reel 

number on both 

sides. Both are 12” 

in length. 100 tags 

per package. 

Cat. # Description/Dimensions 1+ 5+ 

M81-864 35 mm, 1-3/8”H x 12”L ................ $68.00 ....... $64.60 pkg. 

M81-865 16 mm, 5/8”H x 12”L ...................... 65.00 ..........61.75 pkg. 

Hollinger Intercept Microfilm Boxes 

The newest, most innovative, effective technology in the preservation/ 

conservation/ archival community is now available from Carr Mclean. 

The Hollinger Intercept Microfilm Boxes have integrated intercept with 

our high quality archival board, resulting in an archival board that simply 

provides better protection. (See page 1 for detailed specifications.) 


MB-10490 35mm, 1-9/16”H x 3-3/4”W x 3-3/4”D .. $3.25 .. $3.05 ea. 

MB-3375 16mm, 3/4”H x 3-3/4”W x 3-3/4”D ......... 3.25 .... 3.05 ea. 

Neutracor 

Microfilm Box 

Constructed from super 

strong 200 lb. Neutracor , 

a Canadian made acid-free 

corrugated cardboard. 

Neutracor features a solid 

12 point lignin-free bleached 

liner board (white in colour) with a 

pH level of 6.5 to 7. Box will hold up to 

twenty-four 35mm or forty-five 16mm boxes. 

Boxes are shipped flat (one piece construction). 



M95-367 4”H x 15-5/8”W x 12-11/16”D ... $11.15 ea. .. $10.60 ea. 

50 


TM 

Microfiche and Multipurpose Boxes 

M82-050 

Hollinger Microfiche Boxes 

We have two archival microfiche boxes. M82-050 is a one-piece, 

hinged-lid, metal stayed box 4” deep. MH-10512 is a two-piece, 

removable 1-1/2” lid, metal stayed box 12” deep. 


M82-050 4-1/4”H x 6-1/8”W x 4”D .............. $9.15 ......... $8.70 ea. 

MI-10510 Intercept Bottom Sheet ................... 0.45 ........... 0.40 ea. 

MH-10512 5”H x 6-1/4”W x 12”D ................ $14.00 ........ $13.30 ea. 

MI-10512 Intercept Bottom Sheet ................... 1.10 ........... 1.00 ea. 

Hollinger Intercept Microfiche Boxes 

The newest, most innovative, 

effective technology in the 

preservation/ conservation/ 

archival community is now 

available from Carr Mclean. 

The Hollinger Intercept 

Microfiche Boxes have 

integrated intercept with our 

high quality archival board, resulting in an 

archival board that provides better protection. 

New 

(See page 1 for detailed specifications.) 


MB-10510 Hinged Lid, 4-3/4” x 6-1/4” x 4” ... $14.25 ....... $13.50 ea. 

MB-10512 Short Lid, 4-3/4” x 12” x 6-1/4” ..... 17.80 ......... 16.90 ea. 

MB-10515 Fold Up, 5” x 14-3/4” x 6-1/2” ....... 22.95 ......... 21.50 ea. 

Acid-Free Fiche Envelopes 

Plain envelopes for regular 4” x 6” fiche enable custom identification 

system. Acid and fibre free stock, 1/2” dropfront. 500 per package. 


M73-401 4-1/4”H x 6-1/6”W ...................... $34.95 ..... $33.20 pkg. 

Microfiche Dividers Acid/lignin-free 

unbuffered 20 pt. microfiche identification 

guides enable separation and organization 

of fiche for easy retrieval. Designed to fit 

our microfiche boxes. Dimensions: 4-3/4”H 

x 6”W. Minimum Order: 25. 

Cat. # 25+ 100+ 

MH-10518 ........... $1.45 ea. ......... $1.35 ea. 

A-D Strips 

Film base deterioration 

monitors 

from the Image 

Permanence 

Institute 

MH-10512 

M73-401 

The main purpose of 

A-D Strips is to determine 

the approximate extent of 

acetate support degradation in 

individual films, but they may also be used as 

a survey tool for gaining an overview of the condition of 

films in an entire collection and for providing a very accurate picture of 

storage and duplication needs. Included: 250 detector strips, a colour 

reference pencil and complete instructions. 

M82-428 ..................................................................................... $115.20 

The Hollinger Multipurpose Shoe Box 

These versatile boxes are used for the storage of artifacts, index 

cards, postcards and negative envelopes as well as variety of records, 

documents and valuables. All of our “shoe boxes” are 12” long with a 

removable lid. 


3-1/8”H x 5-1/8”W x 12”L, For 3” x 5” Cards 

MA-11710 Archives Grey/White....... $8.55 ..... $7.95 ea. ..... $7.75 ea. 

MH-11710 Hollinger Grey/White ...... 10.85 .... 10.30 ea. ....... 9.80 ea. 

MI-11710 Intercept Bottom Sheet .... 0.85 ....... 0.80 ea. ....... 0.75 ea. 

As above with Full Telescoping lid with added depth to accommodate 

index guides. 3-1/2”H x 5-1/8”W x 12”L, For 3” x 5” cards 

MA-11715 Archives Grey/White..... $10.75 ...$10.20 ea. ..... $9.70 ea. 

MH-11715 Hollinger Grey/White ...... 12.95 ..... 12.30 ea. ..... 11.70 ea. 

MI-11710 Intercept Bottom Sheet .... 0.85 ...... 0.80 ea. ...... 0.75 ea. 


MA-11720 Archives Grey/White..... $11.10 ...$10.55 ea. .. $10.00 ea. 


MI-11720 Intercept Bottom Sheet .... 1.00 ...... 0.95 ea. ....... 0.90 ea 


MA-11730 Archives Grey/White..... $12.50 ...$12.00 ea. ... $11.25 ea. 


MI-11730 Intercept Bottom Sheet .... 1.35 ....... 1.25 ea. ...... 1.15 ea. 

4-1/2”H x 5-3/4”W x 12”L, For 4” x 5” Negative Envelopes 

MA-11740 Archives Grey/White..... $11.50 .. $10.95 ea. .. $10.40 ea. 




MA-11750 Archives Grey/White..... $12.60 ..$12.00 ea. .. $11.35 ea. 

MH-11750 Hollinger Grey/White .......15.70 .... 14.90 ea. ..... 14.15 ea. 



MA-11760 Archives Grey/White......$18.30 ..$17.45 ea. ... $16.50 ea. 


MI-11760 Intercept Bottom Sheet .. 1.75 ...... 1.65 ea. ...... 1.55 ea. 

9-1/8”H x 6-1/8”W x 12”L, For 6” x 9” Envelopes 

MA-11770 Archives Grey/White..... $14.75 ...$14.00 ea. ... $13.30 ea. 


MI-11720 Intercept Bottom Sheet .... 1.00 ....... 0.95 ea. ..... 0.90 ea. 

11-1/4”H x 8-3/4”W x 12”L, For Letter Size Vertical 

MA-11780 Archives Grey/White ....$19.15 ...$18.20 ea. ... $17.30 ea. 

MH-11780 Hollinger Grey/White ..... 22.00 ..... 20.90 ea. ..... 19.85 ea. 




Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

51

Artifact Storage Boxes 

Partition Trays 

For letter/legal 

storage boxes 

Artifact Box and Insert Trays 

To store your artifacts we offer a Master Box with four sizes of trays 

(sold separately) which can be arranged in the Master Box in a large 

variety of configurations to fit the specific needs of a given collection. 

Master Box and trays are made with .060 caliper Hollinger Fiberboard 

which meets ANSI IT9.2 Standards. 


Artifacts Master Box w/Full Lid 

M95-300 3-1/4”H x 20” x 20” ............... $22.00 ............... $21.00 ea. 


Artifacts Tray (4 fit in Master Box) 

M95-301 3”H x 9-3/4” x 9-3/4” ................. $7.15 ................. $6.80 ea. 


M95-302 3”H x 9-3/4” x 4-3/4” ................. $5.70 ................. $5.40 ea. 


M95-303 3”H x 4-3/4” x 4-3/4” ................. $5.60 ................. $5.35 ea. 


M95-304 3”H x 3-1/8” x 3-1/8” ................. $5.15 ................. $4.90 ea. 

Partition Trays are 

designed to fit inside 

our Record Storage Boxes 

(featured on page 4). These 

trays feature a non-buffered, 

neutral pH, lignin and sulphurfree 

surface. Trays have compartments to hold artifacts, and will slide 

neatly into Record Storage boxes for safe, secure storage. Select trays 

with either 4, 6 or 15 separate compartments. These sturdy trays 

have metal corners for superior rigidity and nylon pull strings for easy, 

effortless removal. Two large, four-compartment trays will fit in each 

box, while four of either the six or 15 compartment trays will fit. You 

can mix and match, paying attention to the depth of the trays you need. 

Optional lid (M82-630) available for stand alone use. 


M82-507 15 – Compartment 2-1/2”H x 2-3/4” x 3-3/4” ............ $21.00 

M82-508 6 – Compartment 2-1/2”H x 4-3/4” x 5-3/4” ................ 21.00 

M82-509 4 – Compartment 5”H x 7-1/4” x 5-3/4” ...................... 27.30 

M82-630 Lid for Partition Trays – 2-1/2”deep .............................. 11.30 

Neutracor Artifact Storage Box 

These boxes are constructed 

from super strong 200 lb. 

Neutracor , a Canadian 

made acid-free B-flute 

corrugated cardboard. 

Neutracor features a 

solid 12 point ligninfree 

bleached liner board 

(white in colour) with a pH 

level of 6.5 to 7. The box size is 

4”H x 15-5/8”W x 12-11/16”D with 

dividers available to partition the box if 

required. Boxes are shipped flat (one piece 

construction). Minimum order: 5 


M95-367 Neutracor Artifact Storage Box .... $11.15 ea. .... $10.60 ea. 

M95-371 Dividers set of 6 (3-large, 3-small) .... 5.65 set. ........ 5.35 set 

Small Artifacts Box 

Artifact box measures 2”H x 11”W x 6”L and includes twenty 

2”H x 2”W x 1-1/2”D trays which are perfect for storing buttons, 

badges, medals, costume jewelry, pocket watches, slides — if it’s 

small, these non-buffered trays will hold it. 


MH-11410 Artifacts Box, 2”H x 11”W x 6”L ........ $20.80 .. $19.75 ea. 

MI-11410 Intercept Bottom Sheet ........................... 1.10 ...... 1.00 ea. 

MH-11030 Additional Trays, 2”H x 2”W x 1-1/2”D ... 0.65 ...... 0.60 ea. 

52 


Hollinger 

Artifact Boxes 

With Removable Partitions 

These high quality boxes are made with grey 8.5 pH buffered archival 

B-flute corrugated board. They fit well on standard storage shelves. 

Boxes come with 6 piece partitions, which facilitate numerous different 

storage configurations. Bottom hand holes provide ease of handling 

without exposing the contents of the box to the outside air. 


M82-153 6-1/4”H x 12-1/2”W x 23-3/4”L .................................. $42.50 

M82-154 6-1/4”H x 12-1/2”W x 15”L .......................................... 34.50

Artifact Display 

® 

Artifact Storage 

Boxes 

Clear textured, acid-free, 

polypropylene artifact boxes feature 

full visibility and metal edging, for 

strength and durability. Telescoping 

lids protect artifacts from dirt, dust 

and moisture. Use separately for 

specimen and storage trays. 5 per package. 


M10-790 1-1/4”H x 2-3/4”W x 2-3/4”L .............................. $14.00 pkg. 

M10-791 1-1/4”H x 3-3/4”W x 4-3/4”L ................................ 15.70 pkg. 

M10-792 1-1/2”H x 4-3/4”W x 6-1/2”L ................................ 25.50 pkg. 

M10-793 1-1/2”H x 5-3/4”W x 7-1/2”L ................................ 34.95 pkg. 

Crystal Clear Artifact Boxes 

Friction Fit 

Magnifier Box 

Hinged Lid 

Crystal Clear Artifact Boxes 

Display your collectables and artifacts in these attractive crystal clear show 

boxes. Comes with reversible 9/16” black-opaque base. 10 per package. 

Polyester Artifact Storage Boxes 

Made from 20 point archival polyester, with metal edged corners, for 

strength and durability. The high clarity of polyester is ideal to protect 

and display artifacts without removing the lid. For cushioning artifacts 

we recommend our polyester batting (see page 57). 5 per package. 


M15-561 1-1/4”H x 2-3/4”W x 2-3/4”L .............................. $33.00 pkg. 

M15-562 1-1/4”H x 3-3/4”W x 4”L ...................................... 49.65 pkg. 

M15-563 1-1/2”H x 4-3/4”W x 6-1/2”L ................................ 75.00 pkg. 

M15-564 1-1/2”H x 5-3/4”W x 7-1/2”L .............................. 105.00 pkg. 

Millennium Small 

Artifact Box 

Clamshell Style 

Sturdy, durable and easy to 

assemble. Each box assembles 

quickly and easily without the need of 

adhesives or separate fasteners. The e-flute 

corrugated board contains a 3% calcium carbonate 

buffer, pH 8.0 to 9.5 and is lignin-free. Perfect for your smallest 

artifacts. Colour: blue/grey. 5 per package. 


M82-155 1-1/4”H x 6”W x 4”D ............. $14.40 .............. $13.70 pkg. 

Cat. # Outside Dimension Price 

M13-115 2-3/16”H x 1-3/16”W x 1-3/16”L ........................ $15.95 pkg. 

M13-116 2-7/8”H x 1-3/16”W x 1-3/16”L ............................ 16.70 pkg. 

M13-117 2-1/2”H x 1-5/8”W x 1-5/8”L ................................ 20.00 pkg. 

M13-118 2-3/4”H x 1-7/16”W x 1-7/16”L ............................ 22.00 pkg. 

M13-119 3-3/8”H x 2-5/16”W x 2-5/16”L ............................ 29.70 pkg. 

M13-120 5-5/16”H x 2-5/16”W x 2-5/16”L .......................... 35.00 pkg. 

Polystyrene Display Boxes 

A selection of multi–use polystyrene display boxes available in a variety of 

sizes. Choose from magnifier, friction fit or hinged lid. 10 per package. 

Magnifier Box 

Cat. # Description Outside Dimensions Price 

M13-100 4xOptical lens top ... 7/8”H x 1”W x 1”L ...........$14.65 pkg. 

M13-101 3xOptical lens top 1-1/2”H x 1-1/2”W x 1-1/2”L ...34.60 pkg. 

Friction Fit 

Cat. # Inside Dimensions Price 

M13-102 11/16”H x 11/16”W x 7/8”L ................................ $5.95 pkg. 

M13-103 3/4”H x 7/8”W x 7/8”L .......................................... 6.50 pkg. 

M13-104 7/8”H x 1”W x 1”L .............................................. 13.95 pkg. 

M13-105 13/16”H x 1-1/8”W x 1-1/8”L .............................. 14.50 pkg. 

M13-106 1-3/8”H x 2-3/4”W x 3-3/8”L ............................... 20.50 pkg. 

M13-107 4”H x 3-3/4”W x 3-3/4”L ..................................... 42.00 pkg. 

Hinged Lid 

Cat. # Inside Dimensions Price 

M13-108 1/4”H x 1”W x 1”L .............................................. $3.95 pkg. 

M13-109 1/2”H x 1”W x 1”L ................................................ 4.25 pkg. 

M13-110 1/2”H x 1-1/4”W x 1-1/4”L .................................... 6.95 pkg. 

M13-111 1”H x 1-1/4”W x 1-1/4”L ....................................... 7.50 pkg. 

M13-112 1/4”H x 2”W x 2”L ................................................ 9.40 pkg. 

M13-113 1”H x 2”W x 2”L ................................................. 13.75 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

53

Artifact and Specimen Supplies 

Coroplast ® 

Archaeological 

Storage Boxes 

New 

Resistall #36 Paper 

from Byron Weston 

Paper Co. 

Thanks to the requests and 

efforts of so many Natural 

History Professionals we are 

pleased to be able to offer 

Resistall. For years, Resistall 

has been used to label “wet” 

natural history collections (those 

specimens stored in alcohol 

or formaldehyde), based on its 

ability to maintain dimensional 

stability even when wet. The 

long, stable, 100% cotton fibres 

of this material are specially treated for longevity, superior wet 

strength and durability. Note: Not Acid-Free. 100 sheets per package. 

Cat# Sub. Wt. Price 

Sheets for Printing. Laser Printer or Xerographic Copier (8-1/2”x 11”) 

M64-246 36lbs .................................................................. $45.00 pkg. 

Large Sheets (18” x 23”) 

M64-247 36lbs ............................................................... $165.00 pkg. 

This two-piece white 

box is similar to the 

storage cartons made 

for archaeologists for 

many years. Made of 

3mm inert corrugated 

polypropylene. It is shipped flat and easily folds into an assembled 

box without requiring any glue, tape or stitching. Dimensions: 6”H x 

16-1/4”W x 16-1/4”L with separate lid 3” in depth. 

Cat. # 1+ 10+ 

M41-726 .............................. $20.35 ................................... $19.30 ea. 

Dividers can be used to partition the carton in 15 different configurations. 

From two to six dividers can be used when segmenting the carton. 

M41-727 ................................................................................. $1.25 ea. 

Species Folder 

Acid Free Twine 

Our Species Folder is made of acid-free, 

buffered, 80# text. This archival Species 

Folder is folded from size 16-1/2”x 

23-1/8” to 16-1/2”x 11-9/16”. Colour: 

Pale Cream. 100 per package. 

M64-270 ............................... $62.50 pkg. 

New 

Rapidograph ® Technical Stainless Steel Tip Pens 

The industry leader incorporates their best technology into these 

technical pens. Used by artists, architects, designers, engineers, and 

hobbyists to produce precise, consistent ink lines for any application. 

Ideal for marking museum objects using the acryloid B-72 method. 

Also great for permanent markings of paper objects and scrapbooks. 

Permanent Black India Ink sold separately. 


M64-153 Rapidograph Technical Pen ....................................... $34.95 

M64-167 Black India Ink, 1 oz Bottle .......................................... 15.25 

New 

This acid free, archival twine is soft, natural 

white and ideal for tying labels, binding, 

bundling and attaching identification tags. It 

comes in a convenient dispenser, complete 

with a built-in cutting blade. It is made from 

100% polyester, is single twisted (does 

not unravel) and is very strong for its 1mm 

thickness (with a minimum-breaking load of 

16 kilos). 110-yard roll. 

M17-033 ..................................... $15.95 roll 

New 

Specimen Pins 

These special specimen pins feature a nylon head 

and angle ground points. A hard, black lacquered 

finish guards against rust. Five thicknesses available, 

each measuring 37mm long. 100 per package. 


M64-222 Size 1 .............................. $18.95 pkg. 

M64-223 Size 2 ................................ 18.95 pkg. 

M64-224 Size 3 ................................ 18.95 pkg. 

M64-225 Size 00 .............................. 18.95 pkg. 

M64-226 Size 000 ............................ 18.95 pkg. 

Insect Pinning Box 

This fully telescoping box is constructed of 

tan, unbuffered 40 pt. Board, with metal 

edged corners for additional strength. No 

adhesives, which might attract insects, have 

been used. Each box has been lined with 

archival safe 1/4” Volara polyethylene foam. 


M64-221 2”H x 8”W x 10”L ......... $15.60 

54 


Artifact Identification 

Liquid Label Acryloid B-72 

The perfect solution for labelling museum objects. Liquid Label 

is chemically stable, has excellent aging characteristics, doesn’t curl or 

flake, and is removable with acetone if the object must be re-numbered. 

Clear is for labelling light coloured objects. White is for labelling dark 

coloured objects. Use with pigment-based pens (Not to be used on 

paper, textiles or lacquered objects.) 1-1/4 oz. Note: Clean lid before 

sealing. 


M64-188 Clear ...................................................................... $14.75 

M64-189 White ...................................................................... 14.75 

M64-187 Set (Clear/White) .................................................... 24.95 

M95-442-BLK Identi-Pen (Black)...................................................... 4.60 

Tyvek Tags ® 

Strong tearproof tags 

Identify artifacts and specimens 

with these strong tearproof tags 

that can be used outside, since 

moisture will not affect them. 

Tyvek is strong, lightweight, 

acid-free, water resistant, resistant 

to harsh chemicals, low linting, 

easily printed. Tag has eyelet 

reinforced hole, supplied without 

ties. 100 per package. 


M95-012 2” x 3” .............................................................. $26.30 pkg. 

M95-011 4” x 6” ................................................................ 54.25 pkg. 

® 

® 

Artifact ID Kit 

Many of the essentials are included in this convenient identification kit 

to properly identify museum artifacts. All can be efficiently stored in 

this Hollinger Artifact box with inserts. 

KIT INCLUDES: 

• 1 - Film marking pen for glass, plastic, polyester, slides and many 

other smooth surfaces. 

• 1 - pH testing pen for distinguishing between safe alkaline and 

unsafe acidic paper or board. 

• 1 - Medium point pigma pen for ID tags. 

• 1 - 5/0 spotters brush for extra fine detailing and labelling. Also 

used for applying Acryloid B-72. 

• 1 - 1oz Acryloid B-72 Lacquer - White 

• 1 - 1oz Acryloid B-72 Lacquer - Clear 

• 3 - Pairs of quality cotton gloves to handle objects 

• 1 - Stabilo marking pencil for paper, glass and metal 

• 20 - Bleached and cleaned Cheesecloths for cleaning 

• 1 - 1oz bottle of Black Actinic ® Ink for writing and stamping 

• 1 - Microperm ® Pen 

• 1 - 12 yard roll of cloth labelling tape 

• 1 - Package of 100 Artifact ID Tags 

• 1 - Artifact Storage Box with inserts 

M95-776 Artifact Identification Kit ......................................... $142.00 

® 

Artifact Identification Tags 

Identify artifacts or specimens 

with acid-free Artifact ID Tags. 

Made of 10-point off-white 

archival tag stock which is both 

acid and lignin free to last for 

hundreds of years. Tags have 

strong strings for attaching 

and are available in 4 sizes for a 

variety of uses. M95-013 is ideal 

for barcode labelling. 



M95-015 3/4” x 7/8” ....................... $19.95 ....................$18.95 pkg. 

M95-016 1-1/2” x 3” .......................... 26.00 ......................24.70 pkg. 

M95-017 3” x 5” ................................ 31.00 ..................... 29.45 pkg. 

M95-013* 1-1/2” x 3-1/2” .................... 26.90 ......................25.55 pkg. 

Tyvek ® Tying Tape Labels 

These Tyvek labels have two slots to thread through unbleached cotton 

tying tape. The labels are used for cataloguing and detailing notes when 

tying together bundles of papers, books and documents. They can be 

used outdoors as they withstand water, are very strong and will not 

split. Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our Pigma Pens for 

acid-free permanent lettering. Dimensions: 4” x 3”. 100 per package. 

M95-165 ................................................................................ $32.80 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

55

TM 

Textile Storage Boxes 

Hollinger 


Smooth storage boxes with full depth lids for your finest textiles. Made 

from grey/white pH 8.5 buffered board and supplied with 20 sheets of 

20” x 30” tissue to store your finest textiles. 


4”H x 30”W x 18”L, Full Depth Lid 

MA-10786 Archives Grey/White .................... $45.80 ........ $43.60 ea. 

MH-10786 Hollinger Grey/White ..................... 56.90 .......... 54.00 ea. 

MI-10785 Intercept Bottom Sheet ................... 7.50 ............ 7.25 ea. 




MI-10785 Intercept Bottom Sheet ................... 7.50 ............ 7.25 ea. 











Archivart ® Textile, 

Costume and Artifact Storage Boxes 

They are made from single wall Archivart Multi-Use Board, the special 

quality B-flute corrugated board averaging 125 pt. (3.175 mm) caliper 

and using a solidly dyed light blue grey paper made from selected 

chemical pulp which is acid-free, lignin-free treated with fungicide, and 

buffered against acid deterioration. A water-resistant, modified starch 

adhesive of neutral pH is used for corrugating. 

Packed flat for ultimate economy in shipping, storage and 

handling. Each box assembles quickly and easily without the need 

for separate fasteners. All major support panels of the boxes are 

designed to have double or even triple walls to provide for extra 

strength and rigidity. 2-piece construction (separate tops and bottoms). 

Cat. # Outside Dimensions 1+ 10+ 

M7-0700 6”H x 30”W x 18”L ................ $64.00 .............. $60.80 ea. 

M7-0709 6”H x 30”W x 24”L .................. 86.00 ................ 82.00 ea. 

M7-0704 6”H x 40”W x 18”L .................. 74.00 ................ 70.00 ea. 

M7-0716 3”H x 48”W x 32”L ...................99.00 .................94.00 ea. 

M7-0712 6”H x 60”W x 18”L ................ 107.00 .............. 102.00 ea. 

M7-0714 5-1/2”H x 60”W x 28”L .......... 166.00 .............. 158.00 ea. 

Divider Trays 

These divider trays fit a 6”H x 30”W x 18”L acid-free textile storage 

box (Cat. # M7-0700), enabling the conservator to compartmentalize 

each box into two levels. The trays rest on each other, fitting exactly 

into each box. Two trays form a complete unit with the rim of the 

lower tray supporting the tray on top. All trays are made with finger 

slots for easy lifting. Dimensions: 28-3/4” x 16-3/4” x 2-3/4” 

M7-0720 ........................................................................................ $27.20 

® 


Beautifully crafted boxes designed to preserve precious costumes and 

other textiles. Constructed of sturdy B-flute corrugated board. Shipped 

flat to save space and costly shipping charges. Assembles in seconds. 

Acid-free, lignin-free, pH 8.0-9.0, 3% calcium carbonate buffer, passes 

P.A.T. 


M10-788 6”H x 18”W x 30”D ............. $38.00 ...................$36.00 ea. 

M10-789 6”H x 18”W x 40”D ............... 40.00 .....................38.00 ea. 

® 

Textile Storage Kits 

Safely store gowns, dresses, uniforms and other garments with these 

convenient textile storage kits. Included are standard archival essentials 

to aid in preserving your valuable materials. 

Kits Include: 

• 20 Sheets of 20” x 30” Acid Free Tissue 

• 3 Textile Storage Bags 50” x 36” • 1 Hollinger Storage Box 

• 1 Pair of Cotton Gloves Plus 

• 1 Intercept Bottom Sheet 


M10-785 6”H x 30” W x 18”L ................................................ $69.50 

M10-787 5”H x 36” W x 22”L .................................................. 80.00 

56 


New 

Textile Storage 

Hat Preservation Box 

Roomy and tall, this box will 

allow you to store your classic 

collection without crushing the 

original hat construction and 

fragile cloth materials. Made 

from heavy-duty, 60’ blue/grey 

buffered board (pH 8.5) and 

constructed with metal edges 

for added support during storage 

and handling. Each box comes with a 2” short lid for easy access; an 

optional windowed lid is available for easy identification of hats during 

storage and display. Dimensions: 12-1/2”H x 13-1/2” square. 


M15-520 Box with Solid Lid ....................................................... $51.85 

M15-521 Box with Window Lid .................................................. 56.70 


Polyester 

Batting 

1” Loft 

Line drawers 

and cushion 

boxes to protect 

fragile artifacts and 

specimens. Ideal 

for padding valuable 

textiles and paintings in shipping. Polyester batting is thermobonded to 

eliminate resin and is completely pH neutral. 40”W x 20 yards. 

M82-900 ................................................................................. $95.00 roll 

Cloth Labelling Tape 

Hollinger Intercept 

Textile Boxes 

The newest, most 

innovative, effective 

technology in the preservation/ 

conservation/ 

archival community is now 

available from Carr Mclean. 

The Hollinger Intercept Textile Boxes 

have integrated intercept with our high quality 

archival board resulting in an archival board that simply 

provides better protection. (See pg. 1 for detailed specifications). 


MB-10785 6”H x 18”W x 30”L .................. $70.00 ............ $66.50 ea. 

MB-10787 8”H x 22”W x 34”L .................... 82.00 .............. 78.00 ea. 

Cotton twill cloth tape is perfect for labelling, cataloguing or 

indicating ownership of costumes, quilts, coverlets, cloth items 

such as hats, gloves and rugs. Use a permanent acid-free pen with 

permanent washable ink (see Pigma Pens) to mark the cloth tape 

then sew on to fabric. 1” x 72 yards 

M95-376 ................................................................................. $33.75 roll 

Hollinger Bully Boxes 

Our “Bully” boxes are two piece cartons with a 4” lid. They are made 

of heavy-duty corrugated board which meets all the standards of ANSI 

IT9.2. This material is lignin-free and 3% calcium carbonate buffered 

with a minimum pH 8.5. They are setup with buffered, water-resistant 

adhesive and are shipped fully assembled. The Bully is designed for 

storage of a complete variety of items such as documents, textiles, 

personal items and collectibles of all types. These boxes can safely be 

stacked upon each other to a height of 36”. 


MH-30010 6”H x 12”W x 12”L ................... $26.35 .............. $25.00 ea. 

MH-30020 6”H x 18”W x 12”L ..................... 30.40 ................ 28.85 ea. 

MH-30030 6”H x 18”W x 18”L ..................... 31.90 ................ 30.35 ea. 

MH-30040 6”H x 24”W x 12”L ..................... 31.40 ................ 29.85 ea. 

MH-30050 6”H x 24”W x 18”L ..................... 33.00 ................ 31.40 ea. 

MH-30060 6”H x 24”W x 24”L ..................... 35.50 ................ 33.75 ea. 

MH-30070 6”H x 36”W x 12”L ..................... 37.00 ................ 35.00 ea. 

MH-30080 6”H x 36”W x 18”L ..................... 42.25 ................ 40.10 ea. 

MH-30100 12”H x 18”W x 12”L ................. $34.00 .............. $32.30 ea. 

MH-30110 12”H x 18”W x 18”L ................... 40.15 ................ 38.15 ea. 

MH-30120 12”H x 24”W x 12”L ................... 38.30 ................ 36.40 ea. 

MH-30130 12”H x 24”W x 18”L ................... 42.75 ................ 40.60 ea. 

MH-30150 12”H x 36”W x 12”L ................... 43.00 ................ 40.85 ea. 

MH-30160 12”H x 36”W x 18”L ................... 47.90 ................ 45.50 ea. 

MH-30170 12”H x 36”W x 24”L ................... 61.80 .................58.70 ea. 

MH-30180 15”H x 40”W x 24”L ................. $72.00 .............. $68.40 ea. 

Coroplast ® Box 

with separate lid 

Manufactured from 

Canadian made 

Coroplast ® Corrugated 

Plastic, a rigid, heat 

resistant, chemically 

stable copolymer of 

90% polypropylene 

and 10% polyethylene. 

It is ideally suited 

for archival storage 

such as textiles, blueprints, charts or maps. Long sides may be further 

secured with self adhesive Velcro dots. Dimensions: 5”H x 48”W x 

9”D with separate lid 2”D. Colour: White. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M41-725 ...................................... $21.40 .............................. $20.35 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

57

Textile Mounting Accessories 

Working Fabrics 

Storage mounts, moving mounts, dust-free storage, mannequins, 

textile display... whatever you can think of, these “working fabrics” 

are a great help. We offer a selection of various muslins, flannels, 

stockinette and twill tapes. The muslin, flannel and twill are unbleached, 

undyed, sizing-free and natural coloured. The stockinette is 100% 

polyester snowy white. 

Muslin 100% cotton muslin, unbleached and unsized, for textile 

mounts, covering mannequins, internal forms, etc. Offered in two 

weights: the lighter 68 square thread-count fabric has a very nice drape 

similar to batiste, and is completely resin free; the heavier 200 square 

thread-count fabric is a durable-press muslin similar to broadcloth. The 

muslins are sold in 5 yard lengths. 


M21-400 68 square Cotton Muslin, 45” wide ................... $51.00 roll 

M21-401 200 square Cotton Muslin, 45” wide ................... 89.00 roll 

Polyester Stockinette We now have 100% polyester stockinette. 

We’re offering widths of 3”, 6” and 10”. The polyester offers more 

slip than cotton or cotton/poly. The slip is good for use on mannequins, 

as it helps ease the clothes onto the form. It stretches to about twice 

its width. Sold in 25 yard long rolls. 


M21-430 3” Polyester Stockinette ..................................... $69.00 roll 

M21-431 6” Polyester Stockinette ..................................... 110.00 roll 

M21-432 10” Polyester Stockinette ................................... 155.00 roll 

Twill Tape A lovely unbleached, unsized 100% cotton twill tape, finer 

and softer than others we’ve found. Very useful for making storage 

mounts, for packing and shipping, and for a host of other installation 

needs. Sold in 36 yard rolls (33m) and in four widths. Some rolls may 

contain splices. 


M21-450 1/4” Twill Tape ................................................... $22.25 roll 

M21-451 1/2” Twill Tape ..................................................... 26.75 roll 

M21-452 3/4” Twill Tape ..................................................... 29.20 roll 

M21-453 1” Twill Tape ..................................................... 38.70 roll 

Flannel 100% cotton flannel, unbleached and unsized, for protective 

padding or ‘tooth’ to help hold textiles of any size in place. Offered in 

two weights, both of which can be glued or stapled to a wedge or tube 

for textile positioning and protection from the substrate. The 4 ounce 

flannel is double-napped (fuzzy on both sides), with a very nice tooth. 

The 6 ounce flannel is single-napped (fuzzy on one side). It is almost as 

thick as the 4 ounce flannel and should be used where more padding 

is required. The napped side is heavier than the 4 ounce and provides 

a better grab. The back side shows as a twill pattern. The flannels are 

sold in 5 yard lengths. 


M21-420 4 oz. Cotton Flannel, 45” W .............................. $78.00 roll 

M21-421 6 oz. Cotton Flannel, 60” W ................................ 92.00 roll 

® 

Stitchery Tape 

Carmac Stitchery Tape is a high 

tack double sided tape with a 

pH neutral adhesive. Ideal for 

mounting delicate fabric and 

needlework to mounting board, 

foamboard or stretcher bars. Will 

not bleed and virtually invisible through the finest fabrics. 


M24-003 1” x 36 yards ....................................................... $14.00 roll 

M24-004 1-1/2” x 36 yards ................................................... 18.00 roll 

58 


Adhesive Velcro ® Fasteners 

Nylon Velcro fasteners are both strong and versatile. Hook-and loop 

design holds tight but is easily opened for re-positioning or access 

to materials. Fasteners are backed with extra-strength permanent 

adhesive with neutral pH level to prevent acid migration and damage to 

valuable items. Available in 7/8” diameter round. 


M82-100 Round Velcro fastener Sets (10 pairs/pkg.) ......... $4.95 pkg. 

M82-098 Round Hooks - Roll of 1000 .................................. 88.00 roll 

M82-101 Round Loops - Roll of 1000 ................................... 88.00 roll 

Velcro ® Tape 

It’s easy to hang up, hold down or fasten with press on sticky back Velcro 

tape. Just cut off only what you need. Easy to use: Cut to length; affix 

to surfaces; press. Separate and rejoin again and again. Colour: White. 


M82-088 3/4” x 27 yards Hooks......................................... $66.00 roll 

M82-089 3/4” x 27 yards Loops ........................................... 66.00 roll 

M82-093 3/4” x 1 yard Hooks and Loops .............................. 8.25 roll 

M82-094 3/4” x 5 yards Hooks and Loops ........................... 32.50 roll 

Orvus WA Paste 

Recommended for cleaning fine textiles 

and rugs of all compositions. Removes 

common dirt and stains but not stubborn 

stains. A neutral synthetic anionic 

detergent (sodium lauryl sulfate), used 

as a wetting, emulsifying, dispersing and 

sudsing agent, readily soluble in hot or 

cold water; free rinsing in either. Apply 

in a concentration of 1%, well dissolved, 

approximately one tablespoon to one gallon of water. Wash 2-3 

times, rinse 2-3 times. 


M95-574 1 lb. ............................................................................ $28.50 

M95-575 2 lbs. ............................................................................ 43.00 

Forever New Fabric Care 

Wash 

Specially formulated to maintain elasticity 

and promote longer life for delicate 

fabrics. Forever New Fabric Care Wash 

is a concentrated granular formulation of 

natural citrus and sodas that rejuvenate 

and preserve while cleaning. Leaves no 

soapy residue that deteriorate fibers. 16oz 

bottle. 

M83-346 ........................................... $18.25

Textile and Garment Storage Bags 

Padded Hanger Covers 

Made of white prewashed 

durable polyester/cotton quilted 

fabric. Edges reinforced with 

serging. Fit standard size wooden 

or plastic hangers (not included). 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 

M64-172 ................................ $11.00 ................................... $10.50 ea. 

Tyvek Garment Covers 

Male 

DORFMAN Head Mounts 

3M Lint Brush 

Female 

Quality ethafoam head mounts with attractive aluminum pole and steel 

powder coat base (11-1/2”H). Choose with or without facial features 

for both male and female mounts. The circumference for the male 

head mount measures 22-1/2” and the female 20-1/2”. Excellent for 

displaying and storing headwear. 


M69-001 Male - without features - 22-1/2” ............................ $195.00 

M69-000 Female - without features - 20-1/2” ......................... 195.00 

M69-004 Male - with features - 22-1/2” ................................... 240.00 

M69-005 Female - with features - 20-1/2” ............................... 240.00 

This lint brush quickly removes lint and other debris from virtually any 

fabric. With a simple sweep of the handle, thousands of directional 

fibres “grab” the lint and effectively lift it from the surface. 

The 3M Lint Brush design features fabric on both sides and the top 

edge, and is ideal for hard-to-reach places and crevices on furniture, 

drapery and clothing. 

M82-337 .......................................................................................... $8.40 

Conservators Lint Roller 

Shown with facial features 

Textile conservators recommend this adhesive-free, washable lint 

roller to help clean and maintain historical costumes, uniforms, and 

other valuable textiles. Created with a unique material that has enough 

tack to lift dust, dirt, hair and other fine particles from vintage clothing, 

without leaving behind damaging adhesive residue. Simply clean the 

dirty roller under running water, let dry, and its ready to go again. 

Comes complete with protective cover. Wt: 1lb. Not recommended 

for delicate textiles. 

M61-019 ....................................................................................... $31.00 

Tyvek has proven to be a preferred 

conservation and archival material, used 

in museum archives, to protect a range 

of artwork. Tyvek fulfills the function of 

a permeable, non-abrasive, waterproof, 

dustproof barrier. A proven protective 

cover for textiles, these Tyvek Garment 

Covers provide a barrier to dust and 

spores and do not support the growth of 

fungi or bacteria. The conservation range 

includes garment covers for various size 

jackets, coats and dresses. 


M95-168 Small 39”x 25” ........ $36.00 

M95-169 Medium 56”x 25” ...... 44.30 

M95-170 Long 72-3/4”x 29” ..... 54.00 

Archival Textile Storage Bags 

Costume/Garment 

Storage Bags 

Protection from dust, 

dirt and pollution 

Made from 6-mil clear polyethylene, 

these bags have a pre-slit hole at 

the top, for a hanger. The bags have 

a gusseted seam on each side (for 

expansion) and are extra long allowing 

them to be trimmed to size. A safety 

warning is pre-printed on the outside 

New 

of every bag. Dimensions: 72”L x 

21”W x 4”D. Package of 50. 

M15-591 ................................................................................. $79.50 pkg 

New 

Heavyweight, waterproof bags 

protect textiles, boxes, mat 

boards and other large items 

during long-term storage. 

Clear, 6-mil polyethylene bags 

provide protection from dust, 

dirt, mildew and moisture. 

Increase protection for items 

stored in cartons, where 

moisture may be a problem. 


M15-585 24”x 36” ...................................... $3.10 .............. $2.90 ea. 

M15-586 28”x 32” ........................................ 3.35 ................ 3.15 ea. 

M15-587 28”x 48” ........................................ 4.35 ................ 4.10 ea. 

M15-588 30”x 36” ........................................ 3.85 ................ 3.65 ea. 

M15-589 30”x 60” ........................................ 5.85 ................ 5.50 ea. 

M15-590 38”x 65” ........................................ 6.75 ................ 6.40 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

59

Archival Storage Bags 

Ephemera Storage Bags 

Transparent Polyethylene Bags protect valuable albums, newspapers, 

magazines, comics and more. Keep out dust, dirt and pollutants—for 

years. 100 per package. 

Cat. # Description Dimensions Mil Price 

M82-526 Sheet Music ............... 9-3/8” x 12-1/4” ... 3 ...... $34.35 pkg. 

M82-527 Sheet Music ............... 10-7/8” x 14-1/4” . 3 ........ 40.85 pkg. 

M82-528 Comic Book (Marvel).. 7-1/8” x 10-3/8” ... 3 ........ 28.00 pkg. 

M82-529 Comic Book ............... 6-7/8” x 10-3/8” ... 3 ........ 27.40 pkg. 

M82-530 Magazine .................... 8-5/8” x 11-1/8” ... 3 ........ 32.15 pkg. 

M82-531 Life Magazine ............. 11-1/4” x 14-1/4” . 2 ........ 37.30 pkg. 

M82-532 Newspaper ................. 12” x 19” ............. 2 ........ 38.30 pkg. 

M82-533 Newspaper (Oversize) 14-1/4” x 19” ....... 2 ........ 44.70 pkg. 

M82-534 Stereocard .................. 3-3/4” x 7-1/4” ..... 2 ........ 20.55 pkg. 

M82-535 Postcard ...................... 3-5/8” x 5-1/2” ..... 2 ........ 19.95 pkg. 

M82-536 Postcard (Large) and ............................................................... 

First Day Covers ......... 4-1/2” x 6-1/4” ..... 2 ...... $23.95 pkg. 

Hollinger Backing Sheets for Ephemera Bags 

Display materials safely without the worry of bending or creasing. Ideal 

for Ephemera Bags, interleaving, mounting, custom folders and much 

more. Constructed of strong. 020 acid and lignin-free buffered tan 

folder stock. 25 per package. 

Cat. # Dimensions Fits ephemera bag Price 

M82-540 9-1/8” x 12-1/4” ........................82-526 .............. $33.00 pkg. 

M82-541 10-5/8” x 14-1/2” ......................82-527 ................ 38.00 pkg. 

M82-544 8-1/2” x 11-1/8” ........................82-530 ................ 25.00 pkg. 

M82-545 11” x 14-1/4” ............................82-531 ................ 38.00 pkg. 

M82-546 11-3/4” x 19” ............................82-532 ................ 68.00 pkg. 

M82-547 14” x 19” ..................................82-533 ............... 71.00 pkg. 

Corrosion 

Intercept 

Pouches and 

Ziplock Bags 

Corrosion Intercept 

is a revolutionary 

technological advance 

that bonds solid state 

reactive materials 

(bonded copper 

particles) into a polymer 

matrix. This matrix film 

then reacts with and 

neutralizes all corrosive 

gases that comes in 

contact with it. The active corrosion sites create a torurous path for 

corrosive gases trying to migrate through the plastic. Provides effective 

protection for silver, brass, ferrous metals, copper, bronze and nonferrous 

metals. It has also been very successful in protecting textiles, 

paper documents, books and works of art on paper. The inert material 

will not off-gas, is unaffected by moisture, humidity or temperature, 

and features a built in saturation indicator. When the copper colour 

turns black, it is time to change the Intercept package. Used by many 

major museums to protect collections such as books, stamps, paper, 

artifacts, copper, silver coins, bronze sculptures and much more. 



M98-014 Pouch ............................. 6” x 8” .......................... $12.95 pkg. 

M98-015 Zipper ............................ 8” x 10” ........................... 22.90 pkg. 

M98-016 Pouch ........................... 20” x 24” .......................... 39.00 pkg. 


M98-010 Pouch ............................. 6” x 8” .......................... $75.00 pkg. 

M98-011 Zipper ............................ 8” x 10” ......................... 176.00 pkg. 

M98-012 Pouch ........................... 20” x 24” ........................ 259.00 pkg. 

M98-013 Roll ...............................48” x 150’ ......................... 310.00 roll 

Crystal Clear Bags With Reclosable Adhesive 

Crystal Clear Bags are made of a superior acid-free 1.6 mil polypropylene 

material for safe and clear viewing. Features a peel-away reclosable 

adhesive strip for self sealing. Ideal for matted artwork (up to 4-Ply front 

and back) and photos. Bag opening is first dimension. Passes P.A.T. 



M82-516 7-7/16” x 5-1/4” ...................... $16.00 ............. $15.20 pkg. 

M82-517 10-7/16” x 8-1/4” ...................... 25.50 ............... 24.25 pkg. 

M82-518 14-7/16” x 11-1/8” .................... 39.75 ............... 37.75 pkg. 

M82-519 20-7/16” x 16-1/4” .................... 61.25 ............... 58.00 pkg. 

Resealable Polyethylene Bags 

Polyethylene bags offer an excellent means of temporary storage of 

books awaiting re-binding. Completely inert, these transparent bags find 

many uses in the museum, library or archives. Other uses include storage 

of booklets, paintings or odd shaped objects. Bags are water resistant 

and offer a good moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses. 

Standard –2 mil 

Heavyweight –4 mil 

Cat. # Dimensions Price Cat. # Dimensions Price 


M95-398 2” x 3” ........... $9.50 pkg. 

M95-399 4” x 6” ........... 10.55 pkg. 

M95-392 5” x 7” ........... 11.65 pkg. 

M95-393 6” x 8” ........... 14.95 pkg. 

M95-394 9” x 12” ......... 25.95 pkg. 

M95-395 12” x 15” ....... 35.70 pkg. 


M81-817 9” x 12” ...... $16.50 pkg. 

M81-818 12” x 15” ...... 22.35 pkg. 

M81-819 13” x 18” ...... 32.60 pkg. 


M81-820 18” x 20” .... $35.95 pkg. 

M81-821 20” x 24” ...... 41.00 pkg. 

60 


Custom sizes available. Please Inquire.

Trousses de préservation 

® 

Heritage Preservation Kits 

Preserve those irreplaceable items with our compact acid-free storage 

kits. The boxes are made of acid-free and lignin-free board with metal 

corners. Kits come complete with storage materials guaranteed to be 

acid free for use in long term preservation. Choose from two sizes. 

Letter Size Kit includes 

1 Heavy-duty storage box 12-1/4” x 10-1/4” x 5” 

1 Plastic label holder and intert (for box identification) 

3 Archival polyester Preservation Envelopes 9” x 12” 

6 Letter size file folders 

6 Envelopes 9” x 12” 

20 Sheets Permalife Bond 8-1/2” x 11” (for interleaving) 

1 Pigma Pen 

M79-800 ....................................................................................... $35.60 

Legal Size Kit includes 

1 Heavy-duty storage box 15-1/4” x 10-1/4” x 5” 

1 Plastic label holder and intert (for box identification) 

3 Archival polyester Preservation Envelopes 9-1/2” x 14-1/2” 

6 Legal size file folders 

6 Enveloppes 9-1/2” x 14-3/4” 

20 Sheets Permalife Bond 8-1/2” x 14” for interleaving) 

1 Pigma Pen 

M79-801 ....................................................................................... $37.60 

Future Time Capsule With Preservation Kit 

Stainless steel and polished “Time Capsule”. The symbol for 

permanence(∞) is embossed on the bottom. The firm, multi-threaded 

cap has a flat top that is easily engraved. Use silicone Sealant for an 

airtight closure. A Preservation Kit contains acid-free items to protect 

media, such as permanent paper for all uses, safe photo envelopes, 

silica gel, CD-ROM enclosure, special storage pouches, tissue, instructions 

and more. Dimensions : 22”H x 5-1/2”P. 

M82-340 .................................................................................... $125.00 

Sealant Kits For Time Capsules 

Indoor Storage Silicone Sealant with instructions for airtight indoor 

storage. 3oz. Outdoor Storage Silicone Sealane and wax kit with 

instructions for airtight outdoor storage. 3oz. 

Cat. # Description Prix 

M82-343 Indoor Sealant Kit ...................................................... $12.70 

M82-344 Outdoor Sealant Kit ...................................................... 15.25 

® 

Archival Polyester Photo/Negative Envelopes 

3 mil 

For optimum protection 

of photos and negatives, 

use these 3 mil archival 

polyester envelopes. 

Crystal clear archival 

polyester allows 100% 

viewing without removing 

contents. No scratches, 

fingerprints or other 

damage. Inert archival 

polyester won’t teact 

with print material, preventing chemical interactions with contents. All 

envelopes are open on the first dimension listed. Envelopes may be 

marked with our film marking pen. 10 per package. 


M95-022 4” x 5” ............................... $12.60 ................. $11.80 pkg. 

M95-023 4-1/4” x 6-1/4” ..................... 12.85 ................... 12.00 pkg. 

M95-024 5” x 7” ................................. 15.75 ................... 14.45 pkg. 

M95-025 8” x 10” ............................... 19.90 ................... 18.40 pkg. 

Bulk (100 per package) Archival Polyester 

Sleeves and Envelopes featured on page 22. 

Téléphone 1.800.268.2123 Télécopieur 1.800.871.2397 

61 

® 

Archival Polyester Sleeve Protectors 3 mil 

An easy method for protecting your prints or other items from dust, 

dirt and scratches during storage and handling. Our best crystal clear 3 

mil sleeves allow viewing without removal of the item from the sleeve. 

Archivally safe polyester material assures that neither the sleeve not 

the adjacent prints will chemically react with the enclosed print. 

Sleeves have the two long sides sealed and are open at each end for 

easy access. Sleeves may be marked with our film marking pen or 

labelled for identification with our acid-free labels. 10 per package. 


M94-281 4” x 5” ................................. $8.50 .................... $7.90 pkg. 

M94-282 5” x 7” ................................... 9.90 ...................... 9.20 pkg. 

M94-286 8” x 10” ............................... 19.50 .................... 18.10 pkg. 

M94-287 8 1/2” x 11” ......................... 21.70 .................... 20.00 pkg.

Encapsulation Supplies 

Encapsulating Tools 


M82-076 4” Brayer ............................................................. $15.25 ea. 

M95-446 Squeegee ................................................................ 6.25 ea. 

M95-447 Corner Clippers ........................................................ 1.45 ea. 

M95-443 Art Knife (5 blades) ................................................ 8.35 pkg. 

M95-444 Replacement Blades (pkg. of 25) .......................... 6.55 pkg. 

New 

New 

Desk Top Cornerounder ® 

The cornerounders handle up to 1/2” 

of stock per cut. Shear action cutting 

provides clean, precise cornering on 

polyester film, encapsulation units, 

paper, cardstock or plastic boards. 

These desktop sized (5”x 10-1/2”) 

units are easy to handle. They feature 

an unbreakable plastic top-plate. 


M42-110 Cornerounder with 1/4” Cutting Unit ..................... $259.00 

M42-111 Cornerounder with 1/2” Cutting Unit ....................... 259.00 

Additional Cutting Units 

M42-112 1/4” Cutting Unit Only ............................................ $165.00 

M42-113 1/2” Cutting Unit Only .............................................. 165.00 

Scotch ® 

“Non-Stick” Titanium Scissors 

The perfect choice for book covers, photos, fabric 

and all types of paper. The titanium-fused blades stay sharp longer than 

stainless steel blades. The durable non-stick coating prevents adhesive 

residue build-up. A soft comfort grip is suitable for left – or right – 

handed use. Lifetime Warranty. 


M62-283 8” ............................................................................... $13.95 

® 

Encapsulation Tape 

Carmac Encapsulation Tape is a permanent, double-coated, polyester 

tape with an aggressive non-yellowing acrylic base adhesive. Ideal for 

encapsulation and framing applications. 2 mil. 


M63-967 1/4” x 60 yards ..................... $10.25 ................... $9.75 roll 

M63-968 1/2” x 60 yards ....................... 15.75 ................... 14.95 roll 

OLFA ® 

Rolling Scissors 

New 

Rolling scissors make it safer, faster 

and easier for cutting paper, book jacket 

covers and vinyls. Contoured handle for 

left or right handed use. 

M76-941 ....................................................... $15.95 

Teflon ® Folders 

These bone folders will not glaze or mark delicate papers or fabrics. 

The non-stick material insures that virtually nothing will stick to the 

folder (even the stickiest of glue can not get a grip on its slippery 

surface). These strong folders are not easily broken and should last 

forever. A great enhancement in the bone folder technology. 


M81-849 Small: 5-1/4” x 5/8” x 1/4” ........................................ $24.30 

M81-850 Large: 6-1/4” x 3/4” x 3/8” ......................................... 29.75 

Encapsulating Tape –3M Tape No. 415 

3M Tape No. 415 is a double coated transparent tape considered safe 

for archival use. It is used to seal archival polyester in the encapsulation 

technique. 


M63-935 1/4” x 36 yds. ...... $12.50 ........ $11.90 roll ....... $11.30 roll 

M63-936 1/2” x 36 yds. ........ 22.00 .......... 20.90 roll ......... 19.85 roll 

M63-937 1” x 36 yds. ........... 32.00 .......... 30.40 roll ......... 29.00 roll 

M63-934 3/4” x 36 yds. ........ 25.00 .......... 23.00 roll ....... 22.00 roll 

Cleaning Cloth 

High quality, soft 

cheesecloth. Bleached 

and cleaned. May also 

be used for furniture 

refinishing, waxing and 

polishing. Dimensions: 

12” x 12”. 20 per box. 

M62-807 ................................................................................. $11.25 box 

62 


Encapsulation Supplies 

® 

Encapsulation Film Rolls 

Archival polyester film—enduring, clear, acid-free protection for 

documents and photographs. A variety of sizes for every application. 

Easy to handle rolls are easily cut to size. 

Because this material is inert it may safely be used for encapsulating letters, 

documents, and old maps. It may also be used for mat windows, for 

interleaving, for covering work tables and for many other archival 

applications. Price per roll. 


2 mil Thickness 

M82-055 42” x 25’ ........... $20.25 .......... $19.25 roll ........ $18.30 roll 

M82-056 42” x 100’ ........... 78.40 ............ 74.50 roll .......... 70.75 roll 


M95-320 42” x 25’ ........... $40.00 .......... $38.00 roll ........ $36.10 roll 

M95-321 42” x 100’ ......... 115.00 .......... 109.25 roll ........ 103.80 roll 

M95-331 50” x 100’ ......... 128.00 .......... 121.60 roll ........ 115.50 roll 


M95-322 42” x 25’ ........... $46.60 .......... $44.30 roll ........ $42.00 roll 

M95-323 42” x 100’ ......... 142.00 .......... 134.90 roll ........ 128.15 roll 

® 

Pre-Made Encapsulation Units 

Get the job done quickly with our Pre-Made Polyester Encapsulation 

Units. Each unit comes complete with 2 sheets of 3 mil polyester and 

4 strips of our Carmac Encapsulation Tape. Simply put document in 

place, remove the paper strips from the adhesive and roll the other 

sheet down for an instant seal. Use our Rubber Brayer to roll flat and 

the encapsulation is complete. 5 units per package. 


M95-332 10” x 12” .......................................................... $16.00 pkg. 

M95-333 12” x 14” ............................................................ 18.00 pkg. 

M95-334 18” x 26” ............................................................ 45.00 pkg. 

M95-335 25” x 40” ............................................................ 72.00 pkg. 

® 

Archival Polyester Encapsulation Kit 

The Archival Polyester Encapsulation Kit contains all materials needed 

to encapsulate letters, photos and documents. This proven method of 

preservation was developed by the Library of Congress as a means to 

protect paper items from the perils of handling, yet make the material 

available for viewing or study. A special encapsulation feature is the 

ability to view the item from both sides, making it a practical and 

popular technique. 

This kit contains a generous supply of all the top quality materials 

needed, as well as a convenient step-by-step instructional brochure. 

Kit includes: Brayer, squeegee, art knife and replacement blades, 

cloths, round corner clippers, alignment grids, acid-free tape and 25 

sheets of polyester film. These items are contained in a sturdy 

acid-free box which may be used for archival storage. Encapsulation 

materials may also be purchased separately. 

M95-459 ........................................................................................ $77.00 

® 

Archival Polyester Film Sheets 

Safe, untreated transparent film is great for encapsulation, but can also 

be used as a barrier against acid and moisture migration in framing. It 

has a neutral pH, contains no harmful plasticizers, and is transparent for 

easy viewing. Available in handy pre-cut sheets. 


25 per package - 3 mil 

M95-343 10” x 12” ........................................................... $15.00 pkg. 

M95-344 12” x 14” ............................................................. 16.00 pkg. 

M95-345 18” x 26” ............................................................. 35.00 pkg. 

M95-346 25” x 40” ............................................................. 59.00 pkg. 

10 per package - 4 mil 

M95-342 25” x 40” ........................................................... $32.00 pkg. 

Other sizes available to special order. 


Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

63

Book Accessories 

Rare Book 

Identa-Strips 

Identa-Strips provide easy 

identification of shelved rare 

books. Produced with a die-cut tab, 

which prevents slippage into the book when 

vertically shelved. These acid-free Identa-Strips provide 

protection from discolouration of the pages of books where they are 

inserted. Tab is located 1” from top. 100 per package. 

Electromagnetic (EM) Security Strips 

For Print Media Archival quality 

ID Systems use a non-acidic adhesive to meet strict preservation 

and archival standards, as specified by Metropolitan Toronto Reference 

Library and now used by the Library of Congress in the United States. 

This adhesive has a neutral pH value. 

“ANSI” paper meets ANSI 39.48 Specifications. 

Tail-Tags are Double-sided adhesive strips with tails; they are used 

for paperback books, journals, magazines and some hardcover books. 

Tyvek paper backing offers extra concealment to the security strip. 

Longer tails provide easier, better handling and tails don’t stretch. 

Fully compatible with other EM security systems. 1000 per package. 

Tail Tags - 5” Strip double-sided w/Tails 

M11-950 .............................................................................. $205.00 pkg. 

Spine-Tags are Single-sided adhesive strips usually inserted down the 

spine of a hardcover book with the aid of an ‘insertion tool’. Comes in 

easy to handle sheets of 10 strips each. This means no fiddling with 

individual backing strips when applying strips to your collection. 

Fully compatible with other EM security systems. 1000 per package. 

Spine Tags - 5” Strip single-sided Clear 

M11-800 .............................................................................. $205.00 pkg. 


M95-379 2-1/4” x 5” ............................. $18.90 ............... $17.95 pkg. 

M95-380 2-1/4” x 10” ............................. 23.60 ................. 22.40 pkg. 

M95-381 2-1/4” x 10” w/o tab* .............. 19.90 ................. 18.90 pkg. 

*For books with brittle pages. 

Laser Printable 

Identa-Strips 

New 

These acid-free, lignin-free strips are 

designed with die-cut tabs, located 1” 

down, allowing one to print 6-8 characters, 

for identification. An extra smooth surface 

ensures sharp detail of printed copy. 

The strips are made of buffered, pale 

cream stock. Overall sheet size is 8-1/2”x 

11”. Exclusive “Smooth Perf” perforation 

separates easily and strips have 

smooth edges. Choose from die-cut tabs, 

containing 800 identa-strips per package, or without tabs, containing 

400 identa-strips per package. Sold 100 sheets per package. 


M64-237 2-1/8”x 5” with die cut tabs .............................. $36.95 pkg. 

M64-238 2-1/8”x 10” without tabs ..................................... 36.95 pkg. 

M25-603 M25-600 M25-608 

M25-604 M25-602 M25-601 

Acid-Free Book Pockets 

These acid-free book pockets feature fold-over construction to reinforce 

the top and side edges, where wear is the greatest. We use only the 

highest quality 77# pale cream, acid-free, high fibre content paper to 

ensure tear resistance, durability and longevity. 100 per box. 

Standard Book Pocket: 3-1/2” x 4-3/4”H, 3-3/4” pocket 


M25-525-100 Standard Pocket, Self-Adhesive ..................... $7.95 box 

M25-325-100 Standard Pocket, Ungummed .......................... 5.95 box 

M32-209-100 Book Card-White (100 per box) ........................ 2.95 box 

64 


M25-609 M25-610 M25-611 

Archival Bookplates 

These bookplates are printed with black ink on pressure sensitive 

white, smudge-proof stock. Generous amount of space to allow for 

personalized copy. Easy to type on. Dimensions: 4” H x 3”W. 


Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

Order by number .................................. $9.95 ...................... $9.45 pkg. 

*Custom imprinting available. Please inquire!

Book Protection 

Step 1: Determine book 

size and select the 2 closest 

box half sizes. i.e. Book size 

6”W x 7”L x 1”D. One-half 

size piece 6” x 22”. One-half 

size piece 7” x 16”. Note: 

Allow at least 2” for overlap. 

Rare Book Boxes 

Step 2: Encase book side 

to side first. Fold along 

scored lines for snug fit. 

Attach Velcoin to 

complete enclosure. 

Step 3: Encase book top 

to bottom. Again fold along 

appropriate score line. 

Attach Velcoin to complete 

the enclosure. 

Create your own archival boxes for rare books and documents with 

our buffered 20 pt. acid and lignin-free boxboard sheets. You’ll need 

two sheets per book; measure your book in each direction and select 

the appropriate size for the height and width in chart below. Fold each 

sheet along the pre-scored lines around the book; trim if necessary. 

Use the included Hook and Loop Velcoin fasteners to provide a 

resealable closure. 5 sheets per package. 


M82-190 6” x 14” ................................................................ $9.00 pkg. 

M82-191 6” x 22” ................................................................ 11.85 pkg. 

M82-192 7” x 16” ................................................................ 11.85 pkg. 

M82-193 7” x 24” ................................................................ 14.65 pkg. 

M82-194 8” x 18” ................................................................ 13.00 pkg. 

M82-195 8” x 26” ................................................................ 15.00 pkg. 

M82-196 9” x 20” ................................................................ 14.45 pkg. 

M82-197 9” x 28” ................................................................ 17.70 pkg. 

M82-200 10” x 22” ............................................................. 15.50 pkg. 

M82-201 10” x 30” .............................................................. 21.25 pkg. 

M82-202 11” x 24” .............................................................. 15.80 pkg. 

M82-198 11” x 32” .............................................................. 24.50 pkg. 

M82-203 12” x 26” .............................................................. 19.15 pkg. 

M82-204 12” x 34” .............................................................. 22.35 pkg. 

M82-205 14” x 30” ............................................................. 24.75 pkg. 

M82-199 14” x 36” .............................................................. 24.20 pkg. 

Anti-Static Polyethylene 

Bubble Wrap ® Bags 

Quick and easy to use. Up to three times 

faster than hand wrapping. Convenient 

peel-and-seal closure—no need for 

tape or staples. Reduces labour costs 

and packaging time. Offers controlled 

material usage. Reduces packaging 

waste and overuse. Allows easy identification 

of the packaged item. Excellent for 

artifacts and fragile objects. 3/16” thick. 



M95-520 4”W x 5-1/2”L ........................ $3.25 .................. $3.10 pkg. 

M95-521 6”W x 8-1/2”L .......................... 5.95 .................... 5.65 pkg. 

M95-522 8”W x 11-1/2”L ........................ 8.95 .................... 8.50 pkg. 

M95-523 12”W x 15-1/2”L ................... 14.25 .................. 13.50 pkg. 

M95-524 18”W x 23-1/2”L ................... 29.00 .................. 27.55 pkg. 

Polyethylene Zip-Lock Bags – 2 mil 

Polyethylene bags offer an excellent means of temporary storage of 

books awaiting re-binding. Completely inert, these 2 mil transparent 

bags find many uses in the museum, library or archives. Other uses 

include storage of booklets, paintings or odd shaped objects. Bags are 

water resistant and offer a good moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a 

variety of uses. 100 per package. 


M95-398 2” x 3” .................................................................. $9.50 pkg. 

M95-399 4” x 6” .................................................................. 10.55 pkg. 

M95-392 5” x 7” .................................................................. 11.65 pkg. 

M95-393 6” x 8” .................................................................. 14.95 pkg. 

M95-394 9” x 12” ................................................................ 25.95 pkg. 

M95-395 12” x 15” .............................................................. 35.70 pkg. 

Heavyweight Zip-Lock Bags – 4 mil 

These heavyweight, 4 mil polyethylene bags are perfect for enclosing 

prints, boxes, portfolios, and much more! Zip track is on the short side. 

All bags are resealable. 



M81-817 9” x 12” .............................................................. $16.50 pkg. 

M81-818 12” x 15” .............................................................. 22.35 pkg. 

M81-819 13” x 18” .............................................................. 32.60 pkg. 


M81-820 18” x 20” ............................................................ $35.95 pkg. 

M81-821 20” x 24” .............................................................. 41.00 pkg. 

Duraform 

Book Jacket 

Covers Acidfree 

Polyester 

For collectors, museums and archivists. These one piece adjustable 

covers are made from 1-1/2 mil acid-free polyester film. Five sizes fit 

books up to 16” high. 50 per package. 

Cat. # Max. Book Size Price 

M22-309-AF 9”H x 19”L .................................................. $19.40 pkg. 

M22-310-AF 10”H x 21-1/2”L ............................................ 20.50 pkg. 

M22-312-AF 12”H x 24-1/2”L ............................................ 24.75 pkg. 

M22-314-AF 14”H x 30”L .................................................. 34.00 pkg. 

M22-316-AF 16”H x 30”L .................................................. 38.00 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

65

Book Repair Tapes 

® 

Book Tape Acid-free 

This acid free book tape is formulated from 3.5 mil clear polypropylene 

with an acrylic adhesive. The pH is neutral. It will not yellow or crack 

under normal conditions. Excellent durability makes this tape a good 

choice for reinforcement of spines and hinges in books or magazines. 

3” core. 

Cat. # Width 1+ 6+ 12+ 

15 Yard Roll 

M65-110 3/4” ................. $3.30 .............. $3.10 roll .............. $2.95 roll 

M65-111 1” ...................... 4.20 ................ 3.90 roll ................ 3.75 roll 

M65-112 1-1/2” ................ 6.35 ................ 6.00 roll ................ 5.65 roll 

M65-113 2” ...................... 8.50 ................ 8.00 roll ................ 7.60 roll 

M65-114 3” .................... 12.20 .............. 11.50 roll .............. 10.95 roll 

M65-115 4” ..................... 16.60 .............. 15.80 roll .............. 14.95 roll 

30 Yard Roll 

M65-116 3/4” ................. $6.40 .............. $6.00 roll .............. $5.75 roll 

M65-117 1” ...................... 8.20 ................ 7.75 roll ................ 7.35 roll 

M65-118 1-1/2” .............. 12.45 .............. 11.80 roll .............. 11.20 roll 

M65-119 2” .................... 16.75 .............. 15.90 roll .............. 15.00 roll 

M65-120 3” .................... 24.15 .............. 22.95 roll .............. 21.65 roll 

M65-121 4” ..................... 32.95 .............. 31.35 roll .............. 29.65 roll 

Book Guard Book 

Repair Tape 3.5 mil 

clear polyethylene 

This tape is durable and 

flexible, ideal for repairing 

and reinforcing book spines, 

reaches a permanent bond 

in 24 hours. Acid-free tape 

is non-yellowing with acrylic 

adhesive. 3” core. 

Cat. # Width 1+ 6+ 

15 Yard Roll 

M65-500 1-1/2” ........................................$7.75 ................... $7.30 roll 

M65-501 2” ................................................9.70 ..................... 9.15 roll 

M65-502 3” ..............................................14.20 ................... 13.40 roll 

36 Yard Roll 

M65-503 1-1/2” ......................................$17.00 ................. $16.00 roll 

M65-504 2” ..............................................21.35 ................... 20.15 roll 

M65-505 3” ..............................................31.25 ................... 29.50 roll 

J-Lar ® Transparent 

Polypropylene Tape 

2.1 mil thickness, acid-free 

Crystal-clear to the core. 20 lb tensile 

strength. No cracking or shrinking. 

Will not yellow or dry out. Excellent 

for attaching jacket covers, reinforcing 

books and protecting labels. 

72 yard rolls. 3” core. 


M63-960 1/2’’ .............................. $8.50 ................................ $8.00 roll 

M63-961 3/4’’ .............................. 11.10 ................................ 10.45 roll 

M63-962 1’’ ................................. 15.10 ................................ 14.30 roll 

M63-963 1-1/2’’ ........................... 21.60 ................................ 20.50 roll 

M63-964 2’’ ................................. 28.75 ................................ 27.50 roll 

M63-965 3’’ ................................. 43.00 ................................ 41.50 roll 

M63-966 4’’ ................................. 49.00 ................................ 47.50 roll 

J-Lar Il ® Heavy Duty Book Tape 

Provides long-lasting 

acid-free protection 

® 

Crystal Clear Book Tape 

Protect and save! Extra heavy-duty 55 yards long! 

Superior clarity and strength in one easy-to-use repair tape. Use to 

reinforce book and magazine spines and hinges, or completely cover 

paperbacks, periodicals, documents and more. Made of crystal clear 3.6 

mil polypropylene that’s abrasion, UV and water resistant. 

Acrylic adhesive won’t yellow or crack. 55 yards rolls. 3” core. 


M73-901 1-1/2” ............................. $13.75 .......................... $13.00 roll 

M73-902 2” ..................................... 17.50 ............................ 16.65 roll 

M73-903 3” ..................................... 26.10 ............................ 24.80 roll 

M73-904 4” ..................................... 33.00 ............................ 31.35 roll 

This clear, heavy-duty book 

tape is ideal for reinforcing book 

spines, splicing periodical covers, 

laminating folder or album hinges, 

protecting periodicals, magazines 

and sheet music; and covering the 

edging on display boards. Great protective covering where rough treatment 

is normally encountered and long-term service is important. Excellent 

overlay material. Waterproof. Accepts solvent-based inks. Not prone to 

wrinkle. Will not yellow with age. 3.5 mil polypropylene. 3’’ Core. 


36 Yard Roll 

M63-955 1-1/2’’ ....................... $14.30 ............................... $13.50 roll 

M63-956 2’’ ................................ 17.50 ................................. 16.60 roll 

M63-957 3’’ ................................ 25.50 ................................. 24.25 roll 

M63-958 4’’ ................................ 35.25 ................................. 33.75 roll 

72 Yard Roll 

M63-951 1’’ .............................. $19.25 ............................... $18.30 roll 

M63-952 2’’ ................................ 35.95 ................................. 34.00 roll 

66 


Book Repair Tapes 

Document Repair Tape 

A unique combination of very thin, 

strong acid-free tissue coated with 

acid-free adhesive. The document 

repair tape is non-yellowing, reversible 

and serves as a self-adhesive mending 

tissue. The adhesive was developed in 

conjunction with research carried out 

by the British Museum and is widely 

accepted as a truly archival repair 

tissue. A traditional favourite. 

Use: 1. Cut to size. 2. Position over tear in document. 3. Press down 

carefully and burnish with bone folder. 


M82-065 1/2” x 50’ ............................................................. $12.00 roll 

M82-069 1” x 35’ ................................................................. 12.25 roll 

M82-063 1” x 98’ .................................................................. 24.50 roll 

Tyvek Super Hinge Tape 

The strongest hinge tape available. Developed cooperatively with the 

preservation department of a major university, Tyvek provides a unique 

combination of features that are necessary for a perfect hinge tape; 

strength, flexibility and lightweight. The split liner makes application 

fast, easy and accurate. 1” x 60 yards. Colour: White. 

M96-261 .................................................................................. $23.95 roll 

Filmoplast ® P 

A self-adhesive short fibred paper 

tape designed for the repair of 

torn pages, documents, music 

sheets, etc. Dry adhesive with 

a slightly alkaline pH value. Both 

paper and adhesive obtains 

maximum bonding approximately 

15-20 hours after burnishing. Will 

not harden, dry out or discolour. 

Water reversible. 

Filmoplast ® P90 

A self-adhesive long fibred paper tape used for repairing torn out 

pages and mending tears in paper edge. Dry adhesive with a slightly 

alkaline pH value. Both paper and adhesive are buffered with CaCO3. 

High tear resistance (tested to 20,000 foldings). High tack adhesive 

obtains maximum bonding power immediately after burnishing. Will not 

harden, dry out or discolour. Water reversible. 


M81-857 0.8” x 165’ ............................................................. $35.20 roll 

M81-858 1.6” x 165’ ............................................................... 54.00 roll 

Easy Bind Tape Low glare 1 mil matte polyester 

The original acid-free, easy-to-use, all-purpose mending tape. Fix any 

book with Easy Bind polyester repair tape. Exclusive 1/8” Peel n’ Place ® 

centering strip makes repairs easier. Reinforce hinges. Mend torn pages. 

Affix loose pages. Repair documents, photos, drawings. 


M22-752 1-1/4” x 100’ ......................... $19.95 ........................ $18.25 roll 

M22-753 2-1/2” x 100’ ........................... 38.00 .......................... 35.00 roll 


M81-854 0.8” x 165’ ............................................................ $38.00 roll 

M81-856 15.8” x 33’ .............................................................. 57.00 roll 

Filmoplast ® T Cotton Tape 

Aggressive pH Neutral Adhesive 

Filmoplast ® SH 

Linen Tape 

Pressure sensitive 

A superior quality, fine thread 

heavyweight white linen cloth 

tape that is extremely flexible 

when used. Great for reinforcing 

folders and books, hinging 

window mats to the backing mat, 

etc. This tape has an archival safe, 

permanent high-tack pressure 

sensitive adhesive for quick and easy repairs for assembling folders and 

mats. 1-1/4” x 82’. 

M81-860 .................................................................................. $37.25 roll 

Available in 4 colours, this natural rayon 

fabric tape quickly and easily rejuvenates 

worn hard bound covers. The dyes used 

will not bleed and the natural fabric conforms 

easily to the book’s contours. This is also 

ideal for constructing custom storage boxes 

and pamphlet binders. The adhesive will not 

dry out or become hard and brittle with age and 

is covered with a peel-away liner pre-printed with a grid to allow for 

easy positioning. Please specify colour: Black (-BLK), Blue (-BLU), Red 

(-RED) or Grey (-GRY). 


M81-866 2” x 33’ ................................................................. $26.00 roll 

M81-867 3” x 33’ .................................................................. 42.00 roll 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

67

Book Repair 

Unbleached 

Cotton Tying 

Tape 

GripTite Pull Fasteners 

100% natural undyed and unbleached cotton 

GripTite archival pull fasteners are made from 100% dye free natural 

cotton that is natural, stable and non-toxic. Since no bleaches are used 

on the cotton there is no possibility of any residue being left on the ties. 

Pull fasteners are reusable and adjustable. They will not stain, crease 

or tear materials. Use to hold detached covers in place, loose pages 

together, stacks of periodicals awaiting binding, rolled charts and to hold 

books open for display purposes. 100 per package. 


M64-150 18” ...................................................................... $18.25 pkg. 

M64-151 24” ........................................................................ 19.20 pkg. 

M64-152 36” ........................................................................ 22.00 pkg. 

Clear Polyester 

Strips 

Clear polyester strips will 

keep books being held for 

binding in order, while at the 

same time allowing them to 

be shelved.This clear, nonadhesive 

strip can also be used to hold rare books open for exhibition 

while allowing patrons to read the type beneath. Simply cut the strips 

to the desired length, wrap around the pages of the open or damaged 

book and attach using tape or Velcro fasteners. 


M95-377 1” x 500’ ............................ $15.25 ..................... $14.50 roll 

M95-378 2” x 500’ .............................. 24.30 ....................... 23.00 roll 

A flat tape for tying books with loose or 

warped boards, and for other uses. This soft, 

unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles 

of books and periodicals to be sent to the bindery or for tying 

together damaged books while they wait for repair. 


M64-183 1/4” x 100 yards ................................................... $26.50 roll 

M64-184 1/4” x 1000 yards ................................................... 86.00 roll 

M64-185 3/8” x 1000 yards ................................................. 112.00 roll 

M64-190 5/8” x 1000 yards ................................................. 175.00 roll 

Polyethylene 

Strap 

Softer than the 

conventionally used 

Polyester strips. Clear, 

non-adhesive 4 mil polyethylene 

strap does a 

kinder job when book pages need restraint, to prevent text block drag 

or safely adhere barcodes without damaging rare books. Now 200’. 


M21-470 3/16” x 200’ .......................................................... $45.40 roll 

M21-471 3/8” x 200’ .............................................................. 48.45 roll 

M21-472 1” x 200’ ................................................................. 49.90 roll 

M21-473 2” x 200’ ................................................................. 52.50 roll 

Clean Cover Gel 

Keep cloth and paper book covers looking like new 

with Clean Cover Gel. Restore original colour and 

appearance. Works well on leather, leatherette and 

fine-weave cloth bindings too. Books with coarse or 

loose bindings should be approached with care. Test 

first, cleaner can remove gilding. 32 oz. 

M95-587 .......................................................... $18.25 

Plasti Bands 

These brightly coloured acid-free polyurethane bands have proven 

themselves stronger than traditional rubber bands in lab tests. Latex 

Free band won’t deteriorate or discolour over time. Use to seal bags, 

group envelopes or hold books closed. The 2-1/8” band stretches to 

approximately 9”. Assorted colours only. 

May not be suitable for long term storage. 

Cat.# Description Length Price 

M82-156 200 bands per pack .............. 2-1/8” .................... $9.25 pkg. 

M82-157 100 bands per pack .............. 4-1/4” .................... 12.30 pkg. 

Book Deodorizer 

New 

The treated granules 

absorb moisture and odours. Use them 

to treat books, paper, clothing or other 

inanimate objects. They will remove 

cigarette smoke odour, mildew odours 

and general mustiness. The granules are 

an inert and highly absorbent material 

with an organic base. They are all natural 

and non-toxic. Simply add your object 

and a similar amount (by weight) of book 

deodorizer to an airtight container and wait 

two – three weeks. Sold in 16 oz bags. 

M64-264 ........................................................................................ $25.95 

68 


Document Cleaning Supplies 

Conservation 

Foam Erasers 

This smooth-touch foam eraser is suitable for even the thinnest of 

papers. Paper Conservators also grind these erasers down into small 

particles to make draft cleaning powder. The new Foam formula 

provides great clean erasing power, with minimal pressure. Eraser 

dust sticks together making clean up easy. Dimensions: 1-3/4”x 3/4”x 

1/4”(45mm x 20mm x 5mm). 10 per package. 

Document Cleaning Powder 

Recommended for cleaning dirty or mouldy paper items 

These pads contain a super-soft grit-free powder. The pad is lightly 

twisted to release its powder, then gently rubbed over the soiled area 

to absorb both dirt and dust. For coverage of larger areas, we offer a 

container of this powder. Long lasting and easy to use. 


M95-390 4 oz. Cleaning Pad ........................................................ $8.95 

M95-391 2 lb. Cleaning Powder ................................................... 35.80 

M95-172 .................................................................................$30.00 pkg. 

Absorene 

Paper and Book Cleaner 

Absorene is the original dry cleaner that 

works like an eraser by drawing dust and dirt 

from surfaces. Used by museum curators, 

archival restoration experts, and libraries to 

clean old manuscripts, prints, oil paintings, 

books, papers, and tapestries. 11 oz. 

M82-109 ............................................. $12.75 

Groom/Stick Molecular 

Groom/Stick is a form of natural rubber with specific properties 

combining to create a surface cleaner of high efficiency. Simply roll 

Groom/Stick across the paper and it picks up surface dirt, without 

crumbling or marking the paper. 100g. 

M81-916 ........................................................................................ $35.50 

Dry Cleaning Sponges 

Removes dust, dirt, smoke stains 

and soot from walls, wood, leather, 

vinyl, tile, shades and other 

surfaces. Vulcanized natural 

rubber sponge is completely 

safe, non-toxic, and leaves no 

residue. Economical 

and easy-to-use. 

Instructions included. 


M95-579 Small 6” x 3” x 3/4” thick ............... $4.00 ........... $3.80 ea. 

M95-580 Large 7” x 4” x 2” thick .................... 6.95 ............. 6.60 ea. 

Wishab ® Cleaning Sponges 

Wishab Sponges are used by conservators to carry out convenient 

and safe dry cleaning of surfaces on paper, walls, ceilings, pictures, 

frescos, mural paintings, wallpaper, tapestries, textiles and other 

surfaces. Each sponge consists of a blue handle with the yellow 

cleaning layer moulded into it, restoring itself constantly due to the 

crumb formation process. The soft sponge is used for sensitive 

surfaces, the hard sponge for less sensitive base surfaces and the 

extra hard sponge for least sensitive surfaces such as stone. 

Surfaces to be cleaned must be absolutely dry. 


M782-4101 Soft Sponge............................ $18.85 ............. $17.90 ea. 

M782-4121 Hard Sponge............................. 22.95 ............... 21.80 ea. 

M782-4141 Extra Hard Sponge ................... 27.00 ............... 25.65 ea. 

Skum-X ® Powder Dietzgen 

Inert powder offers coarser eraser crumbs than 

cleaning pads, lifting larger stains more quickly. 

Easily erase fingerprints, pencil marks and other 

surface discolourations. 1-1/2 oz. 

M62-818 .......................................................... $7.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

69

Book Binding Tools and Supplies 

® 


Our acid-free adhesive has excellent 

lay-flat properties and dries clear. 

The polyvinyl acetate (PVA) formula 

is fast setting and remoistenable 

with water. This adhesive was 

formulated specifically for preservation 

materials and will not become M61-014 

brittle with age. Adheres to most 

porous surfaces. Take advantage of 

the lower cost on our bulk container of adhesive. Now you can use our 

rugged, reusable plastic pump to dispense small quantities of glue from 

128 oz. containers. 


M95-383 8 oz. Squeeze bottle ................................................... $8.25 

M95-384 32 oz. Plastic bottle ..................................................... 26.00 

M95-382 128 oz. Bottle .............................................................. 77.00 

M61-014 Dispenser Pump for 128 oz. Bottle ............................ 13.95 

Glue Brushes 

Designed for book binding and adhesive applications, the dense natural 

bristles load and carry lots of glue and spread glue evenly over large 

surfaces. Metal free construction will not rust. 

Cat. # Size Price 

M82-455 0.5” ............................................................................. $9.50 

M82-456 0.75” ........................................................................... 10.95 

Binding Tape 

Genuine linen tape is closely 

woven for strength. 3/8” 

width accommodates most 

popular size books. 60” long. 

M61-050 ..................... $9.95 

Fiskar Book Drill 

Super (Mull) Cotton Cloth 

Made of ABS plastic with a contoured handle 

for reduced fatigue. This drill is ideal for bookbinding 

applications and other general repairs. 

Includes four popular size drill bits. 

M26-066 ...................................... $24.00 

A special sized cotton cheesecloth used 

for lining spines and connecting cover boards. 

Commonly referred to as mull, crash and tarlatan. Also ideal for 

cleaning litho stones. Dimensions: 30” x 36”. 

M61-051 ......................................................................................... $5.95 

Binding Thread 

Strong genuine Irish linen thread, for hand sewing. Expands with 

moisture to prevent tears in the paper. 50 yards long. 

M61-003 ......................................................................................... $9.25 

M81-850 

M82-306 

M82-305 

M62-802 

Genuine Bone Folders 

These genuine bone folders are useful for making strong creases in 

book jackets, covers, papers and polyester materials. They have a 

rounded end for burnishing. A must for bookbinding and repair. 

Cat. # Description W x L Price 

M82-305 One End Pointed–One End Round ... 7/8” x 6-1/8”.... $10.75 

M82-306 One End Pointed–One End Round ...... 7/8” x 8”......... 12.75 

Plastic Bone Folder 

Used for creating folders, creasing book jackets and covers, papers, 

and other polyester materials. 8’’ long. Moulded plastic. Rounded 

edges. Parallel edge. 

M62-802 ......................................................................................... $5.25 

Teflon ® Folders 

These bone folders will not glaze or mark delicate papers or fabrics. 

The non-stick material insure that almost nothing will adhere to the 

folder, even the stickiest of glue can not get a grip on its slippery 

surface. These strong folders are not easily broken and virtually will last 

forever. A great enhancement in the bone folder technology. 


M81-849 Small: 5-1/4” x 5/8” x 1/4” ......................................... $24.30 

M81-850 Large: 6-1/4” x 3/4” x 3/8” ........................................... 29.75 

Beeswax Sticks 

Beeswax is the traditional material used 

by conservators for waxing thread to make 

difficult sewing jobs easier to accomplish. 1oz. 

M61-002 ................................................ $7.95 

Bookbinder’s Awl 

Finished wood handle with a 1-3/4” steel 

blade. Used for punching stitch holes into 

sections in preparation for sewn binding. 

M88-010 ........................................... $13.20 

Bookbinder’s Needle 

Sized to accommodate the sturdy bookbinding threads, these needles 

have a length that is easy to handle and a slightly blunted point to 

reduce paper snags. 5 per package. 

M61-004 ................................................................................. $6.95 pkg. 

70 


Deacidification 

PaperSaver ® 

PaperSaver ® is a paper 

deacidification spray for professional 

conservators, as well as family 

archivists, artists, scrap-bookers and 

framers. One-sided application 

extends the life expectancy 

of acid based paper by a 

factor of over three times. 

(Independently tested by the 

Canadian Conservation Institute) 

and meets Library of Congress 

criteria. Contains benign alkaline 

oxide ingredients dispersed in a non-aqueous, hydrocarbon 

carrier. PaperSaver ® meets ASTM D-4236 and Federal TSCA 

standards for safety. 


M65-203 Refillable Bottle w/ Pump, 16 oz. ............................. $34.95 

M65-204 Refill Bottle, 16 oz. ...................................................... 22.65 

M65-200 Aerosol Spray, 5 oz. .................................................... 20.30 

M65-201 Aerosol Spray, 10 oz. .................................................. 26.95 

M65-202 pH Testing Pen ............................................................. 9.75 

M64-186 

Bookkeeper ® 

Deacidification 

A single application of the Bookkeeper ® patented deacidification 

treatment neutralizes existing acids and extends the life of books, 

documents and other paper items by three to five times. It also leaves 

an alkaline reserve that protects against future acid problems. 


M94-377 Refillable Spray Bottle, 8 oz. ...................................... $58.00 

M94-378 Refill Bottle, 38 oz. .................................................... 175.00 

M94-373 Aerosol Spray, 16 oz. ................................................... 83.00 

M64-186 pH Testing Pen .............................................................. 8.50 

PEL Sprayer 

It features a clog-proof nozzle, capable of 

delivering a consistent spray pattern, ranging 

from a fine mist - Ideal for dampening paper, or 

a powerful jet stream, for other applications. This 

is one of the most chemical resistant sprayers on 

the market. All parts are made of polypropylene 

or polyethylene, with no rubber O-rings to dry 

out or deteriorate. Ideal for deacidification and 

conservation applications. Capacity: 700 ml. 

M95-178 .................................................... $11.25 

ColorpHast ® pH Indicator Strips 

Easy to use Non-Bleeding Strips. Distinctions between pH levels 

are facilitated by sharp contrast between adjacent colour squares. A 

matched coloured scale is provided for each pH measurement. Strips 

are accurate to 0.5 pH limits. Excellent light stability. Must be used 

with distilled water. 100 strips per box. 


M95-454 pH Range 0 - 14 ................................................ $42.75 box 

M95-455 pH Range 2.5 - 4.5 ............................................... 42.75 box 

M95-456 pH Range 4.0 - 7.0 ............................................... 42.75 box 

M95-457 pH Range 6.5 - 10.0 ............................................. 42.75 box 

Groundwood 

Testing Pen 

This pen reacts instantly with 

groundwood, changing from a 

pale lemon yellow colour to a vivid 

pumpkin orange, even detecting 

as little as 0.1% groundwood. 

When testing thermo paper and 

NCR paper a dark greenish grey 

colour results on coated side. Test the other side of the paper for 

groundwood. This pen contains corrosive acid and small amounts of a 

toxic chemical. Do not contact with skin/eyes. 

For professional use only. 

M64-191 ...................................................................................... $26.00 

KRYLON ® Make it Acid-Free! 

Neutralizes acids that deteriorate paper and protects paper 

from getting brittle. Extends the life of newspaper clippings, 

scrapbook material and more! Acid-free, archival-safe. 6 oz. 

M61-092 ..................................................................... $23.95 

Phydrion Jumbo Pencil pH Indicators 

Precision method for surface pH reactions: 0.5 unit colour chart in the 

neutral range and the clear distinctions of f10 1.0 pH unit itin the acid and 

alkaline range. Rapid colour change reacts on any surface. Use distilled 

water when testing. Peel-off pencils are 6-1/2” long. 


M62-832 pH Range 0 - 13 ......................................................... $59.95 

M62-833 pH Range 1 - 7 ............................................................. 59.95 

M62-834 pH Range 6 - 8 ............................................................. 59.95 

M62-835 pH Range 6 - 10 ........................................................... 59.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

71

Archival Papers 

Cosmos Blotting Paper 

Lightweight – Unbuffered 

Made of 100% high alpha cellulose fibre, neutral pH; soft 

bulky and highly absorbent rough textured surface, no 

deckles. Material has no surface sizing. pH value: 

minimum 6.8 – 7.5— 20pt. caliper. 360g/m 2 . 

Bond Papers Permalife Bond 

Originally developed by Dr. W. J. Barrow, this superior grade 20 lb. 

paper equals or exceeds the specifications for a permanent/durable 

paper. In tests simulating usage for 300+ years, it neither yellowed nor 

became brittle. Each sheet is watermarked with Permalife logo and 

the date it was manufactured. It is buffered with a 3 to 4.5% calcium 

carbonate reserve. pH Value: minimum 7.5 to 8.0. 


Permanent/Durable Acid-Free Permalife White bond. 


M82-047 8-1/2” x 11” ...................................................... $29.50 pkg. 

M82-104 8-1/2” x 14” ........................................................ 38.95 pkg. 

M82-106 11” x 17” ............................................................ 64.00 pkg. 

APPLICATIONS 

Intended for a variety of laboratory 

applications in paper restoration, 

including as a blotter for leaf casting. As 

a back lining or spine lining material in edition 

and library binding of hardcover books. Absorption 

of moisture in conservation procedures and print 

making. 24” x 38”. 50 sheets per package. 

M82-060 ............................................................. $200.00 pkg. 

Interleaving Sizes 


M82-185 11” x 14-1/2” .................................................... $35.00 pkg. 

M82-186 16-1/4” x 20-1/4” ................................................ 64.00 pkg. 

M82-187 20-1/4” x 24-1/4” .............................................. 129.00 pkg. 

M82-189 28” x 34” .......................................................... 210.00 pkg. 

Rolls Acid-free 34”W x 100 yd. rolls for wrapping, separating and 

interleaving. Very useful when an acid-free paper is needed in varying 

sizes. Substance 20 lb. Colour: White. 

M95-326 ........................................................................... $139.00 roll 

Blotting Paper Medium weight 

This is a machine made blotting paper. Refined wood free fibre, 

acid-free. It is very soft with a high thickness to weight ratio which 

gives good absorption. Medium weight. 300 g/m 2 (25 pt. per caliper). 

Now 50 sheets per package. 


M64-135 24” x 34” ......................................................... $102.00 pkg. 

M64-136 34” x 48” ........................................................... 198.00 pkg. 

Blotting Paper Heavyweight, 100% Cotton 

Repro Plus 

Acid-free, alkaline standard no.1 reprographic paper for fault-free 

operation in photocopiers. Repro Plus offers the combined benefits of 

quality and economy. It is compatible with laser printers, copiers, plain 

paper fax machines and offset duplicators. 500 sheets per package. 


M82-030 8-1/2” x 11” ........................................................ $11.95 pkg. 

M82-031 8-1/2” x 14” .......................................................... 14.50 pkg. 

M82-032 11” x 17” .............................................................. 19.95 pkg. 

This is an acid-free blotter made from 100% cotton fibre, without the 

use of optical brighteners. Cotton provides a softer, smooth surface 

on both sides compared to alpha cellulose which only has one smooth 

side. This heavy-duty 100 pt. blotter is suitable for most applications, 

and is excellent where extreme absorbency is required. 

Dimensions: 38” x 52”. Colour: White. 5 sheets per package. 

M62-831 ............................................................................ $159.00 pkg. 

Hammermill Archival Bond 

Hammermill Fore MP 24# white bond is acid-free (7.5 pH) and contains 

100% virgin fibres. This paper is formulated for high opacity which 

minimizes show through, and provides a superior print surface for 

image quality with sharper text and graphics. 500 sheets per package. 


M82-370 8-1/2” x 11” ...................................................... $14.50 pkg. 

M82-371 8-1/2” x 14” ........................................................ 19.50 pkg. 

M82-372 11” x 17” ............................................................ 25.00 pkg. 

72 


Interleaving and Photo-Tex Paper 

Interleaving Paper 24 lb. - Buffered 

A 24 lb. acid-free (pH 8–8.5) buffered bond paper for use between 

documents, photographs and prints to prevent acid migration from one 

to the other. 500 sheets per package. 


M82-053 8-1/2” x 11” .................................................... $29.60 pkg. 

M82-048 8-1/2” x 14” ...................................................... 36.80 pkg. 

M82-043 14” x 11” .......................................................... 65.00 pkg. 

M82-044 17” x 11-1/4” .................................................... 85.00 pkg. 

M82-045 18” x 14” .......................................................... 98.00 pkg. 

M82-046 20” x 16” ........................................................ 115.00 pkg. 

Interleaving Paper 50 lb. - Buffered 

Machine-made from sulphite pulp. This white interleaving acid 

-free paper can be used very advantageously for separating prints, 

slipsheeting, covering images in portfolios and mailings. The paper 

is translucent enough to show the image behind it and has enough 

body to prevent creases and bent corners. Dimensions: 25” x 38”. 


M82-054 ............................................................................ $182.00 pkg. 

Interleaving Cover Stock 65 lb. - Buffered 

This 65 lb. Hollinger permanent cover stock is ideal where heavier 

interleaving material is required. It can also be used for many other 

applications. Dimensions: 23” x 35”. 50 sheets per package. 

M82-180 ............................................................................. $80.00 pkg. 

Glassine Interleaving/Wrapping Paper 

Unbuffered 

This acid-free, unbuffered Glassine Paper is made from selected 

chemical pulp, for general conservation use. Transparency of the paper 

is obtained in a special manufacturing process employed by the mill, 

with no salts, additives or chemical surface treatment. 

pH Value: minimum 6.8. 

APPLICATIONS 

Interleaving and wrapping in the conservation of paper and textiles. 

Overlay in painting restoration. Protective wrapping in preparation of 

works of art for shipment. 


M64-134 24” x 36” - 500 per package ........................... $520.00 pkg. 

M64-138 36” x 48” - 250 per package ............................. 520.00 pkg. 

M64-139 48” x 100 yard roll ............................................... 145.00 roll 


MicroChamber Interleaving Paper 

MicroChamber Interleaving Paper is very thin, nearly transparent, and 

contains SPZ zeolite which gives it the power to remove pollutants, 

both airborn and those released by the collection itself. In addition, 

however, it also eliminates odors such as those from smoke, mold 

and mildew. This paper is a thin, pure white, exceptionally uniform 

100% cotton paper, containing an unobtrusive watermark for easy 

identification. It is approximately one half the thickness of a sheet of 

bond paper. It can be used with all collections, whether paper-based or 

photographic items are involved. 

.0025 - .0028 in., 65g/m 2 


M82-380 8-1/2” x 11” - 250 per package ........................... $55.00 pkg. 

M82-381 8-1/2” x 14” - 250 per package ............................. 69.00 pkg. 

M82-382 36” x 48” - 100 per package ............................... 348.00 pkg. 

M82-383 36” x 100 yard roll ................................................. 352.00 roll 

Standard Barrier/Interleaving Paper - Buffered 

A strong 80 lb. long-fibred paper made from selected chemical pulp, 

acid-free and buffered against acid deterioration. This pure white paper 

has exceptionally high folding endurance and tear resistance, excellent 

aging properties, and good printability. pH Value: minimum 7.0. 

APPLICATIONS 

Lining paper for framing (barrier sheet). Interleaving in storage of 

documents, prints, etc. Proofing sheet for production of art on paper. 

Stock for envelopes and lightweight folders. 


M7-1108 40” x 250 yards ................................................ $395.00 roll 

M7-1110 60” x 175 yards .................................................. 425.00 roll 

Photo-Tex Tissue Paper 

Unbuffered 

This high-purity, 100% cotton fibre 

sheet meets the highest quality 

standards for the storage of 

photography. Made in a very 

smooth finish to prevent damage 

to negatives and prints by abrasion, 

this natural white paper is neutral 

pH, unbuffered and sulphur-free. 

Fibre distribution and formation of 

this paper are excellent. pH Value: 

7.2 at time of manufacture. Since 

the paper is not buffered, a drop in pH-value is to be expected when 

exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. 

APPLICATIONS 

General storage of photographic collections. Negative folders and 

envelopes. Storage of textiles for which the alkaline environment of a 

buffered paper is considered to be undesirable, i.e. wool and silk. 


M7-1185 24” x 36” - 250 per package ........................... $275.00 pkg. 


Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

73

Interleaving and Tissue Paper 

74 

Economy Tissue 

Paper Buffered 

A buffered 10 lb. tissue 

pH 6.7-7.2 for general 

wrapping and interleaving. 

This lightweight fully 

bleached wood pulp 

paper is generally used 

for wrapping and interleaving 

where a degree 

of purity is necessary. 


M82-033 24” x 36” Package of 500 sheets ............... $125.00 pkg. 

M82-033-R 36” x 1000’ roll ................................................ 140.00 roll 

Hollinger Tissue 

Paper Buffered 

This thin (.001) tissue, minimum pH 8.5 and 3% calcium carbonate 

buffered, is an excellent lightweight medium for wrapping or 

interleaving between documents, artifacts, prints, negatives and other 

materials to be stored. 


M82-102 30” x 250’ roll ........................... $63.00 .............. $59.85 roll 

M82-103 36” x 250’ roll ............................. 74.00 ................ 70.30 roll 

100 sheets per package 

M82-138 20” x 30” .................................. $57.00 ............ $54.15 pkg. 

M82-135 24” x 36” .................................... 72.00 .............. 68.40 pkg. 

Hollinger Tissue Paper Unbuffered 

Some textile conservators prefer a pH neutral unbuffered tissue. 18 

lb., MH-10779 is suitable for heavy-duty wrapping such as rugs and 

tapestries. The 12 lb. is a lightweight tissue and is more flexible. 

Cat. # Wt. Dimensions 1+ 5+ 

MH-10779 18# ........ 36” x 250’ roll ........... $70.50 ........ $67.00 roll 

MH-10778 12# ........ 36” x 250’ roll ........... $67.50 .......... 64.00 roll 


MH-11945 12# ............20” x 30” ............... $48.00 ........ 45.60 pkg. 

MH-11955 12# ............24” x 36” ................. 55.00 ........ 52.25 pkg. 

New 

Spider Tissue Unbuffered 

The acid-free, 9gsm L-2 Spider Tissue is created using Abaca Hemp, 

with fibres that are suitable for wet localized or full manuscript repairs, 

making lamination barely detectable. This is a soft, unbuffered tissue, 

ideal for interleaving papers, photographs, bookbinding, stuffing textiles 

and other conservation applications. Each roll measures 36-1/2”x 325 ft. 

M64-245 ............................................................................... $140.00 roll 


Legion Tissue Paper Buffered 

Acid-free fibre white buffered tissue, with minimum pH value 7.5–8.0. 

High quality 10 lb. tissue is used for many applications. Including: 

interleaving, wrapping of documents, manuscripts, textiles, silver and 

other delicate valuables. 


M71-166 20” x 30”, Package of 500 sheets .................. $149.00 pkg. 


Legion Tissue Paper Unbuffered 

pH neutral, machine made of 100% high alpha cellulose. 


M71-168 24” x 36”, Package of 500 sheets .................. $142.00 pkg. 

Interleaving Tissue Buffered 

Recommended for black and white artwork and prints as well as other 

items that would benefit from acid-neutralizing buffering. The thin 

(.001) 16g/m2 is desirable for maximum translucency. Buffered with 

3% calcium carbonate for use with silver halide films and papers as 

well for nitrate base films. 



M82-650 8-1/2” x 11” ....................................................... $13.95 pkg. 

M82-651 11” x 14” ............................................................. 19.95 pkg. 

M82-644 15” x 20” ............................................................. 48.00 pkg. 

M82-645 30” x 40” ........................................................... 160.00 pkg. 

M82-646 40” x 250’ roll ..................................................... $130.00 roll 

M82-647 40” x 500’ roll ...................................................... 190.00 roll 

Interleaving Tissue Unbuffered 

Recommended for use with coloured prints, textiles, and watercolours. 

Albumen, cyanotype, dry transfer or chromogenic prints also require 

unbuffered tissue. Very thin (.001) 16g/m2 tissue for maximum 

translucency. Ideal for separating prints, drawings, or lithographs. 



M82-652 8-1/2” x 11” ....................................................... $12.75 pkg. 

M82-653 11” x 14” ............................................................. 18.50 pkg. 

M82-640 15” x 20” ............................................................. 45.00 pkg. 

M82-641 30” x 40” ........................................................... 145.00 pkg. 

M82-642 40” x 250’ roll ..................................................... $110.00 roll 

M82-643 40” x 500’ roll ...................................................... 150.00 roll

Japanese and Handmade Papers 

Japanese Conservation and Handmade Papers 

A complete variety of the most popular Japanese papers available. 

All papers are elegant, delicate looking, and very tear resistant. 

Samples available upon request. 5 sheets per package. 

A. Ikeda Conservation 

A good all-purpose repair paper. Handmade in Kochi, Japan of Thai 

kozo, it is lightly dyed to match the colour of aging acidic papers. 

Good for guarding, hinging and infill. Wt: 25g. 21” x 32”. 

M12-000 ....................................................................... $45.25 pkg. 

C. New Kitakata 

A ’new’ paper, capturing the qualities of the sought-after original 

kitakata. Now machine-made in Japan of 100% Philippine gampi (as 

opposed to mitsumata), the darkish beige tone of this paper and the 

sheen of one side make it highly useful for book and paper repair. 

Wt: 35g. 16” x 21”. 

M12-002 ....................................................................... $15.00 pkg. 

D. Kozuke Ivory 

An economical machine-made paper of Thai kozo and lignin removed 

sulphite, it is a good choice for backing cloth, paper or for bulk repairs 

of books that are not meant to last forever. Lightly sized. Wt: 44 g. 

25” x 37”. 

M12-003 ....................................................................... $21.95 pkg. 

F. Sekishu Mare 

As fine as it gets, this “mare” grade 100% Japanese kozo Sekishu 

has been completely ”picked“ clean by hand, the labour in Japanese 

papermaking that created a perfectly even surface. Use it when you 

want the very best for guarding hinging, or supporting. Wt: 25 g. 

9-3/4” x 13-3/4”. 

M12-005 ....................................................................... $26.30 pkg. 

G. Usu Kuchi Light 

Machine-made in Kochi, Japan with 100% Thai kozo, this lightweight 

paper is useful for backing light cloth and paper or other 

treatments which don’t require perfect evenness of fibre. Wt: 21 g. 

25” x 37”. 

M12-006 ....................................................................... $19.50 pkg. 

H. Usu Kuchi Heavy 

Same as Usu Kuchi Light but, for use with slightly 

heavier materials. Wt: 31 g. 25” x 37”. 

M12-007 ....................................................................... $24.50 pkg. 

Usu Kuchi Extra Heavy 

Machine-made in Kochi, Japan with 100% Thai kozo, this heavier 

weight paper is useful where thickness and strength are required 

without perfect evenness of fibre. Wt: 65 g. 25” x 37”. 

Not Pictured. 

M12-016 ....................................................................... $45.00 pkg. 

I. Tengu-jo Tissue 

Machine-made in Kochi, Japan of 100% Japanese kozo, this thin 

classic repair tissue has been bleached to clean it of impediments, 

but its thinness means it will blend in nicely with the item being 

treated and not increase bulk when used for guarding . Wt: 12 g. 37” 

x 35”. 

M12-008 ....................................................................... $21.00 pkg. 

J. Tosa Usushi 

Handmade in Kochi, Japan of 100% kozo. A fine paper produced by 

hand by one of the younger papermakers in Japan, who is particularly 

talented at making very even sheets of high quality. Because 

he has only been at the vat for about 6 years, he cannot command 

the higher prices of the senior makers. Natural in colour, and fine 

and even in texture, this paper could become the next ”usumino“ 

which is so prized for its excellence. Wt: 15 g. 25” x 39”. 

M12-013 ....................................................................... $48.00 pkg. 

Japanese Conservation Paper Assortment 

One full sheet each of these five popular conservation papers 

varying in tone, weight and strength: Usu Kuchi Light 25”x 37”, 

Yame Kozo Hadaura S-3 25”x 38”, Tengu-jo Tissue MM 25”x 

37”, Ikeda Conservation 21”x 32”, Sekishu Tsuru Large 21”x 29”. 

Usefull for backing of cloth or paper; for blending with aging paper 

or leather repairs, guarding, hinging and infill. 

M12-017 Pkg. of 5 sheets ..............................................$41.00 pkg 

J 

I 

H 

G 

F 

D 

C 

A 

New 

Archivart ® Tissue Unbuffered 

A long-fibred tissue resembling Japanese 

papers in structure and appearance. Made 

from Abaca flax, this semi-transparent paper 

has excellent fold and tear resistance and 

lends itself to a wide range of applications in 

restoration and conservation. 9g/m2. pH Value: 

minimum 6.8 to 7.5. 500 sheets per package. 


Sheet size: 24” x 36” 

M7-1158 ..................................... $495.00 pkg. 

Roll size: 65” x 250 yards 

M7-1162 .......................................... 695.00 roll 

Japanese Lens Tissue Unbuffered 

Machine-made, 100% Manilla Hemp, pH 8.0, 

long soft fibres. An unbuffered, neutral pH paper 

softer than the acid-free tissue. Ideal for wrapping 

delicate objects, animal fibre textiles or repairing 

torn paper. Available in sheets or rolls. Colour: 

White. 50 sheets per package. 

Cat. # 

Price 

Sheet size: 20” x 30” 

M64-160 ............................................. $79.00 pkg. 

Roll size: 39” x 109 yards. 

M64-161 ............................................... 395.00 roll 

Abaca Pulp Sheet 

A favourite fiber of traditional paper makers and 

studio artists, this unbleached, natural colour fiber 

comes from banana plant leaves, grown in the 

Philippines. Use abaca for its natural, flecked fibre 

and to add strength to handmade paper and casts. 

Abaca pulp rehydrates in the kitchen blender. Tip 

sheet included. Unbleached abaca sheet pulp, 

Dimensions: 23”x 28” sheet. 12 oz +/-. Imported 

from Philippines. 

M64-241 .................................................... $21.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

75

Archival Corrugated Board 

E-Flute 

New 

New 

Heritage Corrugated Board 

Heritage Corrugated Board sets the standard for the next 

generation of archival corrugated board. It greatly exceeds the quality 

of other boards available, and passes much more stringent testing for 

permanence than simply the Photo Activity Test. This multi-use board 

is blue/grey on one side and white on the other. Certification: ANSI IT 

9.16/ ISO 14523-1999 (PAT test). ISO 9706 - Permanency requirements 

for paper. ANSI/ NISO Z.39.48-1992 Permanence for paper in Library 

and Archives. Features 100% beached alpha cellulose with no optical 

brighteners. Lignin-free, Buffered 3% calcium carbonate, pH 8.0 – 9.5, 

Passes PAT. 

Cat. # Description Sheets per Carton Price 

Single Wall 

M56-050 B-Flute (1/8” Thick) 32”x 48” ...... 25 .......... $310.00 ctn. 

M56-051 B-Flute (1/8” Thick) 40”x 60” ...... 15 ............ 350.00 ctn. 

M56-052 B-Flute (1/8” Thick) 48”x 96” ...... 15 ............ 630.00 ctn. 

Double Wall 

M56-053 BB-Flute (1/4” Thick) 32”x 48” ...... 15 .......... $280.00 ctn. 

M56-054 BB-Flute (1/4” Thick) 40”x 60” ...... 10 ............ 335.00 ctn. 

M56-055 BB-Flute (1/4” Thick) 48”x 96” ...... 10 ............ 645.00 ctn. 

Multi-Use 

Archival E-Flute 

Corrugated Board 

B-Flute 

The strength (exceeds 200# test) of 

this E-flute corrugated board makes it 

useful for box making, dividers, shelf lining, 

etc. E-flute is half the thickness of standard 

B-flute with nearly the same strength. Acid-free, 

lignin-free and buffered with calcium carbonate. Scoring, 

folding and cutting are easy. Great for CAD box making 

machines. Colour: Blue/Grey. 

Cat. # Dimensions Thickness Sheets Per Package Price 

M64-253 8”x 10” ..............1/16” ..................... 10 ........... $16.50 pkg. 

M64-254 11”x 14” ............1/16” ..................... 10 ............. 21.95 pkg. 

M64-255 14”x 18” ............1/16” ..................... 10 ............. 33.50 pkg. 

M64-256 16”x 20” ............1/16” ..................... 10 ............. 39.95 pkg. 

M64-257 20”x 24” ............1/16” ..................... 10 ............. 58.95 pkg. 

M64-258 30”x 40” ............1/16” ..................... 25 ........... 270.00 pkg. 

M64-259 40”x 60” ............1/16” ..................... 25 ........... 432.00 pkg. 

Multi-Use Archival B-Flute Corrugated Board 

This strong, smooth, lightweight material is the ultimate in corrugate 

boards. Acid-free, lignin-free and alkaline buffered with 3% calcium 

carbonate added for an alkaline reserve in all three layers for maximum 

protection. This exclusive board is made of fully bleached virgin fibers 

and is unusually strong—an excellent choice for boxmaking, printbackers, 

picture framing, dividers—wherever a sturdy, light board is 

required. Colour: Blue/Grey. 

Cat. # Dimensions Thickness Sheets Per Package Price 

M64-260 8”x 10” ............. 1/8” ..................... 10 ............ $17.30 pkg. 

M64-261 11”x 14” ........... 1/8” ..................... 10 .............. 23.00 pkg. 

M64-250 14”x 18” ........... 1/8” ..................... 10 .............. 35.25 pkg. 

M64-251 16”x 20” ........... 1/8” ..................... 10 .............. 41.95 pkg. 

M64-252 20”x 24” ........... 1/8” ..................... 10 .............. 62.00 pkg. 

M64-262 30”x 40” ........... 1/8” ..................... 25 ............ 285.00 pkg. 

M64-263 40”x 60” ........... 1/8” ..................... 25 ............ 455.00 pkg. 

Neutracor ® Board B-Flute 

Archival Grade Coroplast ® 

Use for print backing, picture framing, box making etc. 

Coroplast ® is an extruded virgin polypropylene, manufactured for 

archival applications. At regular temperatures, Coroplast ® is resistant 

to oils, solvents and water. It can be easily fabricated and lends itself 

to die cutting, sewing, sawing, scoring, folding, drilling, stapling, nailing 

and spot or heat welding. Twin wall construction, 4mm thickness 

(0.158”). Coroplast ® is inert with a nil pH factor. 5 per package. 


M95-440 30” x 40”, White ...........$40.00 ..$38.00 pkg. ... $36.00 pkg. 

M85-440 30” x 40”, Translucent ....40.00 ....38.00 pkg. ..... 36.00 pkg. 

M95-441 40” x 60”, White .............80.00 ....76.00 pkg. ..... 72.00 pkg. 

M85-441 40” x 60”, Translucent ....80.00 ....76.00 pkg. ..... 72.00 pkg. 

Use this acid-free corrugated board for box making, packaging, 

mounting, etc. Neutracor features a solid 12 point lignin free 

bleached liner board. Colour: White. 10 per package. 


M82-158 30” x 40” ........... $82.60 ..... $79.00 pkg. 

M82-159 40” x 60” ........... 145.00 ..... 138.00 pkg. 

76 


Archival Boards 

Archivart ® Multi-Use Board 

A corrugated board, available in standard light Blue-Grey single wall 

construction. Developed to provide strong, rigid panels meeting archival 

quality requirements at a moderate price level. The paper used in the 

manufacture of these panels is of special acid-free quality of excellent 

strength characteristics which has been buffered against acid migration. 

Careful attention has been paid in all phases of manufacturing to 

maintain the quality standards which were established for these panels. 

pH Value: minimum 7.5 and 8.5. Single Wall Construction, 1/8” thickness 

(approximately). Colour: Blue/Grey. 

APPLICATIONS 

• Backing board for framing 

• Support panel for work in conservation laboratories, 

print workshops and for displays 

• Stock for making boxes, trays, protective folders, wrappers and 

custom storage enclosures 

• Library shelf lining, dummies and dividers 

• Artist material 


M7-0010 32” x 48” (25 per carton) .................................. $345.00 ctn. 

M7-0014 40” x 60” (15 per carton) ................................... 350.00 ctn. 

Archivart ® Library Board 

A permanent/durable stock in 20pt. caliper board 

made from long fibred selected chemical pulp for maximum 

folding endurance. The material is free from lignins, waxes, plasticizers 

and adhesives. Produced with a very smooth surface, this stock 

is acid-free with high alkaline reserve for protection against acid 

deterioration. pH Value: minimum of 8.5. 

APPLICATIONS 

For document folders, map folders and library cards; protective covers 

and wrapping material for individual volumes in libraries; stock for 

boxes; storage of maps and broadsides in roll form; lightweight matting 

and mounting material; heavy-duty lining in framing. 

Colour: Light Grey. 

Cat. # Dimensions Sheets/Carton Price 

M7-0522 28” x 42” .......... 100 sheet per carton .............. $415.00 ctn. 

M7-0518 43” x 60” .......... 50 sheets per carton ................ 525.00 ctn. 

Davey Binders Board 

Davey acid-free board has a pH 

greater 

than 7 and an alkaline 

reserve. 

If quality bookbinding is 

your 

goal, only the highest 

grade 

binder board is appropriate 

to 

withstand the severe stress 

to 

which books are subjected. This board 

is 

available in standard sizes at a reasonable 

price for those bookbinders, conservators and 

librarians who want all acid-free cover materials 

on 

their books. Dimensions: 26” x 38”. 

Price per package. 

Cat. # Thickness Sheets per pkg. Price 

M61-006 0.067 ................................. 22 ........................... $125.00 pkg. 

M61-007 0.080 ................................. 18 ............................. 125.00 pkg. 

M61-008 0.098 ................................. 15 ............................. 125.00 pkg. 

Hollinger 

Barrier Board 

Sheets of sturdy 60 point barrier board 

(pH 8.5) are available for a variety of uses. This 

barrier board is both acid and lignin free throughout and is buffered 

with approximately 3% Calcium Carbonate. Grey side has a smooth 

surface which is great for handling and the white interior eliminates 

any concern for colour transfer to objects placed against it. This board 

is ideal for making phase boxes, special size boxes, dividers or any 

use where an Archival quality board is required. Colour: Grey/White. 



M82-165 27-3/4” x 34” .................. $7.25 ea. ..................... $6.90 ea. 

M82-166 34” x 47” ........................ 13.50 ea. ..................... 12.85 ea. 

Tycore Mounting Panels 

Archivart Tycore Mounting Panels provide 

the institutional conservator or 

conservation framer with a 

lightweight, balanced substrate of 

excellent rigidity. 

All papers and materials used in 

the manufacturing of these panels are 

acid-free, lignin-free and buffered against acid 

migration. The honeycomb core has a cell size of 

7/16” and a thickness of 1/2” and is made from selected 

chemical pulp. pH Value: surface - min 8.0, core - 7.0 to 8.5. 

APPLICATIONS 

A mounting substrate for display of large works of art on paper, textiles, 

posters or other objects requiring large surface area and a rigid mount. 

Cat. # Dimensions Qty. Per Carton Price 

M7-1405 40” x 60” x 3/4” ..................... 4 ....................... $700.00 ctn. 

M7-1404 48” x 96” x 1/2” ..................... 6 ....................... 1195.00 ctn. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

77

Cartons de conservation pour musées 

Museum Mounting Boards 

Rising was one of the first mills to recognize the need for acid-free, 

buffered papers and boards that would ensure the life of fine art for 

future generations. For more than a century, the mill has maintained 

very high standards for making premium paper. The line is a favourable 

choice of museum curators, artists and framers because of its 

unmatched acid-free, archival qualities. These superior qualities come 

partly from the use of artesian well water, which is high in natural 

calcium and free of damaging minerals. 

Photographic Board Unbuffered 

This 100% cotton fibre, off-white board is specially manufactured in 

the neutral pH range without any alkaline reserve or buffering. It is recommended 

for photographic use where the usual alkaline environment 

of archival quality matting and mounting boards is considered undesirable, 

in particular for colour, albumen or dye transfer prints. Also suitable 

for the conservation of protein based textile products. 

At time of manufacture, pH value is between 6.8 and 7.5. Since the 

board is not buffered, a drop in pH value is to be expected when 

exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. Colour: White. 


Cat. # Ply/Caliper Dimensions Price 

M40-576 4 ply/60pt. ..................... 32” x 40” ................ $460.00 pkg. 

M40-577 4 ply/60pt. ..................... 40” x 60” .................. 750.00 pkg. 

Museum Board 

Machine made by Rising. This board is 100% cotton, neutral pH, and 

buffered with calcium carbonate for added protection. Rising Museum 

Mounting Board is the first choice of framers, museums and conservators 

for the mounting, matting and preservation of fine prints and precious 

documents. Many artists use Rising Museum Mounting Board 

for various fine art techniques such as drawing, charcoal, pastel, air 

brush, acrylic and silkscreen. 

Cat. # Colour Ply/Caliper Price 

32” x 40”, 25 per package 

M40-560 White ........................ 2 ply/30 pt. ................. $220.00 pkg. 

M40-561 Antique ...................... 2 ply/30 pt. ................... 220.00 pkg. 

M40-562 Warm White ............. 2 ply/30 pt. ................... 220.00 pkg. 

M40-563 Polar White ............... 2 ply/30 pt. ...........New! 220.00 pkg. 

M40-564 White ........................ 4 ply/60 pt. ................... 430.00 pkg. 

M40-565 Antique ...................... 4 ply/60 pt. ................... 430.00 pkg. 

M40-566 Warm White ............. 4 ply/60 pt. ................... 430.00 pkg. 

M40-567 Polar White ............... 4 ply/60 pt. .......... New! 430.00 pkg. 


M40-568 Warm White ............. 4 ply/60 pt. ........ New! $735.00 pkg. 

M40-569 Polar White ............... 4 ply/60 pt. .......... New! 735.00 pkg. 

M40-574 Antique White ........... 4 ply/60 pt. .......... New! 735.00 pkg. 

M40-575 White ........................ 4 ply/60 pt. .......... New! 735.00 pkg. 

Conservation Board 

Machine made by Rising. This board is 100% sulphite, neutral pH, 

and lignin –free. A less expensive quality mounting board for all art. 

Conservation Board is relatively inexpensive and designed for extended 

longevity. It is buffered with calcium carbonate for additional protection. 

Cat. # Colour Ply/Caliper Price 


M40-570 White ....................... 2 ply/30 pt. .................. $152.00 pkg. 

M40-572 White ....................... 4 ply/60 pt. .................... 288.00 pkg. 

78 

Commandez en ligne! www.carrmclean.ca 

Carton de montage 

La fabrication moderne purifiant l’alpha cellulose (la forme la plus 

pure de fibres de bois) la pâté mécanique, le carton de montage 

fabriqué de coton, est recommandé par la plupart des encadreurs de 

beaux-arts. Les œuvres d’art qui sont montées sur du coton restent 

brillantes et intactes pour des décennies; démontrant les qualités du 

coton. Plusieurs musées et encadreurs utilisent le coton car il a été 

prouvé que leurs œuvres d’art seront préservées pour les générations 

futures. Le carton de montage Peterboro est fabriqué à 100% de 

fibres de coton de première qualité. Satisfait aux exigence rigoureuses 

de « FACTS » et de « Fine Art Trade Guild » au Royaume-Uni. Ces 

spécifications sont pour le carton de montage fabriqué de 100% coton. 

SPÉCIFICATIONS: 

• 100% fibres de coton 

• Couleur uniforme 

• Conception traditionnelle à deux pliss 

• Tamponné de calcium de carbonate 

• Naturellement sans acide ni lignine 

• Échantillons disponibles sur demande 

Cat. # Description Feuilles par paquet Prix 

32” x 40” 

F40-580 Blanc 1 plis/15 pts .......................... 24 .............. 84,00$ pqt 

F40-581 Blanc 2 plis/30 pts .......................... 24 .............. 145,00 pqt 

F40-582 Blanc 4 plis/60 pts .......................... 24 .............. 290,00 pqt 

F40-583 Blanc Chaud 4 plis/60 pts ............... 24 .............. 290,00 pqt 

F40-584 Blanc Traditionel 4 plis/60 pts ......... 24 .............. 290,00 pqt 

F40-585 Crème 4 plis/60 pts ........................ 24 .............. 290,00 pqt 

40” x 60” 

F40-586 Blanc 4 plis/60 pts .......................... 24 ............ 515,00$ pqt 

F40-587 Blanc Chaud 4 plis/60 pts ............... 24 .............. 515,00 pqt 

F40-588 Blanc Traditionel 4 plis/60 pts ......... 24 .............. 515,00 pqt 

F40-589 Crème 4 plis/60 pts ........................ 24 .............. 515,00 pqt 

Couleurs et épaisseurs supplémentaires disponibles sur 

demande. Veuillez contacter le service à le clientèle. 

Carton de montage pour musées – 100% papier 

mi-chiffon blanc Non-tamponné 

Ce carton de montage de qualité supérieure est fait à 100% de fibres 

mi-chiffon, sans additif de carbonate de calcium. Recommandé pour 

une utilisation avec les photos en noir et blanc ainsi que pour les 

épreuves chromogènes, procédé à l’albumine ou encore à transfert 

d’encre. De plus, les tissus et textiles de soie et de laine requierent un 

carton non-tamponné. 10 feuilles par paquet. 

Cat. # Description Dimensions Prix 

F82-655 2 plis ............................... 32”x 40” .................. 125,00$ pqt 

F82-656 4 plis ............................... 32”x 40” .................... 198,00 pqt 

*Les feuilles pré-coupées plus petites sont disponibles. 

Veuillez contacter le service à la clientèle

Foamboard and Pre-cut Mats 

800 Series Galeria Pre-cut Galeria 

800 Series Galeria Frame Collection 

Simple and stylish, these frames are pre-assembled in standard sizes 

and frame shells are easily loaded from the back. Frames include 

necessary “V” clips to secure artwork and for hanging. Ideal when 

used with Galeria Pre-Cut Mats. Colour: Shiny Black. 

Cat. # Size 1+ 5+ 

M81-100 8” x 10” ......................... $18.95 ....................... $18.00 ea. 

M81-101 11” x 14” ........................ 24.25 ......................... 23.00 ea. 

M81-102 16” x 20” ......................... 32.50 ......................... 31.00 ea. 

M81-103 20” x 24” ......................... 38.00 ......................... 36.00 ea. 

M81-104 22” x 28” ......................... 42.00 ......................... 39.90 ea. 

*Galeria Frames do not include glass or mat. 

Galeria Pre-Cut Mats 

Museum quality pre-cut mats are 100% cotton rag with a 4-ply bright 

white window and 2-ply backing. Each mat is hinged on the long side 

with linen tape. Openings are sized to slightly overlap the image. 


Cat. # Mat Size Print Size Opening Price 

M81-105 8”x 10” ......... 4”x 6” ............3-3/4”x 5-3/4” ..... $51.25 pkg. 

M81-106 11”x 14” ....... 5”x 7” ............4-3/4”x 6-3/4” ....... 69.00 pkg. 

M81-107 11”x 14” ...... 8”x 10” ...........7-1/2”x 9-1/2” ....... 69.00 pkg. 

M81-108 11”x 14” ... 8-1/2”x 11” ..........8”x 10-1/2” ......... 69.00 pkg. 

M81-109 16”x 20” ..... 11”x 14” ........10-1/2”x 13-1/2” ..... 88.00 pkg. 

M81-110 16”x 20” ..... 11”x 17” ..............10”x 16” ........... 88.00 pkg. 

M81-111 20”x 24” ..... 13”x 19” ..............12”x 18” ......... 152.00 pkg. 

M81-112 20”x 24” ..... 16”x 20” ........15-1/2”x 19-1/2” ... 152.00 pkg. 

M81-113 22”x 28” ..... 17”x 22” ..............16”x 21” ......... 210.00 pkg. 

Logan Fitting Tool 

Unique patent pending 

rotating head design drives 

and removes four different 

inserts. Use on hard or soft 

woods and drives inserts 

into moulding up to 3”. 

M99 -003......................................... $49.00 

Logan Dual Drive 

Point Driver 

The dual drive fires stacks of either 

rigid or flexible inserts into wood 

moulding. The versatility of driving 

both rigid and flexible points makes it 

an industry best value. 


M99-024 Dual Drive Point Driver ................................... $80.00 ea. 

M99-025 Flex Point Inserts - 600 per pkg. ...................... 6.75 pkg. 

M99-026 Rigid Point Inserts - 600 per pkg. ..................... 9.50 pkg. 

Foamboard Cutter 

Push style fixed blade foamboard cutter is 

reversible, and cuts 90 degree straight or a 45 

degree bevel with an adjustable blade depth to 

3/8”. Uses Logan #492 blade. 


M99-020 Cutter ................................................................... $30.00 ea. 

M99-021 Replacement blades (Package of 5) ...................... 4.00 pkg. 

Encore (Bienfang) 

100% Cotton Rag 

Foam Board 

100% Cotton Rag Foam Board combines 

the handling ease of foam board with the 

quality and performance of a 100% rag surface 

paper artwork to be placed directly on its surface. 

The 100% cotton rag surface sheet is acid-free and 

contains no lignin, alum or harsh chemicals. It’s buffered 

with calcium carbonate to a pH of 8.2+/-.5, with an alkaline 

reserve of 2-3%. The sheet is bonded to a chemically inert and 

non-acidic polystyrene core. Encore 100% cotton rag foam board 

is available in a 3/16” thickness and two sheet sizes. Colour: White. 



M901-011 32” x 40” ....................... $62.00 .................. $58.90 pkg. 

M901-012 40” x 60” ....................... 120.00 .................. 114.00 pkg. 

Encore (Bienfang) Acid-Free 

Foam Board 

This foam board is totally acid-free with a chemically inert core. The 

facing paper on both sides has a pH of 7.3–8.5 in accordance with the 

Library of Congress cold extraction methods specifications for nonphotographic 

materials and is buffered to maintain its pH level for years. 

Encore acid-free foam board is available in 1/8” and 3/16” thickness 

and two sheet sizes. P.A.T Approved. Colour: White. 5 per package. 

Cat. # Thickness Dimensions 1+ 5+ 

M900-351 3/16” .............. 32” x 40” ......... $49.00 ....... $46.50 pkg. 

M900-352 3/16” .............. 40” x 60” ........... 86.00 ......... 82.00 pkg. 

M900-361 1/8” ................ 32” x 40” ........... 47.00 ......... 44.65 pkg. 

M900-362 1/8” ................ 40” x 60” ........... 84.00 ......... 80.00 pkg. 

Artcare Archival Foamboard 

Artcare Foamboard is a lightweight, rigid board, featuring alkaline 

pH liners of Artcare zeolite-bearing papers. The Artcare liners are 

available in either 100% alpha cellulose or 100% cotton rag, both in 

white. They provide unique protective absorption of environmental contaminants. 

They are used for artwork mounting and backing, or shelf 

and drawer lining. pH 8.5 to 9.5. 5 per package. 

Cat. # Thickness Dimensions 1+ 5+ 

Alpha Cellulose 

M82-236-A 3/16” ............. 24”x 36” .............. $42.00 .... $40.00 pkg. 

M82-231 3/16” ............. 32”x 40” ................ 54.00 ...... 51.00 pkg. 

M82-232 3/16” ............. 40”x 60” ................ 83.00 ...... 78.50 pkg. 

100% Cotton Rag 

M82-660 3/16” ............. 32”x 40” .... New! $54.00 .... $51.00 pkg. 

M82-661 3/16” ............. 40”x 60” ...... New! 83.00 ...... 78.50 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

79

Mat Cutters 

New 

Mat Cutter 250 

All the features needed to enjoy professional results quickly and easily. 

Includes straight edge, squaring T-bars, bevel cutting head, Logan Mat 

Knife for straight cuts, measuring scale and creative cutting guide. 

This 24” Mat Cutting board is small and compact enough to fit in a 

backpack. Most economical board mounted mat cutter ever produced. 

M99-042 ...................................................................................... $85.00 

Intermediate+ 

Mat Cutter 

450 

An economical, all purpose, 40” mat 

cutting system capable of cutting full 32” x 40” sheet 

of matboard. Includes parallel mat guide for setting border widths up to 

4-1/4”, 90-degree squaring bar for true corners, straight cutting head, 

and bevel cutting head. Designed for artists, photographers, crafters 

and framers. Includes creative matting instructions and five extra 

blades. 

M99-030 ................................................................................... $249.00 

Simplex Plus Mat 

Cutter 750 

The amazing Simplex Plus 

Mat Cutter far exceeds 

what an average artist’s 

40” mat cutter should 

be. With features like 

dual guide rail stops, 27” 

squaring arm, parallel 

mat guide and durable 

laminate board surface, 

it performs like a professional mat cutter at a fraction of the cost of 

production equipment. The bevel cutting head features an ergonomic 

shape, a patented Logan blade slot and anti-crawl pin to prevent 

forward “creep” of the cutting head. The straight cutting head has 

a 3” ergonomic handle and three depth settings. The Simplex Plus 

clearly provides the quality and ease of use retained only by professional 

equipment at an affordable price for mat cutters at any level. 

M99-031 .................................................................................... $440.00 

Premier Heavy-Duty Trimmers 

3/4” wood base. Fully-hardened steel blades cut up to 20 sheets at 

once. Accurately cuts paper, matte board, cardboard, film, tissue and 

textiles. Permanent 1/2” grid and dual English and metric rulers ensure 

proper alignment. Patented automatic blade latch locks with every 

cutting motion. Finger guard protects entire blade length. Torsion spring 

prevents blade from accidentally falling. Ergonomic soft-grip handle. 

Non-skid feet. M67-849 features an automatic paper clamp. Lifetime 

limited warranty (includes blades). 

Cat. # Cutting Length Dimensions Price 

M67-840 12” 3”H x 13-7/8”W x 16”D ............ $157.00 

M67-841 15” 3”H x 13-7/8”W x 19”D .............. 225.00 

M67-846 18” 4”H x 19-7/8”W x 22”D .............. 260.00 

M67-847 24” 4”H x 19-7/8”W x 28”D .............. 365.00 

M67-848 30” 5”H x 24-7/8”W x 34”D .............. 580.00 

M67-849 36” 5”H x 24-7/8”W x 43”D .............. 815.00 

Handheld Mat Cutter 5000 

Designed to cut both 4-ply and 

8-ply mat board 

The Logan 5000 features an ergonomic grip and an indicator light, 

that glows when the blade is fully engaged. A quick-change magnetic 

blade cartridge easily flips from the 8-ply to 4-ply setting. Uses Logan 

270 blades. 

M99-049 ....................................................................................... $59.95 

Mat Knife 500 

For straight cutting matboard down 

to size. Use with any suitable straight 

edge. Three depth settings: safety, single sheet and double thick. 

Includes three extra blades. Uses Logan 270 blade. 

M99-043 ..................................................................................... $12.75 

270 Logan Blades 

For Logan cutters #301, #450, #701, and #750. 5 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M99-033 ........................................... $4.25 . ......................... $4.00 pkg. 

Safe-T-Cut 

Graduated 

Cutting 

Straightedges 

Unique vertical protective guard 

ensures safe accurate cutting. These 

hardened aluminum straightedges are ideal for 

studio, shop or classroom use. Precision ruling edge is 

graduated in inches (divided 1/16”) and centimetres (divided 1mm) 

for easier than ever trimming jobs. Extra wide 3-1/2” base has non-skid 

rubber backing to prevent slipping and accidental cuts. Convenient 

hanging ring keeps the Safe-T-Cut within easy reach. 


M82-325 24” ............................................................................ $70.00 

M82-326 30” .............................................................................. 92.60 

M82-327 36” ............................................................................ 100.00 

M82-328 42” ............................................................................ 112.00 

20 

Sheets 

All Logan products available from 

Carr McLean. Please Inquire. 

80 


Cutting Tools 

Glass Cutter 704 

Pull type 90° glass cutter has comfortable 

3” ergonomic handle. Use with any 

suitable straight edge. Includes one glass 

cutting wheel and preinstalled nylon guides 

and screws to instantly add on to Logan 

Intermediate and SimplexPlus mat cutters. 

Uses Logan 786 Glass Cutting Wheel. 


M99-044 Glass Cutter .............................................................. $35.00 

M99-045 Glass Cutting Wheel ................................................... 19.95 

M40-006 

Dahle Vantage Scissors 

M40-008 

Blades are made of rust resistant steel. Handles are made of tough 

plastic ideal for school and library use. 


M40-006 6” .................................................................................. $8.80 

M40-008 8” .................................................................................. 10.95 

Cutting Mats 

Comfortable eye-ease blue. No more blunt knives. The semi-hard mat 

surface gives excellent protection to the sharpness of a blade. The 

delicate finish of the mat surface gives a fine cutting finish. No scrapes 

and scratches. The mat surface heals completely and quickly even after 

considerable amount of use. 


M95-434 12” x 18” .................................................................... $27.00 

M95-435 18” x 24” ...................................................................... 38.00 

M95-436 24” x 36” ...................................................................... 79.00 

4 

Sheets 

M50-018 

Dahle Precision Shears 

M50-010 

Made from machine ground blades, hand finished and hardened to 56 

Rockwell. Blades are double ground for precision cutting. Shears cut to 

the tip, for fine trimming. Handles are made of tough ABS plastic that is 

virtually unbreakable. 


M50-018 8” ................................................................................ $49.00 

M50-010 10” ................................................................................ 55.00 

Personal Paper Trimmer 

Lightweight and compact retractable cutting edge is completely 

enclosed and cuts when pressure is applied. Cutting length 13”. 

Capacity: 4 sheets. 

M10-139 ........................................................................................ $44.30 

Heavy Duty Knife 

For heavy duty mat cutting, scoring and stripping (with eight 

snap-off blades) 

M95-426 ........................................................................................ $11.25 

10 blades (80 snap-off blades) per package. 

M95-427 .................................................................................. $7.20 pkg. 

Art Knives 

For delicate precision cutting. Includes translucent plastic guard for 

safety and hexagonal chuck to prevent rolling. With 5 blades. 

M95-443 ........................................................................................ $8.35 

Steel Blades. 25 per package. 

M95-444 .................................................................................. $6.55 pkg. 

-10 -11 -12 -15 -20 -21 -22 -23 

Scalpels and Blades 

The sharpest surgical blades available for all cutting, trimming and 

scraping. Disposable blades snap on to well-balanced handle. 

Plastic handle is contoured to ease strain of continued use. 


Stainless Steel Handle #3 or #4, Larger Plastic Handle #5 or #6. 

M95-417 #3 Stainless Steel Handle for Blades 10 to 15 ........... $13.40 

M95-418 #5 Plastic Handle for Blades 10 to 15 .......................... 16.50 

M95-419 #4 Stainless Steel Handle for Blades 20 to 23 ............. 13.40 

M95-420 #6 Plastic Handle for Blades 20 to 23 .......................... 16.50 

Blades #10 to #15 fit handles #3 and #5. 

Blades #20 to #23 fit handles #4 and #6. 

M95-421 Please specify Blade number (10 per package) . $11.25 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

81

Ethafoam ® and Cutters 

Ethafoam ® 

Ethafoam ® (formally made by Dow Chemical) and Cellu-Cushion ® are 

Sealed Air’s brand names for their archival quality, polyethylene foam 

products. Polyethylene is a tough, flexible thermoplastic resin which, 

being inert and chemically stable, meets all preservation standards. 

Easy to handle, cut, shape and form, these products are widely used in 

protective packing of fine art and artifacts for both transportation and 

storage. It can be carved to fit gaps or routed to create nests for packing 

and storing. Trace outline of object and handcut the form out leaving a 

notch for easy artifact removal. 

If the foam is not thick enough, build it up in successive layers. Line 

with acid-free tissue to avoid abrasion. Can be used as a drawer liner for 

delicate artifacts. Absorbs energy but no water. Recyclable and reusable. 


Planks White 

M64-140 48” x 54” x 1” thick .................. $65.00 ............... $61.75 ea. 

M64-142 48” x 54” x 2” thick .................. 110.00 ............... 104.00 ea. 

M64-143 24” x 54” x 4” thick .................. 110.00 ............... 104.00 ea. 

Planks Black 

M64-144 48” x 54” x 2” thick ................ $120.00 ............. $114.00 ea. 

M64-145 24” x 54” x 4” thick .................. 120.00 ............... 114.00 ea. 

Precut White 

M82-311 12” x 24” x 2” thick (Pkg. of 4) ........................... $85.00 pkg. 

M82-312 12” x 24” x 4” thick (Pkg. of 4) ............................. 98.50 pkg. 

Precut Black 

M82-321 12” x 24” x 2” thick (Pkg. of 4) ............................ $85.00 pkg. 


Cellu-Cushion ® Rolls White 1/4” Thick. 

M82-302 48”W x 25’L ........................................................... $68.00 roll 

M82-303 48”W x 250’L ......................................................... 579.00 roll 

M28-477 

M28-478 

Tippi Hot Blade FoamCutter 

M28-479 

This economical foam-carving tool is ideal for adding intricate detail to 

foam cavities. The delicate blades use heat to melt the foam away, 

creating clean, precise cuts with no mess. An assortment of optional 

blades allows you to sculpt and detail any type of groove. Perfect for 

creating accurate foam cavities for even the most petite objects. 

The 6” Copi Attachment is perfect for sculpting and shaping up to 5” 

thick pieces of foam. Simply attach the Copi to the existing mounts of 

the Tippi. 


M28-477 Foam-Cutter w/ four Radius Blades (pictured above) $76.00 

M28-479 Copi attachment for Tippi ...........................................40.00 

M28-478 Replacement Four Blade Pack ............................ 28.65 pkg. 

Hot Knife Foam Cutter Kit 

Ideal for Ethafoam and Plastazote 

Ethafoam ® Crystals 

Foam Knives 

New 

This inert polyethylene material meets all preservation standards and 

readily conforms to the shape of delicate artifacts. An ideal packing 

material for both storage and shipping. You also can create your own 

display “pillows” for delicate items. Sold in 8 cubic foot containers. 

M64-236 ...................................................................................... $140.00 

These knives combine stiffness and sharpness, making them 

particularly useful for cutting Ethafoam. The square point knives are 

good for straight lines. The sharpness of the blades on these knives 

permits you to cut fine, detailed shavings from Ethafoam blocks. To 

keep them sharp, use our Rolling Sharpener. 


M21-340 4” x 1” Square Point Knife ......................................... $26.85 

M21-341 6” x 1” Square Point Knife ........................................... 32.00 

M21-342 5-1/8” Pottery Knife ...................................................... 34.50 

This affordable and easy to use tool will save you countless time 

and frustration. Flexible steel blades heat up in seconds and will 

slice through foam with ease. Designed with adjustable temperature 

controls and accommodates 4” and 6” blades. Each Hot Knife Kit 

comes complete with a 4” straight blade, allen key, cleaning brush and 

operation instructions. Sturdy construction and conforms to UL and 

CSA standards. 


M16-180 Hot Knife Foam Cutter Kit..........................................$147.00 

M16-181 Replacement Blade - 4” ................................................... 8.50 

M16-182 Replacement Blade - 6” ................................................. 10.50 

Rolling Sharpener 

This handy little tool doesn’t have diamonds 

but it could be worth it’s weight in gold. Ideal for 

sharpening your Ethafoam knives. The knife fits in 

the groove between the sharpening stone and 

the metal edge (holding at a proper angle on 

the blade). Then you just roll it back and forth 

a couple of times on the work surface... repeat 

with the blade’s other side and you’re done. 

Nothing like sharp and easy. 

M21-350 .................................................... $16.50 

82 


Lining and Packaging Materials 

Plastazote ® 

Similar to Ethafoam, 

Plastazote can be cut, 

slit or formed to whatever the 

application requires. Plastazote is an 

inert, closed cell cross-linked ethylene foam 

with water resistant capabilities, proving to be a 

preferred choice for many museum and conservation 

institutions. Colour: White. 

Cat. # H x W x D Qty per pkg. Price 

M45-600 1” x 40” x 60” ...................... 1 ........................ $139.00 pkg. 

M45-601 1/2” x 40” x 60” ................... 2 .......................... 144.00 pkg. 

M45-602 1/4” x 40” x 60” ................... 4 .......................... 210.00 pkg. 

Astro-Bubble Acid-Free Packaging 

Flexible wrap, for cushioning fragile objects. Astro-Bubble can be wrapped 

around odd-shaped items or used as a void fill. It cushions things like china, 

crystal, pottery and other fragile and sensitive products. Made of fused 

polyethylene sheets with air pockets sealed between the surfaces. Astro- 

Bubble has high strength and resists tearing and puncturing. 


Perforated every 12” and packaged in dispenser box. 

M95-415 3/16” Bubble ................12”W x 175’L ..................$39.95 roll 

Bulk Rolls. Not boxed or perforated. 

M95-416 3/16” Bubble ................48”W x 750’L ................$315.00 roll 

M95-490 1/2” Bubble ..................48”W x 250’L ................. 149.90 roll 

Tyvek ® 

Protective 

Soft Wrap 

Water resistant, gas 

permeable, chemical 

treatment-free surface, 

inert, complete temperature 

stability, nondusting, mould 

and mildew resistant, and 

nonabrasive. Stronger than plastic, 

economical, reusable and recyclable. 

This 6.6 mil material is used for wrapping textiles, 

artifacts, furniture or any material requiring archival protection. 


M22-200 60”W x 25 yards ................................................. $210.00 roll 

M22-201 60”W x 100 yards ................................................. 695.00 roll 

Tyvek ® Liner/Protective Wrap 

An outstanding multiuse product for any lining or wrapping application. 

Water resistant, gas permeable, chemical treatment-free surface, 

non-dusting, mould and mildew resistant. Durability with temperature 

stability and a smooth satin finish. 6.5 mil. 

Cat. # Dimension Price 

M22-205 60”W x 25 yards ................................................ $169.00 roll 

Polyethylene Foam 

This acid-free flexible foam 

material is especially suitable 

for packaging and shipment 

where lightweight and shock 

absorbent materials are 

required. 

Available in two thicknesses 

with the thinner material being 

particularly useful for flexible 

wrapping and cushioning of 

china and other odd shaped 

items. It may also be used for 

shelf lining. 


1/16” Thick rolls 

M82-297 24”W x 125’L ...................................................... $26.40 roll 

M82-257 24”W x 1250’L .................................................... 145.85 roll 

M82-284 36”W x 125’L ........................................................ 38.95 roll 

M82-285 36”W x 1250’L .................................................... 231.55 roll 

M82-299 48”W x 125’L ........................................................ 50.90 roll 

M82-259 48”W x 1250’L .................................................... 277.45 roll 

M82-286 72”W x 125’L ........................................................ 72.50 roll 

M82-287 72”W x 1250’L ................................................... 432.00 roll 

1/8” Thick rolls 

M82-300 24”W x 55’L ........................................................ $26.40 roll 

M82-258 24”W x 550’L ...................................................... 145.85 roll 

M82-288 36”W x 55’L .......................................................... 38.95 roll 

M82-289 36”W x 550’L ...................................................... 231.55 roll 

M82-301 48”W x 55’L .......................................................... 50.90 roll 

M82-260 48”W x 550’L ...................................................... 277.45 roll 

M82-298 72”W x 55’L .......................................................... 72.50 roll 

M82-309 72”W x 550’L ..................................................... 432.00 roll 

Volara 

Polyethylene 

Foam 

Lining display cases, drawers, 

shelves, boxes and other storage 

containers with our Type A Volara will 

protect your collection for years to come. 

Volara is an archival safe polyethylene foam, 

crosslinked by means of electron irradiation. Low water absorption 

and chemical resistance make an excellent thermal instillation. It’s 

smooth closed cell surface also makes volara an excellent source for 

display applications. Available in 2 colours and thicknesses. 

Cat. # Description Thickness W x L Price 

M82-800 Rolls, White .................. 1/8” ........ 30”x 25’ ........ $61.00 roll 

M82-801 Rolls, Black ................... 1/8” ........ 30”x 25’ .......... 61.00 roll 

M82-802 Sheets, White –5 pkg. .. 1/8” ........ 30”x 30” ....... 40.00 pkg. 

M82-803 Sheets, Black –5 pkg. ... 1/8” ........ 30”x 30” ....... 40.00 pkg. 

M82-804 Rolls, White .................. 1/4” ........ 30”x 25’ ...... $115.00 roll 

M82-805 Rolls, Black ................... 1/4” ........ 30”x 25’ ........ 115.00 roll 

M82-806 Sheets, White –5 pkg. .. 1/4” ........ 30”x 30” ....... 80.00 pkg. 

M82-807 Sheets, Black –5 pkg. ... 1/4” ........ 30”x 30” ....... 80.00 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

83

Shipping and Drawer Lining Supplies 

New 

White Polyester Felt Liner 

This new, improved version of White 

Polyester Felt Liner, is a gentler, lighter 

weight material then before. Ideal for lining of 

drawers, boxes and frame cartons. Polyester 

Felt can be used wherever fragile materials must 

be cushioned or protected. This needle-punched, 

chemically inert Polyester Felt is available in 1/8” and 

1/4” thickness. Textile conservators are finding this material suitable for 

rolling heavy uneven textiles. Sheets are sold 20 per package. 

Cat. # Dimensions Thickness Price 

Sheets 

M17-030 40”W x 40” .....................1/8” ........................ $160.00 pkg 

Rolls 

M17-031 40”W x 27 yards .............1/8” ......................... $175.00 roll 

M17-032 40”W x 27 yards .............1/4” ........................... 440.00 roll 

Liner Paper 

Economical archival quality liner 

paper for drawers, cartons, 

shelves or textiles. Acid-free (pH 

7.0) unbuffered 20 lb. paper to 

protect the back of framed textiles 

from dust and dirt. This heavyweight 

white paper is also suitable to line 

storage cartons or making inner drawer 

liners and lining shelves. These same 

qualities make it ideal to interleave textiles when 

a sturdy paper is required. 


M95-327 24”W x 500 ft. ..................................................... $49.50 roll 

M95-328 36”W x 500 ft. ....................................................... 64.00 roll 

Archival Polyester Batting 1” Loft 

Line drawers and cushion boxes to protect fragile artifacts and 

specimens. Ideal for padding valuable textiles and paintings when 

shipping. Polyester batting is thermobonded to eliminate resin and is 

completely pH neutral. 


M82-900 40”W x 20 yards .................................................. $95.00 roll 

M82-901 40”W x 10 yards .................................................... 53.00 roll 

Wrapping/Endleaf Paper Buffered 

A solidly dyed 80 lb. paper with excellent strength characteristics, made 

from selected chemical pulp, buffered. pH Value: minimum 7.0. 

APPLICATIONS 

Wrapping of documents, books, artwork and textiles for archival 

storage and shipping. Endleaf for hardcover books (meets 

NASTA-specifications) Dust cover for framing. Colour: Dove Grey. 


M7-0860 52”W x 175 yards ............................................. $370.00 roll 

Furniture Dust Covers 

Instapak Quick ® RT Foam Packaging 

The ideal choice for storing or shipping treasured artifacts without 

the worry of damage. The expanding foam in 3 easy steps will form a 

custom fit and virtually damage free package. As the foam will expand up 

to 27 times the normal size it protects almost any size, shape or weight. 

A favourite in museums and galleries with the budget and space saving 

features. Cushions are polyurethane foam covered in polyethylene film. 

Environmentally friendly compacting to 10% of its original volume. 

Cat. # Dimensions Per Pkg Price 

M82-562 15” x 18” ..........................12............................. $54.00 pkg. 

M82-563 18” x 24” ...........................8................................ 59.00 pkg. 

Protect sofas, chairs and large furniture 

collections from dirt, soil, mildew and 

moisture damage. Large, water-proof 

one-piece polyethylene covers easily 

slip on and off. Protect sofas up to 116” 

and chairs up to 42”. 5 per package. 


M81-807 Sofa Cover .................. 45” x 152” ................... $18.95 pkg. 

M81-808 Chair Cover .................. 42” x 72” ...................... 14.00 pkg. 

Rug Tubing 

4 mil clear polyethylene tubing. Cut to any length of carpet. Flexible 

material is resistant to tears and cracks even in winter. Ends can be 

tied securely with tape or twist ties. Dimensions: 24”W x 50’L. 

M81-809 .................................................................................. $26.95 roll 

84 


Conservation Materials 

Marvelseal ® 360 

Sympatex ® 

An alternative to Gore-Tex 

This material is moisture permeable. Used for 

humidification, allowing humidity to reach the object 

without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the 

humidification method in removal of residual adhesives, old linings 

and stains from water sensitive objects. Dimensions: 59” x 32’ 

M3600 ................................................................................... $595.00 roll 

Gore-Tex ® Laminate 

Gore-Tex ® Laminate from W.L. Gore is fused to Hollytex ® which has 

a pore size of 0.2 microns. The laminate remains 100% expanded 

polytetrafluoroethylene (membrane) and calendered polyester 

(substrate). The material has airflow of 0.1 cfm/square foot at 0.5 in H20 

pressure drop, and a thickness of 4-8.5 mil. 42” wide. Price per yard. 

M95-354 ................................................................................$320.00/yrd 

Tyvek ® 6060 

Pure spunbonded polyethylene olefin fibres – this 18# sheet is lighter, 

tougher and longer lasting than paper. You can mark it with pencil, pen, 

typewriter or you can emboss images into it. Tyvek is unaffected by 

water, most solvents and most fumigants – use it to create washable 

labels for your textiles; cover padded displays; line shelves and display 

cases; create special enclosures. Tyvek can be used with our neutral 

pH adhesive to reinforce book spines and hinges, or to line phase 

boxes. Each 18# sheet is 23” x 35”. 25 per package. 

M6060-18 .......................................................................... $115.00 pkg. 

Aluminized polyethylene 

and nylon barrier 

film. Resists the 

transmission of water 

vapour and other 

atmospheric gases. This 

economical, flexible and easy to 

fabricate material is used for passive 

humidity controlled shipping or storage bags. 

Ideal for lining the inside of shipping crates and 

exhibit cases, and for lining shelves with the objective 

of decreasing off-gassing from exposed wooden surfaces. 

It has also been used to create a sealed framing package and to 

create a low oxygen environment to treat insect infestation. 


M94-271 48”W x 10’ roll ...................................................... $30.00 roll 

M94-289 48”W x 50’ roll ...................................................... 105.00 roll 

Reemay ® Spunbonded Polyester Fabric 

Spunbonded, white, non-woven polyester fabric used as a support 

for documents to be repaired, washed or bleached. Not as highly 

calendered as Hollytex ® . Other sizes and thicknesses available to special 

order, please inquire. 


.5 oz./sq yd. 4 mil thickness 

M2250-25 36”W x 25 yards ............................................... $23.00 roll 

M2250-50 36”W x 50 yards ................................................. 42.00 roll 

M2250-100 36”W x 100 yards ............................................... 75.00 roll 

1 oz./sq yd. 8 mil thickness 

M2014-25 36”W x 25 yards ............................................... $38.00 roll 

M2014-50 36”W x 50 yards ................................................. 69.00 roll 

M2014-100 36”W x 100 yards ............................................. 125.00 roll 

2.1 oz./sq yd. 12 mil thickness 

M2024-25 36”W x 25 yards ............................................... $63.00 roll 

M2024-50 36”W x 50 yards ............................................... 115.00 roll 

M2024-100 36”W x 100 yards ............................................. 208.00 roll 

Hollytex ® Synthetic Polyester Fabric 

White, non-woven, synthetic fabrics, used for interleaving, restoration 

or support. 100% polyester, with no extraneous binders or resins. 

Highly calendered for a smooth surface. 

Cat. # M3257-47 can be used as a support for paper in a water bath. 

When used between blotters it acts as a porous release paper. Cat. 

# M3249-47 is a particularly good filtering material with high static 

properties; clings well to paper. 


M3249-47 1.5 mil ....................... 47”W x 25 yards ............ $132.00 roll 

M3257-47 2.5 mil ....................... 47”W x 25 yards .............. 154.00 roll 

Dartek ® Nylon Film 

Polyester Soft Wrap 

This 100% polyester material is chemically inert. It’s smooth, soft 

surface conforms well to most fragile objects. This acid-free material 

is ideal for storage of fragile works of art. It is easy to use in numerous 

applications: simply cut, tape, sew, heat weld or install with a hot melt 

gun. Used in archives, to make pouches for wax seals and line boxes to 

protect rare books. 48”x 27 yard roll. 

M95-167 .................................................................................$145.00 roll 

Type 6.6 Nylon Film without any surface coatings in a .0075 mil. thick 

weight. Softer and more conforming than Mylar, and can absorb up to 

10% of its weight in moisture, resulting in more pliability. Often used as 

a membrane on vacuum hot tables. In addition, the film is ideal for long 

term storage in a dark, climate controlled environment. Dartek ® performs 

well as a short term packaging material, makes a great barrier layer for 

displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover. 


M82-058 88”W x 200’ ........................................................$215.00 roll 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

85

Framing and Hinging Tapes 

Linen Hinging Tape Gummed 

Great for heavy water-colours or collages. The 65/55 thread count, 

acid-free fabric gives plenty of strength. The high tack neutral pH 

adhesive sets fast and lays flat. 


M83-357 1”x 30 ft ................................................................... $10.95 roll 

M83-358 1”x 150 ft ................................................................... 24.95 roll 

M83-359 1”x 300 ft ................................................................... 46.95 roll 

M83-360 1-1/2”x 300 ft............................................................. 61.95 roll 

M83-361 2”x 300 ft ................................................................... 83.25 roll 

M83-362 3”x 300 ft ................................................................. 125.00 roll 

Paper Hinging Tape Gummed 

The high tensile strength, of this high quality, water activated hinging 

tape, will support all but the heaviest works of art. The paper is 

acid-free with a calcium carbonate buffer and a pH of 8.5. The neutral 

pH adhesive has excellent tack to hold firmly without slipping or 

“creeping”. Dimensions: 1” x 130 ft. 

M81-832 .............................................................................. $12.50 roll 

Abaca.sa Paper Hinge Tape Self adhesive 

Hayaku ® Japanese Hinging Paper Gummed 

Make instant Japanese hinges easily. Hayaku Japanese mulberry paper 

gives a thin, yet strong and supple, hinge. The pH neutral paper and 

adhesive assures long term quality. Passes P.A.T. and ANSI ISO 18916. 

Dimensions: 1”x 100 ft. 

M83-356 ................................................................................... $19.75 roll 

Ideal for digital prints. This self-adhesive hinging tape incorporates 

the strength and supple nature of Abaca paper (manila hemp) with 

a very strong acrylic adhesive, that is permanent and non-yellowing. 

Gummed tapes are risky to use with Giclee inkjet prints due to their 

water sensitivity. Abaca.sa is strong enough to hold large digital 

prints, and supple enough to adhere to the print without distorting. 

Abaca paper is acid-free, biodegradable and comes from a self 

sustainable plant. Passes P.A.T. and ANSI ISO 18916. 

Dimensions: 0.875”x 150 ft. 

M83-363 ...................................................................................$19.95 roll 

Linen Hinging Tape Self-Adhesive 

A favourite for hinging window mats to backboard, or 

attaching art. A very fine linen cloth is flexible, yet strong. 

The neutral pH acrylic adhesive gains strength overnight. 

Cat# Dimensions Colour Price 

M83-364 1-1/4”x 150 ft............... White ............ $42.50 roll 

M83-365 1-1/4”x 150 ft................Black ............... 47.25 roll 

M83-366 1-1/4”x 35 ft................. White .............. 14.95 roll 

M83-367 1-1/4”x 35 ft..................Black ............... 17.95 roll 

M83-368 3/4”x 50 ft .....................Black............... 26.75 roll 

86 


Framing and Mounting Tapes 

Museum Mounting Kit 

Everything you need to mount graphics and original art using wheat 

starch and paper hinges. This kit contains a 2oz. jar of unmodified 

Wheat Starch adhesive, enough heavyweight Mulbery paper to make 

approximately 150 hinges and a 1” x 10’ roll of Pressure Sensitive 

Linen Tape for hinging mats. Complete instructions included. 

M81-834 ....................................................................................... $29.95 

Hinging Tissue 

Self Adhesive 

This pressure sensitive, 

Hinging Tissue is a fine, long 

fibre tissue with an archival 

quality, pressure sensitive 

acrylic adhesive that is 

permanent and non-yellowing. 

Ideal for hinging translucent 

art such as Japanese paper, 

papyrus, and other lightweight 

art because it won’t show 

through. Mineral spirits are 

required for removal. 


M81-837 1” x 400” ............................................................ $14.70 roll 

M81-838 1” x 98 ft. .............................................................. 26.70 roll 

Mounting Strips See-Thru 

Use these mounting strips for safe, 

hingeless mounting of artwork to 

mats. Sturdy and safe. Mounting Strips 

are made from conservation quality 

archival polyester and acid-free paper 

with a self adhesive backing strip. 

Simply position the print or photograph 

in place and adhere strips to the mat. 

No adhesive ever comes in contact 

with the artwork. Instead the art is 

“cradled” by inert archival polyester 

and is ready to be framed. Available 

in regular 4” strips and an economical 

12” bulk package. Both can be cut to 

just the right size for a particular job. 

Both lengths sold 60 per package. 


M81-835 4” ........................................................................ $22.50 pkg. 

M81-836 12” ........................................................................ 45.00 pkg. 

Volara Foam Rabbet Tape Self Adhesive 

Line frame rabbets to provide padding and a slippery surface to protect 

canvas transfers, digital art and oils from sticking to the wood rabbet. 

Volara is an acid-free, closed cell, inert polyethylene foam coated with a 

stable acrylic adhesive. Dimensions: 0.25”x 108’ x 0.03” thick. 

M83-369 ................................................................................. $18.95 roll 

I-Film Frame Sealing 

Tape Self Adhesive 

I-Film features Corrosion 

Intercept, a polyethylene 

imbedded with a copper matrix 

which is coated with an acrylic 

adhesive. It is flexible, strong 

and puncture resistant for easy 

application. Helps retard acids, 

corrosive gases, and resists mold 

and mildew. Strong adhesive 

sticks to raw wood. Passes the 

PAT test. 

Dimensions: 1-1/4” x 28 yards. 

M83-336 ................................................................................. $22.25 roll 

Frame Sealing Tape 

Self Adhesive 

Frame sealing tape seals off raw 

wood rabbets and fillets to protect 

the art and stop acid migration. An 

acid-free, lignin-free buffered paper 

is laminated to a thin aluminum 

barrier layer and coated with an 

aggressive, acrylic adhesive that 

bonds firmly to raw wood. The 

aluminum provides a barrier that 

stops acid migration and meets 

the FACTS standard for maximum 

preservation framing. 

Cat. # Dimensions Colour Price 

M81-845 1-1/4” x 1000” .................. Blue/Grey ................ $20.00 roll 

M81-846 1-1/4” x 6000” .................. Blue/Grey .................. 79.00 roll 

M81-844 3-1/2” x 1000” .................. Blue/Grey .................. 45.00 roll 

M81-843 3-1/2” x 6000” .................. Blue/Grey ................ 170.00 roll 

M81-842 1-1/4” x 1000” .................. White ........................ 20.00 roll 

M81-841 1-1/4” x 6000” .................. White ........................ 75.00 roll 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

87

Framing and Matting Tapes 

® 

Frame-Tac 

Professional Framer’s Tape 

® 

Filmoplast ® P 90 Plus 

Fine Art Hinge Tape! 

New to the Filmoplast ® line, is the 

filmoplast P 90 Plus, in the new blue 

box. While most other Filmoplast ® 

tapes were first designed for archival 

use, the Filmoplast ® P 90 Plus has 

been specifically designed for fine 

art hinging. The adhesive used, is 

a refined version of the original, 

providing better initial and final bond 

strength, while retaining the same 

stable aging characteristics. 


M81-868 4/5” x 164’ ............................................................ $30.65 roll 

Filmoplast ® P 90 

Polyester Framer’s Tape 

Carmac ® Framer’s Tape is a permanent, double-coated, polyester 

tape with an aggressive non-yellowing acrylic base adhesive. Ideal for 

framing and hinging applications. 2 mil. 


M63-967 1/4” x 60 yards ..................... $10.25 ................... $9.75 roll 

M63-968 1/2” x 60 yards ....................... 15.75 ................... 14.95 roll 

Made from a white, tear resistant 

paper and coated with an age 

resistant acrylic adhesive. Widely 

used to hinge those works of art 

that do not warrant wheat paste and 

rice paper hinges. Both the adhesive 

and paper are buffered (pH 8.7 aged) 

so the tape remains acid-free for 

decades after application. 


M81-857 0.8” x 165’ ........................................................... $35.20 roll 

M81-858 1.6” x 165’ ............................................................. 54.00 roll 

This hinging tape is ideal for 

conservation and archival grade 

framing. Secures photographs, 

artwork, drawings and more. 

The pH-neutral adhesive is 

durable, moisture proof and 

removable from most substrates 

with minimal heat. 

Please specify: Clear (-CLR) or White (-WH). 


M63-969 3/4” x 60 yard roll .................................................. $9.75 roll 

M63-975 1” x 60 yard roll ..................................................... 10.95 roll 

Linen Tape Ungummed 

Unbleached and unsized for 

hinging, sewing and tying. Also 

referred to as Dutch tapes. 70% 

linen, 30% cotton. 10 yard roll. 

Cat. # Width Price 

M95-372 1/4” ......... $19.75 roll 

M95-373 3/8” ........... 21.35 roll 

M95-374 1/2” ........... 22.95 roll 

M95-375 3/4” ........... 25.25 roll 

White Artist’s 

Paper Tape 

White Artist’s Tape with 

acid-free adhesive is 

excellent for flapping, 

hinging, holding boards 

to tables, corrections, 

mounting and more. It has 

strong holding power yet 

can be removed without doing damage or leaving sticky residue. It can 

be written or marked on with ease. In addition, its non-glare backing 

makes it suitable for photographic applications. The tape is also 

suitable for edging applications, especially on maps. 


M64-178 3/4” x 60 yard roll ............................................... $12.50 roll 

Roll on Adhesive System 

The Rollataq adhesive system is ideal for conservation use in mounting artwork, photos, labels and 

presentations. The Rollataq 300 hand applicator rolls on a 2-1/2” wide, microthin adhesive coating. It 

will not bleed through even the thinnest paper. Repositioning material is easy since the coating is not 

“sticky”. The adhesive stays in position for up to 5 minutes, then creates a strong permanent bond 

when rubbed down. The unique Rollataq adhesive is acid free, non-toxic and odour free. 


M56-308 Hand Applicator .............................................................................................................. $38.75 

M56-309 16 oz. Adhesive ................................................................................................................ 13.50 

88 


Hang It Up Systems 

Hang It Up 

Systems 

The Cliprail 2 Hang It Up 

System is the most effective 

system for hanging pictures 

or exhibits up on the wall, 

offering complete flexibility to reshuffle wall 

arrangements without having to touch or deface 

the wall. 

Once the inconspicuous track has been 

simply installed, the wall can be utilized in 

the most suitable way for any particular time 

or situation, making the systems perfect for 

exhibition purposes, etc. 

Mounting 

Clip and 

Hardware 

Cliprail 2 Hang 

45 

kg/m 1 

The revolutionary aluminum Cliprail 2 

Hang system is thick-walled and super 

strong. It can be easily upgraded to 

incorporate a lighting system. 

For mounting Cliprail Track to wall at 

approximately 12” intervals. 


M92-006 Brass Clips 6/Pkg. .......... $8.35 Pkg. 

M92-004 Screw 12/Pkg. .................. 2.95 Pkg. 

M92-005 Plug 12/pkg. ...................... 2.95 pkg. 

Cliprail 2 Track 

Strong aluminum rail available 

in metallic silver or white, 

which screws into the wall. 

Tracks come in two lengths 

and can easily be cut to fit 

shorter spaces. 

Cat. # Description Length Price 

M92-000 White......................78” ...... $42.25 

M92-001 White.....................118” ....... 63.00 

M92-002 Silver ......................78” ........ 42.25 

M92-003 Silver .....................118” ....... 63.00 

Straight 

Connector 

Connects two 

pieces of clip-rail 

track. Required 

when wall is 

longer than the lon- 

Cat. # 

gest rail. Price 

M92-007 .................................................. $6.45 

End-Cap 

Simply snap on end-cap for 

neat termination of exposed 

clip-rail ends. 


M92-008 White..................................... $4.40 

M92-009 Silver ....................................... 4.40 

Corner Connector 

Can be used for both inside or 

outside corners. Easily snaps 

into position. 


M92-010 White................................ $7.50 

M92-011 Silver .................................. 7.50 

Hangers with Cobra Head 

Clear perlon or stainless steel cable with, 

cobra heads click easily into rail at any point 

then can slide along to the desired position. 

Perlon cord 


M92-012 39” ..................... $7.00 

M92-013 59” ....................... 8.25 

M92-014 78” ....................... 9.85 

M92-015 98” ..................... 11.55 

M92-016 118” ................... 13.25 

Steel Cable 


M92-017 39” ................... $13.25 

M92-018 59” .......................16.35 

M92-019 78” ..................... 16.60 

M92-020 98” ..................... 18.25 

M92-021 118” ................... 19.90 

Adjustable Hooks 

There are three types of hooks available to 

hang your artwork or exhibits depending on 

the weight or level of security required. 

Smart Spring 

Easily adjusted by pinch action. 

For use with Perlon Cord only. 

Will hold up to 9 lbs. 

Cat. # 

Price 

M92-022 ................................................. $6.50 

Zipper 

Heavy-duty self locking. When 

used with Perlon Cord will hold 

up to 22 lbs, with steel cable up 

to 33 lbs. 

Cat. # 

Price 

M92-023 ................................................$11.55 

Limited Security 

This hook offers a security 

spring to delay thefts. When 

used with Perlon Cord will hold 

up to 22 lbs, with steel cable up 

to 33 lbs. 

Cat. # 

Price 

M92-052 ...................................................$9.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

89

Walker Picture System 

A Lock-On Rod Sleeve 

B Hook-Over Rod Sleeve 

C Ceiling Rod Sleeve 

D Dual Rod Sleeve 

E Moulding 

F Rod 

G Hi-Holder 

H Hi-Hook 

I Twin Clip 

J Panel (and Mat) Holder 

K Long Holder 

L Frame Hook 

M Long Hook 

The Walker Picture System for framed, matted or unmounted works 

1 To hang artwork on walls, from 

ceiling or open plan partitions, use 

the correct ROD SLEEVE… plus 

MOULDING if necessary. 

2 Choose the ROD of the best colour, 

material and length for the location and the 

type of artwork. 

3 The HOOKS, HOLDERS and CLIPS slide 

on the RODS to hold all sizes and kinds of 

pictures, posters or panels. 

1. 

Lock-On Rod Sleeves Attach 

without tools to the moulding and 

can be positioned anywhere. 


M572 Silver ...................... $8.75 

M576 White ....................... 8.75 

Ogee Rod Sleeves Hook directly 

over wood picture moulding. 

Since there is no standard wood 

moulding, check to avoid 

disappointment when not using 

Walker Display’s Wood Moulding. 

Special hooks can be fabricated to 

fit different style moulding. 

Cat. # Description 

Price 

M592 Grey ......................................... $10.50 

M595 Bronze ....................................... 10.50 

M596 White ......................................... 10.50 

Universal Rod Sleeves are specially 

designed to work in almost every 

situation. 

M303-09 ................................ $10.50 

Ceiling Rod Sleeves Hook on the 

wall angle of suspended acoustical 

ceilings. Colour: White. 

M309-26 ............................... $10.50 

Size 

Dual Rod Sleeves Used 

with the Walker System 

moulding (placed at eye 

level) to hold one or two 

rods. The rods may extend 

both above and below the 

moulding. Steel Rod 

recommended. 

M344 ..................... $12.40 

Hook-Over Rod Sleeves Hook over 

the top edge of open-plan office 

partitions and dividers. 


M382-02 1/4” ..................................... $6.95 

M382-04 1/2” ....................................... 6.95 

M382-06 3/4” ....................................... 6.95 

M382-08 1” .......................................... 6.95 

M382-10 1-1/4” .................................... 6.95 

M382-12 1-1/2” .................................... 6.95 

M382-15 1-7/8” .................................... 6.95 

M382-16 2” .......................................... 6.95 

M382-18 2-1/4” .................................... 6.95 

Aluminum Moulding 

Offers a contemporary look 

with hidden fasteners. It 

measures only 1” on the 

face and 3/8” from the 

wall. Makes mounting or repositioning a 

snap. 8’ long. Screws not provided. 


M551 Unfinished ........................... $31.70 

M554G Grey Powder Coat Paint........ 52.90 

M556W White Powder Coat Paint...... 52.90 

Wood Moulding Crafted 

of solid Kiln Dried Poplar, 

they accept stain or paint 

to perfectly accent your 

decor. The Ogee Rod 

Sleeve hugs the contour of 

the moulding so your art lies flat against the 

wall. 8’ lengths only. Colour: Natural. 

M506N ................................................. $38.75 

Mounting Snaps consist of 

six snaps and a joiner. They 

can be used for repeated 

mounting on brick, curved 

walls and acrylic showcases. 

Art can be presented directly 

from the moulding without a 

hanging rod. Standard snaps are designed for 

flat surfaces and are included, at no additional 

cost, with every length of moulding. 


M550N Standard Snaps (Nylon) ..... $2.75 set 

M550B HD Snaps (Brass) ................ 5.45 set 

90 


Walker Picture System 

Rods are for use with any of the Rod Sleeves listed. When assembled, the 

2. Rods and Rod Sleeves accept the Hooks, Holders and Clips. 

(See Page 90 for Rod Sleeves). 

Steel Rods - Silver 

Fiberglass Rods 

Clear 

Bronze White Grey Acrylic* Price 

3’L 

M565-3 ..L566-3 ......L567-3 ......L564-3 .. $6.60 

4’L 

M565-4 ..L566-4 ......L567-4 ......L564-4 .... 8.55 

5’L 

M565-5 ..L566-5 ......L567-5 ......L564-5 .. 10.25 

6’L 

M565-6 ..L566-6 ......L567-6 ......L564-6 .. 12.75 

Also available in 2’ and 8’ lengths. *Because 

of their flexibility, use Clear Acrylic Rods with 

relatively flat and light weight work. 

3. 


M562-3 3’L ....................................... $14.20 

M562-4 4’L ......................................... 17.70 

M562-5 5’L ......................................... 21.20 

M562-6 6’L ......................................... 22.35 

Also available in 2’ lengths. 

Hook, Holders and Clips are used to attach your artwork to the Walker 

System. They hold virtually any display straight and secure. For framed work, 

use a Hi-Hook, a Hi-Holder or a Frame Hook. For unframed work, try a Twin 

Clip, a set of Panel and Mat Holders or a set of Long Holders. 

Hi-Hooks 

Hold small frames or plaques that 

have “saw-tooth” brackets. 

M362 .................................. $7.70 

Cable Hooks Use for small 

pictures with wire or when 

desiring to hang pictures 

with two cables. A hole 

at the bottom of the hook 

allows the cable to pass 

through for multiple hanging from the same 

cable. For use with stainless steel cable only. 

M365 ....................................................... $7.05 

Ceiling Hooks attach to 

the wall-angle of most 

suspended ceiling systems 

and are used where the 

work to be displayed can 

be hung from wire, cord or 

filament line. Colour: White 

M309-16 ................................................ $10.50 

Plain Hooks fasten directly 

to moulding. At ceiling height, 

they are used to hang a 

picture with filament line 

or wire. At eye level, they 

will hold work with large 

screw-eye (5/16” opening). 

Same use as a Hi-Hook without using a rod. 


M342-12 Grey ....................................... $7.00 

M342-15 Bronze ..................................... 7.00 

M342-16 White ....................................... 7.00 

Stainless Steel Cable 


M561-4 4’L .............. $8.50 

M561-6 6’L .............. 11.60 

Filament Hooks are used on moulding 

at ceiling height to hold a hanging 

wire, filament or cord with maximum 

diameter of 1/8”. 6 per package. 


M341-02 Grey ........... $19.40 pkg. 

M341-05 Bronze ......... 19.40 pkg. 

M341-06 White ........... 19.40 pkg. 

Frame Hooks hold 

frames with a lip or 

a wood stretcher. 


M353-53 3/8” ..................................... $8.75 

M353-57 7/8” ..................................... 10.75 

Long Hooks 

fasten directly 

to the moulding 

at eye level to 

hold your art work with a 

hanging wire. A single Long Hook 

is suitable for smaller frames. Same use 

as a Hi-Holder without using a Rod. 

M343 ................................................... $7.00 

Twin Clips are a steel backed 8” wide 

piece. These clips grip the top edge of 

works up to 3/16” thick. 

M334-82 ............................................ $12.75 

Cable Adapter allows use of Walker 

Picture System hooks and 

holders when hanging with 

cable. 10 per package. 

M461 ............ $8.85 pkg. 

Rod Connectors 

Join two rods together for 

added length. 

M351 ...................... $8.75 

Panel and Mat Holders 

used to support top and bottom 

of panel. 


M332-12 1/4”D ................................. $7.65 

M332-14 1/2”D ................................... 7.65 

M332-13 3/8”D ................................... 7.65 

M332-15 5/8”D ................................... 7.65 

Long Holders secure 

frames, mats or panels 

at the top and bottom. 


M333-52 1/4”D ................................. $10.95 

M333-53 3/8”D ................................... 10.95 

M333-54 1/2”D ................................... 10.95 

M333-56 3/4”D ................................... 10.95 

Hi-Holders are specially 

designed for the hanging 

wire of most artwork. 

M363 ...................... $11.75 

Double Hi-Holder works like High-Holder 

allowing for back-to-back hanging in open areas 

and display windows. 

M364 ...................................................... $12.75 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

91

Dry Mounting 

(Formerly Beinfang ® ) 

Masterpiece ® 

Dry Mounting Presses 

Bienfang presses are simple to operate when you are dry mounting, 

laminating or backing prints, posters, maps, charts, any item which you 

would like to protect and preserve. The platen of these presses is free 

of any structural connection to the back providing equal pressure across 

the entire work surface. 

Pressure can be simply adjusted by changing the pressure knobs on 

the top of the press. The heating system has been designed to quickly 

bring the pressure to a uniform temperature. 

M10-109 

Cat. # Model Platen Size Work Size Consumption Price 

M10-109 *550 ....................... 26” x 34” ................................... Up to 52”W ............................. 120 Volts AC ............................................ $6795.00 

by any length in sections 15 amps/1700 watts 

M10-110 *250 .................... 18-1/2” x 23” ................................ Up to 36”W .............................. 115 Volts AC ............................................ $3530.00 

by any length in sections 11.3 amps/1300 watts 

M10-111 160M ................ 18-1/2” x 15-1/2” ............................. Up to 36”W .............................. 115 Volts AC ............................................ $2535.00 

by any length in sections 8.7 amps/1000 watts 

M10-112 110S ........................ 12” x15” ................................... Up to 24”W .............................. 115 Volts AC ............................................ $1750.00 

without temperature swing-away platen readout by any length in sections 7.0 amps/800 watts 

*Now with easy to read digital display with touch pad. Pre-set programs for Bienfang ® adhesives and laminates. 

Expression Fusion ® 4000 

Dry Mounting Adhesive Film 

Fusion ® 4000 is a pure, ultra-clear, thermal-activated, 100% inert 

adhesive film that melts during heating, bonds as it cools and is 

removable when reheated. It can be used to mount lithographs, 

newsprint, art papers, engravings, silk, canvas, foils and other papers. 

It is also ideal for mounting different shapes and sizes. 

Rolls on 1-1/4” core. 


M10-146 20-1/2” x 30 yards .............................................. $132.00 roll 

M10-147 24-1/2” x 30 yards ................................................ 148.00 roll 

M10-154 32-1/2” x 30 yards ................................................ 196.00 roll 

Expression Silicone Release Paper 

Coated both sides 

Re-usable, protective overlay made of smooth, white paper coated with 

silicone. It is necessary for dry mounting and laminating and keeps the 

press clean. 


M10-157 26” x 5 yards ........................................................ $55.00 roll 

M10-158 26” x 20 yards ...................................................... 126.00 roll 

M10-156 34” x 30 yards ...................................................... 225.00 roll 

Silicone Release Paper 

New 

It is a very handy paper, that will not stick to 

artwork. This parchment like paper will 

withstand heat applications without sticking 

or damaging artwork. It is commonly 

used for wrapping artwork, in dry 

mounting presses, or release 

liners, when working with waxes 

and adhesives. Silicone impregnated 

on both sides. Colour: White. 


M56-067 48”x 100 yards ................................................. $295.00 roll 

M56-068 68”x 100 yards ................................................... 395.00 roll 

Expression RagMount ® Adhesive 

RagMount is a heat-activated adhesive with a 100% cotton-rag tissue 

carrier designed for dry mounting digital prints on fine art paper. It can 

be used for traditional dry mounting applications including photography. 

RagMount is a low-melt adhesive, which creates a smooth, permanent 

bond. Safe and guaranteed to provide good adhesion without 

discolouration or bubbles over time. RagMount is 100% breathable 

with a new design feature that prevents air entrapment. All resincoated 

papers should be tested for compatibility. 



M10-190 8” x 10” ...............................................................$22.30 pkg. 

M10-191 11” x 14” ...............................................................45.00 pkg. 

M10-192 16” x 20” ...............................................................85.00 pkg. 

M10-197 24-1/2” x 50 yards .................................................275.00 roll 

M10-198 40-1/2” x 50 yards .................................................490.00 roll 

Archibond Tissue (Crompton Substitute) 

A lighter weight tissue that is stronger than Crompton but 20% thinner 

and more transparent. The base tissue is a 100% manila fibre 8.5 gsm 

tissue and it is coated with a Polaroid based adhesive, giving superb 

clarity, lower bulk and yet increased tear strength. Tested and approved 

by the British Library. 


M82-160 40” x 27.3 yards ........................................... $289.00 roll 

M82-160-100 40” x 110 yards ........................................... 1025.00 roll 

92 


Tacking Irons 

M82-111 

M82-113 

Conservators Iron Adjustable temperature 

The larger hot shoe iron uses state-of-the-art technology. The 

contoured shape and size is ideal for paintings, textile and paper 

conservation. The temperature indicator light illuminates and blinks 

when the set temperature is reached. The hot shoe is designed 

to store and contain constant heat levels to prevent temperature 

variations during application. A sturdy table top stand is included. 

Accurate to within 3ºC. Temperature range is from 78ºC to 220ºC. 

Shoe Dimensions: 2”W x 4-3/4”L. 

M82-112 .................................................................................... $109.00 

Expression ® Tacking Irons 

Teflon coated surface prevents sticking; pointed design allows tacking 

in small corners. New pre-set self-regulating control assures safe 

operation and long life. 


M10-164 Tacking Iron .............................................................. $145.00 

M10-165 With Thermostat ....................................................... 182.00 

M82-110 

Hot Tacking Tool 

With Teflon Coated Non-Stick Tip 

The hot tacking tool gives you maximum control to spot tack photos 

or artwork into position before placement into a heat press. Features 

a smooth, curved Teflon coated non-stick blade. The Dial-Temp 

Temperature Controller will adjust the tip temperature from 150° F to full 

heat. A set of interchangeable replacement tips are also available for a 

variety of conservation applications in the lab or workshop. 


M82-110 Hot Tacking Tool w/ Non-Stick Tip ............................. $72.50 

M82-111 Dial-Temp Temperature Controller ............................... 89.00 

M82-368 Replacement Teflon Coated Tip ................................... 21.95 

M82-113 Tool Stand ..................................................................... 11.75 

M82-108 Set of Conservation Tips -Button, Knife, Needle ...... 34.50 set 

Archibond Tissue (Crompton Substitute) 

A lighter weight tissue that is stronger than Crompton but 20% thinner 

and more transparent. The base tissue is a 100% manila fibre 8.5 gsm 

tissue and it is coated with a Polaroid based adhesive, giving superb 

clarity, lower bulk and yet increased tear strength. Tested and approved 

by the British Library. 

11/16” 

7/16” 3/16” 


M82-160 40” x 27.3 yards ........................................... $289.00 roll 

M82-160-100 40” x 110 yards ........................................... 1025.00 roll 

Beva 371 Film 

Transparent, ideal for relining dark canvas with polyester. Very 

smooth, will not trap air bubbles, not tacky at room temperature, 

non-toxic, non-flammable. Most often activated by the use of heat 

thus eliminating the need for ventilation of evaporated solvents. 1 mil 

thickness suitable for mounting of lightweight papers and fabrics. The 

2.5 mil thickness available in 54” wide rolls eliminates the need for 

multiple strips of adhesive on larger surfaces. 

20’ per roll. 


M82-084 1.0 mil - 27”W .................................................... $175.00 roll 

M82-083 2.5 mil - 27”W ...................................................... 179.00 roll 

M82-085 2.5 mil - 54”W ...................................................... 320.00 roll 

M82-111 

Archival Tape and Label Remover Tool 

The archival tape remover will soften the adhesive from tape or labels 

when heated. You then can use the sharpened spatula shaped tip 

to get under the label or tape and peel it back. Also used to remove 

adhesive residue from books and documents. Use caution as some 

older brittle papers may easily be scorched with high heat. Use our 

Dial-Temp (sold separately) to control heat. Tool comes with wide 

11/16” spatula tip. Other size tips also sold separately. 


M82-175 Tape Removal Tool ........................................................$66.00 

M82-111 Dial-Temp Controller ........................................................89.00 

M82-176 3/16” Fine Tip ..................................................................15.00 

M82-366 7/16” Medium Tip ...........................................................15.00 

M82-367 11/16” Wide Tip ..............................................................15.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

93

Glue Brushes 

Pure Badger Hair Paste Brush 

Round Glue Brushes 

Fine European bridled made of natural bristle, for hot or cold glue (not 

suitable for casein or resinous glue). All sizes have raw wood handles, 

pure blond hog bristles with rust free ferrules. 

Cat. # Size Diameter Bristle Length Price 

M82-455 #6 .................... 1/2” .................... 1-1/2” ..................... $9.50 

M82-456 #10 .................. 3/4” .................... 1-3/4” ..................... 10.95 

Pure badger hair – soft, very absorbent 

and long lasting. Well secured 

between two paper layers 

made from washi and nylon, 

bound with synthetic string. 

No loose hairs, no metal 

parts except for an aluminum 

grommet at the handle end. 

Natural hairs are wider at the 

tip and thinner at the root creating a soft “bushy” brush, useful for 

streak-free applications. Constructed with a Japanese Cypress Handle 

that is warp and rot resistant. Dimensions: 5-1/2”W. 

M12-019 ....................................................................................$165.00 

Japanese (Noribake) Paste Brush 

Conservator’s Spotting Brush 

Quality pure red sable spotting brush for extra-fine spotting or detailing. 

Comes with an easy-grip short black lacquered handle. 


M64-200 10/0 ............................................................................... $5.95 

M64-201 5/0 ................................................................................... 6.95 

M64-202 000 .................................................................................. 7.95 

This good quality brush, with undyed soft goat 

hair, is very absorbent and long lasting. 

Well secured between two paper 

layers, made from washi and 

nylon, bound with synthetic 

string. Natural hair ends 

are intact (not cut) creating 

a lovely taper when wet. No 

streaks on the page and no bushy 

ends after just a few uses. The 

Japanese Cypress Handle is warp and 

rot resistant. Works excellent with Japanese Paper, wet 

media such as inks, dyes, water colours and many other 

conservation applications. Dimensions: 6”H x 2-1/2”W 

M12-018 ........................................................................................$27.50 

Conservator Brushes 

Pure 100% Russian Kolinsky Sable Brushes 

For extra fine spotting or details with an easy-grip short, triangular, black 

lacquered handle. 


M64-203 5/0 ............................................................................... $10.75 

M64-204 000 ................................................................................ 10.75 

M64-205 00 .................................................................................. 10.75 

M64-206 0 .................................................................................... 11.25 

M64-207 1 .................................................................................... 14.75 

M64-208 2 .................................................................................... 14.75 

M64-209 4 .................................................................................... 19.50 

M64-210 6 .................................................................................... 25.95 

Close up of mesh 

Japanese Paste Strainer (Koshi) 

Made from the finest natural materials, in Japan. This very fine strainer, 

made of horsehair, is used for straining starch based adhesives. This 

removes any lumps and makes a very smooth paste. Size: 8-1/4”(21cm) 

diameter. The Wooden Paste Paddle is ideal for pressing paste through 

the strainer. 


M62-843 Strainer ......................................................................... $349.00 

M62-844 Wooden Paste Paddle ..................................................... 27.00 

Japanese Water Brush 

Portable, easy-to-use and convenient! This water brush is perfect for a 

variety of conservation applications. Add water to the hollow barrel and 

draw a line on paper using the water brush. The paper will be ready to 

tear. You may also put coloured ink inside to use as a calligraphy brush. 


M61-016 14mm .......................................................................... $16.75 

Un-Du ® Adhesive Remover 

Un-Du is a revolutionary adhesive removal system that has 

hundreds of uses. Unlike other adhesive removal products, 

Un-Du works immediately upon contact and allows for 

re-adhesion. In addition, Un-Du is safe to use on most 

surfaces. It leaves no stains or residues behind and will not 

discolour Plexiglass, acrylics or other clear plastics. 4 oz. 

M15-012 ................................................................. $10.95 

94 


Dusting Brushes 

Japanese Hake Brushes 

Long flat brush for added balance 

Flat brush for applying water and thin water solutions of bleach, 

adhesives and paints. Suitable for dusting delicate surfaces. Made 

of softest select sheep hair bristles held in unfinished wood handles 

without metal bindings. Long handle provides good balance. 

Overall: approximately 10-3/4”L. Bristle: approximately 1-3/8”L. 


M82-114 1” ................................................................................... $9.25 

M82-116 2” ................................................................................... 15.75 

M82-448 3” ................................................................................... 20.95 

M82-449 4” ................................................................................... 23.35 

Chinese Hake Brushes 

Made of soft white sheep hair 

Use for dusting, wetting and application of thin paste. Made of soft 

white sheep hair set in bamboo handles. Bristles approximately 2”L. 

Shafts: approximately 3/8” diameter x 4-1/4”L. 


M82-450 3-Shaft ........................................................................... $4.50 

M82-451 5-Shaft ............................................................................. 6.25 

M82-452 6-Shaft ............................................................................. 8.35 

M82-453 8-Shaft ........................................................................... 10.25 

M82-454 10-Shaft ......................................................................... 12.30 

Traditional 

Dusting Brush 

Constructed of soft, 

sterilized 100% 

horsehair, wax-set in a 

tough durable handle 

14-1/2” long. 


M82-304 Soft Bristle ....................................................................$8.95 

M82-308 Stiff Bristle ......................................................................8.95 

Natural-Hair Brush 

Extra-soft, goat-hair brush won’t harm even the most delicate surfaces. 

Use for paper photographs, slides, negatives and fine artwork. Quality 

crafted by Winsor-Newton, brush features seamless 3/4” wide 

aluminum ferrule. 1-1/2” bristles (flare to 1-3/4”). 

M95-445 ........................................................................................ $16.95 

Static Dissipating Brush 

This revolutionary dusting brush is made of very soft goat hair. The 

brush works with carbon fibres impregnated in the handle, to conduct 

static charges off a surface, eliminating the attraction of dust back onto 

the cleaned area. The very soft 1-1/4” bristles make it safe for most 

fragile objects and surfaces. 


M56-065 Brush - 10” Long (including handle) ......................... $37.95 

M56-066 Whisk – 4” Long ........................................................ 29.95 

Lambswool Duster 

Fast and effective for surface dusting. Duster made of 100% 

lambswool. Comes with telescoping plastic handle that adjusts from 

30” to 42”. Ideal for large areas. 

M82-373 ........................................................................................ $13.95 

Air Duster 

For Hard-to-Reach Places 

Utilizing the world’s safest non-flammable, 

non-ozone depleting propellant, the Air Duster 

effectively removes dust and dirt from “hardto-reach” 

areas. 10 oz. 

M94-584 ................................................ $15.95 

Masters ® Brush 

Cleaner & Preserver 

Keeps brushes like new and 

easily restores old, hardened 

brushes. Works on oil, acrylic or 

watercolour brushes. Safe for all 

sable brushes or any other bristle 

type. 


M64-211 1 oz. .............................................................................. $7.25 

M64-212 2.5 oz. ........................................................................... 14.50 

M64-213 24 oz. ............................................................................ 43.50 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

95

Adhesives 

Jin Shofu Wheat Paste 

Finest Japanese Wheat Paste 

Jin Shofu wheat paste is a highly refined 

wheat starch adhesive, considered by many 

conservators to be the smoothest and best 

wheat starch adhesive available. Wheat 

starch paste is very strong, dries clear and 

forms a more flexible adhesive layer than 

rice starch. Jin Shofu is prepared by mixing 

with water and cooking. Consistency is 

easily adjusted with the addition of more 

water for a thinner paste and increased 

cooking time for a thicker paste. Jin Shofu 

wheat paste is a completely reversible adhesive. PH value 7.0. Some 

applications include hinging of artwork, bookbinding and repair, 

mending works of art on paper, mounting and framing. 1 lb. 

M82-873 .........................................................................................$29.95 

Jade Adhesives 

Jade No. 403 A general purpose, resin-based internally plasticized 

polyvinyl acetate emulsion that contains no solvents. It is fast drying, 

very long lasting and forms a transparent flexible film. pH neutral. 


M64-192 8 oz. ............................................................................ $15.50 

M64-193 16 oz. ............................................................................ 24.25 

Jade No. 711 A modification of Jade 403 with the same properties 

except that its characteristic odour has been greatly diminished. 


M64-194 8 oz. ............................................................................ $17.50 

M64-195 16 oz. ............................................................................ 26.50 

Jade R Our Jade line of adhesives now includes a water reversible 

formulation. This acid-free archival adhesive provides a very strong 

bond similar to that of the Jade 403 with the added advantage of being 

reversible with water after it has dried. Ideal for conservation work 

where reversibility is of concern. 


M64-155 16 oz. ........................................................................... $29.95 

M64-196 32 oz. .......................................................................... $42.95 

Wheat Paste 

A general purpose pre-cooked starch based bookbinding adhesive 

suitable for use on paper, binders board and leather. This unique 

pre-cooked formula requires the simple addition of cold water, 

eliminating the process of cooking to form adhesive. Commonly mixed 

with PVA adhesive. 1 lb. 

M82-870 ........................................................................................ $15.50 

Wheat Starch 

A general purpose starch adhesive that requires cooking. Suitable for 

use with paper, board, and leather for bookbinding and conservation. 

Commonly added to PVA adhesive to slow drying time. 1 lb. 

M82-871 ........................................................................................ $15.25 

Rice Starch 

A starch based adhesive derived from rice, and 

requires cooking. Forms an excellent adhesive film 

suitable for adhering paper, board, and leather in all 

bookbinding and conservation practices. 2 oz. 

M82-872 ......................................................... $9.50 

Pure Methyl Cellulose 

Acryloid (Paraloid) B72 Adhesive 

A copolymer of ethyl methacrylate and methyl acrylate supplied in 

100% resin pellets which are soluble in acetone, toluene, and xylene. 

An excellent general purpose resin/adhesive. 


M82-874 8 oz. .......................................................................... $28.75 

M82-875 16 oz. .......................................................................... 41.00 

When dissolved in water, methyl cellulose powder 

produces a liquid adhesive which is neutral pH, 

non-toxic, vermin proof, non-decomposing and 

clear drying. Easily reversed with cold water. Use 

for repair, bookbinding, art construction, hinging 

and many other conservation applications. 


M83-371 1.5 oz ............................................$13.25 

M83-372 1 lb bag ...........................................45.00 

96 


Adhesives 


Systematic 


Alkaline PVA adhesive, pH 7.5 to 8.0. 

Pressure-activated metal tip provides just 

the right amount. Won’t dry out, so items 

stay put. Quick-drying archival PVA glue pen is 

handy for scrapbooks and applications where just a 

drop of glue is required. The glue forms a permanent bond 

on most porous surfaces and is non-toxic. 12 ml. 

M81-830 ......................................................................................... $4.75 

Our acid-free adhesive has excellent 

lay-flat properties and dries clear. 

Easy to use polyvinyl acetate 

(PVA) formula is fast setting and 

remoistenable with water. This 

adhesive was formulated specifically 

for preservation materials and will not 

become brittle with age. Adheres to 

most porous surfaces. 

M61-014 


M95-383 8 oz. squeeze bottle ...................................................... $8.25 

M95-384 32 oz. plastic bottle ....................................................... 26.00 

M95-382 128 oz bottle ................................................................ 77.00 

M61-014 Dispenser Pump for 128oz. bottle ................................ 13.95 

Fish Glue 

A high-tack adhesive, light tan colour. Free 

of salt but will shrink upon drying. Adding 

10% glycerin will give greater flexibility and 

reduce shrinkage. This product is commonly 

used as an adhesive in furniture restoration 

where long drying times are preferred. 

Excellent resistance to solvents and heat. 

Permanently remoistenable with water, 

pH 5-8, shear strength: 3200 PSI with 50% 

wood failure (ASTM D 905). 


M61-018 Fish Glue - 1 Pint ....................................................... $39.50 

M61-020 Glycerine - 4 oz ............................................................ 11.50 

Gudy ® 870 

A pH neutral transfer adhesive that 

can be applied to a smooth 

surface rendering it selfadhesive. 

Manual application 

is quick and easy. 0.8” 

size may also be used as an 

encapsulation tape. 


M81-861 0.8” x 99’ ............................................................. $16.40 roll 

M81-862 12.2” x 33’ ............................................................. 45.00 roll 

M81-863 24.4” x 33’ ............................................................. 86.00 roll 

Ethulose Powder 

(Ethyl Hydroxyethyl Cellulose) 

This forms a flexible film 

adhesive. A 4% solution in 

water has a honey-like consistency. 

An 8%-10% solution is 

a non-flowing gel. (Let solution 

stand for 24 hours before 

use). This product may also be 

dissolved in alcohol to produce 

solutions for application where 

water is not desirable. Ethulose 

does not support the growth of 

bacteria or mold. 1lb. 

M62-845 ....................................................................................... $49.95 

KapBond Book Repair Glue 

with Syringe Applicator 

Acid-Free book repair glue dries to a clear, flexible 

and permanent bond. Repairs and reinforces 

damaged spines and loose pages. Formulated 

from polyvinyl acetate (PVA) to meet LBI materials 

standard. 16oz. 

M62-089 ...................................................... $19.50 

Stanley Hot Melt 

Glue Gun 

This sleek ergonomic designed glue gun 

comes with a built-in stand and uses standard 

or dual temperature glue. Heats quickly and 

bonds in 60 seconds. Convenient trigger 

feed mechanism controls glue flow. Use gun for variety 

of materials such as polyfoam, backer rod, ethafoam, 

coroplast, volara and many other materials. Hot Melt 

Adhesive Thermogrip 6363 features ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer, 

a proven, acceptable material for most museum and conservation applications. 

Cat. # Description Size Price 

M82-314 Hot Melt Glue Gun...................................................... $21.75 

M82-322 Hot Melt Adhesive, 6 per package ....... 4” ......... 12.50 pkg. 

M82-323 Hot Melt Adhesive, 8 per package ...... 15” ......... 42.00 pkg. 

LePage ® Glue Sticks 

Great for bonding paper, memory books, photos, and art 

objects. Strong and fast bonding, yet washes out with just 

water. Solvent-free, preservative-free and acid-free. Archivalsafe 

and non-toxic. Includes an air-tight “snap-lock” cap. 

Dries clear. 


M62-085 Economy–10 grams ........ $2.25 ............. $2.15 ea. 

M62-086 Jumbo–20 grams .............. 3.30 ............... 3.15 ea. 

M62-087 Giant–40 grams ................. 4.20 ............... 4.00 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

97

Conservation Supplies 

Leather Protector 

Renaissance Wax 

The finest Cleaner/Polish Wax available, specified by museums, art 

galleries and conservators throughout the world. It will gently lift the 

grime of antiquity and murky deposits of other polishes. Renaissance 

may be used on any solid surface including wood, metal, marble/onyx, 

shell, stone, ivory, plastics, leather and even paper. Its translucency 

allows unlimited applications and polish never stains or discolours. 

Excellent protection against normal finger marks, spillages etc. 


M81-915 Renaissance Wax 200 mL ....... $35.70 ................ $33.90 ea. 

M81-933 Renaissance Wax 3 Litre .........$175.00 

Pre-Lim Surface Cleaner 

From the manufacturer of Renaissance Wax 

A mildly abrasive cleaner which does not scratch. Removes stubborn 

stains, oxidized grease/grime or mould corrosion from solid surfaces 

(paint-work, plastics, polished metals, etc.). Widely used for 

professional cleaning of weaponry and armour. Ideal for exterior 

automotive metal surfaces. 8 oz. 

Cat. # 1+ 3+ 

M95-58 ............................ $29.95 ........................................... $28.45 ea. 

Conservators Wax 

Conservators Wax is a blend of highly refined 

microcrystalline waxes of fossil origin based on a 

formula which has become the standard material 

used in museums and art galleries, and by professional 

conservators and restorers the world over. 

This high performance, crystal clear wax may be 

used on painted surfaces and finished woods, 

bronzes and metals, ceramics, ivory, marble and 

polished stones, leather, plastics, gilding, photographs 

and paper. It offers excellent moisture 

resistance and protection against heat and finger 

marks. 4 oz. can. 

M95-582 ........................................................................................ $11.60 

Saddle Soap 

Cleans smooth leathers including boots, 

shoes and other large leather items. 

Removes embedded dirt and grime. 

Leaves leather with a soft lustre and 

supple texture. 3-1/8 oz can. 

M62-841 .................................... $9.95 

A dual-action solution that neutralizes acids caused by polluted 

atmosphere, replaces natural salts that are used in the tanning process 

but later washed away, and protects against moulds and mildew. 

Contains potassium lactate and p-nitrophenol. British Museum formula. 


M62-812 8 oz. Bottle .................................................................. $12.50 

M62-813 16 oz. Bottle .................................................................. 19.50 

Leather Dressing 

Revives and restores leather to its original beauty, lustre and 

suppleness. Made only of lanolin and neatsfoot oil, the natural animal 

oils. Contains no wax. This formula was developed by the N.Y. Public 

Library and was tested by the US Department of Agriculture. It is 

formula number six in Carolyn Horton’s manual. 


M62-814 8 oz. Bottle .................................................................. $19.95 

M62-815 16 oz. Bottle .................................................................. 32.50 

Triple Crown Leather Preservative 

Formerly Fredelka 

Cleans, restores, preserves, 

lubricates. Removes 

mildew and replaces 

original oils. No 

flammable or volatile 

components. For all 

leathers, except suede. 

Easy to apply, safe to use, 

quick results. Will not irritate 

the skin. Produces a rich patina and 

scuff resistant surface. Buffers for lasting protection. 


M62-817 8 oz. Jar ......................................................................... 28.75 

Cellugel 

Will not darken, discolour, or leave film on 

the surface of leather. Developed and used 

by professional conservators to treat deteriorating, 

powdery leather (red rot). When 

applied to book cover, cellugel is absorbed 

throughout the entire thickness of the 

leather and dries within minutes. The book 

may then be handled and used without 

danger of breathing leather dust or soiling 

hands and clothes. Also useful as a pretreatment 

before book repair; will not harm 

paper and book materials it may come in 

contact with. 16 oz. 

M64-169 .......................................... $45.50 

98 


Conservation Supplies 

Orvus WA Paste 

Recommended for cleaning fine textiles 

and rugs of all compositions. Removes 

common dirt and stains but not stubborn 

stains. A neutral synthetic anionic detergent 

(sodium lauryl sulfate), used as a wetting, emulsifying, dispersing and 

sudsing agent, readily soluble in hot or cold water; free rinsing in either. 

Apply in a concentration of 1%, well dissolved, approximately one 

tablespoon to one gallon of water. Wash 2-3 times, rinse 2-3 times. 


M95-574 1 lb. ............................................................................ $28.50 

M95-575 2 lbs. ............................................................................ 43.00 

Hagerty Silversmiths’ Polish 

A safe, gentle lotion formulated to effectively clean, 

polish and protect sterling, silver plate and gold objects. 

Contains Hagerty’s own tarnish inhibitor which lasts for 

months under normal conditions. 8oz. 

M62-837 ................................................................$24.95 

3M Antitarnish Strips 

3M Anti-Tarnish Strips are a 

special absorbent paper that 

protect silver, nickel, copper, 

bronze, brass, tin and gold from 

unsightly discolouration and tarnish, 

especially during storage and shipping. 

They prevent tarnish from forming 

on metal by absorbing sulfur and other 

common airborne pollutants. The chemically 

treated paper removes the pollutants without causing any change 

in the metal, emitting any fumes or leaving any residue. Use strips 

in jewelry cases, storage bags or boxes, china cabinets, silverware 

chests, musical instrument cases or trophy cases. One strip protects 

one cubic foot of air space for up to six months. Store unused strips 

in a sealed, airtight bag. 2” x 7” strips. 8 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M95-581 .......................... $9.65 ............................................ $9.15 pkg. 

Hagerty All Metal Polish 

Quickly removes tarnish, dirt, corrosion, grease, lime and water stains. 

Protects metals with three tarnish and corrosion inhibitors. Also 

effective on hard plastics, ceramics, porcelain and marble. 4oz. 

M62-838 .........................................................................................$24.95 

Metal Polishing Cloths 

Vulpex Soap 

New 

Metal polishing cloths are moist cotton, with just 

the right amount of polish on them. Rub lightly 

to remove tarnish on silver, gold, brass, copper, 

pewter, and other metals, to bring forth a brilliant 

mirror shine. These cloths are safe to use with no 

chemical odour – instead, a pleasant vanilla scent. 

Contains two 4”x 6” cloths per package. 

M64-239 ....................................................... $9.95 

A concentrated soap solution with deep cleansing 

action that is soluble in water, white spirits and 

trichloroethylene. Especially effective for removing 

dirt from objects with uneven surfaces and fine 

cracks such as interior stone walls and floors, arms 

and armour and machinery as well as oil paintings, 

textiles, carpets, ivory/shell and leather. It also has 

possibilities for cleaning paper. Use diluted up to 

5% maximum. Does not leave any oily coating. 

When used to clean wood, the residue is completely 

removable. Cleaned surfaces will hold adhesives. 

1 litre bottle. 

M81-914 ......................................................... $119.50 

Pacific Silvercloth 

Pacific Silvercloth is the exclusive tarnish-preventing material that 

keeps silver and silver-plated articles clean, bright and shining without 

polishing! The reason Thousands of fine silver particles embedded in 

rich brown Pacific Silvercloth absorb tarnish-producing gases before 

they reach the silver. Your sterling or silverplate retains its brilliant 

lustre and the extra soft cloth also protects against dust and scratches. 

Pacific Silvercloth’s convenient 38” width is easy to cut, sew and glue. 


M82-066 3 yard roll .............................................................. $92.00 roll 

M82-067 15 yard roll ............................................................ 330.00 roll 

Renaissance Metal 

De-Corroder 

Amine complex of hydro-oxycarboxilic acid 

in aqueous solution. pH approximately 

4.0. Treatment selectively ruptures the 

bond between base metal and corrosion 

layer, reducing rust to a sludge which is 

easily wiped or brushed away. Clean-water 

rinse stops the process. Contrast this 

safe, gentle handling of metals with the 

more vigorous, often deleterious action 

of mineral acids. Storage and treatment 

vessels of mild steel, porcelain, rubber, 

polythene or other plastics are suitable. Galvanized, tin, zinc or 

lead-lined tanks are NOT suitable. 1 litre bottle. 

M81-907 ....................................................................................... $72.20 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

99

Conservation Tools 

Snake Weights 

Weighted fabric snake weights allow the pages of books to be 

held open for display and research. The snakes can be used to hold 

down curled charts and single sheets of paper. Can be used with 

Book Pillows and Book Cradles. Available in three lengths for small, 

medium and large book. Easily cut down to exact size for a special 

display. Sold in pairs. 

Cat. # Length Wt. Lbs. Price 

M95-160 20”L ........................ 1/2..................................... $23.50 pair 

M95-161 40”L .......................... 1 ........................................ 43.70 pair 

M95-162 60”L ....................... 1-1/2 ..................................... 59.00 pair 

Conservation Weights 

Beautifully crafted, archival safe weights 

are used in binderies, conservation 

labs, matting studios, book repair 

departments (wherever there 

is a need to hold together 

items with constant pressure). 

These professionally made 

weights are constructed with 

either a steel shot or a solid inner 

core wrapped by a rigid, very smooth 

surfaced heavyweight (1/4”) plexiglass ® and rounded at the edges. The 

smooth rounded corners helps to eliminate any scratching or marring. 

Built to last for years with proper care. 

Cat. # Inner Core Wt. Lbs. Dimensions Price 

M83-342 Small; steel shot ......5 .......1-1/2”H x 4-1/2”W x 4”L ..$116.00 

M83-343 Large; solid ............5 .......2”H x 4-1/2”W x 8-1/4”L ....116.00 

M83-344 Large; solid ............8 ....2-3/4”H x 4-1/2”W x 8-1/2”L .116.00 

Multi-Colour 

Plastic Clips 

For the Archival user 

The solution to the pitfalls of traditional metal clips. No rusting, no 

denting of copies and no paper tearing make them an excellent 

substitute. Mixed colours consist of White, Blue, Pink, Orange, Black, 

Green and Yellow. Acid-free. 


M94-388 Small 13/16”. 500 per box ................. $9.80 ....... $9.30 box 

M94-390 Medium 1”. 500 per box ................... 11.95 ...... 11.35 box 

M94-389 Large 1-3/8”. 200 per box .................... 9.80 ........ 9.30 box 

M94-387 Extra Large 2-3/8”. 50 per box ............ 7.25 ........ 6.90 box 

Brass Paper Clips 

These solid brass paper clips are an 

economical alternative to our top quality 

stainless steel paper clips. They do not rust 

and are safe to use on rare papers. Clips 

are 1-1/4” in length. 100 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 10+ 

M95-166 ............... $6.90 ............ $6.55 pkg. 

Weight Bags 

Loose washable and replaceable 

calico bag covers using Velcro 

to secure the internal weight bag. Internal 

waterproof weight bag can be used without 

the loose calico cover. Ideal when weighing down wet 

repairs. When the weight bag becomes soiled or dirty simply 

wash the cover or replace with a new one. The lead shot is firstly 

sealed inside a Tyvek bag then further sealed inside a 50 micron 

polyethylene tubing and finally covered with a calico bag. They have 

the feel of a heavy beanbag being soft and weighty giving surface 

protection while holding down curling charts, maps, posters and 

prints. Paper Conservators are using them to hold down papers during 

Conservation especially when digitizing and camera work. 

Cat. # Dimensions Wt. Lbs. Price 

M95-154 2” x 4” ............................... 1/2 ............................. $21.00 

M95-155 2” x 6” ................................. 1 ................................... 24.00 

M95-156 2” x 10” ............................ 1-1/2 ................................ 29.95 

Spare outer loose calico covers with velcro fastening 

M95-157 2” x 4” ........................................................................ $6.10 

M95-158 2” x 6” ........................................................................ 10.20 

M95-159 2” x 10” ....................................................................... 12.40 

Brass Paper 

Fasteners (Brads) 

These convenient fasteners 

are ideal for keeping valuable 

documents and reports 

together. They are also used 

in box making applications. 

Four sizes available. 

New 

100 per box. 


M60-190 3/4” Brass Fasteners.......................$2.00 ............$1.90 box 

M60-191 1” Brass Fasteners............................2.40 ..............2.25 box 

M60-192 1-1/4” Brass Fasteners......................2.70 ..............2.55 box 

M60-193 1-1/2” Brass Fasteners......................2.90 ..............2.75 box 

Monel Staples 

Standard chisel point staples made from 

100% Monel rustproof metal. Precision 

made to penetrate without buckling. Fits all 

standard staplers. 5000 per box. 

M94-385 ....................................... $57.95 box 

Stainless Steel 

Paper Clips 

Standard size stainless steel paper clips will not 

rust or stain materials. Excellent for all archival 

storage needs and for general office use as well. 

Wire is smooth and will not abrade fragile surfaces. 

Clips 1-1/4” in length. 50 per box. 

Cat. # 1+ 10+ 

M94-391 .................................... $7.75 ................................... $7.35 box 

100 


Conservation Tools 

Pure Touch Solvent 

Dispenser Bottle 

Solvent Dispenser—self 

contained pump in cap 

dispenses small amount of 

solvent into stainless steel 

dish in cap container. Purity 

protection pump avoids 

cross contamination of fluids. 

Once pumped, fluids cannot return to units 

reservoir. Glass Bottle. 4 oz. 

M95-577 ................................................ $48.85 

One Touch Solvent 

Dispenser Bottles 

By simply applying light 

pressure of a brush on the 

dispensing dish, the high 

quality stainless steel pump 

releases just the right amount 

of solvent. The moulded 

polyethylene bottle is 

shatterproof. Dispensers are 

not recommended for viscous 

or bodied solvents. 


M3314 4 oz. Dispenser ...................... $34.50 

M3318 8 oz. Dispenser ........................ 35.75 

M14-003 

M14-009 

M14-011 

Syringes and Needles 

These disposable polypropylene syringes 

are sterile and used for many conservation 

applications. Comes in an easy to open package 

and includes tip shield. Bevel tip needles are 

sterile, disposable and made of stainless steel 

for superior sharpness. 10 per package. 


Syringes 

M14-001 3cc Syringes .................. $4.95 pkg. 

M14-002 5cc Syringes .................... 9.75 pkg. 

M14-003 10cc Syringes .................. 9.80 pkg. 

M14-004 20cc Syringes ................ 20.50 pkg. 



Needles – 1” 

M14-007 25 Gauge Needle .......... $3.95 pkg. 

M14-008 23 Gauge Needle ............ 3.95 pkg. 





New 

Webril Wipes 

Glu-Bot 

Dispensers 

The Glu-Bot is a 

bottle that will 

not drip or spill. 

This dispenser 

puts glue where 

you want it… 

and only where 

you want it. The 

easy-squeeze 

bottle features a unique two-chamber design 

that pulls the glue back after squeezing, to 

eliminate dripping and prevent clogging. This 

design makes vertical application easy and 

mess-free. The wide mouth opening allows 

for easy refills. The sealed design helps 

adhesives (prone to mould growth) last longer 

from contamination. 


Glu-Bot Dispenser 

M56-061 4 oz capacity ................... $8.95 

M56-062 16oz capacity .................. 12.95 

Replacement Blade Tip 

M56-063 4 oz ................................... 3.95 

M56-064 16 oz ................................. 3.95 

PEL Sprayer 

It features a clog-proof 

nozzle, capable of 

delivering a consistent 

spray pattern, ranging 

from a fine mist - ideal 

for dampening paper, or a 

powerful jet stream, for 

other applications. This is 

one of the most chemical 

resistant sprayers on 

the market. All parts are 

made of polypropylene 

or polyethylene, with 

no rubber O-rings to 

dry out or deteriorate. 

Ideal for deacidification and 

conservation applications. Capacity: 700 ml. 

M95-178 .............................................$11.25 

Made of compressed fibres, 

these wipes provide a soft 

lint-free absorbent pad. 

Ideal for cleaning 

delicate surfaces 

and applying liquid 

coatings. 



M83-100 4” x 4” ................ $15.25 pkg. 

M83-100-R 8” x 8” .................... 24.95 roll 

Conservators Sponge 

The closed-cell structure is hydrophilic and 

can be used for a wide variety of conservation 

procedures. It is used in wet repairs, to remove 

residual water, as the repair tissue does not 

attach to the sponge. It also can absorb a 

large amount of water rapidly, in the case of 

accidental spills. The sponge can be shaped to 

suit special needs by allowing it to dry out. It 

then becomes hard and can be cut to desired 

shape with a sharp knife. Simply immerse in 

water for a few minutes, it then becomes soft 

and is ready to use again. 


M83-347 1.18”H x 2.91”W x 3.78”L ...$11.95 

M83-348 1.18”H x 1.89”W x 2.87”L .......6.95 

Heavy-Duty Dust Cloths 

Used For Wet and Dry Cleaning 

These micro-fibre cloths clean without 

chemicals. Made from polyester/polyamide 

ultra microfibres. When damp, this soft cloth 

cleans most surfaces; especially chrome, 

stainless steel, brass, plastic and wood. When 

used dry, the cloth has a natural positive 

charge that attracts “negative” dust and 

dirt. We also offer a second cloth, specially 

made to clean glass surfaces gently and 

immaculately without the use of chemicals. 

Ideal for framed artwork glass. With normal 

use and correct maintenance, both will last 

several years and pay for themselves many 

times over. 


M62-803 Standard Cloth ..................... $17.25 

M62-819 Glass Cloth ............................ 16.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

101

Gloves 

Cotton Gloves Plus 

Cotton Gloves 

Much of the damage to photographs and negatives is caused during 

handling by the chemical reactions of the body oils in fingerprints 

with the image during the handling process. These pure, lightweight 

white washable cotton gloves will protect your photograph, negatives, 

microfiche, microfilm and artwork from fingerprint oils, dirt and 

chemicals. Available in small and large sizes. 12 pairs per package. 


Lightweight 100% Cotton 

M82-081 Large ..................................................................... $9.95 pkg. 

M82-082 Small ....................................................................... 9.95 pkg. 

Heavyweight 35% Cotton 65% Polyester 

M82-086 Large ................................................................... $11.95 pkg. 

M82-087 Small ..................................................................... 11.95 pkg. 

When handling items such as slides, negatives or artwork, use these 

white gloves to protect from fingerprints. These better quality cotton 

gloves have a ribbed backing and elasticized wrists but remain soft and 

lightweight. Machine washable, they may be used many times. 

Sold in pairs. 

Cat. # Size 1+ 12+ 

M82-462 Small ............................ $2.25 pair ..........................$1.95 pair 

M82-469 Medium ......................... 2.25 pair ........................... 1.95 pair 

M82-470 Large ............................. 2.25 pair ........................... 1.95 pair 

M82-476 X-Large .......................... 2.25 pair ........................... 1.95 pair 

Sure Grip 

Cotton Gloves 

Handle objects with the 

confidence provided 

by Sure Grip Gloves. 

Thousands of tiny 

nodules cover the palms 

and digits of these heavy-duty 

cotton gloves for a firm grasp, while 

protecting the object from the damaging 

chemicals in body oils. Not recommended 

for metal objects such as silver. Made of 100% 

washable cotton. Sold in pairs. 

Cat. # Size 1+ 12+ 

M82-467 Medium ..................... $5.00 pair ........................... $4.75 pair 

M82-468 Large/X-Large .............. 5.00 pair ............................. 4.75 pair 

Disposable Gloves 

Purple 100% Nitrile Glove with new levels of tactile sensitivity, 

comfort, dexterity and puncture resistance. Low modulus formulation 

reduces hand fatigue. No natural rubber proteins that may cause 

allergies. Powder-free. 100 glove dispenser box. 


M82-471 Small .................................................................... $19.70 box 

M82-472 Medium .................................................................. 19.70 box 

M82-473 Large ...................................................................... 19.70 box 

M82-520 X-Large ................................................................... 19.70 box 

Latex These disposable gloves safeguard both your hands and the 

material you are handling. Lightweight soft latex film, allows maximum 

finger sensitivity. Protects materials from oils and perspiration of 

your hands and against the caustic, toxic and soiling effects of most 

acids, alkalis, epoxies, solvents and cleaning agents. Gloves fit either 

hand and require no powder. Only handle glass plate negatives with 

protective lintless gloves made of latex, nylon, or cotton. Powder-free. 

100 glove dispenser box. 


M82-261 Small .................................................................... $12.25 box 

M82-262 Medium to Large ................................................... 12.25 box 

Heavy 

Duty Gloves 

Rubber Coated on Poly/Cotton Knit Liner 

Heavy coated blue textured rubber on poly/cotton knit liner. Poly/ 

Cotton shell provides excellent comfort and fit. Rubber coating is highly 

durable with excellent wet grip. Cut, abrasion and puncture resistant. 

Open back for superior ventilation. No PVCs. Sold in pairs. 

Cat. # Size 1+ 12+ 

M82-240 Small ........................ $2.95 pair ........................... $2.80 pair 

M82-241 Medium ....................... 2.95 pair ............................. 2.80 pair 

M82-242 Large ........................... 2.95 pair ............................. 2.80 pair 

M82-243 X-Large ........................ 2.95 pair ............................. 2.80 pair 

102 


Lab Supplies 

Conservation Work Trays 

Carbosorb Plus Mask 

For protection against nuisance level respiratory 

threats in the workplace. The Charcoal 

Cloth mask provides high levels of protection 

and comfort, enabling it to be worn for longer 

periods of time. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M82-294 .............. $33.50 .............. $31.85 ea. 

Tyvek Apron and Sleeves 

Disposable 

Shield the front of your body and clothing 

from dirt and dust, dry material spills, 

and light liquid splashes. Highly tear and 

puncture-resistant apron with sewn ties. 

28” x 36”. 


M82-603 Apron ........... $3.50 ..... $3.25 ea. 

M82-605 Sleeves .......... 2.75 ..... 2.50 pair 

Quality heavyweight high impact plastic trays 

for a variety of conservation uses. Excellent 

for bleaching or deacidification by immersion. 

These trays are solid white, seamless, and 

possess a corrosion resistant surface. 

Cat. # Print Size Price 

M95-348 8” x 10” .................................. $25.50 

Overall: 11-3/8” x 13-3/8” x 2-1/4”D 

M95-353 11” x 14” ................................ 46.00 

Overall: 14-1/2” x 18” x 2-3/4”D 

M95-352 16” x 20” ................................. 82.00 

Overall: 20” x 24” x 3”D 

M95-351 20” x 24” .............................. 140.00 


M95-350 23” x 28” ............................. . 195.00 


M95-349 30” x 40” ................................ 315.00 

Overall: 37-1/4” x 47-1/4” x 4-1/4”D 

3M Dust/Mist Respirator 

Single-use respirators are approved for 

respiratory protection against dusts and mists. 

The 8210 is used throughout general industry 

in a wide variety of applications. Helps protect 

against coal, cadmium, chromium, lead, 

cotton, dust, silica and more. 20 per box. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M82-295 ............... $32.90 ............ $31.25 box 

Latex Finger Cots 

New 

These latex fingertip covers provide protection 

without clamminess from perspiration caused 

by some gloves. Finger cots have a wide 

range of specialized applications in a variety 

of industries, including art preservation and 

health care. They are an ideal solution for 

handling sensitive components, to prevent 

contamination. 144 Per Box 


M82-890 Small ................................ $7.95 box 

M82-891 Medium.............................. 7.95 box 

M82-892 Large ................................. 7.95 box 

Work Apron 

Protect your clothes from paint, chemicals, 

anything that spills with this quality work 

apron. Made of blue washable cotton denim 

with neck and waist straps and 3-handy 

pockets for tools, pencils etc. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M82-293 .................... $8.95 ........ $8.50 ea. 

Disposable Work Apron 

Save your wardrobe from soil, stains and 

damage with these comfortable, disposable 

work aprons. Made of white ‘shopping bag’ 

plastic. 10 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 10+ 

M82-296 ................. $2.95 ......... $2.75 pkg. 

Tyvek Lab Coat 

and Safety Glasses 

Tyvek lab coats are stain and tear resistant. 

They feature snap closures, two pockets 

and long sleeves. Our clear safety glasses 

are lightweight, with adjustable temples, for 

secure fit. The wrap around scratch resistant 

lens filters out 99.9% of harmful UV radiation. 

CSA and ANSI approved. 

Cat. # Size 1+ 5+ 

Lab Coat 

M82-078 Medium................ $9.75 ....... $9.25 

M82-079 Large ...................... 9.75 ......... 9.25 

M82-080 Extra Large ............. 9.75 ......... 9.25 

Safety Glasses 

M82-474 $4.94 ................... $4.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

103

Magnifiers 

Porta-Scope Digital 

Microscope 

Porta-Scope is an easy to 

use, 6-LED hand-held digital 

microscope, with a USB interface. 

It provides high-resolution magnification 

at your fingertips, with 

New 

detailed examination of any 

area. The active pixel technology 

produces sharp images and accurate colour production. The LED’s 

can be switched on or off. The brightness can be adjusted, using the 

control wheel on the body. The adjustable magnification (10x – 200x), 

is provided by the all in one compact lens. It features a Micro-touch 

Shutter trigger, that allows for convenient image capture, when in hand 

held mode or mounted on a stand. Use to view slides and negatives 

or enjoy every detail of your coin, stamp, or jewellery collection. The 

Porta-Scope comes with software for best capture of images or videos. 

Just plug into a PC and you are ready to go. 

M12-059 .................................................................................... $465.00 

Bausch and Lomb 

Aspheric Magnifiers 

New scientifically designed 

aspheric lens. Aspheric 

lenses assure edge to edge 

clarity. In addition, a special 

higher power inset lens 

provides extra magnification. 

The durable single 

piece design assures 

product durability. The 

ergonomically designed handle conforms to the natural shape of the 

hand and assures hours of comfortable use. 

Cat. # Description Power Lens Dia. Inset Power Price 

M81-33-03 3” Round ...... 2X ...... 87.7mm ............... 4 ............. $31.00 

M81-33-76 2”x 4” Rect. .. 2X ...... 50.8x101.6mm .... 6 ............... 34.00 

Longo ® High Power 

Magnifiers 

High quality magnifier with durable plastic 

handles. Includes biconvex lenses and 

encased in protective chrome-plated brass. 

Listed by lens diameter and focus DIOP. 

Power 3x. 

Cat. # Lens Focus DIOP Price 

M76-951 3” ..................5.50 ..................................................... $10.25 

M76-952 4” ..................4.00 ....................................................... 15.50 

Inspection Magnifier Lamp 

Illuminated magnifier provides hands-free 

viewing. Magnification 1.75X. Adjustable arm 

provides adjustable light source for task area. 

Secured with a clamp that does not permanently mar surface. 

Supplied with 22 watt 8” circle florescent bulb. Colour: 

White. 


M81-447 Inspection Magnifier Lamp ........................... $84.50 

M81-448 Replacement Bulb ........................................... 35.00 

Bausch and 

Lomb Hastings 

Triplet 

Magnifier 

The Hastings Triplet 

magnifiers are highly 

corrected magnifiers 

that certainly are Bausch & Lomb’s finest and probably are unmatched 

in the world. Three separate lenses, bonded together to form a 

compound lens, provide sharp, very distinct magnified images—with no 

colour distortion even under 14 and 20 power magnification. A swing 

away, nickel-plated case protects the lens and serves as a handle. 

Cat. # Focal Distance Power Lens Diameter Price 

M81-61-68 1.5”/3.9 cm ............. 7X .......... 19.8mm ................ $95.00 

M81-61-71 1”/2.5 cm ............... 10X .......... 15.8mm .................. 99.00 

Waltex Self Focusing 

Magnifier 

Powerful 8x magnification at a very affordable 

price. Ideal for photographers, collectors, 

conservators, scientists and more. Magnifier 

comes complete with protective plastic case. 

M81-442 .............................................. $18.95 

Bausch and Lomb Illuminating 

Coddington Magnifier 

A bulb inserted in the groove of the coddington lens illuminates the 

object being examined. Especially useful where limited light is a factor. 

Requires two AA batteries (not included). 


M81-34-34 Power: 10x, Lens Dia. 19.8mm ............................... $75.00 

Bausch and Lomb 

Linen Tester 

This Bausch & Lomb linen 

tester has almost limitless 

uses—from stamp 

collectors to industrial 

engineers. The linen tester 

offers a strong 5X double 

lens of optical quality and 

fold-out stand with an 

inch (in 32nds) and a 20 millimetre (in 1.0mm) scale in the base. It is 

supplied with a ridged plastic case for protection. 

Cat. # Focal Distance Power Price 

M81-34-49 2”/5.1cm ............................. 5X ............................. $22.00 

104 


Spatulas and Tweezers 

Conservation Spatula Set 

Stainless steel double-ended spatulas each have unique ends for 

a variety of applications. Use for removing adhesive and labels or 

scraping and carving materials. Also used for slitting or creasing paper 

and countless other conservation applications. Each spatula 6-3/4” 

long. Sold in set of 3. 

Tweezer Set 

A complete, basic tweezer set. An ideal way to sample and select 

the proper type tweezers for most applications. The tweezers have 

hundreds of uses and the deluxe pouch provides handy storage. 

Kit contains: 4-1/2” pointed tweezers, 4-3/4” stamp tweezers, 6” 

retrieving forceps, 6” solder/utility tweezers and 6-1/2” self closing 

tweezers. 


M81-446 5-Piece Tweezer Set .............................................. $39.95 set 


M81-445 3-Piece Spatula Set ............................................... $21.00 set 

Small Spatulas 

Small spatulas are indispensable in every lab and workshop. Use 

them for detailed work such as lifting labels, slitting paper, applying 

adhesives in hard-to-reach places. This flexible, functional tool is 8” 

long and has one rounded and one tapered end. 

M95-448 ....................................................................................... $12.50 

Teflon Coated non-stick surface is useful when removing adhesives. 

M95-423 ....................................................................................... $14.95 

Pointed Tweezer 

Needle sharp points provide accurate control for sorting, probing and 

holding small items. Light tension facilitates delicate work. 4-1/2” long, 

nickel-plated steel. 

M95-422 .......................................................................................... $9.95 

Bent Nose Tweezer 

Curved tip provides better view of work in sorting, assembling and positioning 

small parts. 6” long, stainless steel. 

M95-425 ........................................................................................ $19.95 

Casselli Spatulas 

New 

These hand-forged spatulas are the finest quality available. Handmade 

in Italy of tooled steel, they are perfect for many types of conservation 

work such as working with flaking paint, removing adhesive and 

applying adhesive in tough areas. # 3 has one chisel end. #117 has a 

spoon end 1 cm wide, and one chisel end. 


M56-056 #1 – 5-7/8” Long ...................................................... $42.50 

M56-057 #2 – 6-1/8” Long ........................................................ 42.50 

M56-058 #117 – 5-3/4” Long .................................................... 46.50 

M56-059 #3 – 7-3/4” Long ........................................................ 43.25 

M56-060 #4 – 8-3/4” Long ........................................................ 46.50 

Inscriblio ® Engraving Tool 

Use it to inscribe glass, metal, wood, stone, ceramic, leather, plastic, acrylic and 

more. Features a unique stay-on button for easy use and includes one versatile 

diamond tip that is best when used to engrave plastic, wood, metal and leather. This cordless 

engraving tool operates with four AAA batteries (not included). 

M87-505 .......................................................................................................................................$25.50 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

105

Insect Control 

Yellow Sticky 

Sheet Insect Trap 

Used to monitor flying insects in collection areas. Hang full sheets from 

light fixtures and cut into strips for walls and windows. Yellow cards 

attract the insects and they stick to the non-drying aggressive adhesive. 

6” x 12” sheets. 10 per package. 

M11-100 .............................................................................. $34.00 pkg. 

Museum Kit 

A kit of pheromone traps and lures specifically designed for the 

museum industry is now made available from Carr McLean. This kit 

offers beetle and moth traps to help monitor pests in stored artifacts. 

Pheromones—Synthetic specific hormonal lures. 

KIT CONTAINS: 

15 traps and 10 pheromone lures; includes: 

• 5 Diamond traps, and 5 pheromone lures for Clothes Moth 

• (Tineola bisselliella), 5 pheromone lures for Cigarette Beetle 

• (Lasioderma serricorne) 10 Cockroach traps. 

M12-127 .................................................................................... $150.00 

Catchmaster Insect Trap/Monitor 

New 

Catchmaster insect traps have an adhesive 

that will last up to one year under normal 

conditions. The traps are prebaited 

with food grade molasses and have 

an adhesive backing for placement 

anywhere and in any position-even 

upside down. Dimensions: 1-1/2”H 

x 2-1/2”W x 2-1/2”D. 

12 traps per package. 

M65-015 .................. $19.95 pkg. 

NoSurvivor Clothes Moth Kit 

Protect your delicate and valuable fabrics from one of the most destructive 

pests. Moths are attracted to the lure placed inside the pheromone 

trap. Kit contains: 10 traps and 10 lures. 

M64-170 .................................................................................... $168.00 

Insect Pests of Museums Poster 

This framable 17” x 22” poster shows 30 full images of the most 

notorious North American museum pests and their damage. The pests 

are broken down into categories based upon what they attack. 

M12-128 Museum Insect Poster ................................................ $29.25 

Silverfish Trap 

Silverfish eat paper and glue, causing damage to valuable artifacts. The 

damage, inflicted by silverfish, ranges from slight abrasion to actually 

eating through pages of books and other paper based products. They 

also eat rayon and cellophane. Unlike messy powders, these silverfish 

traps are clean, and won’t leave residue on your hands or locations 

where they are placed. By infusing boric acid, paper pack and glue 

with an attractant, that is irresistible to these damaging insects, the 

silverfish will crawl inside the corrugated package to eat, and quickly 

will be killed. 24 per package. 

M61-032 ............................................................................... $21.50 pkg. 

106 


Vacuums 

Nilfisk Back Vac GD 10 

Comfort and Power 

The harness gently hugs the 

contours of the human form, with 

flexability towards the operator’s size 

or shape. The harness features a 

series of convenient storage loops, 

perfect for keeping tool attachments 

within reach. The exclusive “no tug” 

cord restraint clip reduces stress on the 

power cord, contributing to longer operating 

life. Weighs less then 11 lbs. but has a 

powerful 144 CFM of airflow and 99” of static 

lift. An exhaust port directs warm air up and away from operator. Back 

Vac is also easy on the ears, with its category leading 62dB and lowerpitched 

voice. This allows the operator to clean during business hours. 

Includes: HEPA filter, sack filter, dust bag, tapered plastic hose w/ 

curved plastic tube, telescoping wand, combination floor nozzle, dust 

brush, crevice cone and a package of 5 dust bags with extra exhaust 

filter. 


M53-065 Nilfisk Back Vac GD 10 ............................................. $950.00 

M53-059 Replacement Bags, 5 per package ..........................31.00 pkg. 

M53-055 

Nilfisk Vacuums 

Museum and preservation quality 

M53-056 

Nilfisk specialized HEPA ® filtered vacuum is designed to gently remove 

dust from your artifacts while keeping that dust in the vacuum where it 

belongs. The variable speed control allows you to regulate the 

suction power, making it ideal for delicate artifacts. The micro-tool kit 

enables even the most minute crevices to be cleaned. The 4-stage 

filtration captures 99.97% of all ultra fine dust particles, down to 0.3 

microns in size. 

This filtration system prevents dust from recirculating back into the air 

thus creating an ideal environment for protecting both your valuable 

artifacts, as well as your patrons and employees. Vacuum unit is 16” 

high, 12” in diameter and weighs 13 lbs. Noise level is 67db sound 

level at 2 metres. 30 ft. power cord included. 

Vacuum Kit with Variable Speed Control Included: GM-80 HEPA 

filtered vacuum with positive twist safety latches, variable speed 

control, 6’ 6” tapered plastic hose, wands, floor nozzle, 3” dust brush, 

5” wide nozzle, Micro-tool kit, detachable trolley and 5 paper filter bags. 

Cat. # 

Price 

M53-055 .....................................................................................$2150.00 

Vacuum Kit Same as above without variable speed control. 

M53-056 .....................................................................................$1600.00 

M53-058 Replacement Bags, 5 per package ......................$29.00 pkg. 

3M Portable 1HP Motor Vacuum 

Pick up even the smallest particles with this completely exhaust-free 

vacuum. With its large capacity disposable filter cartridges, the vacuum 

is completely self-contained and will not emit dust particles or debris. 

The lightweight, portable vacuum has a powerful 1 HP motor, and 

features a variety of attachments—crevice tool, wand, bristle brush, 

10 ft. hose, dusting, and needle nozzle—that all conveniently store 

in the lid. Includes Type 2 filter cartridge (traps particles from 1 to 20 

micrometres). Optional Type 1 HEPA filter, ordered separately below, 

traps the smallest particles from 0.1 to 1 micrometre, including 

mould and fungi. Weight: 10 lbs. Dimensions: 9-7/8” x 14-1/4” x 

18-1/4”. 


M53-076 Particulate Vacuum ................................................... $485.00 

M53-077 Type 1 Filter .................................................................. 52.50 

M53-078 Type 2 Filter .................................................................. 30.75 

Lightweight 

Vacuum 

High powered and specially designed to clean computers, printers and 

all sensitive-to-dust electronic equipment used in the modern office. To 

help you clean even more thoroughly, Data Vac “Pro Series” includes 

a 4 piece Micro Cleaning Tool Kit. MDV-1BA includes: All-steel (.5 PHP) 

vacuum/blower power unit, 19” flexible hose, crevice tool, “Air Pin 

Pointer”, soft bristle brush, shoulder strap, 5 disposable paper bags, 

plus 4-piece Micro Cleaning Tool Kit. Wt: 5 lbs. 


M53-061 Data Vac .................................................................... $126.50 

M53-062 Replacement Bags, 5 per package ......................... 8.95 pkg. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

107

Humidity Control 

RHapid GEL Sheets 

Closeup of Rhapid Gel in sheet form. 

RHapid GEL is a new form of silica gel for the passive control of 

relative humidity in exhibition and storage cases. Due to its exceptional 

moisture buffering characteristics in the mid RH range (40 to 60%) it is 

a very efficient silica gel product for museum applications. 

RHapid GEL Sheets consists of tiny silica gel beads imbedded within 

a 1/8” thick porous polyester sheet, containing a 1/4 pound of gel per 

square foot of material. One square foot will condition up to two cubic 

feet of case volume in normal applications. Sheets are 20” x 20”. 


M41-355 .................................................................................$88.50 pkg. 

RHapid PAK Silica Gel 

Each RHapid PAK unit contain 250 grams of RHapid GEL in a moisture 

permeable bag. Each bag is 6 1/2”W x 5”H x 1/3”D. Sealed in a 

Marvelseal ® bag. 6 per package. 

M41-356 .................................................................................$77.95 pkg. 

Art-Sorb ® 

Art-Sorb is a moisture-sensitive silica material which absorbs and 

desorbs moisture in order to offset changes in external relative 

humidity (RH). By this process Art-Sorb will maintain a sealed climate 

and specific RH… one which you choose. 

• Available in beads, sheets and cassettes for simple incorporation 

into any container (All preconditioned at 50% RH). 

• Precise humidity control ±-5% 

• Over five times greater moisture buffering ability 

than other products 

• Pre-conditioned to your specified relative humidity (40–70% at 

intervals of 5% RH) at no additional cost, however, minimum 

quantities will apply. 

Beads: Use approximately 1 lb. of beads per cubic yard (27 cubic feet). 

Place in shallow trays in display cases, around the perimeter of the 

case or in a drawer. Beads are packaged in 1 lb. plastic containers. 

Cat. # Type Weight 1+ 3+ 

M41-351 Beads ....................1 lb. .................... $41.95 ..... $39.95 ea. 

Sheets: The non-woven sheets of archival polyethylene/polypropylene 

fibres are impregnated with fine particles of Art-Sorb. Cut sheets to 

desired size. Ideal for framing systems or lining display cases. 


Cat. # Type Size (L x W x D) 1+ 3+ 

M41-352 Sheets .... 19.7” x 19.7” x 0.07” ... $285.00 ... $270.00 pkg. 

Cassettes: Fibre cassettes are filled with Art-Sorb beads encased in a 

convenient, non-woven polyethylene/polypropylene package. Use one 

full cassette per 26 cubic feet or one half cassettes per 13 cubic feet, 

Note: Full cassettes sold individually, half cassettes sold 2 per package. 

Cat. # Type Size (L x W x D) 1+ 3+ 

M41-353 Full Size ... 13” x 4-5/16” x 1-5/8” ... $125.00 ... $118.75 ea. 

M41-354 Half Size ....13” x 4-5/16” x 7/8” ....... 168.00 ... 160.00 pkg. 

RHapid Canister 

4PAK Silica Gel 

New 

Each new RHapid (8”x 2-1/4”) metal 

mesh canister is filled with 0.5 lbs of 

dry RHapid GEL. The RHapid Canister 

is sold in 4PAKs and is offered with dry 

or 50% conditioned RHapid GEL. The 

RHapid Canister provides more options 

for the placement of silica gel within a 

sealed showcase or storage case, as 

the canister can be placed on end or laid 

on its side. It has a very large surface 

area (56 inches), relative to the amount 

of silica gel. This speeds up reaction 

time with the surrounding air. It allows 

convenient in-situ reconditioning of silica 

gel. Rather than removing or replacing silica gel to recondition it, the RH 

within a sealed space can be safely readjusted by adding the appropriate 

amount of dry RHapid Canisters or water (we recommend damped 

sponges) to the silica gel chamber. It can be heated in an oven, to dry 

the silica gel. 


M41-357 RHapid Canister 4PAK – Dry ............................... $66.95 pkg. 

M41-358 RHapid Canister 4PAK – Conditioned 50% RH ..... 95.00 pkg. 

Dahlia ® Sprayer 

This classic Japanese Sprayer creates a 

consistent fine mist from a variety of liquids. 

Manufactured from chrome plated solid brass, 

this rugged unit will not rust. Simply 

fill the sprayer with liquid of choice 

and pressurize manually with the 

hand pump. The simple but effective 

technology produces a fine, even mist 

without drops or spatters. 

M92-300 ................................. $240.00 

108 


Humidity Control 

Silica Gel 

Silica Gel, the highest capacity absorbent available 

today, is a porous granular, chemically inert 

amorphous silica. When used as a desiccant, 

standard grades of silica can absorb 40% of their 

own weight of water. No visible change occurs 

when they become saturated, 

however, the gel can 

simply be dried and 

reactivated by heating 

for 3 hours at 300 

degrees Fahrenheit. 

5 lbs. 

Blue Indicating Silica Gel 

M82-124 ........ $87.50 

Colour changes from blue to faded pink colour when saturated, use 

alone or add to regular grade for moisture indication. Recondition by 

heating in oven at 300 degrees Fahrenheit. 


M82-125 1 lb. ............................................................................. $35.00 

M82-126 5 lbs. ........................................................................... 156.00 

Silica Gel Bags 

Protek Sorb containing 23.5g of non-indicating grade silica gel in a 

sealed bag of Tyvek material. Their small, flat shape makes them ideal 

for use in picture frames, slide cabinet drawers and other restricted 

spaces. Reusable if dried in an oven. 3” x 5”. 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 

M82-575 .............................. $3.95 .......................................... $3.60 ea. 

Humidity Indicator Cards 

Humidity indicator cards offer a quick and inexpensive means of checking 

the relative humidity level of your storage or display area. As the humidity 

increases or decreases, the chemically impregnated spots change from a 

blue colour (dry) through a lavender (normal) or a pink (humid). 

Standard Card indicates the current humidity level. The card measures 

4-1/2” x 1-1/2” and comes with a pressure sensitive backing. Humidity 

level is indicated between the blue and pink spots. 5 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 

M82-264 ................................. $13.50 ................................. $12.85 pkg. 

Maximum Humidity indicator-in addition to registering the current humidity 

level, contains orange crystals which tell you whether your material was 

exposed to undesirable humidity levels. NOTE: the maximum humidity 

segment of this card is not reversible. 4” x 4”. 5 per package. 

Cat. # 1+ 12+ 

M82-265 ................................ $40.95 .................................. $38.90 pkg. 

M82-122 

Desiccant Reusable Units 

Hydrosorbent silica gel needs no electricity and remains dry to the 

touch even when saturated, can be easily reactivated in any oven. 

(Built-in indicator turns from blue to pink to signal when it needs to be 

reactivated.) Lifetime protection. 

40 Gram Unit Canister protects 3 cubic feet of enclosed space. Ideal 

for gun and camera cases, tool box, silver drawers, etc. Top grade silica 

gel is contained within a compact aluminum canister that measures 

only 4” x 2” x 1/2”, has a built-in indicator that turns from blue to pink 

to signal need for reactivation. Easy to reactivate in an oven. 

Lifetime protection. 

M82-263 .......................................................................................... $9.95 

450 Gram Unit Protects up to 33 cubic feet of enclosed space. 

4” x 2” x 5” carton has a built-in-indicator card that turns from blue 

to pink to signal need for reactivation. Reactivates in an oven. Ideal 

protection for your safe, gun chest, display cabinets, storage chest, etc. 

M82-122 ........................................................................................ $19.25 

750 Gram Unit Steel Canister protects 57 cubic feet of enclosed 

space. 6” x 4” diameter. Steel construction. This heavy-duty unit 

is preferred by museums, police armouries, hospitals, as well as, 

individual collectors. 

M82-123 ........................................................................................ $48.50 

900 Gram Unit 8-1/2” x 6” x 3” corrugated carton. Protects 66 cubic 

feet. Ideal protection for safes, vaults, large cabinets, etc. 

M82-121 ........................................................................................ $28.00 

Esteam ® Hand-Held Steamer 

Three times more powerful than any other 

hand-held steamer, with the largest water 

reservoir available to us. It features a large 

mouth, easy to fill water tank, with a 600 

watt heating element, including an automatic 

safety shut-off, when the tank runs dry. A 

special outer housing provides a cool-tothe-touch 

operation. A nine foot power cord 

offers more manageable handling. A liquid 

cleaner is also offered, to remove hard water 

deposits from the Esteam. 


M61-030 Hand-Held Steamer ............$225.00 

M61-031 Liquid Cleaner (237ml)............ 21.75 

M82-263 

M82-123 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

109

Onset ® Hobo ® Data Loggers 

HOBO ® H8 Data Logger 

Measures Temp/RH/Light 

The popular HOBO ® H8 data Logger 

provides easy-to-use data collection 

at a very affordable price. Advanced 

technology and precision components eliminate the need for 

calibration. Reliable Logger incorporates a replaceable battery that 

lasts a full calendar year. Dimensions: 2-2/5” x 1-9/10” x 4/5”. Wt: 1oz. 

(approx). 

Features: 

• User-selectable sampling intervals: 0.5 seconds to 9 hours 

• Recording times up to 1 year 

• Programmable start time/date 

• Memory modes: Stop when full, Wrap around when full 

® 

• Read out and relaunch with optional HOBO H9 Shuttle 

(sold separately) 

• External input accepts external sensors for temperature, AC current, 

AC voltage, carbon dioxide (CO 2 

), 4-20 mA and 0-2.5 Volts DC 

• Blinking LED confirms operation 

• Battery level indication at launch 

• Nonvolatile EEPROM memory retains data even if battery fails 

• Optional NIST temperature certification 

• One year battery life typical user-replaceable CR-2032 lithium battery 

• Time Accuracy: ±1 minute/week at 20°C (68˚F) 

• Operating Environment: 5° to 50°C (41° to 122°F) 

• Memory capacity: 7943 measurements (4-Channel External; 32, 520 

measurements) 

• Requires BoxCar ® Pro Software 

Specifications: 

Relative Humidity (User-replaceable sensor): 

• Range: 25% to 95% RH at 25°C (77°F) for intervals of >10 

seconds, non-condensing and non-fogging. 

• Accuracy: ±5% 

• Response Time: 10 minute typical in air Sensor 

Temperature (Internal Sensor): 

• Range: -20°C to 70°C (-4° to 158°F) 

• Accuracy: ±0.7° at 21°C (±1.27° at 70°F) 

• Resolution: 0.4° at 21°C (0.7° at 70°F) 

• Response Time in Still Air: 15 mins typical to 90% with 

sensor inside case, 1 min typical with sensor outside case 

Spectral Response: 

• Range: 2 to 600 footcandles (lumens/ft 2 ) typical; maximum 

value varies from 300 to 900 foot-candles sensor 

• Response Range: Approx. 480 to 600nm Light wavelengt 

response 


M10-078 HOBO ® H8 Data Logger .......................................... $310.00 

M10-094 Replacement Batteries - 6 per pkg. ...................... 34.00 pkg. 

BoxCar ® Pro 

Advanced Windows ® Software for HOBO ® Loggers 

BoxCar ® Pro 4.3 is a powerful software application for graphing, data 

analysis, data export and management of multiple HOBO ® loggers. 

BoxCar ® Pro 4.3 System Requirements: 

Minimum system requirement is a PC system running Windows 

Vista, XP/2000/Me/98. A Pentium 90 or higher with 24MB of RAM 

is recommended. The system must have at least one available serial 

COM port, a CD-ROM Drive, a 16-bit minimum colour display, and 10 

MB of available disk space. 

NOTE: BoxCar ® Pro 4.3 Starter Kit is required to operate the LCD 

logger. Each Starter Kit includes software, PC interface cable, and 

software manual. Use with USB port requires USB-Serial Adapter. 

Features 

Easy logger setup: 

Select from predefined sampling intervals (0.5 seconds to 9 hours) or 

program your own custom intervals 

Set start time and memory modes 

(e.g., stop when full, wrap-around when full) 

Verify logger operation before launching 

Synchronizes logger and data shuttle clocks to computer clock 

Checks battery status 

Graphing: 

Powerful graphing capabilities allow you to compare multiple 

parameters on one graph, including data from multiple loggers or 

successive deployments. Then use the zoom and axis-control tools 

to focus in on the data of interest. Add a new data series from stored 

files or drag-and-drop from one plot on to another. 


M10-077 BoxCar ® Pro Software ................................................ 249.00 

110 


Onset ® HOBO ® Data Loggers 

Temperature Accuracy and Resolution 

Accuracy/Resolution 

0.95 

0.75 

0.55 

0.35 

0.15 

-0.05 

-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 

Temperature (°C) 

resolution 

accuracy 

Plot a 

HOBO ® U12 Data Loggers 

12-Bit Loggers with Direct USB Interface 

HOBO ® U12 Loggers contain internal sensors and/or accept a wide 

range of external sensors/input cables to enable users to easily and 

affordably monitor temperature, humidity and light intensity. U12 

Loggers provide 12-bit resolution for detecting greater variability in 

recorded data, direct USB connectivity for convenient, high-speed 

data off-load, and a 43K measurement capacity. Requires HOBOware ® 

software for Logger launch, off-load, and data viewing. 

Features: 

• Fast downloading via direct USB interface 

• Programmable Start time/Date or Push-button start 

• Programmable sampling rate (1 second to 18 hours) 

• Battery level indication at launch 

• Allows continued logging during data download 

• Blinking LED confirms operation 

• Non-volatile memory retains data even if battery fails 

• NIST-traceable temperature accuracy certification available 

• Operating Range: -20º to 70ºC (-4° to 158ºF), 5% to 95% RH (noncondensing 

and non-fogging) 


• Pro or Light HOBOware ® options (Required) 


M10-090 HOBO ® U12 Temp Logger ...................................... $135.00 

M10-091 HOBO ® U12 Temp/RH Logger .................................. 245.00 

M10-092 HOBO ® U12 Temp/RH/Light Logger .......................... 285.00 

HOBOware ® Pro Software 

M10-615-W ................................................................................ $175.00 

M10-615-M .................................................................................. 175.00 

HOBOware ® Light Software 

M10-616-W .................................................................................. $79.95 

M10-616-M .................................................................................... 79.95 

*(See page 113 for software details) 

HOBO ® U-Shuttle 

The HOBO ® U-Shuttle provides convenient in-field data off-load and 

relaunch of HOBO ® U-series loggers. The U-Shuttle’s 2 x 16-character 

display shows current readings (for selected loggers), and Logger 

status. Powered by 2 user replaceable AA batteries. HOBOware ® Pro 

Software required. 


M10-093 HOBO ® U-Shuttle ................................................... $525.00 

Relative Humidity 

100% 

90% 

80% 

70% 

60% 

50% 

40% 

30% 

U10 RH Accuracy Specified 

Not Specified 

±5% 

±3.5% 

20% 

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 

°C 

Plot b 

HOBO ® U10 Data Logger 

10-Bit Temp/RH with Direct USB Interface 

The new HOBO ® U10 Loggers are small, economical Loggers that 

record temperature and relative humidity (RH) in indoor environments. 

Large memory capacity (52K readings) allows for long-term deployments, 

and data readout is fast and easy via direct USB interface using 

the required HOBOware ® software. 

Features: 

• User-selectable sampling intervals (1 second to 12 hours) 

• Programmable Start time/date or push-button start. 

• Battery level indication at launch. 

• Battery level can be recorded as separate channel. 

• Numerous event types (button push/release, host PC connection 

low battery) stored to data file asynchronously during logging. 

• Hinged case snaps open for easy battery replacement. 

• NIST-traceable temperature accuracy certification available 

• Patented technology (U.S. patent 6,826,664) 


• Memory capacity: 52K 10-bit measurements 

• Time Accuracy: 61 seconds/month at 25°C (77°F) 

® 

• Pro or Light HOBOware options (Required) 


Relative Humidity: 

• Range: 25% to 95% RH over the range 5° to 55°C (41° to 

131°F) 

• Accuracy: +/-3.5% from 25% to 85% over the range 15° 

to 45°C (59° to 113°F) see plot b±5% from 25% to 95% 

over the range 5° to 55°C (41° to 131°F) see plot b 

• Resolution: 0.07% at 25°C (77°F) and at 30% RH 

• Response time in airflow of 1 m/s (2.2mph): 6 minutes, 

typical to 90% 

Temperature: 

• Range: -20°C to 70°C (-4° to 158°F) 

• Accuracy: ±0.4°C at 25°C (±0.7° at 77°F) see plot a 

• Resolution: 0.1°C at 25°C (0.2° at 77°F) see plot a 

• Response time in airflow of 1 m/s (2.2mph): 10 minutes, 

typical to 90%. Optional NIST temperature certification. 

Operating Range: 

• -20° to 70°C (-4° to 158°F); 0 to 95% RH (non-condensing) 


M10-072 HOBO ® U10 Temp/RH Logger ........................... $165.00 


M10-615-W Windows ............................................................ $175.00 

M10-615-M Mac OS................................................................. 175.00 


M10-616-W Windows .............................................................. $79.95 

M10-616-M Mac OS................................................................... 79.95 


Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

111


New 

HOBO ® U14 LCD 

Temp/RH Logger 

with display and alarm output 

M10-076 

M10-075 

When temperature and humidity 

conditions are critical, the HOBO ® 

U14 LCD Temp/RH Logger offers 

reliable notification of out-of-range 

conditions. A remote alarm and auto 

dialer are available for additional 

security. 

HOBO ® ’s Remote Alarm provides 

audible and visual indication of 

alarm conditions. The Auto Dialer 

automatically calls a pager or voice 

phone when an alarm condition 

occurs. 

M10-074 

Features: 

• Real-time display of temperature and relative humidity 

• Alarm display and output ensure timely notification of out-of-range 

conditions 

• Internal Temperature/RH sensors 

• Optional Remote Alarm and Autodialer 

• Fast data downloading via USB 

• HOBOware ® Pro or Light Software option (Required) 

Remote Alarm Features and Specifications 

• Adjustable audible alarm level (soft/loud) 

• Mute button temporarily silences audible alarms 

• Self-test confirms proper indicator operation 

• Two inputs provide alarm notification for separate zones 

• Powered by 3 user-replaceable AAA alkaline batteries; 1 year battery life 

• Battery status indication 

• Size/Weight: 4.4” x 3.3” x 1.6”. 168 g. 

Auto Dialer Features and Specifications 

• Dials up to 4 different numbers 

• Transmits either voice or numeric messages (for pagers) 

• Automatically redials busy or unanswered numbers (up to 10 times 

for each number) 

• AC powered (AC adapter included) 

• Internal 9V alkaline battery provides 4 hours of stand-by power 

• Works alone or in conjunction with remote alarm 

• Size/Weight: 6” x 4” x 1.5”. 283.5 g. 


M10-074 HOBO ® U14 Temp/RH LCD Logger ................. $395.00 

M10-075 Remote Alarm ..................................................... 182.00 

M10-076 Auto Dialer ........................................................... 345.00 

*HOBOware ® Pro Software 

M10-615-W Windows ........................................................... $175.00 

M10-615-M Mac OS ............................................................... 175.00 

*HOBOware ® Light Software 

M10-616-W Windows ............................................................. $79.95 

M10-616-M Mac OS ................................................................. 79.95 


M10-610 

HOBO ® ZW-003 Temperature/ RH Data Node 

The HOBO ® ZW-003 is a two-channel wireless data node, with an 

integrated temperature and relative humidity sensor. It wirelessly 

transmits data in real time, reducing the cost and inconvenience 

associated with manual data off-load. Dimensions: 3.8”x 4.25”x 1.1”. 

Wt: 4.87oz. with batteries. 

Features: 

• Wirelessly transmits real-time temp and relative humidity data 

• Compact size for easy deployment wherever data is needed 

• Notifies you of alarm conditions via e-mail or text message 

• Onboard buffer memory helps prevent data loss 

® 

• Powerful HOBOware Pro software, for organizing and viewing data 

(included with HOBO ® data receiver) 

• Buffer memory: approximately 4k measurements 

• Power options: AC power adapter, battery backup 

• Range: Approx. 100m (300ft.) depending on obstructions or 

interference 


Relative Humidity: 

• Measurement Range: 5 to 95% 

• Accuracy: ± 2.5% from 10 to 90% typical, max. ± 3.5% 

• Operating Range: 5% to 95% non-condensing 

• Resolution: 0.03% 

• Response Time: 10 min. in air moving 1m/sec 

Temperature: 

• Measurement Range: -20 to 70°C (-4 to 158°F) when line 

powered, -20 to 50°C (-4 to 122°F) when battery powered 

• Accuracy: ±.054°C typical over 0 to 50°C (±0.97°F over 32 

to 122°F) when line powered, ±0.21°C over 0 to 50°C 

(±0.38°F over 32 to 122°F) when battery powered 

• Operating Range: -20 to 50°C (-4 to 122°F) when battery 

powered, -20 to 70°C (-4 to 158°F) when line powered 

• Resolution: 0.02°C at 25°C (0.04°F at 77°F) 

• Response Time: 5 min. in air moving 1m/sec 


M10-610 HOBO ® Temperature/ RH Data Node ...................... $395.00 

HOBO ® ZW-RCVR Data Receiver 

M10-611 

The HOBO ® data receiver collects incoming logged sensor data from 

up to 100 HOBO ® data nodes and transfers the data to the computer, 

via USB cable. Includes HOBOware ® Pro software disc; mounting 

stand, USB connection cable, batteries, wall mounting accessories, set 

up guide and power adapter. 


M10-611 HOBO ® Data Receiver ............................................. $330.00 

112 



M10-613 USB Base Station 

Pendant Base USB PC 

HOBO ® Temperature/Light Pendant Data Logger 

A miniature two-channel temperature and relative light level data logger, 

this 64K model is waterproof and value-priced, for deployment in indoor, 

outdoor, and underwater applications. It measures relative light levels 

and ambient temperatures. This 64K model stores approximately 52K of 

10-bit readings. 

Features: 

• Low-cost temperature logger with alarm indication or light intensity 

• Waterproof housing for wet or underwater use 

• Data readout in less than 30 seconds via fast Optic USB interface 

• HOBOware ® Pro or Light Software option (Required) 


Measurement Range: 

• Temperature: -20 to 70ºC (-4 to 158ºF) 

• Light: 0 to 320,000 lux (0 to 30,000 lumens/ft2) 

Accuracy: 

• Temperature: ±0.54ºC from 0 to 50ºC (0.97ºF from 32 to 

122ºF) 

• Light Intensity: Designed for measurement of relative light 

levels 

Operating Range: 

• In water/ice: -20 to 50ºC (-4 to 122ºF) 

• In air: -20 to 70ºC (-4 to158ºF) 

M10-612 ....................................................................................... $110.00 

M10-612 

New 

New 

Optic USB Base Station for Pendant Logger 

The Pendant Base Station and Coupler provide fast optical infrared (IR) 

communication, for easy logger launch and readout of HOBO ® Pendant 

loggers. The Base Station connects via USB cable to a host computer, 

while the Coupler attaches the logger to the Base Station, for communications. 

The Pendant Base Station off-loads full 64K logger in 30 

seconds or a full 8K logger in 6 seconds. 

M10-613 ....................................................................................... $120.00 

New 

M10-613 

Waterproof Shuttle 

The HOBO ® Waterproof Shuttle provides convenient readout and 

relaunching of underwater and outdoor loggers with an Optic USB 

interface, and is waterproof to 20m (66ft.). The Shuttle can also be used 

as a base station. HOBOware ® Pro software required. 

M10-614 ........................................................................................ $395.00 

M10-614 

HOBOware ® Pro and HOBOware ® Light Software 

HOBOware ® Pro for Windows is Onset’s most powerful software for 

logger management, data graphing, data analysis, and data export. For 

applications that don’t require all the features of HOBOware ® Pro, Onset 

offers an entry level HOBOware ® Lite package for HOBO ® USB loggers. 

See required software below. 



M10-615-W Windows ............................................................ $175.00 

M10-615-M Mac OS................................................................. 175.00 


M10-616-W Windows .............................................................. $79.95 

M10-616-M Mac OS................................................................... 79.95 

M10-615 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

113

Hygrothermographs 

Hi-Q Hygrothermograph 

New 

The NovaLynx Hygrothermograph is 

a precise instrument that measures 

and records ambient temperature and 

relative humidity simultaneously (on 

a double scale chart). It is ideal for 

measurements in museums, libraries, 

laboratories or computer rooms. A 

specially treated bundle of hair is used 

to measure relative humidity over 

the full range of 0-100%. The chart is 

installed on a self-contained batteryoperated 

clock. The drum rotation may 

be selected for 7 days or 31 days. This 

solidly constructed unit features a glass window in the hinged cover, 

to make chart reading easier. Dimensions: 11-1/2”H x 12-1/2”L x 6”D. 

Includes two cartridge pens and one pack of monthly charts. 



• Range: 0 to 100% RH 

• Accuracy: ±1% mid-scale, ±3% extremes 

• Sensor: hair bundle 

• Chart graduations: 1% RH 

Temperature 

• Span: 60°C, 110°F (adjustable) 

• Accuracy: ±1% 

• Sensor: Aged bimetal strip 

• Chart graduations: 1°C/2°F 

Drum Rotation 

• 1 day (26 hrs), 7 days (176 hrs) or 31 days 

Clock Type 

• 1.5 Vdc battery-operated (2 AA cells) 


M22-500 Hi-Q Hygrothermograph ........................................ $1500.00 

M22-501C 31 Day Charts - °C (25 Charts), -20/40°C ............ 65.00 pkg. 

M22-501F 7 Day Charts - °C (55 Charts), -20/40°C .............. 65.00 pkg. 

M22-502C 31 Day Charts - °F (25 Charts), 10/120°F ............ 65.00 pkg. 

M22-502F 7 Day Charts - °F (55 Charts), 10/120°F .............. 65.00 pkg. 

M22-503 Replacement Cartridge Pen – Blue Ink ....................... 26.00 

M22-504 Replacement Cartridge Pen – Red Ink ........................ 26.00 

114 

Economy Minidrum 

Hygrothermograph 

Create graphs of critical relative 

humidity and temperature 

data for an economical price! 

Ideal for monitoring ambient 

conditions in laboratories, 

museums, and libraries. It’s 

so compact it fits almost 

anywhere—including tight 

spaces such as under fume 

hoods or inside environmental 

chambers. Corrosion-resistant 

acrylic housing for indoor 

or sheltered outdoor use. 

Humidity sensing coil for high 

accuracy and consistent readings. Built-in LCD clock in base to view 

time at a glance. Dimensions: 7-5/16”H x 4-7/8”W x 4-5/16”D. 

Includes one AA battery. Chart paper and pens sold separately. 


Isuzu Hygrothermograph 

Isuzu Model 3126, rectangular in shape, has a clear plastic cover that 

slides off the base laterally to access the drum and recording arms. 

The unit runs on two C batteries and is equipped with a battery alarm 

light (the batteries are located behind a panel at the base of the unit, 

held by four screws). Use the key pad on the front of the base to set 

the hygrothermograph to the selected chart type. Calibration screws 

are easily reached through the metal cage on the right side of the 

unit. Each unit comes with pens and one pack (12) of 31 day charts. 

Dimensions: 11”H x 12-1/2”W x 5-3/4”D. 

M3126 ...................................................................................... $1290.00 

Hygrothermograph Charts Printed on durable heavyweight coated 

stock and fit both Isuzu Hygrothermograph Models 3126 and 3128. 

Charts are available in one-year supplies in both 7 and 31 day formats. 

Celsius or Fahrenheit. 


M5250C One year supply 7-Day (52 Charts) .................... $76.00 pkg. 

M5250F One year supply 7-Day (52 Charts) ...................... 76.00 pkg. 

M5260C One year supply 31-Day (12 Charts) .................... 24.00 pkg. 

M5260F One year supply 31-Day (12 Charts) ..................... 24.00 pkg. 

Replacement Pens 


M5280 Blue Ink Replacement Pen ......................................... $10.25 

M5270 Red Ink Replacement Pen ............................................ 10.25 



• Range: 10 to 100% RH 

• Accuracy: ±5% from 20 to 90% RH; ±7% outside 

• Sensor: humidity sensing coil 

• Chart graduations: 5% RH 

Temperature 

• Range: -15 to 50°C / -27 to 122°F 

• Accuracy: ±2°C / ±3.6°F 

• Sensor: bimetallic strip 

• Chart graduations: 2°C/2°F 

Chart Rotation 

• 7 day (172 hr) 


M52-700 Economy Minidrum Hygrothermograph .................. $595.00 

M52-701 Chart Paper, 55 sheets, 3.6”H x 8.1”L ............. $39.95 pkg. 

5 to 122°F, 7-day rotation, 2 hr increments 

M52-702 Chart Paper, 55 sheets, 3.6”H x 8.1”L ............. $39.95 pkg. 

-5 to 50°C, 7-day rotation, 2 hr increments 

M5280 Blue Ink Pen .............................................................. $10.25 

M5270 Red Ink Pen ................................................................. 10.25

Thermo-Hygrometer 

Panther HT100 Thermo-Hygrometer 

High accuracy with fast response times. Features 

dual display and backlight, with max and data hold 

functions. Comes complete with 9V battery and 

carrying case. Limited 1 Year Warranty. 

Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH 

Temperature Range: -30 to 100 ºC, -22 to 199 ºF 

Accuracy: ±2% RH, ±0.5 ºC, ±0.9 ºF 

M10-097 .......................................................... $168.00 


Since relative humidity and temperature 

conditions have a very pronounced 

effect on the comfort and healthfulness 

of a working environment, an accurate 

relative humidity indicator is necessary 

to assess, and if necessary, to 

influence the moisture content of the 

environment. Combines excellent 

accuracy and stability with reasonable 

cost. Easy-to-read 4-inch diameter dial. 

Registers relative humidity from 0 to 100% in 1% divisions. Built-in 

thermometer reads from -15 to 55ºC. Recalibration screw is on the back 

of the case. Wall mountable. Optimum comfort ranges for each factor 

are demarcated on the dial face. 

M82-420 ....................................................................................... $55.00 

BIOS 


Displays indoor temperature and humidity measurements with 

colour-coded indicators. Easy to read dials with rotating faces mount 

horizontally and vertically. 


Temperature Range: -25 to 55ºC (-10 to 130ºF) 

M82-441 ....................................................................................... $14.50 

BIOS Wireless Thermo-Hygrometer 

This wireless thermometer receives 

temperature data from up to 30 meters/100 

feet, from the outdoor sensor. The 

hygrometer sensor is on the indoor monitor 

and provides accurate RH% readings year 

round. Clock with alarm 

included. Features: indoor/ 

outdoor temperature, min/ 

max memory, indoor relative 

humidity - 20% to 95%, 

wireless transmission up to 

30 meters/100 feet, ºC/ºF 

switchable. 

M82-440 ...................... $49.50 

Arten Mechanical 


This small mechanical meter 

has been designed specifically 

for museum applications. An 

easy-to-read dial makes it ideal 

for display cases. Comes with 

both an RH indicator strip and 

an independent temperature gauge to assure a high level of accuracy. 

Dimensions: 1-1/16”H x 1-7/8”W x 9/16”D. 


M41-100 Celsius .................................................................... $129.50 

M41-101 Fahrenheit ................................................................ 129.50 

M41-220 43% Recalibration Kit ................................................. 58.90 

EXTECH ® Humidity/Temperature Pen 

Built-in Resistive sensor for RH measurements and Built-in Thermistor 

sensor for Temperature measurements. Min/Max record and recall of 

high and low temperature and humidity measurements. Clear function 

key erases recorded readings. Complete with pocket clip and one 

LR-44 button battery. 


Temperature Range: 14 to 122 ºF or –10 to 50 ºC 

Accuracy: ±5% RH, ± 2 ºF, ±1ºC 

M10-402 ...................................................................................... $86.00 

EXTECH ® Thermo-Hygrometer 

Triple display with Clock 

Attractive design suitable for desktop or wall 

mounting. Three LCD displays of Temperature, 

Humidity and Time. Max/Min memory with 

reset for Temperature and Humidity. Switchable 

C or F display and 12/24 hour clock with alarm 

function. Complete with built-in stand, wall 

mounting bracket and AAA battery. 

Humidity Range: 10 to 85% 

Temperature Range: 14 to 140 ºF (-10 to 60 ºC) 

Accuracy: ±6% RH, ±1.8 ºF, ±1 ºC 

M10-401 .......................................... $120.00 

Dual Display Thermo- 

Hygrometer 

Compact thermo-hygrometer with dual display. 

Check the maximum or minimum temperature 

and indoor humidity reading by pressing the 

Max/Min button. High/low daily temperature 

memory. ºC/ºF switchable 


Indoor Temperature Range: -10 to +50ºC Resolution: 0.1ºC/F 

Power Supply: Single 1.5V AAA battery (not included) 

M82-396 ....................................................................................... $29.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

115

Environmental Monitors 

New 

New 

F82-568 

Temperature/ Humidity 

Data Logger 

Records up to 32,700 ambient temperature 

and relative humidity readings. 

User selectable recording intervals 

from 1 second to 24 hours. Minimum/ 

maximum function with alarm. 

Real-time clock stores data and time. 

LCD readout displays current temperature 

ºF or ºC) or humidity reading, 

min/max reading with date and time. 

Download data directly to a PC via USB 

cable supplied. Includes data logger, 

mounting bracket with screws, USB 

cable, software diskette, security lock 

and battery. 




• Accuracy: 0 to 20% and 80 to 100%: ±5.0% RH20 to 40% 

and 60 to 80%: ±3.5% RH; 40 to 60%±3.0%RH 

Temperature 

• Range: 40 to 70ºC (-40 to 158ºF) 

• Accuracy: -40 to -10ºC(-40 to 14ºF) and 40 to 70ºC(104 to 

158ºF) ±2ºC: ±3.6ºF; -10 to 40ºC(14 to104ºF) ±1ºC: ±1.8ºF 

Power Supply: 

• 1 x 3.6V lithium battery 

M82-493 ...................................................................................... 205,00$ 

Temperature/RH Data 

Logger Kit 

Easy to use data logger records up 

to 64,000 temperature and humidity 

readings. User selectable ºF or ºC. 

Features a LCD display with LED backlight 

and 32,000 records per channel. Reliable 

real-time clock stores data and time. 

Memory status and battery status displays 

help ensure uninterrupted readings. Program 

by ”Slim-Com” RS-232 interface and Windows® compatible software. 

Shipped with wall hanging tag. Includes communication base. 




• Resolution: 0.1% RH 

• Accuracy: ±3% RH 

Temperature 

• Range: -22 to 158ºF (-30 to 70ºC) 

• Resolution: 0.1ºF (0.1ºC) 

• Accuracy: ±0.7ºC 

Power Supply: 

• 2 x 1.5V AAA batteries 

M82-490 ..................................................................................... $315.00 

Temperature/ Humidity 

Data Logger and Printer 

It records temperature and relative 

humidity and logs data for days, 

weeks or months. The programmable sampling rate is 1 second to 2 

hours and the LED will flash when unit is sampling. Three start modes; 

scheduled, immediate or magnetic. The unit has the capacity to record 

up to 16,000 readings. A real-time clock stores data and time. The 

data is retained in non-volatile memory (no loss when battery is low or 

has been removed). Select user-defined min/max alarm settings. This 

durable and waterproof logger also features LCD display and is ºF or 

ºC selectable. Required software (#M82-567) enables the user to log 

data, create graphs and programs. The stand-alone, battery-operated, 

programmable data logger printer (#M82-568), eliminates the need for 

a PC. It allows the user to download, print or graph the logged data 

anytime, anywhere. 




• Accuracy: ±3% RH at 25ºC, ±5% RH otherwise 

Temperature 

• Range: -40 to 85ºC (-40 to 185ºF) 

• Accuracy: ±0.6ºC: -20 to 50ºC: ±1.2ºC otherwise 

Power Supply: 

• 1 x 3.6V lithium battery 


M82-566 Temp/ Humidity Data Logger .................................... $175.00 

M82-567 Docking Station, Software and Cable ............................ 79.95 

M82-568 Data Logger Printer ..................................................... 395.00 

Reed Temperature/ 

Humidity Data Logger 

This affordable data logger stores up to 

16,000 temperature and 16,000 humidity 

readings. Gives user option of selecting 

a measurement rate from 2 seconds 

to 24 hours. An alarm display detects 

where user-defined max/min values 

are exceeded. All status information 

displayed through two LEDs. Easy to use 

logger simply plugs into the USB port 

of your computer to begin downloading - no cables or wires required. 

Includes wall mount bracket and Windows compatible software. 

Specifi cations: 


• Range: 0 to 100 % RH 

Temperature 

• Range: -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F) 

M82-425 ..................................................................................... $127.00 

116 


Environmental Monitors 

Environmental Monitor 

This single instrument measures Humidity (RH), 

Temperature ( ºC, ºF), Ultra Violet (UV) 

and Visible Light (Lux) 

The Environmental Monitor’s large 8-line display 

allows the user to select more advanced 

functions. Data logging functions enable over 

10,000 readings, of all four parameters, to be 

automatically taken at selectable intervals (every 

10 seconds to 1 hour). The saved data can be 

transferred to a computer by a wireless infrared 

link (IRDA compatible). Most modern computers 

have an infrared interface built in. For those that 

do not, adaptors are available. The software is 

provided, to save the logged data in a CSV format, 

that can be accessed and displayed by many 

applications (e.g. Microsoft Excel). Maximum and 

minimum values, and their time measurement, are 

displayed for each parameter. A kit is available, for 

user calibration of the RH sensor, using saturated 

salt solutions. Software compatible with Windows 

7, Vista, XP. (Not compatible with Mac). Wt: 165g. 

Dimensions: 5-7/8” x 2-9/16” x 1” (includes probe). 


Power Supply: 

• 2 x alkaline AA type batteries (not included) 

New 

New 

UV Light Monitor 7640 

The 7640 will measure UV present (µM/ 

Lumen), the total amount of UV (µM/M 2 ) 

and the amount of visible light present 

(Lux or Foot-candles). This monitor is 

similar to the M684-764, but without 

humidity and temperature sensors. 

Ranges: 

• Visible Wavelength: 400 to 700nM 

• Visible Power: 0.1 to 200,000 Lux 

• UV Wavelength: 300 to 400nM 

• UV Power: 2 to 50,000 µW/M 2 

• UV Proportion: 0 to 10,000 µW/Lumen 

• RH Range: 0 to 100% 

Display Resolution: 

• Lux: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. 

• Foot-candles: 0.1 up to 100 then 1 

• UV: 0.1 up to 100 then 1 

• Proportion of UV: 1 µW/Lumen 

• Temperature: 0.1ºC or ºF 

• RH: 0.1% 

Accuracy: 

• Light and UV: 5% ±1 displayed digit 

• Temperature: ±0.5ºC (±0.9ºF) 

• RH: ±2.5%, 0-90% otherwise ±5% 

Logging: 

• Intervals: 10 sec(30 hrs), 1 min(7.5 days), 

10 mins(75 days), 1 hour(454 days) 

• Capacity: 10,900 readings all 4 parameters 


M684-764 Environmental Monitor ..................................... $2400.00 

M684-764C M684-764 with Data Logger ............................... 2795.00 

M684-7647 RH Calibration Kit .................................................. 375.00 


Ranges: 

• Visible Wavelength: 400 to 700nM 

• Visible Power: 0.1 to 200,000 Lux or 

(0.1-20,000 foot-candles) 

• UV Wavelength: 300 to 400nM 

• UV Power: 2 to 50,000 mW/M 2 

• UV Proportion: 0 to 10,000 µW/Lumen 

Display Resolution: 

• Lux: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. 

• Foot-candles: 0.1 up to 100 then 1 

• UV: 0.1 up to 100 then 1 

• Proportion of UV: 1 µW/Lumen 

Accuracy: 

• Visible: 5% ±1 displayed digit 

• UV: 15%±1 displayed digit 

M952-7640 ................................................................................ $2210.00 

Water Alarm 

Alarm sounds when water comes in contact with remote sensor. Sensor 

and alarm come connected with 6’ of wire (replaceable with up to 50’ of 

wire) so the alarm continues to sound as water levels rise. Sensor unit 

can be placed flat or suction-cupped perpendicular to the floor. Alarm unit 

can be table, shelf or wall mounted (via hang-up key slot). 85dB alarm 

sounds for up to 3 days. Circuit test bar ensures the system is 

functioning. Unit sounds a warning tone when the battery is low. 

M82-414 ..................................................................................... $29.75 

Digital Psychrometer 

This digital psychrometer is the most accurate evaporative type 

psychrometer available today. Automatically holds the readings for 4 

seconds while the probe is still in motion, eliminating errors due to 

changes while reading. Easy to read 0.5” high LCD display. 


Temperature 

• Range: 35 to 205ºF 

• Accuracy: ±0.2ºF ±1 dgt. 

• Resolution: 0.1ºF 

• Response Time: Dry bulb: 1 sec; 

• Response Time: Wet bulb: 15 sec. 

M622 ......................................................................................... $365.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

117

Light Meters 

Light Meter 

Designed for one hand operation 

Light Meter 

Accurately display 

light levels in terms of Foot-candle 

or Lux over a wide measuring range 

User selectable Lux/Foot-candles. Min/Max 

and Data hold function. Auto shut off. Over 

range and low battery indication. Carrying 

case and battery included. 


• Range: 0 to 50,000 lx; 0 to 5,000 Fc 

• Resolution: 0.1 lx; 0.1 Fc 

• Accuracy: ±0.5% 

• Sampling Rate: 1.5 times/second 

• Power Supply: Single 12V battery 

• Weight: 5.7 oz 

M82-477 ..................................................................................... $132.00 

Fits easily into a tool belt or pocket. Autoranging. 

User selectable Lux/Foot-candles. Min/ 

Max and Data hold function. Auto shut off and 

zero adjustment button. Over range and low 

battery indication. Battery included. 


• Range: 0 to 20,000 lx; 0 to 2,000 Fc 

• Resolution: 1,10 lx; 0.1, 1 Fc 

• Accuracy: ±0.5% 

• Sampling Rate: 1 time/second 

• Power Supply: Single 9V battery 

• Weight: 5.7 oz 


M82-475 Light Meter .............................................................. $149.00 

M82-401 Soft Carrying Case ....................................................... 20.50 

Digital Light Meter 

This Digital dual filter light meter 

is designed to measure a wide 

range of lighting types. It features 

a large LCD display that provides 

clear readouts even in high 

ambient light levels. Measures to 

20,000 Lux. Data hold function. 

Zero adjustment screw. Over 

range and low battery indication. 

Battery included. 

M82-402 ........................ $195.00 

Environment Meter 

4-in-1 Multifunction 

Digital Illuminometer 

Accurately measures light levels from 0 to 5000 Foot-candles (Fc) and 

0 to 50,000 Lux in three ranges and displays with resolution from 0.1 

Fc and 1 Lux, respectively. Precision selenium photovoltaic cells and 

microprocessor provide for excellent accuracy and a sampling time of 

0.4 second. Automatic zero adjustment. 

Large 0.5” LCD readout displays to 1999 counts and indicates 

overrange. DATA HOLD switch allows you to retain displayed value. 

Separate light sensor facilitates measurements in remote locations. 


M82-409 Light Meter ............................................................ $265.00 

M82-410 Vinyl Carrying Case .................................................... 24.95 

4-in-1 multi-function meter–humidity 

meter, light meter, thermometer and 

anemometer in one compact unit. 

Light: 0 to 20,000 Lux/ 0 to 2,000 Fc, 

auto ranging. User selectable Lux/Footcandles. 

Anemometer: 0.4 to 30.0 m/s. 

Velocity Units: m/s, km/h, MPH, Knots, 

ft/min. Type K Thermometer: -100 to 

1300°C. °C/°F switchable. Humidity: 10 

to 95%RH. Data Hold, Record (Max/ 

Min). Designed for one-hand operation. 

Includes battery. 


M82-400 Environment Meter ................................................ $275.00 

M82-401 Carrying case ............................................................. 20.50 

118 


UV Filtering 

UV Fluorescent 

Light Filters 

Protect your displays and storage areas 

from the fading, bleaching and deterioration 

caused by the ultraviolet light from fluorescent 

lighting. Our fluorescent bulb jackets have virtually the 

same light transmission in the visible light spectrum as ordinary 

window glass, however, they transmit practically none of the harmful 

ultraviolet light. Engineered to fit the standard 48 inch T-12 bulb, the 24 

inch bulb requires only 1/2 of a unit and the 96 inch bulb will require 2 

units (standard unit also fits T-8 tube). Easily installed over existing or 

new fluorescent bulbs, these jackets will last indefinitely. 


M82-256 ............................................................................... $99.00 pkg. 

Filter-Ray UV Shields 

Reduce damaging ultraviolet rays. 

A protective heavy-duty rigid filter 

in which the fluorescent tubing is 

inserted into. Filters out 92% of 

the ultraviolet wave lengths from 0 

to 385 millimicrons. Fully protects 

against fluorescent lamp breakage. 

Universal End-Lock Caps retain 

shattered glass and prevent phosphor 

contamination through controlled 

gas release. End caps included. For 

standard diameter 48” T-12 lamps. (Inside diameter of shield: 1-5/8”) 

To be used with standard 400 M.A. lamps only. 12 per package. 

M82-310 ............................................................................ $155.00 pkg. 

Windowgrip UV Protection 

UV Film effectively filters 

97% of the ultraviolet 

radiation in the wavelength 

band from 200 to 400 nm, 

preventing colours from 

fading. Adhesive backing 

makes application to 

windows easy for semipermanent 

installations. 

Can be peeled off for easy removal. Apply to windows where harmful 

ultraviolet rays need to be blocked. 


M82-435 Windowgrip Roll 48” x 25’ ............................... $340.00 roll 

M82-436 Windowgrip Tape 6” x 25’ ................................... 98.00 roll 

M82-324 5” Squeegee ............................................................... 59.00 

New 

LightCheck ® 

LightCheck ® is a new tool that enables evaluation of the quantity of 

light received by an artifact during exhibition-even under dim light, 

such as 50 lux, for a few months. It is made of a light sensitive coating 

on a substrate. The colour of LightCheck ® changes during exposure. 

LightCheck ® is exposed to the light close to the object and its colour 

will change, depending on the cumulative exposure it receives. It must 

be placed in such a position that it will receive the same exposure as 

the artifact that is under observation/ investigation. Each pack contains 

1 calibration card and 5 strips. 

M51-900 .............................................................................. $159.00 pkg. 

M61-697 

UV Examination Lamps 

M61-698 

These long wave ultraviolet lamps are precision engineered for long 

term performance. Longwave radiation for examination of stamps, 

currency, art and other objects. Shortwave radiation available for 

examination of ceramics, glass, and other dense objects. Handle 

now included. 

Electric hand-held Lamp Anodized aluminum, lightweight and 

extremely rugged. Long wave tubes standard short wave tubes 

optional. Single tube, 6 watt. 


M61-697 Electric Lamp .......................................................... $258.00 

Rechargeable Battery Operated Lamp Perfect where line voltage 

is inaccessible. A durable high impact plastic housing includes 6 volt 

rechargeable battery and AC charger. 

M61-698 ..................................................................................... $425.00 

Blue Scales 

Used as light fastness standards, to monitor the net exposure to light 

given to art objects on display and to alert conservators to rotate an 

exhibit or to reduce the intensity of illumination. Eight pieces of wool 

cloth dyed with blue dyes of different degrees of fastness and mounted 

on a cardboard card. 1-13/16” x 5”. 

Cat. # 1+ 5+ 

M82-434 ........................................ $29.95 ......................... $28.45 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

119

Display Stands 

Clear Acrylic Cylinders 

Cylinder walls are 1/8” thick and closed at one end. 

Outside dimension (OD). 


Small 

M1836A 3”OD x 3”H ............................................................... $6.75 

M1836B 4”OD x 4”H ............................................................... 13.50 

M1836C 5”OD x 5”H ............................................................... 18.25 

M1836D 6”OD x 6”H ............................................................... 26.95 

M1836 Set of all 4 ............................................................ 62.00 set 

Medium 

M1837A 3”OD x 5”H ............................................................... $9.25 

M1837B 4”OD x 6”H ............................................................... 18.25 

M1837C 5”OD x 7”H ............................................................... 27.95 

M1837D 6”OD x 8”H ............................................................... 39.95 

M1837 Set of all 4 ............................................................ 92.00 set 

Large 

M1838A 3”OD x 7”H ............................................................. $12.25 

M1838B 4”OD x 8”H ............................................................... 23.50 

M1838C 5”OD x 9”H ............................................................... 32.50 

M1838D 6”OD x 10”H ............................................................. 45.25 

M1838 Set of all 4 ........................................................... 111.00 set 

6-Shelf Display Set 

6mm thick shelves and 5/8” solid acrylic rods free assembling display 

shelves, use your creativity. Each set includes 6-shelves and 13 posts. 

Cat. # Rod Shelf Price 

M2609A 4”H ........................ 8”W x 4”D ............................ $113.50 

M2609B 5”H ....................... 10”W x 6”D ............................. 145.00 

M2609C 6”H ....................... 12”W x 8”D ............................. 160.00 

Tilt Adjustable Display 

Stands 

Clear polycarbonate/acrylic. Convenient 

displays adjust by 15° intervals. 

Stabilized by slide-in bottom base. 

Available in small and large sizes. 

Small Displayer Table: 4.33”H x 

3.15”W x 0.08” thick, Stem: 0.39” 

square x 1.97”H, Base Plate: 3.15”W 

x 3.27”D x 0.08” thick. 

Large Displayer Table: 5.04”H x 

3.78”W x 0.08” thick, Stem: 0.39” 

square x 1.97”H, Base Plate: 3.15”W 

x 3.27”D x 0.08” thick. 


M21-021 Small ......................................................................... $29.50 

M21-022 Large ........................................................................... 34.50 

Two-Step Display 

Acrylic display cases. 6mm thickness with 

smoothly polished edges. 


M2604A 6”H x 6”W x 6”D ............... $19.25 

M2604B 6”H x 12”W x 6”D ............... 29.65 H” 

M2604C 6”H x 18”W x 6”D ............... 41.00 

M2603D 6”H x 6”W x 8”D ................. 21.75 

M2603A 6”H x 12”W x 8”D ............... 30.55 

M2603E 6”H x 6”W x 10”D ............... 23.40 

M2603B 6”H x 12”W x 10”D ............. 37.50 

M2603F 6”H x 6”W x 12”D ............... 24.95 

Message Risers 

One-piece risers allow for descriptive 

message to be inserted. 3mm clear acrylic. 


M1851A 3”H x 4”W x 6”D ................. $8.95 

M1851B 3-1/2”H x 8”W x 7-1/8”D ..... 10.75 

M1851C 4”H x 6”W x 8-1/2”D ........... 13.15 

M1851 Set of all 3 ............................. 30.00 

French Giant Easel 


3mm Thick 

M2664A 5-1/2”H x 5”W x 3-1/4”D ..... $7.45 

M2664B 7”H x 7”W x 4-1/2”D.............. 8.90 

M2664C 9”H x 8”W x 5-1/2”D............ 11.25 

M2664D 11”H x 10-1/4”W x 6-3/4”D . 13.25 

6mm Thick 

M2665A 5-1/2”H x 5”W x 3-1/4”D ... $10.40 

M2665B 7”H x 7”W x 4-1/2”D............ 11.90 

M2665C 9”H x 8”W x 5-1/2”D............ 14.75 

M2665D 11”H x 10-1/4”W x 6-3/4”D . 16.90 

Gallery Easel 

For pictures or albums. 6mm thickness. 


M2661A 13”H x 8-1/2”W x 1-3/4”D .. $22.00 

M2661B 15”H x 10”W x 1-3/4”D ........ 27.00 

M2661C 17”H x 11-1/2”W x 1-3/4”D .. 29.00 

H 

H 

H 

D” 

W 

D 

W” 

D 

insert message 

W 

W 

D 

120 


Display Stands 

Museum Display Stands 

Designed to meet the needs of the museum, antique dealer and private collector. Made from 

high quality clear acrylic. Custom sizes available. 

Cubes 

Five sided cubes with mitred edges. 

Measurements given by length, width & height. 


M21-004 4” x 4” x 4” ....................... $17.25 

M21-005 6” x 6” x 6” ......................... 21.25 

Half Cubes 

Measurements given by length, width, height. 


M21-010 4” x 4” x 1-1/2” .................. $13.35 

M21-011 6” x 6” x 3” .......................... 18.95 

Bases for Cubes 

M21-012 4” x 4” ................................ $11.25 

M21-013 6” x 6” .................................. 14.95 

Universal Display Stand 

Many applications, use to display single 

plates and bowls, sets of plates, books 

and small items. Made from clear styrene. 

Dimensions: 4-3/4”H x 4”W x 4”D. 

M21-006 .............................................. $2.95 

Display Bridges 

Three sided bridge design used for 

countless artifact displays. 


M21-014 3” x 3” x 3” ...................... $6.50 

M21-015 4” x 4” x 4” ........................ 7.95 

M21-016 5” x 5” x 5” ........................ 9.95 

M21-017 Set of 3 ....................... 21.50 set 

Economy Display Easels 

Create your own book displays with these 

quality acrylic easels. Available in a variety of 

sizes to accommodate all sizes of books. 


M25-910 5”H x 3”W x 1-1/4”D .......... $6.95 

M25-911 6”H x 4”W x 1-1/4”D ............ 7.90 

M25-912 7”H x 5”W x 1-1/4”D ............ 9.25 

M25-913 8-1/2”H x 6”W x 1-1/4”D .... 14.50 

M25-914 11”H x 8”W x 1-1/4”D ........ 21.35 

M25-920 5”H x 3”W x 2-1/2”D ............ 7.10 

M25-921 6”H x 4”W x 2-1/2”D ............ 7.85 

M25-922 7”H x 5”W x 2-1/2”D ............ 9.25 

M25-923 8-1/2”H x 6”W x 2-1/2”D .... 14.50 

Angled Book Easels 

M25-930 3”H x 3”W x 5”D ................ $6.25 

M25-931 4”H x 4”W x 6”D .................. 6.90 

M25-932 5”H x 5”W x 7”D .................. 7.20 

Polyfoam Backer 

Rod Display 

Make doughnut 

supports 

and display 

your valuable 

specimens. Closed 

cell backer rod is also 

used for gasketing showcases, storage units 

and glass crocks. Use heat applied adhesive to 

connect ends. Sold per yard, minimum 30 yards. 

Colour: Charcoal grey. 

Cat. # Diameter Price 

M82-280 1/2” ............................... $1.50/yard 

M82-281 3/4” ................................. 1.65/yard 

M82-282 1” .................................... 2.10/yard 

Rectangular Display Stand 

Suitable for displaying small rectangular 

artifacts and other smaller objects. 


M21-018 2-1/2” x 1-1/4” x 3/4” ....... $5.25 

M21-019 1” x 1-1/4” x 1/2” ............... 5.80 

M21-020 2-1/2” x 2” x 3/4” ............... 6.75 

M93-175 

Acrylic Easels 

Create your own quality displays 

M93-176 

These acrylic easels are perfect for creating 

your own displays of books—use them on top 

of flat shelves or even table tops to show your 

new arrivals or most popular books. 


5”H x 3-1/2”W x 1-1/2”D 

M93-175 Smoke ................................ $10.25 

6”H x 4-3/4”W x 1-1/2”D 

M93-176 Smoke ................................. $11.50 

5”H x 3-1/2”W x 1-1/2”D 

M93-177 Clear .................................... $10.00 

6”H x 4-3/4”W x 1-1/2”D 

M93-178 Clear .................................... $11.25 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

121

Book Cradles 

Book Exhibition 

Cradles 

A. 

1” 

140° 

These clear book 

1” 

150° 

cradles are made 

from seamless bent 

1/4” acrylic. We offer 

C. 3” 

four cradles, with two 

7” D. 4” 

7” 

spine lengths and 

1” 

two widths. For larger 

140° 1” 

books, use two cradles 

150° 

of the same dimension. 

Once the book is in the 

cradle, our clear polyester strips (sold separately) hold the pages open. 


M82-252 Style A ......................................................................... $26.50 

M82-253 Style B ........................................................................... 26.50 

M82-254 Style C ........................................................................... 26.50 

M82-255 Style D .......................................................................... 26.50 

Exhibit Bookmounts 

Adjustable 

3” 

These displayers allow maximum 

visibility with a simple turn of a 

knob. The knob allows the book 

to be locked in position as required. 

The panels also have hinges that adjust 

the book to be viewed fully open or 

partially closed. Base and panels are 

constructed from sturdy 3/16” acrylic, for maximum durability. Available 

in single or double post styles. The single post style is for more 

standard size books and the double post is recommended for larger 

heavier books. All panels have 1” lip to cradle books securely. 

Single Post Bookmount 


M21-023 6”H x 11”W x 5-1/2”D ................................................ $218.00 

M21-024 8”H x 11”W x 5-1/2”D .................................................. 230.00 

M21-025 11”H x 16-1/2”W x 5-1/2”D .......................................... 245.00 

Double Post Bookmount 


M21-026 5-1/2” to 7-1/2”H x 8”W x 11-1/2”D .......................... $264.00 

M21-027 5-1/2” to 7-1/2”H x 11”W x 17”D ................................ 295.00 

M21-028 5-1/2” to 7-1/2”H x 18”W x 24-1/2”D .......................... 380.00 

Handi-Rack Open- 

Bookholder 

For hardbound books 

Sturdy, inexpensive... holds books 

open for display, study, reading or 

typing. Rubber-tipped prongs protect 

open pages. Pages can be divided 

equally on both sides to avoid strain 

on binding. Heavy-gauge steel, nickel 

plated. Rubber-tipped support legs. Folds flat for storage. Size: 5-1/2” 

high, 9-3/8” wide, 6” deep. Individually packaged. 

M48-045 .......................................................................................... $6.95 

5” 

B. 

4” 

5” 

Large Exhibition Book Cradles 

These crystal clear book cradles are nearly invisible bringing attention 

to the book being displayed. The solid acrylic displayers have lip on 

base securely holding book in place. Cradles designed with flat spine 

to gently support the spine of your book. These book cradles have nice 

smooth edges and are available in two sizes accommodating small and 

large books. 

Cat. # Dimensions Thickness Price 

M21-029 Small: 5-1/4” x 12” x 7” ........................3/16” ..............$39.00 

M21-030 Large: 9-1/2” x 19-1/4” x 12-1/2” ..........1/4” ..................85.00 

Novus Polish and 

Scratch Remover 

Restores plastics to like-new 

Novus #1 cleans and polishes plastic to give a high gloss protective 

finish that resists smudges, dust build-up, light scratches and aging. 

8oz. Spray Bottle. 

M95-573 ........................................................................................ $12.35 

Novus #2 removes oxidation and cleans plastic, Plexiglas, fibreglass, 

displays, doors, and windows. Effective on most plastic surfaces 

damaged by scratches, abrasions, or the haziness that comes with use. 

Cleans as it polishes. 8oz. 

M95-576 ........................................................................................ $12.95 

Novus #3 removes heavy scratches and abrasions from most acrylics. 

Restores acrylics when severely damaged. Not recommended on 

coated plastics. 8oz. 

M95-585 ....................................................................................... $13.95 

Novus Wipes-Use to apply Novus 1-2-3. Low lint, highly absorbent, 

abrasion resistant and superior durability. 6 per package 

M95-586 .................................................................................. $8.50 pkg. 

Kleenmaster 

Brillianize Cleaner & Polish 

Brillianize is an anti-static cleaner which reduces 

scratching of Plexiglas exhibit cases and display 

cases. It cleans and shines all types of plastics, 

glass and other hard, shiny, non-absorbent 

surfaces. It helps to resist finger prints. 

Non-toxic. Avoid freezing. 8oz bottle. 

M83-345 .....................................................$14.95 

122 


Exhibit Aids 

Museum Mounting Wax 

Museum Wax is a special blend of microcrystalline 

waxes that protect your valuable 

collections from bumps, quakes and jolts. 

Safe for use on crystal, porcelain, marble, 

glass, ceramic and wood finishes. This wax 

is soft and sticky to allow flexibility in shaping various size pieces. 


M66111 2 oz. Jar ......................................................................... $8.95 

M44111 13 oz. Jar....................................................................... 24.95 

Clear Museum Gel 

Clear Museum Gel is a 

removable, reusable translucent 

gel used to assist in the safe 

keeping of priceless collections 

for a lifetime. Place little balls 

of Clear Gel underneath your 

object, press in place and wait 30 

minutes. A secure, invisible bond 

is created. Clean and easy-to-use, 

you can protect glass and crystal. Recommended for use on impenetrable 

objects and surfaces only. One jar will secure 300 or more crystal 

figurines. 4 oz. jar. 

M33111 ......................................................................................... $14.95 

Book Display Pillows 

Simple yet safe and effective 

method of providing full support 

for rare books on display. Each 

pillow contains inert polyfoam 

crystals encased in a heat-sealed 

Tyvek cover for durability. Simply 

mould the pillow to the desired 

shape and rest the book in place. 

May be used again and again. Originally designed for rare books, but 

great for nearly any delicate item you wish to display. 


M82-334 12” Square ................................................................. $44.00 

M82-335 18” Square ................................................................... 59.00 

M82-336 24” Square ................................................................... 69.00 

Polyethylene Strap 

Now In 200’ Lengths! 

Softer than the conventionally used 

Polyester strips. Clear, non-adhesive 

4 mil polyethylene strap does 

a kinder job when book pages need 

restraint, to prevent text block drag 

or safely adhere barcodes without 

damaging rare books. 


M21-470 3/16” x 200’ ......................................................... $45.40 roll 

M21-471 3/8” x 200’ ............................................................. 48.45 roll 

M21-472 1” x 200’ ................................................................ 49.90 roll 

M21-473 2” x 200’ ................................................................ 52.50 roll 

M21-474 2-1/2” x 200’ .................................................New! 54.00 roll 

Sticky Wax 

A little bit goes a long way 

An inert white wax... perfectly hygienic dental 

wax... perfect for holding things where they 

belong - in mounts, directly to glass shelves, 

or for adhering loose object parts, such as a 

lid to a vase. Sold in handy 2-1/2” Strips, 1/8” 

diameter, 76 strips per plastic box. 

M21-460 ......................................... $37.50 box 

Self-Stick Easel Backs 

Made of strong white 10-ply board, coated on 

both sides, for easy attachment to any materials 

requiring easel support. Sturdy and attractive, 

no messy glue, simply remove protective paper 

from the permanent adhesive strip and apply. 

Adheres to any coated or uncoated surface. 



M328-3 3” .......................................................................... $2.35 pkg. 

M328-5 5” ............................................................................ 3.25 pkg. 

M328-7 7” ............................................................................ 4.95 pkg. 

M328-9 9” ............................................................................ 5.95 pkg. 

M328-12 12” .......................................................................... 7.00 pkg. 

General Purpose Wire Book Easels 

Focus attention on special displays 

Display new arrivals, signs, picture books, paperbacks, DVD’s, and book-on-tape 

sets. Our selection of all-purpose easels are durably constructed of vinyl-covered 

wire or acrylic. Colour: White. 

M93-169 

M93-170 

M93-167 

M93-168 

M93-171 

M93-172 M93-173 


M93-167 Small All-Purpose Easel ................ 4-1/2”H x 3-1/2”W .... $2.45 

M93-168 Large All-Purpose Easel ...................... 6”H x 5”W ............ 3.55 

M93-169 Acrylic Mini Easel ......................... 2-1/2”H x 3-1/2”W ...... 1.75 

M93-170 Large Acrylic/Wire Folding Easel .. 4-1/2”H x 3-1/4”W ...... 2.05 

M93-171 Multi-Purpose Folding Easel ......... 4-3/4”H x 3-3/4”W ...... 1.60 

M93-172 Large Folding Wire Easel .............. 9-1/4”H x 3-3/4”W ...... 2.05 

M93-173 Double Deck Folding Easel .............. 9”H x 5-1/4”W ......... 2.15 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

123

Exhibit Display Cases 

® 

Exhibit Cases 

5 Year Warranty 

Carmac ® Exhibit Cases are designed to meet the needs where storage, safety and high visibility are of prime importance. They are constructed 

of high quality anodized Aluminum and clear glass. Lockable sliding glass doors. Adjustable levellers are included on all floor units. The base and 

lightbox sections are melamine faced chipboard available in three colours. Halogen lighting is available to enhance both beauty and visibility. 

These cases are also available designed to your specifications. Colours: White (-WH), Black (-BLK) or Ash Grey (-GRY). 

M78-344 

M78-342 

Shown with optional 

half shelves 

These cases feature a lightbox and two 

Halogen lights. The lightbox section is 

vinyl covered MDF board available in three 

colours. Slatwall back panel. Two adjustable 

shelves with brackets. Base height: 9-1/2”. 

Dimensions: 84”H x 45”W x 18-1/4”D. 

Wt. 170 lbs. Colours: White (-WH), Black 

(-BLK) or Grey (-GRY). 

M78-342 ........................................... $3070.00 

Unit without lightbox and lights. 

Dimensions: 75-1/4”H x 45”W x 18-1/4”D. 

Wt. 155 lbs. 

M78-343 ........................................... $2675.00 

Lightbox and two Halogen lights. Glass 4 

sides. Two full width shelves. Base height: 

27”. Dimensions: 84”H x 45”W x 18-1/4”D. 

Wt. 190 lbs. 

M78-344 ........................................... $2765.00 

Unit without lightbox and lights. 

Dimensions: 75-1/4”H x 45”W x 18-1/4”D. 

Wt. 175 lbs. 

M78-345 ........................................... $2375.00 

Cases can be customized. Pleasecontact our 

customer service department for details. 

Sliding Doors—Panelled base 

Dimensions: (Overall) 78-3/4”H x 47”W x 23-1/2”D 

and (Top Section) 55”H x 47”W x 23-1/2”D. 

Sliding Doors—Open base 

Dimensions: (Overall) 39”H x 47”W x 

23-1/2”D and (Top Section) 15-3/4”H. 

124 

M78-337 

M78-340 M78-341 


M78-339 


Dimensions: (Overall) 39”H x 47”W x 23-1/2”D 

and (Top Section) 23-1/2”H x 47”W x 23-1/2”D. 


Dimensions: (Overall) 39”H x 47”W x 23-1/2”D 

and (Top Section) 15-3/4”H. 

® 

Display/ 

Exhibit and Trophy Cases 

These cases feature an attractive, strong 

anodized aluminum frame. The cases may 

be glazed, panelled or left open. Each unit 

comes with shelves, doors and locks. Abloy 

high security locks are standard. Units 

available as illustrated or can be designed to 

your specifications. 

Standard Specifications for Carmac ® 

Display/Exhibit Cases: 

Vertical Glass: 6mm 

Horizontal Glass: 10mm 

Sliding Glass: 6mm 

Locks: Abloy high security locks are standard 

Colours Infill Panels: White (-WH), Black 

(-BLK) or Grey (-GRY) melamine faced 

chipboard 

Frame Finish: Silver anodized Aluminum 

Levelling Glides 

Cat. # Wt. Lbs. Price 

M78-337 ................. 185 ................. $2464.00 

M78-339 ................. 150 ................... 1724.00 

M78-340 .................. 85 .................... 1469.00 

M78-341 ................. 130 ................... 1759.00 

Add $200.00 for optional sliding doors on 

panelled base units for storage.


Reliant Display Cases 

Strength and durability 

New 

The classic Reliant Series Cases are constructed of Aluminium, with 

the beauty of wood-grained Oak veneer. They feature Satin Natural 

anodized Aluminium frames, secure sliding tempered glass doors (with 

built-in lock) and your choice of wood finish. The result is clean, uncluttered 

styling. White laminate backing enhances viewing pleasure of 

your collection. Four 14” deep, half-length shelves with brackets, are 

included. The cases are appropriate for traditional or contemporary 

décor. This is a value-packed choice, for the permanent display of your 

most treasured memorabilia. One year warranty. Please specify wood 

finish: Autumn Oak (-LO) or Carmel Oak (-DO). 

Cat. # Dimensions (including 12”base) Wt. Lbs. Price 

M40-268 72”H x 48”W x 16”D .............................. 279 ...... $2100.00 

M40-269 72”H x 60”W x 16”D .............................. 370 ........ 2400.00 

M40-270 72”H x 72”W x 16”D .............................. 415 ........ 2700.00 

Reliant Display Case 40” high 

This is the same classic Reliant Display Case, with one 12” deep, full 

length adjustable shelf, with clips. Dimensions: 40”H x 36”W x 14”D 

(includes 10” base). Wt. 101 lbs. One year warranty. Please specify 

wood finish: Autumn Oak (-LO)) or Carmel Oak (-DO). 

M40-271 .................................................................................. $1300.00 

M40-270 

Optional cornice/lighting available. 


Solid Wood Display Case 

The Best-Rite ® Solid Wood Display Cases are a stylish and economical solution to display collectables, 

trophies and valuables. Classical and elegant, our Wood Display Cases are made of 

solid wood. The mirrored back and the bottom lights will reflect and illuminate the item displayed, 

enhancing its beauty. The access doors on the sides allow a clean and clear display from the front. 

Easy to assemble, ships in 1 box. Includes: light in the bottom to highlight collectables, trophies 

or valuables, two tempered glass doors (one on each side), two locks, (one on each side) and two 

glass shelves included. Dimensions: 32-1/2”H x 35-1/2”W x 15-1/2”D. Limited 10 year warranty. 


M78-346 Natural Oak ......................................................................................................... $650.00 

M78-347 Cherry Oak............................................................................................................ 650.00 

Contempo Series 

Display Cases 

With built-in puck lighting 

New 

These newly released display cases from 

Waddell will turn heads, with a contemporary 

look, utilizing contrasting materials of 

wood laminate and aluminium. A unique 

feature is the frosted side-entry glass 

doors. The Display Cases include built-in 

M40-287 

puck lighting, locking doors and full-length 

adjustable shelves. The frame is satin aluminium, with a black backing 

and your choice of laminate finish. Please specify colour: Maple 

(-MPL), Cherry (-CHY). 


M40-285 Free Standing ...... 72”H x 36”L x 14”D ............. $3200.00 

M40-286 Free Standing ...... 72”H x 48”L x 14”D ............... 3300.00 

M40-287 Wall Unit .............. 44”H x 36”L x 14”D ............... 2650.00 

M40-286 M40-285 

Also available with white backing 


Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

125


Traditional Wood 

Display Case 

A beautiful way to showcase 

your trophies and 

artifacts 

This attractive Display Case is 

available in an Oak or Mahogany 

finish. Three 3/16” thick tempered 

glass shelves adjust in three 

positions to accommodate 

items of different heights. The 

glass side and door panels allow 

viewing from three sides. The 

wood framed hinged doors 

feature a tamperproof lock to 

secure contents. Limited 10 Year 

Warranty. Dimensions: 77”H 

x 48”W x 18”D. Wt. 350 lbs. 

Please specify wood finish: Oak 

(-OAK) or Mahogany (-MAH). 

M78-366 ..................... $1795.00 

M78-366 

M40-250 

Wood 

Finishes 

Oak 

(-OAK) 

Mahogany 

(-MAH) 

Heritage Display Case 

The Heritage Display Case has traditional good looks and solid construction 

which will stand the test of time. The case features: sliding 

tempered glass doors, built-in locks, steel shelving hardware, floor 

levellers and four half-length adjustable shelves. Five wood finishes 

are available so that your decor can be matched. A White fabric display 

back ensures that your artifacts can be shown to their full potential. 

Dimensions: 70”H x 48”W x 18”D (includes 10”H base). 

One year warranty. Please specify wood finish: Autumn Oak (-LO), 

Carmel Oak (-DO), Honey Maple (-MPL), Danish Walnut (-WAL) or 

Cordovan (-COR). 

M40-250 ................................................................................... $1725.00 

Heirloom Series Display Case 

M40-251 

The Heirloom Series Display Cases are a beautiful way to display 

your trophies or artifacts. These versatile wooden cases are ideal for 

areas where space is at a premium. The cases can be used as counter 

top displays, or can be easily mounted using the Wall Mounting Kit 

(sold separately). Sliding tempered glass doors with built-in lock are 

standard. This series offers much needed flexibility in a variety of rich 

wood finishes and with a White fabric display back to display your 

artifacts. One year warranty. Please specify wood finish: Autumn Oak 

(-LO), Carmel Oak (-DO), Honey Maple (-MPL), Danish Walnut (-WAL) or 

Cordovan (-COR). 

Cat. # Description Wt. Lbs. Price 

30”H x 36”W x 8”D 

M40-251 Five Full Length Adjustable Shelves ........ 76 .......... $695.00 

30”H x 36”W x 14”D 

M40-252 One Full Length Adjustable Shelf ............. 100 ............ 695.00 

M40-253 Wall Mounting Kit ....................................... 5 ................ 75.00 

Wood 

Finishes 

M40-252 

126 


Autumn 

Oak 

(-LO) 

Carmel 

Oak 

(-DO) 

Honey 

Maple 

(-MPL) 

Danish 

Walnut 

(-WAL) 

Cordovan 

(-COR)


Keepsake Museum Display Cases 

Keepsake Series cases are rugged repositories for archival quality collections. Museums, libraries, historical 

societies or organizations that need a secure way to present valuable objects will appreciate the craftsmanship 

whether you select a tabletop height model or a Free-Standing floor case. Tabletop models available with a 

hinged top and T-base or sliding door with four-leg base. Bases are black steel with baked on powder coat 

finish. Free-standing floor models come with a hinged door and a wood veneer base in oak. Keepsake Series 

showcases feature tempered glass, a built in lock, a white interior bottom, and built-in floor levellers. 

M40-242 

M40-244-SA Hinged top w/ T-base 

M40-246-DB Sliding door w/ four-leg base 

Cat. # Dimensions Frame Colour Base Colour Wt. Lbs. Price 

Free-Standing, 

M40-240 72”H x 24”L x 24”D ....................... Dark Bronze ........................... Light Oak ............................................. 181 .................... $1795.00 

M40-242 72”H x 24”L x 24”D ....................... Dark Bronze ........................... Dark Oak .............................................. 181 ...................... 1795.00 

M40-243 72”H x 24”L x 24”D ....................... Satin Aluminum ..................... Light Oak ............................................. 181 ...................... 1795.00 

M40-241 72”H x 24”L x 24”D ....................... Satin Aluminum ..................... Dark Oak .............................................. 181 ...................... 1795.00 

Cat. # Dimensions Frame Colour Base Colour Wt. Lbs. Price 

Table Top Height. Hinged Top, with T-base 

M40-244-DB 36”H x 48”L x 24”D ........................ Dark Bronze ........................... Black Steel ........................................... 105 .................... $1700.00 

M40-244-SA 36”H x 48”L x 24”D ........................ Satin Aluminum ..................... Black Steel ........................................... 105 ...................... 1700.00 

M40-245-DB 36”H x 60”L x 30”D ........................ Dark Bronze ........................... Black Steel ........................................... 144 ...................... 1950.00 


Table Top Height. Sliding Door, with Four-leg base 

M40-246-DB 38”H x 48”L x 24”D ........................ Dark Bronze ........................... Black Steel ........................................... 105 .................... $1485.00 


M40-247-DB 38”H x 60”L x 30”D ........................ Dark Bronze ........................... Black Steel ........................................... 144 ...................... 1690.00 


Doll Display Cases 

These transparent Acrylic Doll 

Cases allow items to be clearly 

displayed while at the same 

time protecting the valuable 

possession from dust and 

other elements. An acrylic doll 

case is much stronger than a 

glass case and weighs half as 

much. Colour: Black base with 

clear rubber feet. 


M10956 10”H x 10”W x 10”D ................................................ $59.00 

M10957 14”H x 10”W x 10”D .................................................. 75.00 

M10958 18”H x 10”W x 10”D .................................................. 92.00 

M10959 14”H x 12”W x 12”D .................................................. 79.00 

M10960 20”H x 12”W x 12”D ................................................ 105.00 

M10961 26”H x 12”W x 12”D ................................................ 135.00 

Brushed Aluminum 

Portable Cases 

Perfect for display of small, valuable items. Also ideal for securing theftprone 

items. The original aluminum porta-case used all over the world 

features tempered safety-glass, steel-piano hinge, cylinder lock with 2 

keys, solid brown masonite bottom, built-in support arms, 

all riveted construction, lightweight aluminum frame and sturdy carrying 

handle (optional). 


M150 22” x 34” x 3-1/4” opens on 34” side ....................... $289.00 

M170 22” x 34” x 3-1/4” opens on the 22” side .................. 289.00 

M125 22” x 34” x 2” opens on the 34” side......................... 275.00 

M175 22” x 34” x 2” opens on the 22” side......................... 240.00 

M101 22” x 22” x 3-1/4” opens on the 22” side .................. 275.00 

M075 22” x 17” x 3-1/4” opens on 17” side ......................... 225.00 

M13-121 Carrying Handle ................................................................ 7.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

127

Exhibit Museum Rails 

Museum Rails The Museum Reader Rail System 

Museum Rails is a refined system of modular rail components, offering a flexible, easily 

reconfigurable, and infinitely reusable solution to many exhibit requirements for interpretive rails 

and visitor separation. The system consists of a weighted base and post, support brackets, and 

easily changeable graphic panels, offering a custom appearance, yet the flexibility and reusability 

of a fully developed modular system. The interchangeable graphic rail allows easy graphics 

change-out for each new installation. Graphics can be mounted to any 1/4” substrate and 

inserted, or can be created in-house and inserted loose under the optional 1/4”acrylic panel. 


Height – 42” (to top of changeable rail) 

Base Diameter – 12” 

Changeable Rail – 42” Wide 

Spacing between Posts – 43” min/ 58” max 


Starter Unit – Includes: 2 Posts, Brackets, Cap, 

Spacers, Interchangeable Rail 

M79-950 ............................................$2200.00 

Add-On Unit – Includes: 1 Post, Brackets, 

Spacers, Interchangeable Rail 

M79-951 .............................................$1635.00 

Optional Acrylic Panel 42”x 10”x 1/4” – allows 

user – created graphics to be inserted 

M79-952 .............................................. $105.00 

M79-950 M79-951 

128 


Exhibit Accessories 

Print/Poster Holders 

These display bins are designed to hold up to 100 unframed prints and posters. Constructed 

of welded, square, heavy gauge, one inch steel tubing with powder electrostatic, scratch 

resistant, paint. Locking casters provide a sturdy base for reviewing prints and posters while on 

display. Colour: Black. 


M82-349 Holds 26” x 32” unframed prints ..................... 26” x 25” x 32” .................... $225.00 

M82-350 Holds 32” x 40” unframed prints ..................... 38” x 25” x 32” .................... 295.00 

Triumph Display Easel 

Classic Art Bin 

The Classic Wooden Art Bin is not only an excellent way to present 

artwork, it’s also beautifully designed to attract attention. Constructed 

of routed birchwood and a sturdy powder coated steel frame. 

Dimensions: 29”H x 31”W x 23”D. Colour: Silver. 

M24-281 .......................................................................................$249.00 

Zinc Plated Exhibition “L” Pins 

Ballot/Donation Box with Lock 

Smoked acrylic ballot box with clear acrylic header. 

Header card accepts material 6” W x 8” H. Ideal for 

ballots or donations and also ensures security with 

included lock. 

Dimensions: 

Ballot Box: 8” H x 6-1/2” W x 6-1/2” D. 

Ballot Box with Header: 16” H x 6-1/2” W x 

6-1/4” D. 

M94-032 ...............................................$75.00 

New 

The reusable pins are useful 

for hanging matted prints and 

photos, without damage or 

framing hardware. Hang exhibit 

photos on the wall, behind panes 

of glass. They are a simple and 

inexpensive way to display 

artwork. A seamless and elegant 

look can be provided to your 

photos and prints. Predrilling is 

recommended, but not always 

necessary. Dimensions: 1”x 3/8”. 

Package of 100 

M64-240 ........................................................................................ $15.95 

With the Triumph’s patented design, 

there are no twisting knobs and 

cumbersome hardware. It’s ready 

to go, right out of the box. Ideal for 

displaying presentations, artwork, 

posters and smaller white boards. The 

inverted leg design adds strength and 

stability, and extends from 37” to 62”. 

Lightweight and portable, this easel 

features retractable legs, permanently 

positioned board holders and non-marring 

feet. Constructed of durable ABS 

resin, holding up to 8 times its own 

weight, a maximum capacity of 25 pounds. 

M46-551 ...................................................................................... $35.00 

Gallery Clips 

These metal corner holders 

provide an inexpensive, 

unobtrusive way to sandwich glass, 

mat, artwork and backing material. Frame 

items up to 26” x 26” with a combined 

thickness of 3/8”. The string tying system 

on the back gives you a centre point for 

hanging the picture. Use four clips per 

picture. 4 clips per package. 

M82-577 ..................................... $6.95 pkg. 

Secure-T ® Wall Mount Systems 

A method by which most metal, 

plastic, and wood frames may be 

mounted to walls. Deters casual 

theft, and also prevents pictures from 

shifting on walls. Kit for metal or 

wood frames, includes all hardware 

and instructions. A specially designed 

security key secures or releases the 

locking mechanism for both types of 

frames. Security key (sold separately) 

locks and unlocks the frames. 

Wood Metal 


M82-421 Wood Frame Security System.............. $4.25 ......$4.00 ea. 

M82-422 Metal Frame Security System ................ 3.60 ....... 3.40 ea. 

Security Key (for both metal and wood systems) 

M82-423 .................................................................................. $11.50 ea. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

129

Presentation and Display Systems 

Set up any way you like 

Modular Display and Exhibit Systems 

Linking panels form various arrangements 

M78-171 

This versatile. full-size panel package is shown in an attractive blue loop fabric 

highlighted with a light grey metal frame. Perfect for showcasing all types of 

school, church, museum, library and club materials. 

M78-163 

This eye-catching, 

full-size display allows the 

maximum in setup flexibility. 

The unit features 

grey vinyl tackboard with 

a colour-coordinated light 

grey metal frame. 

Create you own attractive display area with either vinyl or fabriccovered 

tackboard panels. The individual display panels can be linked 

together to form almost any configuration (brackets included) or may 

be used individually with optional snap-lock display panel feet. Ideal 

for displaying lightweight items that can be attached with thumbtacks, 

push pins or staples. Sold as single panels or in sets of three panels. 

Grey frame. Single panels require feet, sold separately below. Panel 

Dimensions: 66”H x 48”W. 

Single Panels (50 lbs.) 

Cat. # Surface Price 

M78-165 Grey Vinyl ............................................................... $360.00 

M78-166 Silver Fabric .............................................................. 465.00 

M78-167 Blue Fabric ................................................................ 465.00 

Set of 3 Single Panels (150 lbs.) 

Cat. # Surface Price 

M78-163 Grey Vinyl ............................................................... $920.00 

M78-170 Silver Fabric ............................................................ 1180.00 

M78-171 Blue Fabric .............................................................. 1180.00 

Panel Feet Single panels require feet to make a freestanding unit. Grey 

feet have adjustable nylon glides that slide into the uprights of the panel. 

Wt: 11 lbs. Set of 2. 

M78-173 ................................................................................ $95.00 set. 

Hook Tab Circles, 200 per package. 

M78-168 ............................................................................... $24.00 pkg. 

Presentation Displays 

Now even a small amount of space can display a large amount of material. These 

space-expanding displays feature 12 steel framed panels with White corrugated 

inserts, plus 24 clear vinyl sheets for added protection. Both counter top and floor 

models feature cushioning separators to prevent metal-to-metal contact, non-skid leg 

pads protect counter surfaces and floors, and a blank header area that’s perfect for 

displaying signage or custom messages. Limited 3 year warranty. 

12 panels per display. 

Cat. # Description H x W x D Price 

Panel Size 18”H x 12”W 

M46-600 Counter Top ............................ 20” x 36” x 17” ......................... $420.00 

M46-601 Floor ........................................ 58” x 32” x 17” ........................... 585.00 

Panel Size 24”H x 20”W 

M46-602 Counter Top ............................. 26” x 48” x 25” ........................... $565.00 

M46-603 Floor ......................................... 58” x 48” x 25” ............................. 710.00 

130 


Presentation and Display Systems 

Exhibition 

Display System 

This versatile system is the easiest 

way to display art, graphics, photography, 

charts and signage. 

Simply remove and unfold the light 

weight tri-fold panels from the standard carrying bag and then stack 

and lock the panels into place. The double-sided panels are Grey on one 

side and Blue on the other. Use latch and key fasteners tape or push 

pins for easy attachment of display materials. The 3-panel System can 

be used as a single table top display. Perfect for trade shows, lobbies, 

professional offices, schools or anywhere. An optional matching header 

panel is also available. One year warranty. Colour: Blue/Grey. 

Cat. # Description H x W x D Wt. Lbs. Price 

M46-534 3 Panel .......... 72” x 36” x 3/4” ............13 ........... $395.00 

M46-535 6 Panel .......... 72” x 72” x 3/4” ............19 ............. 650.00 

M46-536 Header ........ 10” x 23-5/8” x 3/4” ............................ 105.00 

Table Top Display 

Flexible living hinged panels fold easily 

Maximize the impact of your presentation. Quartet’s Table Top Display 

is an attractive way to make your exhibit stand out. Featuring 4 doublesided 

fabric panels, there’s plenty of room for posting information. The 

soft Grey panels are complemented by a radius edge moulded frame. 

Each tacking surface is joined by a living hinge for maximum flexibility. 

The unit folds into a durable canvas case with adjustable shoulder strap 

for convenient transport and storage. One year warranty. 

Dimensions: (Panels) 30”H x 18”W. Colour: Grey. 

Cat. # Description Wt. Lbs Price 

M46-510 Table Top Display ................ 13.2 ............................ $365.00 

M46-511 Carrying Case ....................... 1.7 ............................... 135.00 

Table Top Presentation Display 

New 

This display is ideal for school and library projects, or compact exhibits. It features a 24” 

middle panel and two 12”W side panels. Pinch-proof, full-length piano hinges join the 

1/2” thick panels together. The panels are covered with an abrasion-resistant fabric that 

is tackable. Five fabric colours are available with a Silver anodized Aluminium frame, 

or Black hook-and-loop fabric, with a Black anodized Aluminium frame. Please specify 

fabric colour: Flame Red (-RED), Madison (-BUR), Royal Blue (-BLU), Silver (-SLV) or 

Venice (-BGE). 


M19-747 Table top Display - Fabric ............................30”H x 48”W x 1/2”D .. $215.00 

M19-748 Table top Display - Black Hook-and-Loop ... 30”H x 48”W x1/2”D ..... 265.00 

Flame Red 

(-RED) 

Madison 

(-BUR) 

Royal Blue 

(-BLU) 

Silver 

(-SLV) 

Venice 

(-BGE) 

Tri-Fold Information Centre 

A simple and attractive way for displaying art exhibits 

and other information. The unit features three 23” wide 

panels joined by a full-length pinch-proof piano hinge. 

Each panel is finished in Black hook-and-loop fabric and is 

trimmed in anodized Aluminium trim featuring injectionmolded 

rounded plastic corners. Comes with plastic 

feet to protect floor surfaces, and folds flat for easy and 

compact storage. One year warranty. Please Specify 

Colour: Black (-BLK), Red (-RED), Royal Blue (-BLU) or 

Silver (-SLV). 


M17-801 48”H x 47”W x 1/2”D ........ 35 ......... $465.00 

M17-802 66”H x 47”W x 1/2”D ........ 47 ........... 565.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

131

Communication Boards 

Rotating Floor Stand 

The versatile dual function 

Info Sign Duo stand has a 

unique rotating display panel, 

which effortlessly adjusts 

from portrait to landscape 

view, with the touch of 

a hand. Messages are 

very simple to insert – the 

anti-glare acrylic front panel 

removes in seconds for fast 

insertion of sheets. Commercial grade aluminum/acrylic stands have 

an extra-heavy cast iron base with rubber pads. Portrait – 46-1/2”H x 

8-1/2”W x 11-1/2”D. Landscape – 42-1/2”H x 11”W x 11-1/2”D. 

M52-033 .....................................................................................$245.00 

M44-007 M44-008 M44-009 

Pedestal Bulletin Boards 

The Single Pedestal allows for convenient mobility, letting you bring 

your message to where the action is. The sturdy pedestal base can be 

adjusted from 49” up to a recommended maximum height of 66”. The 

Double Pedestal is perfect for high traffic areas with its extra stable 

double pedestal base. Letterboards include a set of 3/4” Gothic font 

letters, numbers and characters. Board size for all: 18”H x 24”W. 


M44-007 Single Pedestal Open Face Corkboard .................... $195.00 

M44-008 Single Pedestal Open Face Letterboard .................... 175.00 

M44-009 Double Pedestal Open Face Letterboard .................. 475.00 

Customizable Signs 

New 

There’s no map required to follow these directions. These signs accommodate 

an 8-1/2”x 11”(multi) or 11”x 17” (arrow/rectangle)sheet of 

paper. Changing your message is effortless (no tools necessary). The 

Multi-Directional sign provides the option of displaying 4 messages in the 

polycarbonate sign holders. The Arrow sign gets them going down the 

right path, by pointing out the correct direction. The Rectangle sign gets 

people to stop, and take notice of important messages or events. Limited 

Lifetime Warranty. Finish: Aluminium with Grey. 


M40-730 Multi-Directional ....... 64-1/2”H x 25”W x 25”D .......... $235.00 

M40-731 Arrow ........................ 67-1/2”H x 15”W x 15”D ............ 165.00 

M40-732 Rectangle ..................... 64”H x 15”W x 15”D ............... 140.00 

Write Way Directional Sign 

Infobase ® Floor 

Sign Stand 

Ideal for lobbies and high traffic 

public areas, the versatile Infobase 

floor sign stand has a crystal clear 

hard acrylic tilt panel with two 

viewing sides. The viewing panel 

can be easily removed from its 

base and is open on three sides for 

instant insertion of announcements. 

A very stable unit, the Infobase has 

a rugged metal base and telescopic 

pole which adjusts from 40” to 60” 

including panel holder. 

M55-417 ........................... $159.00 

Dual-sided dry-erase board is positionable 

to point people in the right direction. Simply 

write your message on the attention-getting 

sign and change as often as needed. Signs 

with 18” wide base can be weighted 

with water or sand for stability. Moulded 

construction with UV inhibitors for indoor or 

outdoor use. Easy assembly. Colour: Black. 

Write Way Directional Sign 

64-1/4”H x 25-1/2”W x 17-3/4”D. 

M4173-BL ......................................... $109.00 

Rectangle Message Board 

64-1/4”H x 18”W x 18”D. 

M4117-BL ......................................... $109.00 

Octagon Message Board 

64-1/4”H x 25-1/2”W x 18”D. 

M4118-BL ......................................... $109.00 

132 


Communication Boards 

Cintra Magnetic Markerboards 

They feature european style contemporary radial design, with anodized 

satin aluminum grooved framing. The white steel marker surface 

provides a magnetic acrylic/enamel surface. Comes with attachable 

accessory tray and includes one dry erase marker and one eraser. 

Mounts either portrait or landscape. Cintra’s concealed hanging system 

lets hangers disappear when attached to the frame. 10 year warranty. 


M46-610 1-1/2’H x 2’W ......................... 5 ............................. $63.00 

M46-611 2’H x 3’W .............................. 10 .............................. 87.00 

M46-612 3’H x 4’W .............................. 25 ............................ 149.00 

M46-613 4’H x 6’W .............................. 45 ............................ 295.00 

M46-614 4’H x 8’W .............................. 57 ............................ 425.00 

Cintra Corkboards 

Give your area a breath of fresh air with the contemporary radial 

design of Cintra. Anodized satin aluminum grooved framing accents 

your décor. Natural self-healing cork surface provide years of repeated 

pinning. Mounts either portrait or landscape. Cintra’s concealed 

hanging system lets hangers disappear when attached to the frame. 

10 year warranty. 


M46-605 1-1/2’H x 2’W ....................... 5 ............................... $45.00 

M46-606 2’H x 3’W ............................ 11 ................................ 69.00 

M46-607 3’H x 4’W ............................. 17 .............................. 115.00 

M46-608 4’H x 6’W ............................ 45 .............................. 210.00 

M46-609 4’H x 8’W ............................ 59 .............................. 295.00 

Glass Mounting Sign 

and Poster holders 

More upscale and permanent suction cup 

mounted sign holders. Holds well to all glass 

surfaces, yet allows for instant repositioning. 

Displays message back-to-back for two-sided 

viewing. Clear acrylic spring panel holds 

posters securely while allowing for quick and 

easy changing. Posters can be inserted from 

top or from either side. Large suction cups hold 

tight to all glass doors and windows. 


M87-111 11”H x 8-1/2”W ............... $24.95 

M87-112 28”H x 22”W ................... 114.00 

Motion Message Display 

Easy to program multi-colour message board can be changed as 

often as you like. For posting museum hours and special events. The 

approximate length of message display is 2” x 1-7/8”, which allows for 

13 characters across and a 160 degree viewing angle. 32K of memory 

enables you to pre program a variety of messages and play them as 

needed. Add a gentle “beep” as messages change to bring more 

attention to the message. 10 year warranty on LED. 


M94-041 4-1/4”H x 27-3/4”W x 1-3/4”D .............................. $495.00 

M46-581 M46-586 

Enclosed Bulletin Board 

Exhibit important information announcements and documents for 

everyone to see. The lockable hinged doors feature shatter-resistant 

acrylic to keep your display clean and undisturbed. The natural cork 

posting surface is self healing and will withstand repeated tacking. 

Available in single, double or triple door construction. 

10 year warranty. 


Single Door 

M46-581 24”H x 18”W x 1-5/16” .......................................... $189.00 

M46-582 36”H x 24”W x 1-5/16” ............................................ 270.00 

Double Door 

M46-583 36”H x 48”W x 10-5/16” ........................................ $429.00 

M46-584 36”H x 60”W x 1-5/16” ............................................ 515.00 

M46-585 48”H x 60”W x 1-5/16” ............................................ 690.00 

Triple Door 

M46-586 36”H x 72”W x 1-5/16” .......................................... $630.00 

M46-587 48”H x 72”W x 1-5/16” ............................................ 770.00 

M46-588 48”H x 96”W x 1-5/16” ............................................ 950.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

133

Crowd Control 

890 Standard 

Our most popular style, the Standard features a 

TensaBarrier ® head mounted to a 2” O.D. vertical 

post. A classic for over 24 years. 

Barrier Ropes and Posts 

Portable Posts provide a flexible railing system for traffic direction and 

crowd control. Requiring no costly installation, posts can be set-up, 

moved or stored easily, meeting changing needs. Choose from three 

portable post styles and 2 types of rope ends. Hook and snap type 

ends are permanently attached to rope at factory. 

Posts Choose from 34”H Disk Base or 39”H Dome Bases. 


M79-906 Contemporary Satin Chrome ..... $185.00 ........ $176.00 ea. 

Disk Base, Wt. 25 lbs. 

M79-928 Light weight Satin Chrome ......... 170.00 .......... 162.00 ea. 

Disk Base, Wt. 13 lbs. 

M79-907 Standard Polished Chrome .......... 199.00 .......... 189.00 ea. 

Dome Base, Wt. 35 lbs. 

M79-908 Standard Polished Brass ............. 260.00 .......... 247.00 ea. 

Dome Base, Wt. 35 lbs. (not pictured) 

Rope made of rich 1-1/2” diameter stain-resistant velour nylon over 

firm cotton core. To order, measure tight distance desired between 

posts or wall to wall. We will allow for slack. Maximum length: 7 ft. Wt. 

0.5 lbs. per foot. Please specify colour: Royal Blue (-BLU), 

Black (-BLK) or Red (-RED). 

L79-905 .................................................................................... $13.05 ft. 

Rope Ends Order 2 rope ends for each length of rope. 


M79-909 Snap-End Polished Chrome ......... $28.70 ........... $27.40 ea. 

M79-910 Snap-End Polished Brass .............. 28.70 ............. 27.40 ea. 

M79-913 Snap-End Satin Chrome ................ 28.70 ............. 27.40 ea. 

M79-911 Hook-End Polished Chrome .......... 26.80 ............. 25.60 ea. 

M79-912 Hook-End Polished Brass .............. 26.80 ............. 25.60 ea. 

M79-914 Hook-End Satin Chrome ................ 26.80 ............. 25.60 ea. 

Model 898 

Wall Receiver 

Automatic locking 

feature, used to 

connect belt to a wall. 

M89-608 ........ $16.50 

134 

Model 893-BRK 

Breakaway System 

Provides a panic breakaway 

in both directions. 

M89-607 .................... $25.00 


TensaBarrier ® Retractable Belt System 

There’s no question about it. For a quarter century Lawrence has been 

the uncontested world leader in retractable belt systems for crowd 

management. The TensaBarrier ® line of attractive, functional guidance 

systems is the most extensive in the industry. Offering more styles, 

more materials and more options then anyone else. And while others 

may try to copy their designs and innovations, no one duplicates 

the quality and attention to detail that is apparent in every Lawrence 

TensaBarrier ® System. 

Cat. # Post/Head Colour Price 

M89-001 Polished Chrome ...................................................... $285.00 

M89-002 Red ............................................................................. 285.00 

M89-003 Black ........................................................................... 285.00 

M89-004 Bronze Anodized ........................................................ 325.00 

M89-005 Satin Chrome ............................................................. 285.00 

M89-006 Satin Brass ................................................................. 375.00 

Belt Colour: Add suffix # to Cat. # for belt colour preference. 

Example: Cat. # M89-601S-33-21 

Red -21 Maroon -43 Grey -36 Blue -23 Green -28 

Brown -46 

Black w/ 

White Stripe 

-33-32 

Metal Finishes 

Red 

Dark Green 

-29 

Black w/ 

Yellow Stripe 

-33-35 

Polished 

Chrome 

Satin 

Chrome 

Light Blue 

-71 

Brown w/ 

White Stripe 

-46-32 

Satin 

Brass 

Black -33 Yellow -35 

Black w/Red 

Stripe -33-21 

Bronze 

Anodized 

Black w/Blue 

Stripe -33-23 

Black 

Model 896 7-1/2–Foot Wall Mounted Unit 

For surface mounting, with SlowRetract belt cassette. 

Centre tape exit is standard. Left or right exit on request. 

Spans 7–1/2’. Mounting plate is 2–3/4”H x 4–1/8”W. 

Please specify tape colour (see above). 

Cat. # Finish Price 

M89-601 ............................. Polished Chrome ............................ $126.00 

M89-602 ............................. Red ................................................... 120.00 

M89-603 ............................. Black ................................................. 120.00 

M89-604 ............................. Satin Brass ....................................... 165.00 

M89-605 ............................. Satin Chrome ................................... 126.00

Patron Monitoring 

Security Mirrors 

See at a glance what is going on in your area. See around corners 

and over shelves. Scan blind spots and aisles. Our low cost, wide 

angle mirrors are an effective way to stop pilferage and vandalism. 

Our mirrors are fast and easy to mount on walls or ceilings. They are 

distortion free in lightweight Plexiglas. 

Full Dome Mirrors 

IDT People Counters 

A state of the art and cost effective people counter that measures only 

3.3”x 2.2”x 1.4”. This people counter uses an infrared beam to count 

the pedestrians that pass through the area that is being monitored. 

The maximum sensing distance is approximately 3 feet, which will 

accommodate standard entrances. Powered by two AA-Sized 3.6V 

industrial batteries or by a power supply. For long-range requirements 

on entrances wider than 3 feet, such as side-by-side double doors, use 

with the optional Infrared Emitter for a maximum range of 35 feet. 


M10-390 IDT People Counter ..................................................$395.00 

M10-391 Infrared Emitter ..........................................................215.00 

Allows 360° viewing for any room. 


M10-268 18” .................. $95.00 

M10-269 26” .................. 145.00 

M10-294 32” ................. 199.00 

180º Half Dome Mirrors 

Used best against walls to see into 

blind spots. 


M10-271 18” .................. $55.00 

M10-272 26” .................... 95.00 

M10-296 32” ................. 105.00 

Quarter Dome Mirrors 

Conveniently mounts in corner for 

90° viewing. 

Shopguard Wireless People Counter 

This small and affordable people counter uses a separate transmitter 

and receiver to accurately count people up to 13 feet between counters. 

Number of passages is shown on the counter’s LCD screen. No special 

batteries required, simply uses 4 AA batteries. 

Dimensions: 3-3/4”H x 2”W x 1”D. 1 year warranty. 

M10-290 ......................................................................................$825.00 


M10-266 18” .................. $37.00 

M10-267 26” .................... 60.00 

M10-297 32” ................... 85.00 

Convex Mirrors 

Comes with swivel brackets for 

360° viewing. 


M10-273 18” .................. $89.00 

M10-274 26” .................. 130.00 

M10-295 30” ................. 150.00 

Tally Counter 

Receiver Counter 

Transmitter Counter 

Wireless People Counter System 

Count people walking in or out of your building 

This exciting new 418mHz, invisible beam, low energy consumption, 

3.6 volt battery operated system consists of a receiver counter which 

contains a six digit LCD display and a transmitter counter. 

These extremely small counters measure only 1.3” x 2.1” x 0.6” and 

weigh only 2 ounces each. When applied to a surface facing each 

other, they will cover 20 feet. 1 year warranty. 

M10-262 ................................................................................... $765.00 

Sturdy 4-figure hand-operated reset 

counter with special removable mounting 

base. Heavy gauge steel case and base 

chrome plated to resist corrosion. With 

base attached, recommended for fixed 

applications such as traffic surveys, etc. 

With base removed ideal for applications 

where operator must be mobile such 

as counting circulation, checking meeting 

Removable Base 

attendance, inventory, etc. 


M10-261B Tally Counter.............................................................. $25.95 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

135

Presentation 

M20-290 

VoiceSaver 

M20-282 

Ideal for small meetings, facility tours and classroom instruction. 

This unit is self-contained and weighs eight ounces. Just plug in the 

microphone, clip the lightweight amplifier onto your belt and turn it on! 

VoiceSaver – 2 Watts RMS, 2.5” round speaker, volume and tone 

controls, microphone and DC inputs, charging adapter, headset 

microphone, adjustable belt, four ”AA” rechargeable nickel-metal 

hydride batteries, 115V AC charging adapter included, 20–50,000 Hz 

frequency response. The perfect solution for strained voices leading 

elementary class-sized groups up to 25 people. 

VoiceSaver – 5 Watts RMS Personal PA, 200–5,000 Hz frequency 

response. Includes 3.5” diameter 4 Ohm speaker, 9 volt power adapter, 

six ”AA“ rechargeable nickel-metal hydride batteries and headset mic. 


M20-282 2 Watt ...................................................................... $130.00 

M20-285 5 Watt ........................................................................ 190.00 

M20-290 Lightweight Table Top Tripod (for M20-285 only) ....... 31.00 

Versatile Presentation Cart 

New 

This Presentation Stand is an 

economical choice for a variety of AV 

presentation functions such as a lectern 

or a laptop computer stand. With two independent 

tops, that tilt and adjust in height, the unit 

can be used while sitting or standing. Includes 

four 2” heavy-duty casters (2 locking). Upper level 

surface adjusts from 28” to 42”H. Lower level 

surface adjusts from 24”to 38”H. Locking tilt adjustments 

on both. Dimensions: (Top Shelf) 18”W 

x 18”D, (Lower Shelf) 13”W x 18”D and 

(Overall) 28”-42”H x 32”W x 18”D. 2 year 

warranty. Colour: Black/Ivory. 

M75-302 ........................................... $130.00 

M75-301 

Smart Cart Lectern 

M75-300 

The new OSC Computer-Friendly Lectern is a ready-to-assemble, Multi- 

Purpose Computer Lectern Cart featuring a 2” deep area for a laptop, 

that locks with a slide out locking shelf for projectors and multimedia 

equipment. Three locking doors provide secure storage on three inner 

shelves for equipment and AV material. Wire management grommets 

on inside for laptop, LCD projector, and accessory equipment use. 

Constructed from high quality melamine thermo-fused MDF with a 

stained Pine Wood finish on the base. This unit rolls on four 4” casters 

(2 locking). Assembles in minutes. With the evolving needs of schools 

towards computer-friendly furniture and equipment, this affordable 

lectern station fills a need for many presentation applications. M75-301 

features a built-in powerful 25 watt multimedia solid state amplifier. 

Technical specifications are the same as for M75-300. 2 year warranty. 

Please specify colour: Light Oak (-LO), Medium Oak (-MO), Walnut 

(-WAL) or Mahogany (-MAH). 


M75-300 Smart Cart Lectern .................................................. $545.00 

M75-301 Smart Cart Lectern w/ Sound Option ........................ 695.00 

Walnut 

(-WAL) 

Mahogany 

(-MAH) 

Light Oak 

(-LO) 

Medium Oak 

(-MO) 

136 

Universal Flat Panel Display 

Stands Includes Universal Flat Panel 

Display Mount 

These sturdy display stands are ideal when wall 

mounting your flat panel display is not an option. 

They are engineered for safety. The heavy-duty 

base plate 36” x 24” footprint prevents tipping 

and the 62 lb. counter weight provides the proper 

M88-149 

centre of gravity. Mobile stands feature seven 4” 

ball bearing, full swivel casters. Holds Flat Panel 

Displays 32” to 60”. Lifetime warranty. Colour: 

Black/Chrome. 


M88-144 44”H Stationary ...................................................... $395.00 

M88-161 61-1/2”H Stationary .................................................. 425.00 

M88-149 49”H Mobile ............................................................. 425.00 

M88-165 65”H Mobile ............................................................. 460.00 


Power Plus Lecterns 

For mid-size audiences up to 900 

Clean functional styling, and great sound have 

made this lectern a favourite. Four 8” high 

efficiency speakers are matched to a 30 watt 

amplifier that kicks out huge sound for its size. 

The control panel provides two mic inputs, line 

in/out and a full array of multimedia functions. 

An extension output is included and the sound 

can be custom tailored via the full range tone 

controls. Includes AC plug and optional 12 volt 

battery capability where the lectern recharges 

the battery. 2 year warranty. Please specify 

colour: Light Oak (-LO), Medium Oak (-MO), 

Walnut (-WAL) or Mahogany (-MAH). 


M75-305 Floor Lectern ........................................................... $930.00 

M75-308 Brass Reading Light Factory Installation .................. 138.00 

M75-309 12 Volt Rechargeable Battery ................................... 179.00

Mobile Carts 

Heavy Duty Mobile 

Storage Cabinets 

Enjoy unmatched flexibility in storing 

and relocating supplies, records, 

and equipment. They’re capable of 

supporting more than a 1/3 ton load! 

Move fully loaded cabinets from room to 

room easily on 4 heavy-duty 5” casters 

and use the 2 locking brakes to maintain 

cabinet position. Models feature heavygauge 

steel construction, shelves 

adjustable on 2” centres. Doors come 

with satin chrome handles, Tru-Glide 

3-point locking assembly for added security. Ships fully assembled. 

• Outside dimensions (including casters): 66”H x 37-1/4”W x 25-1/4”D. 

• Cabinet dimensions (without casters): 60”H x 36”W x 24”D. 

Colour: Dove Grey. 

General Storage 3 adjustable shelves, 4 shelf spaces. Wt: 166 lbs. 

M9551 ......................................................................................... $670.00 

All-welded 1” 

square tubular 

steel frame for 

extra stability 

LibraryQuiet 

Book Trucks Flat Shelves 

These workhorses glide effortlessly and silently over any floor surface 

on “Whisper-glide” casters. Revolutionary 5” swivel casters (2 locking) 

now feature a shock-absorbing ring that eliminates shimmies, rattles 

and dampens noise for a noticeably quieter ride. Still as durable as ever. 

Each truck is coated with a scratch resistant enamel paint. 

42”H x 31”W x 17”D. 10 year warranty. Please specify colour: Beige 

(-BGE), Black (-BLK), Blue (-BLU) or Red (-RED). 

Distance Between 

Cat. # Description Shelves Wt. Lbs. Price 

M41-760 2-Flat Shelves .............. 12-1/2” ............. 45 ........... $295.00 

M41-782 3-Flat Shelves .............. 13-1/2” ............. 60 ............. 350.00 

A-Frame Museum Panel Trucks 

A-Frame Panel Trucks are ideal for transporting 

paintings and other works of art. Constructed of 

all welded steel with durable blue enamel finish. 

Features a closed base and 5” non-marring rubber 

swivel casters. Double-sided trucks have 1” lip 

and a 2” inward angle to safely transport various 

sized materials. 


M96-625 48”H x 24”W x 36”D ................$575.00 

M96-626 48”H x 30”W x 42”D ..................595.00 

New 

Clear View Storage 

Cabinets 

Durable acrylic doors provide 

excellent visibility of the contents. 

The shelves (on 2” centres) are fully adjustable. The bottom shelves are 

elevated from the base. These cabinets feature a three point locking 

system, a durable powder coat finish and conform to ANSI/BIFMA shelf 

standards. The Mobile Cabinets include extra-sturdy 5” casters. Ships 

fully assembled. 15 year warranty. Please specify colour: Black (-BLK), 

Dove Grey (-GRY) or Putty (-PTY). 


M95-512 72”H x 36”W x 18”D ......................... 112 ...............$495.00 

M95-513 78”H x 36”W x 18”D ......................... 122 .................595.00 

Heavy-Duty Mobile Cabinets with 5” Casters 

M95-514 78”H x 36”W x 18”D ......................... 154 ...............$695.00 

M95-515 78”H x 36”W x 24”D ......................... 182 .................785.00 

Heavy Duty Moulded Carts 

2-Shelf 

Moulded of impact resistant 

high-density polyethylene, preventing 

scratches, dents or chips. 400 lb. capacity 

(200 lb. per shelf). The moulded handle 

has built-in compartments to store 

markers, pens, tape guns, scanners, 

clip boards or other hand tools. There 

is even a place for your coffee cup. 4” 

industrial rubber casters for quiet, and easy 

maneuverability. Quick and easy assembly. 

Easy to clean textured finish. Colour: Light grey 

Utility Cart Unique sliding side rails on the shelves easily convert 

the cart from a box top shelf to a flat top shelf cart. Shelves measure 

28”W x 22”D. Overall Dimensions: 37-1/4”H x 43-1/2”W x 22-7/8”D. 

M53-300 .................................................................................. $335.00 

® 

Wire Utility Cart 

Excellent for Offices and Mailrooms 

The Wire Utility Cart is an economical 

and convenient way to transport goods. 

Featuring chrome coloured frame and 

welded wire adjustable shelves. Including 

4” casters for easy mobility. Colour: Chrome. 


M21-830 2 Shelf .........32”H x 36”W x 24”D ........................$220.00 

M21-831 3 Shelf .........32”H x 36”W x 24”D ..........................265.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

137

Storage Containers 

Window Display Boxes 

Window boxes specifically designed to allow you to identify and 

view the contents of boxes without removing the artifacts from the 

container. Safely store papers, textiles, artifacts, collections etc. in 

these preservation quality 3” deep boxes. Boxes are manufactured 

from acid/lignin free, blue/grey, buffered (pH 8.5), barrier board. Boxes 

have reinforced metal edges to protect them during storage & handling. 

Full telescoping separate lids have a crystal clear 4-mil archival quality 

polyester window. Colour: Blue/Grey. 


M15-524 3”H x 8-1/2”W x 10-1/2”L ......................................... $21.00 

M15-525 3”H x 9-1/2”W x 12-1/2”L .......................................... 24.65 

M15-526 3”H x 16-1/2”W x 20-1/2”L ........................................ 28.00 

Rubbermaid Clear Storage Boxes 

Store and transport valued material and artifacts in archival safe 

polypropylene storage boxes. These stackable durable boxes are 

available in five sizes offering a variety of great storage applications. 

Polystyrene lids fit securely and are easy to grip when carrying. 


M27-235 6”H x 11”W x 16”L ................................................... $12.00 

M27-236 6”H x 16-3/4”W x 22-3/4”L ......................................... 20.35 

M27-237 9”H x 11”W x 16”L ..................................................... 17.80 

M27-238 9”H x 16-3/4”W x 24”L ............................................... 24.95 

M27-239 14-3/4”H x 21”W x 33-1/3”L ....................................... 44.25 

Flag Display/Preservation Box 

Made from sturdy, acid/lignin-free tan 

corrugated board. Triangular shaped 

boxes have a self-locking lid and are 

strong enough to allow stacking 

on shelves or use as shipping 

containers. Shipped flat, but 

easily assembled. Size: 

3”H x 21-1/4”W x 

15-3/4”L. 


M15-522 Flag Storage Box ..........................................................$27.00 

M15-523 *Flag Window Display Box ............................................29.50 

*As above with a crystal clear, 4-mil archival polyester window 

Polyethylene Storage 

Containers 

The containers have permanent 

attached lids with steel hinges 

that interlock, for stacking 

strength and security. These 

super strong containers are 

molded from high density 

FDA approved polyethylene, 

with securely closing lids, to 

protect from dust. Stack these 

containers for maximized 

storage and nest them when 

they are empty. The textured, 

non-slip bottom ensures 

smooth conveying and the ergonomically designed handles allow for 

easy lifting. Choice of two sizes. Colour: Grey. 

Cat. # Dimensions Wt. Lbs. 1+ 3+ 

M71-505 12-3/4”H x 15-1/4”W x 21-1/2”L ..... 7 ..... $42.00 .........$40.00 

M71-506 12-1/2”H x 20”W x 24”L.................. 8 ....... 62.00 ...........59.00 

*other sizes available please inquire. 

Tasket Storage and Filing Box 

Converts into hanging file-folders boxes by flexing and snapping file 

rods into place, to hold the folders. Easily removed when storing 

taskets flat. Tough polypropylene. 10-3/4”H x 13-1/4”W x 20-3/4”L , 

when open; 2-3/4” high closed. Please specify colour: Red (-RED), 

Blue (-BLU) or Grey (-GRY). 


M10-084 Tasket tote-file box .................................................... $24.95 

M10-083 Optional casters ....................................................... 9.95 set 

Rolling Eco Kaddy 

New 

The Kaddy’s unique telescoping 

handle, durable construction 

and smoothly gliding wheels 

allow users to transport up to 25 

kilograms of materials. The basket 

is constructed of earth friendly 

polyethylene with a polypropylene 

handle. It features smooth rolling 

rubber wheels and a nesting 

feature (a valuable space saver). 

The Kaddy is also very useful as 

a standard carrying basket, for 

lighter loads. 34 litre capacity. 

Please specify colour: Green 

(-GRN) or Blue (-BLU). 

Cat. # Description Dimensions 1+ 10+ 

M85-008 Eco Kaddy ..15”H x 13”W x 18”L ...... $39.95 .... $37.95 ea. 

138 


Ladders and Stepstools 

New 

Werner ® StepRight ® 

Ladders 

These value priced Step 

Ladders meet or exceed 

ANSI/OSHA safety standards. 

They feature oversized slip 

resistant steps, comfortable tubular rails 

and mar-resistant feet. Dimensions 3 Step: 

(Height to Platform) 28” and (Rail Length) 

30” and 2-Step: (Height to Platform) 20” and 

(Rail Length) 22”. Capacity (Both): 225 lbs. 

Cat. # Steps Open Dimensions Wt. Lbs. Price 

M50-012 2 ..............34-1/6”H x 18-1/2”W x 20-3/4”D ......... 10 ....... $49.50 

M50-013 3 .............42-7/8”H x 18-1/2”W x 25-9/16”D ........ 13 .......... 69.70 

1UP Folding 

Step Stool 

This Step Stool easily 

flips open, when needed 

New 

and folds flat, for convenient 

storage when not in use. Rubber 

treads promote secure footing on a 13” wide platform. 

High-density plastic construction provides a 250 lb weight 

capacity. Dimensions: 9-3/4”H x 14”W x 11-1/4”D. 

Please specify colour: Blue (-BLU) or Orange (-OGE). 

M41-772 ........................................................................... $46.95 

Task*it Scooter Stools 

Supports up to 300 pounds 

New 

M41-770 

High-density plastic construction makes these stools light weight, yet 

extremely durable. Retractable casters roll easily in place and lock down 

when stepped upon. They include non-slip rubber treads, for secure 

footing. The Scooter Pod features a removable lid, for storing tools and 

supplies. Please specify colour: Scooter Stool: Red (-RED) or Grey (-GRY) 

and Scooter Pod: Blue (-BLU) or Grey (-GRY). 

Cat. # Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. Price 

M41-770 Scooter Stool ....... 15”H x 15-1/2”W x 15-1/2”D ................. 9 ................ $69.95 

M41-771 Scooter Pod ......... 11-3/4”H x 12”W x 16-1/3”D ................. 9 .................. 65.95 

Kik-Step ® Stools 

All welded steel construction with spring 

loaded casters. Bottom wrap-around 

bumper protects furniture and grabs floor 

for steady footing. Non-slip plastic treads. 

14”H x 15-5/8” diameter base. Wt. 11 lbs. 

10 year warranty. Please specify colour: 

Black (-BLK), Grey (-GRY) or Beige (-BGE). 


M41-730 Kik-Step ® Stool .......... $85.00 

M41-731 Stainless Steel ............ 145.00 

Beige (-BGE) 

Grey (-GRY) 

Blue (-BLU) 

Quality Metal Folding Chairs 

Black (-BLK) 

These low cost Quality Folding Chairs are a 

simple solution for meetings, seminars and 

gatherings of any size. Chairs have all steel 

construction with a heavy-duty frame and a 

durable epoxy finish. Dimensions: 29-1/2”H x 

18-1/4”W x 20-3/4”D. Please specify colour: 

See above. Please Note: 4 chairs per 

carton. One colour choice per carton. 

Cat. # 

Price 

M83-180 ............................................................................... $135.00 ctn 

Commercialite 

Folding Tables 

Supports 1700 lbs! 

Don’t let your budget 

force you to choose between a cheap folding table and 

a durable table. Own the Commercialite Table. One of 

the strongest, lightest, most affordable indoor/outdoor 

Folding Tables on the market today! Industry proven wishbone leg 

system, 14-gauge steel mainframe with one-piece blow-moulded 

polyethylene table top. Optional heavy-duty Table Dolly stacks up to 

10 high. 30” H. 5 year warranty. Please specify colour: Brown with 

Bronze legs (-BRN) or Grey with Black legs (-GRY). 


M94-511 30” x 72” .................................. 44 ........................ $185.00 

M94-512 30” x 96” .................................. 54 .......................... 245.00 

M94-513 60” Round ................................ 53 .......................... 280.00 

M77-041 Table Dolly ................................ 55 .......................... 450.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

139

Record Storage Shelving 

Record Storage Shelving 

Galvanized steel mesh decking, allows air flow around cartons 

Available in 2 heights, 2 depths and 2 widths. Super strong 14 gauge posts with 2 x 4” galvanized steel 

decking. Designed to fit record storage cartons. Single or double entry units allow complete access to 

all files. Boltless steel frame construction with galvanized steel mesh decking, allowing air flow around 

cartons. Supports up to 1,000 lbs. per shelf. Shelves adjust at 1-1/2” vertical centres. Durable epoxy, 

grey powder-coat finish resists chipping and scratching. Easy-to-assemble, components lock into place 

with the tap of a mallet. No special tools required. Top may be used for extra storage. 

Cat. # Dimensions No. of Cartons No. of Shelves Wt. Lbs. Price 

M31-100 60”H x 42”W x 15”D ............. 18 ........................... 3 ....................... 78 .............. $285.00 

M31-101 60”H x 42”W x 30”D ............. 36 ........................... 3 ....................... 93 ................ 330.00 

M31-103 60”H x 69”W x 15”D ............. 30 ........................... 3 ...................... 105 ............... 370.00 

M31-104 60”H x 69”W x 30”D ............. 60 ........................... 3 ...................... 165 ............... 450.00 

M31-106 84”H x 42”W x 15”D ............. 24 ........................... 4 ...................... 105 ............... 385.00 

M31-107 84”H x 42”W x 30”D ............. 48 ........................... 4 ...................... 154 ............... 445.00 

M31-109 84”H x 69”W x 15”D ............. 40 ........................... 4 ...................... 142 ............... 495.00 

M31-110 84”H x 69”W x 30”D ............. 80 ........................... 4 ...................... 222 ............... 610.00 

Wire Shelving Units 

Strong, attractive powder coated shelving 

units with 300 lb weight capacity per shelf. 

Use with standard adjustable foot glides or 

with optional casters for mobility. Each unit 

includes 4 posts, 4 shelves, S-Hooks and 

plastic clips. Steel post are 1” diameter. 

Limited lifetime warranty. Colour: Black. 

Cat. # Dimensions Lbs. Price 

M36-600 72”H x 36”W x 18”D ...26 .. $195.00 

M36-601 72”H x 36”W x 24”D ...35 .... 220.00 

M36-602 72”H x 48”W x 18”D ...35 .... 220.00 

M36-603 72”H x 48”W x 24”D ...59 .... 280.00 

Set of four 4” casters (2 locking) 

M36-604 ......................................4 ....... 65.00 

Storage Shelving 

Commercial steel shelving box beam shelf 

design and double-sided compression 

clips support loads up to 350 lbs. per shelf. 

Shelves can be easily repositioned in one-inch 

increments. Open unit with six shelves. 

Colour: Grey. 


M71-501 76”H x 36”W x 12”D .... $245.00 

M71-502 76”H x 36”W x 18”D ...... 265.00 

M71-503 76”H x 36”W x 24”D ...... 435.00 

Enviro Stor ® Bankers Box 

Help our environment for the generations to come with 

these boxes that are made of 100% recycled material 

with 67% of that being post consumer content. Available 

in a double wall and bottom construction with unattached 

top, or with an attached top, triple wall and double bottom 

construction. Stacking weight 350 lbs. Accepts both letter 

and legal size filing. Dimensions: 10”H x 15”W x 12”D. pH 

neutral 7.1 - 8.1. 


M53-433 Unattached Lid ........................................... $5.35 

M53-434 Attached Lid .................................................. 5.70 

Boltless Steel Shelving 

Unique construction requires no nuts or bolts 

and assembles in minutes without tools. 

Shelf capacity determined with weight evenly 

distributed. M52-450 shelf capacity:1000 lbs. 

M52-451 shelf capacity: 800 lbs. Durable 

powder coat finish. Colour: Black. 

Cat. # Dimensions H x W x D Price 

M52-450 72” x 36-1/2”W x 18-1/4” ..... $175.00 

M52-451 72” x 48-1/2” x 18-1/4” ......... $200.00 

140 


More Record Storage Boxes on Page 4.

X5 Mobile Shelving 

For lighter loads, please inquire about the X5 Lite , it 

has a 300 lb. shelf capacity but you still get the benefits of the 

space saving Storage System at a reduced cost. 

Before X5 

Traditional storage methods require an aisle between each 

Stationary Storage Unit, using up valuable floor space. This example of 

5 units with 4 shelves each would yield 240 square feet of storage. 

For custom X5 Storage requirements, please contact 

the Carr McLean Planning Department. 

X5 

Sliding Shelving System 

Sliding Shelves increase your usable storage space by 40-70%. 

Shelving units slide easily on a patented track system. X5 can 

handle most loads–holds up to 800 lbs. per shelf. No tools required 

for assembly. No permanent mounting required; easy to reposition 

or expand. Open design allows retrieval of contents from both sides. 

Allows sprinkler system penetration. Maximizes visibility, ventilation, 

and airflow. Each roller assembly comes with a safety brake to lock 

units while loading and unloading. Can be customized to fit most 

storage areas. Coated Chrome plating over steel helps prevent rusting. 

Available in 4 widths and 2 depths. Archival Safe! 

X5 

Sliding Shelving Kits - 72” High 

5 units on tracks with 4 shelves each. Includes twenty 72”H posts, 

twenty shelves, five roller assembly sets and required rack length for 

18” or 24” deep kits. 

Cat. # Shelf Dimensions Track Length Wt. Lbs. Price 

M77-180 36”W x 18”D .................... 138” ............... 350 ....... $2640.00 

M77-181 48”W x 18”D .................... 138” ............... 400 ......... 3050.00 

M77-182 60”W x 18”D .................... 138” ............... 525 ......... 3400.00 

M77-183 72”W x 18”D .................... 138” ............... 621 ......... 3760.00 

M77-184 36”W x 24”D .................... 177” ............... 440 ......... 3150.00 

M77-185 48”W x 24”D .................... 177” ............... 535 ......... 3515.00 

M77-186 60”W x 24”D .................... 177” ............... 635 ......... 4025.00 

M77-187 72”W x 24”D .................... 177” ............... 715 ......... 4700.00 

After X5 

Sliding Storage on tracks increases usable space 40–70% by converting 

aisles into more storage area. Using the same square footage, the example above 

would yield 384 square feet of storage — an increase of 60%. 

(A) 

(B) 

(C) 

Accessories 

Cat. # Width Price 

(A) Dividers, 9”H. 4 per pkg. 

M77-188 ......... 18” ........ $66.00 pkg. 

M77-189 ......... 24” .......... 75.00 pkg. 

(B) Anti-Slide Plates, 4”H. 8 per pkg. 

M77-190 ......... 18” ........ $95.00 pkg. 

M77-191 ......... 24” ........ 132.00 pkg. 

(B) Anti-Slide Plates, 4”H. 4 per pkg. 

M77-192 ......... 36” ........ $76.00 pkg. 

M77-193 ......... 48” .......... 85.00 pkg. 

M77-194 ......... 60” ........ 115.00 pkg. 

M77-195 ......... 72” ........ 143.00 pkg. 

(C) Anti-Slide Bars. 4 per pkg. 

M77-196 ......... 36” ........ $76.00 pkg. 

M77-197 ......... 48” .......... 85.00 pkg. 

M77-198 ......... 60” ........ 114.00 pkg. 

M77-199 ......... 72” ........ 124.00 pkg. 

More accessories available. Please Inquire. 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

141

Montel Storage Shelving 

SmartShelf ® Storage Shelving 

A Flexible and Innovative Hybrid 4-Post Shelving System 

This Patented storage system, the most versatile on the market, exceeds industry standards. Designed to be easily configured and reconfigured 

according to the size and weights of your current and future storage needs. 

It’s flexibility, adaptability and variety of accessories provide efficient storage while optimizing your available space and giving an aesthetically 

pleasing appearance. 

When mounted on to carriages, SmartShelf ® provides mobile high density shelving system solutions. For a custom system to meet your needs, 

please call the Library Planning Department for consultation. 

18 Applications 

7 

3 

19 

1 

2 

13 

Schools, Libraries 

Museums, Banks–Offices 

Medical Clinics, Retail Stores 

Automotive Dealers, 

Warehouses 

Government Buildings, 

Hospitals 

Residences– Etc. 

16 

17 

5 

9 

13 

8 

14 

21 

18 6 

4 

10 

11 

12 

20 

142 

15 

1. Top Shelf/Canopy Top 

2. Upright Tie-Bar 

3. Backstop 

4. Upright Frame 

5. Closure Panel 

6. Full Depth Shelf 

7. Back–to–Back Shelf 

8. End Dividers 

9. Adjustable Divider 

10. Centre Stop 

11. Base Shelf 

12. Kick Strip 

13. Sliding Reference Shelf 

14. Retractable Door 


15. Levellers 

16. End Panel 

17. Sliding Frame for 

Suspended Files 

18. Sliding Drawer 

19. Multifunction Drawer 

20. Rolling Shutter Door 

21. Doors with Lock 

Single Face Back-to-Back Full Depth Double Face Full Depth 

Other Accessories 

Back Panel 

Hanging Bar (Garments) 

Hinged Periodical Display 

Textile Roll Holder 

Adapter For Golf Bags, Skis, 

Snowboards, Etc. 

Front Stop, Range Finder, 

Shelf Label, Card Holder, 

Findable Book Supports 

Innovative 

Full Depth Shelves – for larger objects 

Back-to-back shelves – for independent adjustment on each side of a double faced bay 

Adaptable 

Shelves are adjustable by 1” increments with hook supports for lighter objects or by 1-1/2” increments with bar supports for heavier objects. 

Optimization 

Post design allows for an additional 3/4” linear storage capacity per shelf. 

39-3/8”W x 16”D shelves available to store 3 storage boxes without wasting unused space. 

Easy to Install 

No tools are required to install, remove or reconfigure the shelves 

Aesthetic 

Closed posts, no rivets, screws or bolts and snug fitting parts provide a neat and attractive finish. A wide variety of colours are available.

Montel Storage Shelving 

Single Faced Starter Single Faced Adder Single Faced Starter Single Faced Adder 

Plain Shelves Plain Shelves Divider Shelves Divider Shelves 

Characteristics and Advantages 

Shelves 

3/4” shelves are available in both 22 or 18 gauge steel, 1” hook support shelves are made of 18 gauge steel. Shelves have four roll formed folds, 

the fourth fold reduces the risk of injury, protects documents or objects and makes the shelves more sturdy. 

Longitudinal Bar Supports/ Shelf Reinforcement 

For heavier load requirements, 12 gauge steel bar supports are available in 3/4” or 1–1/4” height. For increased load capacity and rigidity, shelf 

reinforcement(s) are inserted between, perpendicular to the bar supports. 

Posts/ Upright Tie-Bars- Form Upright Frames 

Closed Tubular posts are joined by 2 or more upright tie bars to form rectangular 16 gauge steel frames. The posts have perforated slots, every 

1” on one side and every 1–1/2” on the adjacent side. Welded upright frames are available and adaptable for seismic zones. 

Standard Sizes 

Shelf Depth: Back-to-Back 

8” 9” 10” 12” 13” 15” 16” 18” 24” 30” 36” 

Shelf Depth: Full Depth 16” 18” 20” 24” 26” 30” 32” 36” 

Shelf Width (Nominal Size) 30” 36” 39-3/8” 42” 48” 

Frame Height 

76” 85” 88” 97” 

• Sample Smartshelf Configurations- 22 Gauge Bar Supported full depth Shelves • Comprised of components # 1, 2, 3, 4 & 6 

Frame Shelf Shelf Openings Weight Frame Shelf Shelf Openings Weight 

Cat. # Height Width Depth /Type (LBS) Price Cat. # Height Width Depth /Type (LBS) Price 

Single Faced Starter 

PSS763615P 76” ........ 36” ...... 15” ..... 7 plain ........ 129 ...... $722.00 

PSS763615S 76” ........ 36” ...... 15” ..... 7 slotted .... 129 ........ 726.00 

PSS883615P 88” ........ 36” ...... 15” ..... 8 plain ........ 146 ........ 803.00 

PSS883615S 88” ........ 36” ...... 15” ..... 8 slotted .... 146 ........ 809.00 

Double Faced Starter 

PSD763630P 76” ........ 36” ...... 30” ..... 7 plain ........ 194 .... $1026.00 

PSD763630S 76” ........ 36” ...... 30” ..... 7 slotted .... 194 ...... 1031.00 

PSD883630P 88” ........ 36” ...... 30” ..... 8 plain ........ 218 ...... 1166.00 

PSD883630S 88” ........ 36” ...... 30” ..... 8 slotted .... 218 ...... 1172.00 

NOTE: Adjustable leveller glides included. If 

spacing is sensitive for fitting, please consult 

the Library Planning Department for 

size clarification 

Metal Colours 

Adjustable dividers are not included with 

slotted type shelves, priced separately. 

Select size and quantity for each shelf 

Single Faced Adder 

PAS763615P 76” ........36” ....... 15 ....... 7 plain ......... 113 .... $637.00 

PAS763615S 76” ........36” ....... 15 ....... 7 slotted ..... 113 ...... 642.00 

PAS883615P 88” ........36” ....... 15 ....... 8 plain ......... 128 ...... 713.00 

PAS883615S 88” ........36” ....... 15 ....... 8 slotted ..... 128 ...... 720.00 

Double Faced Adder 

PAD763630P 76” ........36” ....... 30 ....... 7 plain ......... 175 .... $926.00 

PAD763630S 76” ........36” ....... 30 ....... 7 slotted ..... 175 ...... 931.00 

PAD883630P 88” ........36” ....... 30 ....... 8 plain ......... 197 .... 1045.00 

PAD883630S 88” ........36” ....... 30 ....... 8 slotted ..... 197 .... 1050.00 

Adjustable Dividers 

QS.DIV6/15 6”H x 15”D ................... $4.50 

QS.DIV9/15 9”H x 15”D .................... 5.10 

Arctic White Parchment Pearl Grey Shadow Grey Charcoal Grey Beige Deep Blue Black Silver Metallic Ruby Red 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

143

CCI Publications 

CCI Technical Bulletin Set 

Published to brief curators and conservators of cultural artifacts on current techniques 

and principles of conservation. Bulletins provide detailed information of a specialized 

technical nature about selected conservation and care-of-collections topics. Illustrated 

and includes bibliographies.Order by title, individually priced, or save 10% as a set. 


M80-000 21 Technical Bulletin Set ........................................................Save $212.00 

The Canadian Conservation Institute was created in 

1972 to promote the proper care and preservation of 

Canada’s cultural heritage and to advance the practice, 

science, and technology of conservation. The Institute 

has worked closely with hundreds of museums, art 

galleries, academic institutions, and other heritage 

organizations to help them preserve their collections. 

www.preservation.gc.ca 

TB #4 The Care of 

Musical Instruments in 

Canadian Collections 

18 Pages by R.L. Barclay 

M8201 ................. $6.00 

TB #10 Silica Gel 

17 Pages by Raymond 

H. Lafontaine 

M8401 .............. $6.00 

TB #11 Dry Methods 

for Surface Cleaning 

of Paper 12 Pages 

by Janet Cowan and 

Sherry Guild 

M8601 ............ $10.00 

TB #12 Controlling 

Museum Fungal 

Problems 8 Pages 

by Thomas J.K. Strang 

and John E. Dawson 

M9101 ............... $6.00 

TB #13 Controlling 

Vertebrate Pests in 

Museums 

9 Pages 


and John E. Dawson 

M9102 .............. $6.00 

TB #14 Working with 

Polyethylene Foam and 

Fluted Plastic Sheet 

19 Pages 

by Carl Schlichting 

M9401 ................. $10.00 

TB #15 Solving Museum 

Insect Problems: Chemical 

Control 28 Pages 

by John E. Dawson, reprinted 


M9201 ................... $15.00 

TB # 16 Care and 

Preservation of 

Firearms 12 Pages 

by Philip R. White 

M9501 ....... $10.00 

TB #17 Threaded Fasteners 

in Metal Artifacts 

12 Pages 

by George Prytulak 

M9701 ...................... $10.00 

TB #18 Fire Prevention 

Programs for Museums 

12 Pages 

by Paul Baril 

M9702 ............... $10.00 

TB #19 Security Hardware 

and Security System 

Planning for Museums 

16 Pages 

by Wayne Kelly 

M9801 .................. $10.00 

TB #20 Construction 

of a Constant-Current 

Power Supply for Spot 

Electrolysis 10 Pages 

by Stephen Roberts 

M9901 ............... $10.00 

TB #21 Coatings for 

Display and Storage in 

Museums 46 Pages 

by Jean Tétreault 

M9902 ............... $20.00 

TB #22 The Stability of 

Photocopied and Laserprinted 

Documents 

and Images: General 

Guidelines 8 Pages 

by David Grattan 

M0003 .................. $6.00 

TB #23 Guidelines 

for Humidity and 

Temperature in 

Canadian Archives 

20 Pages 

by Stefan Michalski 

M0101 ......... $15.00 

TB #24 Water Quality 

for Treatment of Paper 

and Textiles 12 Pages 

by Season Tse 

M0102 ................ $10.00 

TB #25 Disaster Recovery 

of Modern Information 

Carriers15 Pages by Joe Iraci 

M0203 ....................... $10.00 

144 

TB #26 Mould Prevention and 

Collection Recovery: 

Guidelines for Heritage 

Collections 35 Pages by Sherry 

Guild and Maureen MacDonald 

M0205 ........................... $20.00 


TB #27 Remedies for 

Deteriorated or Damaged 

Modern Information Carriers 

23 Pages by Joe Iraci 

M0501 .......................$15.00 

TB #28 Guidelines for pH 

Measurement in Conservation 

23 Pages by Season Tse 

M0701 ......................... $12.00 

TB #29 Combatting Pests of 

Cultural Property 44 Pages 

by Tom Strang and Rika Kigawa 

M0901 ...........................$20.00

CCI Publications 

The Preservation and Use of Historic Musical 

Instruments By Robert Barclay 

The conservation of historic musical instruments can create tension 

between those who favour their restoration to playing state and those 

who argue for non-functioning preservation. Using detailed case 

studies from North America and Europe, Robert Barclay attempts to 

reduce the polarity of these views by dissecting the rationales that 

underlie and drive them. An excellent reference guide for anyone 

involved in the conservation of historic musical instruments. 

M0405 .......................................................................................... $70.00 

The Care of Historic Musical Instruments 

By Robert Barclay 

This book provides thorough and expert guidance on the care of historic 

musical instrument collection, ethics and the use of instruments, 

materials, basic conservation treatments, maintenance strategies, and 

documentation. Written by seven international specialists in the care 

and preservation of instruments and co-published with the Museums 

and Galleries Commission (U.K.) and CIMCIM (ICOM’s Musical 

Instrument and Collections International Committee, with financial 

assistance from the John S. Cohen Foundation. 

M9705 .......................................................................................... $36.00 

The Gentle Art of Applied 

Pressure 

by Robert Barclay, Carole 

Dignard and Carl Schlichting 

This publication addresses the topic of 

applying gentle pressure, still relatively 

unexplored in conservation literature. 

With numerous examples of devices 

and procedures, the content in this book 

is drawn from the wide experience of 

the authors and their colleagues in the museum profession. Illustrated 

with 81 line drawings and photographs, this book is a useful resource 

for anyone undertaking conservation treatments that require the gentle 

art of applied pressure. 

M0207 ........................................................................................ $26.00 

Airborne Pollutants in 

Museums, Galleries, and 

Archives: Risk Assessment, 

Control Strategies, and 

Preservation Management 

by Jean Tétreault 

This book attempts to define the key airborne 

pollutants for indoor museum environments 

and provide some basic tools to assess 

the risk to collections exposed to these 

pollutants. It also establishes guidelines for 

control strategies that give flexible, pragmatic solutions and provides 

a simple tool for cost-benefit analyses that can fulfil the principles and 

policy of individual museums. It will be an ideal reference for anyone 

involved in making decisions regarding the preservation of collections. 

M0206 .......................................................................................... $50.00 

Preservation of 

Electronic Records: New 

Knowledge and Decisionmaking 

– Postprints 

This book is the complete text of all 

papers (in the language of presentation, 

with bilingual abstracts) presented at a 

2003 Symposium of the same name. 

Held in Ottawa, Canada and hosted by 

the Canadian Conservation Institute, 

the Library and Archives Canada, and 

the Canadian Heritage Information Network, the symposium aimed 

to increase awareness of the issues surrounding the preservation of 

electronic records by bringing expert and leading-edge opinions to a 

large audience including small and medium-sized archives, libraries, 

and museums. The program was based on the chronological decisions 

that need to be made as electronic records come into heritage institutions 

and covers broad topics including storage, deterioration, recovery, 

and value criteria. It will be useful for anyone with electronic records in 

their collections. 

M0208 ........................................................................................ $50.00 

Preserving Aboriginal 

Heritage: technical and 

Traditional Approaches. 

Proceedings of 

Symposium 2007 

This book Hosted by the Canadian 

Conservation Institute in 2007 

This book is the complete text of all 

papers (in the language of presentation, 

with bilingual abstracts) presented at a 

2007 Symposium of the same name. 

Hosted by the Canadian Conservation Institute, the symposium aimed to 

provide an opportunity for Aboriginal people and conservation specialists 

to learn from one another about traditional, technical, ethical, and 

intangible aspects of the conservation of Aboriginal material culture. It will 

be useful for anyone involved in the preservation of Aboriginal heritage. 

M0802 ........................................................................................ $75.00 

Metals and Corrosion: 

A Handbook for the 

Conservation Professional 

by Lyndsie Selwyn 

This book discusses the chemical 

and physical characteristics and 

the corrosion products of nine 

common metals: aluminum, copper, 

gold, iron, lead, nickel, silver, tin, 

and zinc. Intended as a reference 

for conservators and conservation 

scientists, this book answers questions about these metals and their 

corrosion problems indoors, outdoors, and in archaeological settings. 

Supplementary information on alloys, plating combinations, and 

particular corrosion problems encountered with metals in museums. It 

will be an ideal tool for all heritage professionals who survey, care for, or 

treat metals, or who work with metals during the course of their work. 

M0404 ........................................................................................ $65.00 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

145

Conservation Books 

New 

Conservation, Preserving, 

and Restoring Your Heritage 

by Kennis Kim 

Artifacts, whether found in museums, our 

community, or our homes, offer glimpses 

into the past. They may be documents, photographs, 

books, or clothing. As custodians 

of our history, we’re faced with how to 

maintain these items. Professional conservator 

Kennis Kim tells us how. Topics discussed include: creating an 

accession list; the nature of conservation, restoration, and preservation; 

deciding on display, storage, or using the artifact; common threats such 

as light, humidity, insects, and rodents-and when to call a professional. 

Here is all that’s needed to determine what can be done to preserve 

precious articles for future generations. Paperback. 174 pages. 

M65-014 ........................................................................................ $19.95 

Collections Management 

Anne Fahy 

This detailed text answers important 

questions on how to develop standards 

for collections management. Topics 

covered include museum security, 

insurance and indemnity, management 

policies, deaccessioning and disposal 

of collections. Collections Management 

is an invaluable text for all museum 

professionals. Paperback. 320 pages. 

M15-833 ...................................... $85.60 

Museum Basics 

Timothy Ambrose and Crispin Paine 

International Council of Museums 

A guide to “best practice” in every aspect 

of museum work. Museum organization, 

exhibition design, collections management, 

conservation, audience, management, 

facilities, and security are discussed. 

Paperback. 313 pages. 

M15-821 .............................................. $95.00 

The Digital Museum: 

A Think Guide 

Herminia Din and 

Phyllis Hecht, editors 

With an introduction by author and 

filmmaker Selma Thomas, The Digital 

Museum brings together the knowledge 

of 25 authors and leads us through the 

exciting and rapidly changing terrain of 

technology and museums. Don’t be afraid 

of the title, this book is not just for techies, 

but for anyone who has an interest in the 

impact of technology on cultural institutions 

and how museums will respond to the 21st century. Topics range 

from the use of handheld devices, websites and digital games to open 

source technology and real-time learning. This book highlights how 

new technologies can enhance the traditional museum’s mission. 

Paperback. 223 pages. 

M15-837 .................................................................................... $75.60 

New 

Conservation Concerns 

By Konstanze Bachmann 

Written in accessible, nontechnical 

language, this book’s twenty-three 

essays provide invaluable conservation 

guidelines for a variety of materials and 

media. Focusing also on proper storage 

techniques and environmental control, contributors 

offer information on emergency 

planning, disaster management, and identifying damage that may 

require professional treatment. Paperback. 160 pages. 

M15-840 ........................................................................................ $21.50 

Starting Right: A Basic Guide 

to Museum Planning 2nd 

edition Gerald George AltaMira Press/ 

American Association for State and 

Local History. 

This handbook is designed to explain the 

basics of museums planning in an evening’s 

reading. Fully revised and updated to 

address the current issues facing new 

museums. Topics include the pros and cons 

of establishing your museum, choosing 

a building, collection care, registration, 

exhibitions, conservation, staffing, financial 

management, and fund raising. Paperback. 158 pages. 

M15-820 ....................................................................................... $54.00 

Life Stages of the Museum 

Visitor: Building Engagement 

Over a Lifetime 

Susie Wilkening and James Chung 

Life Stages of the Museum Visitor examines 

how and why museum visitors behave as 

they do and how a museum can respond to 

the changing needs and perceptions of their 

audience. Backed by a rich array of new data 

and engaging analysis, authors Wilkening 

and Chung help you create museum 

advocates for life. Paperback. 163 pages. 

M15-836 ....................................................................................... $63.00 

Unbound by Place or 

Time: Museums and Online 

Learning 

William B. Crow and 

Herminia Din 

Unbound by Place or Time examines 

how museums can use online learning 

environments to entice and interact 

with their audience. This book provides 

museum educators with practical 

advice and case studies, advocates a 

learner-centric model of education, and 

challenges museums to re-examine their 

roles as 21st-century educational institutions. Paperback. 132 pages. 

M15-835 ....................................................................................... $58.75 

146 


Conservation Books 

Preservation of Library and 

Archival Materials: A Manual 

Edited by Sherelyn Ogden 

Sherelyn Ogden, of the American 

Association of Museums and the 

Northeast Document Conservation 

Center, presents this comprehensive 

guide on the preservation of paper 

artifacts, with information on preventing 

and slowing down their deterioration, 

storage planning, environmental 

standards, monitoring equipment and 

digitization. Also included are lists of conservation service and supply 

companies, and illustrated procedures, checklists, and reading lists, 

making this a complete resource for any museum or archive. Spiral 

bound. 250 pages. 

M15-825 ........................................................................................ $91.50 

The Care of Prints and Drawings 

Margaret Holben Ellis 

Margaret Holben Ellis, of the AltaMira Press and 

the American Association for State and Local 

History, presents this step-by-step instruction 

manual. Topics include paper care and basic 

conservation; matting, hinging, and framing; 

storage; Photographs and diagrams illustrate 

methods and techniques that are discussed. 

Includes appendices, a list of supplies vendors 

and bibliography. Paperback. 264 pages. 

M15-826 ................................................ $59.30 

Glossary of Art Conservation Vols. I, II and III 

Mireia Xarrie, Balaam 

Glossary of Art Conservation is a dictionary of terms pertaining to conservation and restoration. 

In this three volume set, the author defines more than 460 terms. This valuable reference tool is 

intended for professionals in the world of art and conservation, including curators, conservation 

students, architects, archaeologists, art historians, librarians, archivists and heritage staff. 

M15-830 Vol I - Paperback 180 pages .................................................................................. $86.00 

M15-831 Vol II - Paperback 190 pages ................................................................................. $86.00 

M15-832 Vol III - Paperback 140 pages ................................................................................ $86.00 

First Aid for Art: Essential 

Salvage Techniques 

Edited by Jane K. Hutchins and 

Barbara O. Roberts 

The first few hours after disaster strikes 

are critical to saving art, artifacts and 

important objects. This handbook, 

written by highly regarded professional 

museum conservators, outlines 

procedures and techniques to help 

improve the chances of rescuing 

artworks, photographs, books, memorabilia, 

textiles and furniture from catastrophic damage. Although not 

a manual on formal art conservations, this handbook will help you to 

organize materials, time and tasks, and to make decisions when triage 

is the only option. Spiral-bound. 108 pages. 

M15-834 ........................................................................................$31.25 

Mount-Making for 

Objects Revised edition 

by Robert Barclay, André 

Bergeron and Carole Dignard 

An invaluable resource for 

conservators, display technicians, 

designers and museum staff. 

Topics covered include reasons for 

supporting objects with mounts, 

methods for measuring artifacts, and 

an in-depth look at various materials 

used in mount making. Objects with 

custom-made mounts are illustrated with photographs, line drawings 

and a thorough description on how it was made. A bibliography and 

index are included. Paperback. 162 pages. 

M0204 .......................................................................................... $42.00 

Caring for Your Family 

Treasures: Heritage 

Preservation: A Concise 

Guide to Caring for Your 

Cherished Belongings 

Jane S. Long and Richard W. 

Long Heritage Preservation 

This book is ideal for the individual or 

smaller institution. An authoritative 

discussion on the preservations of 

various materials, including textiles, ceramics, glass, paper, books, photographs 

and more. A maintenance and preservation checklist, as well 

as references for professional assistance is included. 

Paperback.164 pages. 

M15-822 ........................................................................................ $59.50 

Things Great and Small: 

Collections Management 

Policies 

by John E. Simmons, American 

Association of Museums 

Collection care is the core responsibility 

of all museums. Drawing on his 

experience—as director of the University 

of Kansas museum studies program, 

collections manager at the university’s 

Natural History Museum and Biodiversity 

Research Centre and surveyor for AAM’s 

Museum Assessment Program—John E. 

Simmons, with the assistance from the AAM Registrars Committee, 

reviews the issues that a collections management policy should address 

and the pros and cons of choosing one policy option over another. 

Paperback. 208 Pages. 

M15-829 ....................................................................................... $75.60 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

147

Index - 148 

3M 

Antitarnish Strips .................................... 99 

Dust/ Mist Respirator............................ 103 

Spray Adhesive ....................................... 33 

A 

Abaca Pulp Sheet .......................................... 75 

Absorene Paper and Book Cleaner ............... 69 

Acrylic Coated 

Document Boxes ...................................... 3 

Drop Front Boxes.................................... 14 

Record Storage Boxes .............................. 4 

Acryloid (Paraloid) B72 Adhesive ................... 96 

Acryloid B-72 ................................................. 55 

A-D Strips ...................................................... 51 

Adhesive 

3M Spray ................................................ 33 

Acryloid Paraloid B72 .............................. 96 

Ethulose Powder .................................... 97 

Fish Glue ................................................. 97 

Glue Sticks .............................................. 97 

Gudy 870 ................................................ 97 

Hinge Strips ............................................ 25 

Hot Melt Glue Gun.................................. 97 

Jade ........................................................ 96 

KapBond Book Repair Glue .................... 97 

Neutral pH ...............................“36, 70, 97” 

Pens ........................................“36, 39, 97” 

Pure Methyl Cellulose............................. 96 

Ragmount ............................................... 92 

Remover .......................................“33, 94” 

Rice Starch .............................................. 96 

Scrapbooking .......................................... 38 

Systematic Archival Glue Pen .....36, 39, 97 

Wheat Paste ........................................... 96 

Wheat Starch .......................................... 96 

Air Duster ................................................32, 95 

Albums 

Archival ..................................29, 34-36, 46 

Audio Cassette ....................................... 45 

Display .........................................29, 34-36 

Scrapbook ............................................... 36 

Aprons ......................................................... 103 

Archaeological Storage Boxes ....................... 54 

Archibond Tissue ........................................... 92 


Albums ...................................29, 34-36, 46 

Gold CD/DVD Pens ...........................33, 39 

Gold Preservation Discs.......................... 44 

Ink ...............................................40, 55 

Pens ........................................36, 39-40, 54-55 

Art 

Bin ......................................................... 129 

Display Easel ......................................... 129 

Knife ..................................................62, 81 

Map Cabinet ............................................. 9 

Portfolio Cases ........................................ 18 

Racks ..................................................... BC 

Sorb ...................................................... 108 

Artifact 

Boxes .................................................51-55 

ID Kit ....................................................... 55 

ID Tags .................................................... 55 

Artist Paper Tape ........................................... 88 

Astro-Bubble .................................................. 83 

ATG Tape Dispenser ..................................... 38 

Audio Cassette Albums ................................. 45 

Audio Tape Boxes ......................................... 48 

Awl ................................................................ 70 

B 

Back Vac, Nilfisk .......................................... 107 

Backer Rod Polyfoam .................................. 121 

Backing Sheets ........................................43, 60 

Back-Lit Slide Sorter ...................................... 26 

Badger Hair Paste Brush ............................... 94 

Bags 

Bubble Wrap ........................................... 65 

Intercept Storage .................................... 60 

Storage ..................................43, 59-60, 65 

Textile Storage ........................................ 59 

Ballot/ Donation Box .................................... 129 

Banker Box .................................................. 140 

Barrier Board ................................................. 77 

Barrier Ropes and Posts .............................. 134 

Batting, Polyester ....................................57, 84 

Beeswax Sticks ............................................. 70 

Beva 371 Film ............................................... 93 

Binders, Archival ...........................29, 34-36, 46 

Binders, Pamphlet ......................................... 21 

Binding 

Needle .................................................... 70 

Tape ........................................................ 70 

Thread ..................................................... 70 

Blotting Paper ................................................ 72 

Blue Indicating Silica Gel ............................. 109 

Blueprint Folders ............................................. 8 

Blue Scales .................................................. 119 

Blueprint Storage Tubes & Containers .....10-11 

Board 

Barrier ..................................................... 77 

Conservation ........................................... 78 

Coroplast ................................................. 76 

Corrugated .............................................. 76 

Davey ...................................................... 77 

Library ..................................................... 77 

Mounting ................................................ 78 

Multi-Use ...........................................76-77 

Museum ................................................. 78 

Neutracor ................................................ 76 

Photographic ........................................... 78 

Boards, Bulletin ....................................132-133 

Bond Paper ...............................................72-73 

Bone Folders ...........................................62, 70 

Book 

Carts ..................................................... 137 

Cleaner .................................................... 69 

Covers ..................................................... 65 

Cradles .................................................. 122 

Deodorizer .............................................. 68 

Display Pillows ...................................... 123 

Drill .......................................................... 70 

Easels ............................................121-123 

Pockets & Cards ..................................... 64 

Repair Glue ............................................. 97 

Repair Tape ............................................. 66 

Bookbinder’s Awl .......................................... 70 

Bookholder .................................................. 122 

Bookkeeper Deacidification ........................... 71 

Bookplates ..................................................... 64 

Books, Conservation ............................144-147 

Box 

Ballot/ Donation .................................... 129 

Bankers ................................................. 140 

Digital Paper ............................................ 18 

Greeting Card Storage ............................ 17 

Photo Organizer File ............................... 17 

Boxes 

Artifact ...............................................52-55 

Audio Tape .............................................. 48 

Bully ........................................................ 57 

Clamshell ...........................................16-17 

Coin ......................................................... 42 

Coroplast .................3, 5, 11, 13, 18, 54, 57 

Document .......................................... 2-3, 5 

Drop Front ........................................14-15 

File Folder .............................................. 2-5 

Film Reel ................................................. 48 

Flag ....................................................... 138 

Folio Storage ........................................... 17 

Hollinger Storage .......2, 4-5, 12-14, 16, 19, 

27, 43, 45, 50-51, 56-57 

Inner Packing ............................................ 5 

Insect Pinning ......................................... 54 

Light ........................................................ 26 

Media ......................................44-45, 47-48 

Microfiche ............................................... 51 

Microfilm ................................................. 50 

Multipurpose ........................................... 51 

Negative .................................................. 19 

Neutracor ......................................5, 50, 52 

Newspaper ........................................11-12 

Phonograph ............................................. 45 

Postcard .................................................. 43 

Print & Photo Storage ........................14-19 

Rare Book ............................................... 65 

Record Storage .................................... 4-5 

Slide ........................................................ 27 

Storage ...............2-5, 10-19, 42-43, 45, 47, 

50-57, 138 

Textile Storage ...................................56-57 

Window Display .................................... 138 

Brayer ............................................................ 62 

Brush 

Cleaner .................................................... 95 

Pen .......................................................... 39 

Water ...................................................... 94 

Brushes 

Conservators ........................................... 94 

Dusting .......................................32, 59, 95 

Glue ..................................................70, 94 

Hake ........................................................ 95 

Paste ....................................................... 94 

Bubble Wrap ................................................ 83 

Bubble Wrap Bags......................................... 65 

Bulletin Boards .....................................132-133 

Bully Boxes .................................................... 57 

C 

Cabinets 

Art Map ..................................................... 9 

Media ...................................................... 49 

Microform ............................................... 49 

Storage ................................................. 137 

Carbosorb Plus Mask .................................. 103 

Carts .....................................................136-137 

Cases 

Art Portfolio ............................................. 18 

Document .......................................... 2-3, 5 

Exhibit ............................................124-127 

Museum ................................................. 18 

Solander .................................................. 18 

Casselli Spatulas .......................................... 105 

CCI Publications ...................................144-145 

CD/DVD 

Pens ........................................................ 33 

Albums and Pages .............................45-46 

Jewel Cases ........................................... 44 

Preservation Discs .................................. 44 

Storage Cases ....................................44-45 

Cellu-Cushion ................................................ 82 

Cellugel .......................................................... 98 

Chairs, Folding ............................................. 139 

Clamshell Boxes .......................................16-17 

Classic Art Bin ............................................. 129 

Clean Cover Gel ............................................. 68 

Cleaners, Photographic ................................. 32 

Cleaning Cloths ............................................. 62 

Cleaning Sponges.......................................... 69 

Clear Museum Gel ...................................... 123 

Cloth Labelling Tape ...................................... 57 

Coin Storage and Preservation ...................... 42 

Collection Protection Team Kit .................... 153 

ColorpHast pH Indicator Strips ...................... 71 

Communication Boards ........................132-133

Index - 149 

Conservation 

Board ..................................................... 78 

Books ............................................ 144-147 

Foam Erasers ......................................... 69 

Spatulas ............................................... 105 

Weights ............................................... 100 

Work Trays ........................................... 103 

Conservators 

Brushes .................................................. 94 

Lint Roller ............................................... 59 

Sponge ................................................. 101 

Wax ........................................................ 98 

Corkboards ................................................. 133 

Corner Clippers ............................................. 62 

Cornerounder ............................................... 62 

Corners, Mounting ....................................... 37 

Coroplast Board ............................................ 76 

Coroplast Boxes ........... 3, 5, 11, 13, 18, 54, 57 

Corrugated Board ......................................... 76 

Coservators Iron ........................................... 93 

Cotton 

Cloth (Mull) ............................................ 70 

Gloves ............................................ 33, 102 

Tying Tape ............................................. 68 

Counters, People ........................................ 135 

Cramer Step Stools .................................... 139 

Crowd Control ............................................ 134 

Currency Envelopes ............................... 22, 42 

Cutting Mats ................................................. 81 

D 

Dahlia Sprayer ............................................ 108 

Dartek Nylon Film ......................................... 85 

Data Loggers ....................................... 110-118 

DataVac Electric Duster................................ 32 

Davey Board ................................................. 77 

Deacidification ............................................. 71 

Desiccant Reusable Units .......................... 109 

Digital Microscope ...................................... 104 

Digital Paper Box .......................................... 18 

Directional Signs ......................................... 132 

Disaster Protection Kit................................ 153 

Dispenser Bottles ....................................... 101 

Display 

Albums ........................................ 29, 34-36 

Cases ............................................ 124-127 

Easels .................................................. 129 

Folders ............................................... 7, 12 

Pillows ................................................. 123 

Stands ........................................... 120-121 

Systems ........................................ 130-131 

Flat Panel ............................................. 136 

Motion Message.................................. 133 

Document 

Box Labels ............................................. 41 

Boxes ................................................ 2-3, 5 

Cleaning Powder.................................... 69 

Envelopes .......................... 7, 20-21, 24-25 

Files.......................................................... 7 

Repair Tape ............................................ 67 

Doll Display Cases ...................................... 127 

Donation/ Ballot Box ................................... 129 

Drop Front Boxes .................................... 14-15 

Dry Cleaning Sponges .................................. 69 

Dry Mounting Presses ................................. 92 

Duraform Book Covers ................................. 65 

Dusting Brushes ............................... 32, 59, 95 

Dusting Cloths ............................................ 101 

Dust-Off ........................................................ 32 

E 

Easel, Triumph Display ............................... 129 

Easels, Tabletop .................................. 120-123 

Easy Bind Tape ............................................. 67 

Eco Binder .................................................... 35 

Electric Duster .............................................. 32 

Encapsulation 

Film Rolls ............................................... 63 

Kit ........................................................... 63 

Tape ....................................................... 62 

Enclosed Bulletin Boards ........................... 133 

Endleaf Paper ............................................... 84 

Engraving Tool ............................................ 105 

Envelopes 

Document .......................... 7, 20-21, 24-25 

Glassine ................................................. 24 

L Seal ..................................................... 22 

Negative Print ................................... 20-21 

Pamphlet ................................................ 21 

Photographic ............. 7-8, 18, 20-25, 28-31 

Polyester .................................... 7-8, 22-25 

Tyvek ................................................ 20-21 

Enviro Stor Bankers Box ............................ 140 

Environmental Monitors ...................... 110-117 

Ephemera Storage Bags ........................ 43, 60 

Ethafoam ...................................................... 82 

Ethafoam Cystals ......................................... 82 

Ethulose Powder .......................................... 97 

E-Wipe .......................................................... 32 

Exhibit 

Bookmounts ........................................ 122 

Cases ............................................ 124-127 

Display Systems ........................... 130-131 

Exhibition ”L” Pins ..................................... 129 

Exhibition Book Cradles ............................. 122 

F 

Falcon Dust-Off ............................................ 32 

Field Guide to Emergency Response ......... 153 

File Boxes .................................................... 2-5 

File Folders ...................................... 6-8, 22, 54 

Files, Magazine ............................................. 13 

Files, Pamphlet ............................................. 13 

Film 

Cans ....................................................... 48 

Marking Pens ......................................... 33 

Reel Preservers ..................................... 48 

Reel Storage Boxes ............................... 48 

Filmoplast Repair Tapes ......................... 67, 88 

Filter-Ray UV Shields .................................. 119 

Finger Cots ................................................. 103 

Fish Glue ...................................................... 97 

Flag Boxes .................................................. 138 

Flannel .......................................................... 58 

Flat Files ......................................................... 9 

Flat Panel Display ....................................... 136 

Floor Stands ............................................... 132 

Foam Knives ................................................. 82 

Foamboard ................................................. 79 

Foamboard Cutter ........................................ 79 

Folders 

Bone ................................................ 62, 70 

Display ............................................... 7, 12 

File .......................................... 6-8, 22, 54 

Map .......................................................... 8 

Folding Tables ............................................ 139 

Folding Chairs ............................................. 139 

Folio Storage Boxes ..................................... 17 

Forever New Fabric Care Wash ................... 58 

Four Flap Document Envelopes ................... 21 

Four Flap Negative Enclosures ..................... 20 

Framing Tape ........................................... 86-88 

Furniture Dust Covers .................................. 84 

Fusion 4000 Adhesive Film .......................... 92 

Future Time Capsule .................................... 61 

G 

Gallery Clips ................................................ 129 

Garment Covers ........................................... 59 

Glass 

Cutter ..................................................... 81 

Mounting Sign and Poster Holder ....... 133 

Slide Negative Boxes ............................. 19 

Glassine Envelopes ...................................... 24 

Glassine Interleaving/ Wrapping Paper ........ 73 

Gloves, Cotton ...................................... 33, 102 

Glue 

Brushes ............................................ 70, 94 

Gun ........................................................ 97 

Pen ............................................. 36, 39, 97 

Sticks ..................................................... 97 

Glycerine ...................................................... 97 

Gore-Tex Laminate ....................................... 85 

Greeting Card Storage Box .......................... 17 

GripTite Pull Fasteners ................................. 68 

Groom Stick Molecular ................................. 69 

Groundwood Testing Pens ........................... 71 

Gudy 870 ...................................................... 97 

Guest Book Register .................................... 36 

H 

Hagerty All Metal Polish ............................... 99 

Hagerty Silversmiths’ Polish ........................ 99 

Hake Brushes ............................................... 95 

Hammermill Archival Bond ........................... 72 

Hanger Bars ............................................. 27-28 

Hang-It-Up System ....................................... 89 

Hat Preservation Box.................................... 57 

Head Mounts ................................................ 59 

Heritage Preservation Kits ............................ 61 

Hinge Strips .................................................. 25 

Hinging Tape ........................................... 86-88 

HOBO Data Loggers ........................... 110-113 

Hollinger 

Document Boxes ..................................... 2 

Record Storage Boxes ............................. 4 

Storage Boxes .... 2, 4-5, 12-14, 16, 19, 27, 

43, 45, 50-51, 56-57 

Hollytex ........................................................ 85 

Hot 

Knife Foam Cutter Kit ............................ 82 

Melt Glue Gun ....................................... 97 

Tacking Tool ........................................... 93 

Humidity Control Monitors .................. 110-117 

Humidity Indicator Cards ............................ 109 

Hygrometers ....................................... 110-117 

Hygrothermographs ................................... 114 

I 

Identa-Strips ................................................. 64 

Identi-Pen ............................................... 40, 55 

Illuminometer ............................................. 118 

India Ink ........................................................ 54 

Infobase Floor Sign Stand .......................... 132 

Information Centre Display ........................ 131 

Ink, Archival ............................................ 40, 55 

Inner Packing Boxes ....................................... 5 

Inscriblio Engraving Tool............................. 105 

Insect Pinning Boxes .................................... 54 

Insect Traps ................................................ 106 

Inspection Magnifier Lamp ........................ 104 

Instapak Quick Foam Packaging .................. 84 

Intercept 

CD/DVD Protectors ................................ 46 


Microfiche Boxes ................................... 51 

Microfilm Boxes ..................................... 50 

Negative and Print Boxes ...................... 19 

Pouches and Ziplock Bags ..................... 60 

Sheets ..2, 5, 7, 12-14, 16, 19-20, 45, 50-52 

Intercept Textile Boxes ................................ 57 

Interleaving Paper .................................... 73-74 

Irons, Tacking ............................................... 93

Index - 150 

J 

Jade Adhesive .............................................. 96 

Japanese 

Lens Tissue ............................................ 75 

Papers .................................................... 75 

Paste Strainer ........................................ 94 

Jin Shofu Wheat Paste ................................. 96 

K 

KapBond Book Repair Glue .......................... 97 

Kik-Step Stools ........................................... 139 

Kit 

Artifact ID ............................................... 55 

Collection Protection ............................ 153 

Encapsulation ......................................... 63 

Heritage Preservation ............................ 61 

Hot Knife Foam Cutter ........................... 82 

Negative Storage ................................... 19 

NoSurvivor Clothes Moth .................... 106 

Kleenmaster Brillianize Cleaner & Polish .... 122 

Knives ................................................ 62, 80-82 

Krylon Make-it-Acid-Free Spray .................... 71 

L 

L Seal Photographic Envelopes .................... 22 

Lab Coats ................................................... 103 

Label Holders, Document .............................. 3 

Labels, File Folders ......................................... 6 

Labels, Laser ................................................ 41 

Ladders ....................................................... 139 

Lamps, Examination ................................... 119 

Large Document Storage .......................... 8-12 

Laser Labels ................................................. 41 

Leather Dressing .......................................... 98 

Leather Protector ......................................... 98 

Lecterns ..................................................... 136 

Library Board ................................................ 77 

Light Boxes .................................................. 26 

Light Monitors and Meters ................. 117-118 

LightCheck ................................................. 119 

Linen Tape .............................................. 86, 88 

Liner Paper ................................................... 84 

Lint Brush ..................................................... 59 

Liquid Label .................................................. 55 

Logan Dual Drive Point Driver ...................... 79 

Logan Fitting Tool ......................................... 79 

M 

Magazine Files .............................................. 13 

Magnifiers .................................................. 104 

Map 

Folder Cabinets ........................................ 9 

Folders ..................................................... 8 

Storage Tubes & Containers ............. 10-11 

Markerboards ............................................. 133 

Marking Pens ............................... 39-40, 54-55 

Marvelseal 360 ............................................. 85 

Mat Cutters .................................................. 80 

Matboards .................................................... 78 

Media 

Cabinets ................................................. 49 

Preservation Discs ................................. 44 

Storage Boxes ....................... 44-45, 47-48 

Storage Systems ................................... 47 

Metal De-Corroder........................................ 99 

Metal Polish .................................................. 99 

Methyl Cellulose ........................................... 96 

MicroChamber Interleaving Paper ................ 73 

Microfiche Boxes ......................................... 51 

Microfiche Cabinets ..................................... 49 

Microfilm 

Boxes ..................................................... 50 

Cabinets ................................................. 49 

Reel Tags ............................................... 50 

Microform Cabinets...................................... 49 

Microscope, Digital ..................................... 104 

Mirrors, Security ......................................... 135 

Mobile Carts ........................................ 136-137 

Mobile Storage ............................................ BC 

Monel Staples ............................................ 100 

Montel SmartShelf Storage Shelving .. 142-143 

Motion Message Display ........................... 133 

Mounting 

Board ..................................................... 78 

Corners .................................................. 37 

Kit ........................................................... 87 

Pages ..................................................... 24 

Movie Film Button and String Tags .............. 48 

Multiplex Display Systems ......................... 130 

Multipurpose Shoe Boxes ............................ 51 

Museum 

A-Frame Panel Trucks .......................... 137 

Board ..................................................... 78 

Books ............................................ 144-147 

Cases ..................................................... 18 

Display Cases ............................... 124-127 

Gel........................................................ 123 

Mounting Wax ..................................... 123 

Rails ..................................................... 128 

Muslin ........................................................... 58 

Muti-Use Board ....................................... 76-77 

Mwalker People Counter System .............. 135 

N 

Needles and Syringes ................................ 101 

Negative 

Boxes ..................................................... 19 

Preservers ................................... 30-31, 61 

Print Envelopes ........................... 20-21, 61 

Storage Kit ............................................. 19 

Neutracor 

Artifact Box ............................................ 52 

Board ..................................................... 76 


Microfilm Boxes ..................................... 50 

Record Storage Boxes ............................. 5 

Neutral pH Adhesive ........................ 36, 70, 97 

Newspaper Storage Boxes ..................... 11-12 

Nilfisk Vacuums .......................................... 107 

Nitrile Gloves .............................................. 102 

Noribake Paste Brush ................................... 94 

NoSurvivor Clothes Moth Kit ...................... 106 

Novus Polish and Scratch Remover ........... 122 

O 

Onset HOBO Data Loggers ................ 110-113 

Order Form ................................................. 152 

Orvus WA Paste ..................................... 58, 99 

P 

Pacific Silvercloth ......................................... 99 

Padded Hanger Covers ................................ 59 

Page Protectors .......................... 6-7, 20-21, 25 

Pamphlet 

Binders ................................................... 21 

Envelopes .............................................. 21 

Files........................................................ 13 

Paper 

Blotting .................................................. 72 

Bond ................................................. 72-73 

Clips ..................................................... 100 

Cutters .............................................. 80-81 

Endleaf ................................................... 84 

Fasteners ............................................. 100 

Interleaving ....................................... 73-74 

Japanese ................................................ 75 

Liner ....................................................... 84 

MicroChamber Interleaving ................... 73 

Silicone Release ..................................... 92 

Tissue ............................................... 74-75 

Trimmers .......................................... 80-81 

PaperSaver Deacidification ........................... 71 

Partition Trays ............................................... 52 

Paste Brushes .............................................. 94 

Paste Strainer ............................................... 94 

Patron Control ............................................ 134 

Patron Monitoring ....................................... 135 

Pec-Pad ........................................................ 32 

Pedestal Bulletin Boards ............................ 132 

PEL Sprayer .......................................... 71, 101 

Pen 

Brush ..................................................... 39 

Glue ........................................... 36, 39, 97 

pH Testing ....................................... 39, 71 

Pencil, Stabilo Marking ................................. 40 

Pens 

Archival ............................ 36, 39-40, 54-55 

CD/DVD ............................................... 33 

Film Marking .......................................... 33 

Groundwood Testing ............................. 71 

Marking .................................. 39-40, 54-55 

Pigma ................................................ 39-40 

People Counters ......................................... 135 

Permalife Bond Paper ............................. 72-73 

Perma-Saf Storage Pages ............................ 28 

Personal PA System ................................... 136 

pH Indicator Strips ........................................ 71 

pH Testing Pen ....................................... 39, 71 

Phonograph Storage Boxes .......................... 45 

Photo 

Document Mending Tape ................ 33, 38 

Binder Album ......................................... 34 

Organizer File Box .................................. 17 

Print Pages ........................................ 28-31 

Tabs ....................................................... 37 

Wipes ..................................................... 32 

Photographic 

Board ..................................................... 78 

Cleaners ................................................. 32 

Envelopes ................. 7-8, 18, 20-25, 28-31 

Photo-Tex Tissue Paper ............................... 73 

Phydrion Pencil Indicators ............................ 71 

Picture Frames ............................................. 79 

Picture Hanging Systems ............................. 89 

Pigma Pens ............................................. 39-40 

Pins, Speciman ............................................. 54 

Plastazote ..................................................... 83 

Plasti Bands .................................................. 68 

Plastic Clips ................................................ 100 

Plexiglas Cleaner & Polish .......................... 122 

Polish 

Metal ...................................................... 99 

Novus ................................................... 122 

Silver and Gold ....................................... 99 

Polishing Cloths ............................................ 99 

Polyester 

Adhesive Hinge Strips ........................... 25 

Artifact Boxes ........................................ 53 

Batting ............................................. 57, 84 

Envelopes .................................. 7-8, 22-25 

Felt Liner ................................................ 84 

File Folders ..................................... 7-8, 22 

Film Rolls ............................................... 63 

Film Sheets ............................................ 63 

Framers Tape ......................................... 88 

Interleaving Sheets ................................ 25 

Label Holders ........................................... 3 

Sleeve Protectors ............................ 22, 61 

Soft Wrap ............................................... 85 

Stockinette ............................................. 58 

Strips ...................................................... 68 

Polyethylene 

Foam ...................................................... 83

Index - 151 

Preservers ............................ 24, 43, 60, 65 

Strap .............................................. 68, 123 

Polypropylene Sheet Protectors ... 24-25, 28-31 

Porta-Scope Digital Microscope ................. 104 

Porta-Trace Light Boxes ............................... 26 

Postcard Boxes ............................................ 43 

Postcard Protectors ...................................... 43 

Power Plus Lectern .................................... 136 

Pre-Cut Matboard ......................................... 79 

Pre-Lim Surface Cleaner .............................. 98 

Presentation 

Albums .............................................. 34-36 

Cart ...................................................... 136 

Pockets .................................................. 18 

Systems ........................................ 130-131 

Preservation 

Album ................................................... 34 

Books ............................................ 144-147 

Discs ...................................................... 44 

Preserve It Spray .......................................... 33 

Print 

File Archival Preservers .................... 29-31 

Photo Storage Boxes ........................ 14-19 

Poster Holders ..................................... 129 

Preservers ....................... 24, 28-31, 43, 60 

Printer Labels ............................................... 41 

Protectors, Page ......................... 6-7, 20-21, 25 

Protectors, Sleeve ................................... 22-25 

Psychrometer ............................................. 117 

Pull Fasteners ............................................... 68 

R 

Rabbet Tape ................................................. 87 

RagMount Adhesive ..................................... 92 

Rapidograph Stainless Steel Tip Pens .... 39, 54 

Rare Book Boxes .......................................... 65 

Record 

Covers .................................................... 45 

Storage Box Folder Supports ................... 4 

Storage Boxes ...................................... 4-5 

Storage Shelving ........................... 140-143 

Reemay ........................................................ 85 

Renaissance Metal De-Corroder .................. 99 

Renaissance Wax ......................................... 98 

Repro Plus Bond Paper ................................ 72 

Resistall #36 Paper ....................................... 54 

RHapid 

Canister Silica Gel ................................ 108 

GEL Sheets .......................................... 108 

PAK Silica Gel ...................................... 108 

Rice Starch ................................................... 96 

Roll Storage Tubes & Containers ................. 10 

Rolling Eco Kaddy ....................................... 138 

Rolling Scissors ............................................ 62 

Roll-On Adhesive System ............................ 88 

Ropes and Posts ........................................ 134 

Rubbermaid Storage Boxes ....................... 138 

Rug Tubing ................................................... 84 

Rulers ........................................................... 33 

S 

Saddle Soap .................................................. 98 

Safe-T-Cut Graduated Cutting Straightedges .... 80 

Saf-T-Stor System ........................................ 27 

Scalpels and Blades...................................... 81 

Scissors .................................................. 62, 81 

Scrapbook Albums and Pages ...................... 36 

Scrapbooking Adhesives .............................. 38 

Scratch Remover ........................................ 122 

Secol Photographic Enclosures .................... 23 

Secure-T Wall Mount Systems .................. 129 

Security Mirrors .......................................... 135 

Security Strips (EM) ...................................... 64 

Self-Stick Easel Backs ................................ 123 

Sheet Protectors ........................ 6-7, 20-21, 25 

Shelving 

Montel SmartShelf........................ 142-143 

Record Storage. ................................... 140 

X5 Sliding Storage ................................ 141 

Silica Gel .............................................. 108-109 

Silicone Release Paper ................................. 92 

Skum-X Cleaning Powder ............................. 69 

Sleeve Protectors .................................... 22-25 

Sleeves, Stereo ............................................ 43 

Slide 

Boxes ..................................................... 27 

File ......................................................... 26 

Sorter ..................................................... 26 

Storage ....................................... 26-28, 31 

Smart Cart Lecterns ................................... 136 

Snake Weights ........................................... 100 

Solander Cases ............................................. 18 

Solvent Dispenser Bottles .......................... 101 

Spatulas ...................................................... 105 

Species Folder .............................................. 54 

Specimen Pins .............................................. 54 

Spider Tissue ................................................ 74 

Sponges, Cleaning........................................ 69 

Sprayer ......................................... 71, 101, 108 

Squeegee ..................................................... 62 

Stabilo Marking Pencil .................................. 40 

Stacking Trays ................................................ 9 

Static Dissipating Brush ............................... 95 

Steamer ...................................................... 109 

Step Stools ................................................. 139 

Stereo Sleeves ............................................. 43 

Sticky Wax .................................................. 123 

Stitchery Tape .............................................. 58 

Stools ......................................................... 139 

Storage 

Bags ...................................... 43, 59-60, 65 

Boxes ....................... 2-5, 10-19, 42-43, 45, 

47, 50-57, 138 

Cabinets ............................................... 137 

Shelving ........................................ 140-143 

Sympatex ..................................................... 85 

Syringes and Needles ................................ 101 

Systematic Archival Glue Pen .......... 36, 39, 97 

T 

Tables, Folding ........................................... 139 

Tacking Irons ................................................ 93 

Tags 

Microfilm Reel ....................................... 50 

Movie Film Button and String ................ 48 

Tyvek ..................................................... 55 

Tally Counter .............................................. 135 

Tape 

and Label Remover Tool ........................ 93 

Artist ...................................................... 88 

Binding ................................................... 70 

Book Repair ........................................... 66 

Cloth Labelling ....................................... 57 

Cotton Tying .......................................... 68 

Dispensers ............................................. 38 

Document Repair ................................... 67 

Encapsulation ......................................... 62 

Filmoplast .............................................. 67 

Framing ............................................. 86-88 

Hinging .............................................. 86-88 

Linen ................................................. 86-88 

Photo and Document Mending ............. 33 

Polyester Framing .................................. 88 

Rabbet ................................................... 87 

Stitchery ................................................. 58 

Twill........................................................ 58 

Vellum .................................................... 38 

Tasket Storage Boxes ................................ 138 

Task-it Scooter Stools................................. 139 

Technical Bulletins, CCI .............................. 144 

Teflon Folders ......................................... 62, 70 

Temperature and RH Monitors ........... 110-117 

TensaBarrier Retractable Belt System ....... 134 

Textile 

Racks .................................................... BC 

Storage Bags ......................................... 59 

Storage Boxes ....................................... 56 

Thermo-Hygrometers ................................. 115 

Three Ring Binders ...................... 29, 34-36, 46 

Time Capsule ................................................ 61 

Tippi Hot Blade Foam Cutter ........................ 82 

Tissue Paper ............................................ 74-75 

Tissue, Archibond ......................................... 93 

Triple Crown Leather Preservative ............... 98 

TrueCare Album ........................................... 35 

Tweezers .................................................... 105 

Twill Tape ..................................................... 58 

Twine ............................................................ 54 

Tycore Mounting Panels .............................. 77 

Tying Tape .................................................... 68 

Tyvek 

6060 Sheets ........................................... 85 

Aprons ................................................. 103 

CD/DVD Sleeves .................................... 45 

Document Envelopes ............................ 21 

Garment Covers ..................................... 59 

Lab Coats ............................................. 103 

Negative and Print Envelopes ................ 20 

Protective Soft Wrap ............................. 83 

Super Hinge Tape .................................. 67 

Tags ....................................................... 55 

U 

Un-Du Adhesive Remover ...................... 33, 94 

Utility Carts ................................................. 137 

UV 

Examination Lamps ............................. 119 

Light Filters .......................................... 119 

Light Monitors ............................. 117-118 

Shields ................................................. 119 

V 

Vacuums ..................................................... 107 

Velcro Fasteners ........................................... 58 

Vellum Tape .................................................. 38 

Video Storage Albums .................................. 45 

VoiceSaver .................................................. 136 

Volara Foam .................................................. 83 

Vulpex Soap .................................................. 99 

W 

Walker Picture Hanging System ............. 90-91 

Water Brush ................................................. 94 

Wax 

Conservators .......................................... 98 

Museum .............................................. 123 

Renaissance .......................................... 98 

Sticky ................................................... 123 

Webril Wipes .............................................. 101 

Weight Bags ............................................... 100 

Wheat Paste ................................................. 96 

Wheat Starch ................................................ 96 

Window Display Boxes .............................. 138 

Windowgrip UV Protection ......................... 119 

Wire Book Easels ....................................... 123 

Wireless Microphone ................................. 136 

Wireless People Counter System .............. 135 

Wishab Cleaning Sponges ........................... 69 

Wisk ............................................................. 95 

Work Trays ................................................. 103 

Work-in-Progress File Boxes .......................... 3 

Wrapping Paper ...................................... 73, 84 

X 

X5 Sliding Storage Shelving System .......... 141

461 Horner Avenue 

Toronto, Ontario M8W 4X2 

Call 1.800.268.2123 

Toronto Area 416.252.3371 

Fax 1.800.871.2397 

Toronto Area 416.252.9203 

Shop Online 

www.carrmclean.ca 

E-mail 

sales@carrmclean.ca 

Bill To: 

Please Print 

Account #______________________________________________________ 

ATTN/Contact Name: ____________________________________________ 

Organization: ___________________________________________________ 

Address: _______________________________________________________ 

_______________________________________________________________ 

City: ____________________________Prov _______P/C _______________ 

Phone: ( )_______________ Ext: ________ Fax: __________________ 

Email: _________________________________________________________ 

Purchase Order #: ______________________________________________ 

Ship to: * Only required if different from bill to. 

Please Print 

Account #______________________________________________________ 

ATTN/Contact Name: ____________________________________________ 

Organization: ___________________________________________________ 

Address: _______________________________________________________ 

_______________________________________________________________ 

City: ____________________________Prov _______P/C _______________ 

Phone: ( )_______________ Ext: ________ Fax: __________________ 

Email: _________________________________________________________ 

Please provide shipping notification 

Catalogue # Size/Colour Description/Product Name Quantity Unit Price Total 

PAYMENT METHOD: 

(Shipping charges will be added 

to your credit card charge.) 

* 

Bill Existing Account 

_____ _____ _____ Exp. Date: ____l____ 

____ * pre-approved accounts only. 

Card Number: l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l 

Cardholder’s Name: ______________________________________________________________________ 

Signature: _______________________________________________________________________________ 

Air Miles ® Collector Number: l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l___l 

8 

Subtotal (min. $35.00) 

Shipping & Handling 

G.S.T. 

H.S.T. 

TOTAL 

Print Name: ______________________________ 

Signature: _______________________________ 

AIR MILES ® EASY ACCUMULATION… 

We’ll give you one AIR MILES reward mile for every $10 † you spend! (excluding taxes 

and shipping costs). Our reward program has been expanded to include our valued 

clients who enjoy supply tender pricing. 

® AIR MILES International Trading B.V. Used under license by Loyalty Management Group Canada Inc. and Carr McLean Limited. 

152 


 

† 

A fifty dollar minimum order value 

is required to qualify for reward miles. 

Items supplied to special bids or quotations 

do NOT qualify for reward miles. 

January 2011

Emergency Response 

Collection Protection Team Kit 

For libraries, museums and schools. 

Protect your valuable collections and property from water damage due 

to flooding, leaks, bursting pipes, sewer backup, etc. This kit prepares 

a two person team to quickly cover and protect collections, contain or 

divert the water and clean up. 

This kit comes in a sealed 6 gallon bucket that includes: 

For emergency lighting: flashlight with extra batteries and 12-hour 

light sticks. 

For personal protection: emergency ponchos, premium protection 

dust masks, vinyl and rubber gloves, rubber boots and safety goggles. 

For collection protection: waterproof tarp, plastic sheeting rolls, duct 

tape, utility knife, and a roll of barricade tape. 

For water containment and clean up: 6 gallon bucket, mop, sponges 

and paper towels. 

For salvage organization: Collection Protection Triage Tags, china 

marker, pencils and a notebook. 

For response team: emergency instruction sheet and a waterproof 

document pouch. 

M31-302 Collection Protection Kit .............................................$225.00 

Field Guide to Emergency Response 

When disaster strikes, what will you do 

What actually happens may be very different from what you expect. 

Even with a plan, you'll need clear and practical advice to help you with 

initial response and salvage steps. You need the Field Guide! Follow 

step-by-step instructions, tailored to the scope of your emergency: 

what to do first, whom to call, how to prevent further damage. Form 

a response team to deal with multiple tasks: working with emergency 

responders, assessing and documenting damage, ensuring health 

and safety of staff, and setting up a salvage operation. Stabilize your 

collections with advice from professionals, on handing the most 

common types of damage from water, mold, corrosion, pests, and other 

threats. A companion DVD shows you how! Customize handy checklists 

for your institution and find vital conservation resources. Don’t let your 

emergency turn into a disaster—reach for the Field Guide! The Society 

of American Archivists has honored the Field Guide with its 2006 

Preservation Publication Award. 

M15-838 ........................................................................................ $56.00 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION 

Due to colour variations during 

the printing process, if you are 

concerned about exact colour and 

texture matches etc. and wish to 

clarify, we recommend that you 

first request a sample, to ensure 

proper colour representation. 

Please contact our customer 

service department for more 

information or to order a sample. 

Carr McLean cannot be held 

responsible for any selections of 

colours from this catalogue. 

Carr McLean’s policy is one of 

continuous review of design and 

production methods—specifications 

may be changed without 

prior notice. 

During the preparation of this 

catalogue every effort was made 

to keep prices current. However, 

with constant price changes in 

material and labour, prices will 

be those in effect on day of 

shipment. 

ORDERING INFORMATION 

Be sure to specify quantity of 

each item, catalogue number, 

description and colours where 

necessary. 

On all orders, terms are net 30 

days subject to credit approval. 

SHIPPING CHARGES ARE 

EXTRA. They will be prepaid 

by us and charged to you on 

our invoice. Minimum order of 

subtotal $35.00. 

Shipping. All Shipments are 

F.O.B. Shipping point. We ship 

the most economical way and 

the shipping charges are added 

to your invoice. Orders stating 

“F.O.B. Destination” may be 

delayed while we contact you 

for correction. 

The Truck Delivery icon 

means items are too large or 

heavy to be delivered by common 

courier and will be shipped via 

L.T.L Truck Service 

Inspect Your Package. Orders 

are carefully packed for safe 

delivery. Before signing a 

delivery receipt, 

• Check your shipment against 

the delivery receipt to be sure 

you receive all cartons listed. 

• Carefully inspect each carton 

for damage. 

• Have the driver note any 

shortages or damage to the 

cartons, even if slight, on the 

delivery receipt. 

• Immediately after delivery, 

open all cartons and inspect 

for concealed damage. 

If you find damage, call 

Customer Service for 

assistance in filing a claim and 

obtaining a replacement. 

• Retain damaged items, 

cartons and inner packing 

materials for inspection 

by the carrier. 

Return Instructions. Before 

returning any merchandise, 

please contact our office for 

return instructions. Upon approval 

a restocking charge of 15% may 

be applicable in addition to any 

other expenses incurred. Return 

shipping must be prepaid. 

TAXES ARE NOT INCLUDED 

IN OUR PRICES. THESE WILL 

BE ADDED TO YOUR INVOICE 

WHERE APPLICABLE. 

Our own brand ensures quality 

at competitive pricing. 

Carr McLean understands 

the importance of indoor air 

quality. We are pleased to offer 

a selection of GREENGUARD 

products. Look for the 

logo inside! 

® 

Call 1.800.268.2123 Fax 1.800.871.2397 

153

of a nation’s heritage 

has always been limited by the 

ability to store it safely. Montel 

offers multiple storage solutions, 

to ensure the preservation of our 

heritage, thus enriching our future. 

Over 80 years of experience, along 

with the talent and dedication 

of a team of specialists, have 

given MONTEL its reputation of 

competence and excellence as 

a storage systems provider for 

Museums, Historical Societies and 

Art Galleries. 

• Art Racks 

• Textile Racks 

• Shelving 

• Drawer Cabinets 

• Mobile Storage 

CARR MCLEAN, fully understands 

our responsibilities when we 

DESIGN • DEVELOP • CREATE 

unique storage systems that must 

preserve priceless works of art, 

plus the integrity and essence 

of the facilities where they are 

located. 

From Archeology to Zoology, 

your special storage needs can 

be met by MONTEL’s product 

line. Let CARR MCLEAN assist 

you in planning for your particular 

storage requirements. 

Contact our planning division for 

information and assistance on any 

of your shelving requirements. 

Call us at 1-800-268-2123 or see 

our website www.carrmclean.ca 

461 Horner Avenue 

Toronto, Ontario M8W 4X2 

Printed in Canada

Archival - CARR McLEAN

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?